Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1980 CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS SPECIFICATION AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT EXPANSION PROJECT NO. WPC-TEX-1188 EPA GRANT NO. C-48-1188-01-2 1980 UTILITY BOARD MAYOR DICK STEWART GEORGE KRIEGER, CHAIRMAN CITY COUNCIL JIM NASH RICHARD TALIAFERRO ROLAND VELA ED COOMES BUD HENSLEY ROLAND LANEY RAY STEVENS DWIGHT GAILEY MARVIN COVELESS GEORGE HnPKINS CITY MANAGER ' CHRIS HARTUNG DIRECTOR OF UTILITIES R.E. NELSON P.E. WATER AND SEWER SUPERINTENDENT EDWIN EARL JONES FREESE AND WCHOLS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS VOLUME II e 1 ~ 1 M ~ r CHANGE OR EXTRA WORK ORDER PROJECT: Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion CONTRACT: C-48-1188-03 OWNER: City of Denton, Texas CONTRACTOR: Gracon Construction Company CHANGE ORDER NO. 2 DATE: December 5, 1980 CHANGE OR EXTRA WORK TO BE PERFORMED 1. Install two (2) additional floor drains with vent and cleanout in Blower Building pump room. (floor drains were omitttteds~n~Meec anical Plans) 2. Delete sludge drying bed decant pump station and add gravity drain system. (Increased cost of gravity system will be offset by power S 6saving over life ADD .00 of project.; 3. Add waterstop to construction joint between primary clarifier wall and effluent flume. (waterstop is necessary to prevent leakage basin, but was not shown on Plans.) 4. Revise piping and valve configuration for flotation thickener pressuriza- tion system to fit specified pumping equlpiaent. (Pi ing as detailed an Plans is not compatible with specified pump.) DD $ 350. 1:7615,000.00 previous contract amount 8,551.00 Plot (Increase)(44M Win contract amount ~7,G23,551.00 Revised contract amount No Change Nei(increase)(decreas•)in contract time of compiellon No Change Revised contract time of completion Recommended by Appr.wed by OWNER FREESE AND NICHOLS ByL,~~~~ ObiAbulio*: Approvca by CONTRACTOR I-Owner ' I-Gn4nder ' ~ I F. r N. OIAu ~ ,.-J I M~. End. 4t ~o J- - e~ ~r a Y 1 Y { i 41-60 Power coo Service role. < jai/ ~@1of45S ~ / _ ITCI Inf luenf- Cown '0 47/25N 21-0# Tdphf! ~2ow Tronsrnifler N •,4s Re il4r _ Drexe/brook Mode! 1-8151.0 L g-- 803-33/-6041'n NEMA t (4 Encl, Scored 0•!00 A A N 'GPM, With Probe ¢ 1' j : Mtq" Trock j0C '/z dnE5 7!15 2 */7 To Service ,role P'in Ord 569. _ \ 1 S. Stce1 Manfbcfurers Bolts Coch Pipe Lou? Coble , DETAIL llAl, MNSfo s Zoo~4 OECANT Conc. Pipa All - T E !.R 1 NQ M H DETAIL. Poxtior aw~its Exit-P, lump- OTN 78 88 ~M Moirr~;nq 1'a~d°l Qrovt Seal C . Seq. 0Wq. 7 9 PBf •12•E '-!-eye/. Sensor _ 04@121 - #4 11" 9b E.1V L,/Elr 560.24 7l-0' Dic7. - • E C T I O N" 1 C. D. No. 2- Ire" e sore, 6/8"W11-011 SK q-1(9-e~o A ACA. Service F'ntronce Weoth~~rhe4~l .S1ub Up To Herq h t Required By Power Co. Po we r Co. Me to r Z */2, Ond, 314 "C. Ond Bose. Furnished By Power Co. 117Sto1/o ti'on By Thr Contractor. - 20 A,,/P, 114V 8reoker in NEMA 4 Stoin/6-5$ Steel Enc/osr~re . 20/2, •l2Ond, Y14 "0, To F/ow 7ronsmitter Power Cu. ServfCe EL EC TRICAL SERVICE POLE AT DECA N T METEPING AM, Not To Scale wor I.OI I r • I ~/I \I I TABLE OF CONTZYTS PAGE • 4 Notice To Bidders A-1 Information Foy Bidders 8 1 Proposal C 1 Supplementary Conditions E 1 Wage Rates 1 Contract AgreemenP 3 Performance Bond 5 Payment Bond GC-1 General Conditions of the Agreement Special R,quirement Documents For 1-35 Public Law 52.500 Project Miilo~`ty Business Enterprise Provisions 1-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 1 - General Construction Item 1N - General Requirements item 101 - Clearirg and Grubbing and Topsoil Surfacing item 102 - Earthwo-k item 103 - Concrete Item 104 - Concrete Struttures item 105 - Special Form-Lined Architectural Grade Concrete Item 106 - Reinforcing Steel Item '07 - Structural Steel, Item 108 - Erection of Structural Steel and Other Metals em 109 - Not-Mix - Curbl Gutter a and Sidewalks Concrete Paving It Item Ill - Fencing item 112 - Miscellaneous Metals Section II - Plant Mechanical Item 201 - General Equipment Stipulations Item 202 - Bar Screens Item 203 Primary Clarifiers and 'thickeners Item 204 - Final Clarifiers Item 205 - Flotation Thickener Item 206 - Effluent Filters Item 207 - Aeration Equipment ' Item 208 - Grit Removal Equipment r TABLE OF CONTENTS, Continued .s Section II, Cant. Item 209 - Air Blowers Item 210 - Air Filter Item 211 - Digester Cover Item 212 - Mixing and Heating Equipment for New Digester Item 213 - Sludge Heater for Existing Digester and Miscellaneous Items Item 214 - Mixing System for Existing Digester Item 215 - Chlorination Equipment Item 216 - Raw Sewage and Return Sludge Pumps Item 217 - Progressing Cavity Pumps Item 218 - Recessed Impeller Centrifugal Pump3 j Item 219 - Miscellaneous Pumps I Item 220 - Hoists and Monorails 1 Item 221 - Metering Item 222 - Dry Sludge Handling Equilxnant Item 223 - Piping and Pipework Item 224 - Butterfly Valves Item 225 - Miscellaneous Valves Item 226 - Sluice Gates Item 127 - Weirs and Scum Baffles Item 228 - Motor Operators for Valves Item 229 - Polymer Tank and Mixer Section I1I - Architectural Item 301 - Landscape Planting Item 302 - Lightweight Concrete Roof Deck Item I03 - Precast Prestressed Concrete Item 304 - Precast Concrete Channels Item 305 - Masonry Item 306 - Carpentry Item 307 - Millwork Item 308 - Built-Up Roofing Item 309 - Flashing and Sheetmetal Item 310 - Caulking, Dampproofing and Weatherproofing Item 311 - Thermal Insulation Item 312 - Weatherstripping and Thresholds item 313 - Wood Doors Item 314 - Finish Hardware Item 315 - Aluminum Doors tnd Frames Item 316 - Metal Doors and Frames Item 317 - Aluminum Windows Item 318 - Glass and Glazing Item 319 - Overhead Roll-Up Metal Doors Item 320 - Acoustical Ceilings and Suspension Systems Item 321 - Resilient Flooring TABLE OF CONTENTS, Continued Section III, Cont. Item 322 - Thinset Terrazzo Item 323 - Drywall Construction Item 324 - Carpet Item 325 - Building Specialties Item 326 - Toilet Accessories Item 327 - Metal Toilet P-irtitions Item 328 - Laboratory Casework and Equipment Item 329 - Controlled Environmental Chamber Item 330 - Reverse Osmosis System Item 331 - Laboratory Analyzing Instruments Item 332 - Painting Item 333 - Laboratory Equipment Item 334 - Furniture Section IV - Building Mechanical Item 401 - General Previsions for Mechanical Work Item 402 - Basic Materials and Methods Iter 403 - Plumbing System Item 4We - Gas Piping System Item 405 - Special Piping Systems Item 406 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section V -Electrical Item 501 - General Electrical RV11 rements Item 502 - 'Wire and Conduit System Item 503 - Motor Control Centers Item 504 - Electrical Equipment item 505 - Lighting Fixtures, Switches, and Receptacles Item 506 - Intercommunications System I anwr~~ 1EC'f1 N N~f NSTRUCT N 1 ~.5 ITEM' 00•="4E t0L' p` UI~~ A.'' GeneralThis 9et'tlon 0'f'thespgcJfJc4tions.contains,deta ficat o and dikHp'tions cov, rind thq ma,ior it of co struc ion,a~nd workmanth'io"6'e'cessary for`b411Znh an4„eo}'nplet rig' the, Yar ous units or, , elemeo s of the brd a t: ' The s'decif,ications ore intended t4, bqso , written,thbit''nly f r t'cldss worlkmanship and finish of the best grade: and quality will result. Barely meeting thci 7ery minimum requirements' will not be considered as satisfactiry. Thw f~ t,P~et he'sli -.p4f,JfI- c`a`tib^ni' ~i'ay`•~60 £0'be `fo cd* 1 _f,, ,¢'s' It`, GG rep - ally ~1 ~ twill relieVe tie, Co trac`tbr<`of; f 11 rdsbortstollity~."Ir pr,'o~`lelq 4. rgmpteted projtdt first olds iii;'`~~1 t factb~y'fdNo~eratl•oh'. ~,s~~,~, •r.; 8. r MateOlhlg: The' specifications for"'6-terialsot -lut,thy nil t l40 C standard of quality which the Owner believes hb6ssar~i fd 'Orocur- a satisfactory ,roject. No substitutjons dill be pe itted j4ntii,,ibq CoHtl^actoK'ha Nec ived:_ uteri b`e iSs'tbn d1~t~71 >n iHe~V'~ irk ~~ke a ,.r nubsti}}uti'dii fdF'Rb'mat 'ribllT wh` ch is +eeh' s~ c,1 1 d. ! . Where the term "o ~ e t1~1~',' "bh' hp rld~t d' a ~(al", '1's used A is 'understood i I~ntPe~.ri(lS t.QA~18,;.~0 that i p. to 1al,. P d~ct, per i~e of~F~ used `i If s¢b'it5;5ll 4p pr't1, u~qi^ tr4 p~ . was 43e' ~ fpp ,~the, P f3 'b , to JP 1 quo) i ty, uop,~ I r t> to ~1Fe .t~ th' ~wh~~^ Xf ~ Oduc bt` ot'~,g , a, a s~,pr pq~~~, use,, th , 3'~ e , a ` ` b1 t ~b' i 1ed I fq a Ei;~l~, ;p~Apos,O pp 1 I I ll su'63~uta''i4 orb r' ° ' ~ a~ ~~ce e~~ua~:'~ I,tlsrl'I t q1'z P9Sl~? ~ Is used it Is unde i~t0 C. Manufuturer's_R_e r~esentativa: The Contractor shall furnish the services a 'a compee eni te`chni al- rf ~~rr~~ tive of the manufacturer for all items of equipment, except s~~ ~ ulphfrt not requiring such service due to its simplicity of Installation and adjustment. This service is for the purpose of insuring proper installation and adjustment of the equipment; instructing operating personnel in proper maintenance and care of the equipment; for making check tests and making recommendations for obtaining the most efficient use of the equipment. No definite time on the job is required for these technical representatives; however, they shalt be made available at such times, and over such periods of time, as required to accomplish the specified results. It is not anti- Lioated that an undue amount of time will be required on the part of a representative of any one type of equipment. A product of a manufac- turer who does not customarily furnish adequate technical service for proper installation and use of their equipment will not be approved. 4. Installation of E ui ment: The Contractor shall install all equip- ment shown the p lams and described i these specifications. All equipment shall be installed in stri`- %nformity with the manufacturer's 100-1 technical representative's installation instructi ns and certified erec- tion drawings. All a ui workmanlike manner and, when instal led, theequipmentlshall rtbeapropderlyalubricate atherdise serviced and placed into operation. Prior to presentation for and final acceptance of the work under this contraot,,,t e n ra t r, h have started and operated all units of the Of6hi''Ir0r r~ 4 sda:l tion of time, to pe it the En a~uf~lcient ' u. a- ion dui n,,q gIneer to,obsgrv~ overall perfo a PerfoHiahcz 0 thi r`especti~'e ;units ance;and operation'~ all' b$ orY?perly coordinated w th ,th$!?d e4uipmenf rso ,f r Sr~cpennel Ali fd;tQry re,,~ornr~ended "break-its? oilha er's 160 or.',oe;horating', her, adjustrtients neege~ aftar an nkial break-in 'period ofpo9es a , be`perfo c rmed by th1~ Contractgr. pgrptionsha11,.~ • ,on a rf is if i i`1 Ilf 1 ti,f, ~e p, During r~ rn~irita t p rons~ruction th ' ~ t @ $eS. n a;n or`d ri a !'Actor shall;], SCraOs and Uri S►lAi,l 'nqiistruc be .1gft'sc~t~teredaaple tL i ~i1acA: ' l~he~i' Cetion`under" t}~e Con a pn ltign,; b]ed`at Cn t,h~s, ~gflh o,t}rer;~ wise completed, the Contractor shall remo seal asem, tra~ maters n ve all left over cbnstru, io a nett, isl ~ke ei~p,eara'r~ce'; ,~,ebrj~ ant~.,.rgb4is,hl),flnd,,leava tr}re ,site in• To PrQYi 11 Irrd~~tl"?tfr .II' d`_<', I YII1tit_ c, 11 fi ling ni f,lirl ~L i V yl l rr7 1 h ft f 1r::: f,r If~ e g 17r1 I tf ^y it L' • ' , r!1r shall, pF'oVtde` ae4t9* ~r~14tary'Fd$riutingfo s~ik~ion..tti +n rr r; , tractor shall not eFmit arY , isari on~f~Cto~, or Lary practicese'to co tinue wh11c,h >1d rove obfec to.abl,e to .I ~ ~ ch `j, . I :s~rrg4ipR,,prppertyf A i` y y . ~ It At I f1Ci~r~1}l 1Ct 1{71 f { 1 r i I,;1'. 7 ^I j e ~ r!' f!.,~ tJ r~J ~r f.1 n'fi at br 7 a Sr~t r1s y brootry°`116 h 1Lhd w0 K, l ~,4i 41V^t. a ',,q~il~~' r,uc~e ,j~L dirY~~ f~s~C"'rbt h'' r aT 1 fa' i ri i ia! sh '~(.M~'I , , from ellf~fishd Jr v' ,A,1 f; r t ~d Yfl r and `g5l ish''ar'l'''i~inlt~edr,l~~~SN`"~ha1 vi;, ~ zt Jr ~9zu ~t H,trn ff0z (OT t r i 'fi ~U ElVti tI Jf1F,i r,') ~r'7Cjf~ Sh'llriJfs~klrlEfr '<Jf 'T91U I,,~l llb;r! r+9Jfd'IU fl ?U: (11t'1 UE! r'f'1 .fCJll 1 " f ft'';1'11rtt Jn~i1'rjr'f;a F.~,•(__?9:11V-Ir1e ct 5 rJ ttrlT hy•01 'Uf r_r~ gr)1Y~1 Ijftc,nlJIor"I'1Q 2n1it.}t (fE J zu~,br, brif, r0Jfif 11,Jznt tr) ~Jt )r fgrr~tz a•tt nt 9i7t1 3tJ ~b 4nFo-lJt f,r fril5 nDr,?rrffrf?nf ~1rlf'lUZnf iq'o?6Q^11;q q6I '10 t'rlh ' ~fi fI~J 1 l (.^Iq n' ( tIIrrr 1r OI! 1', .f B 7 f' l• Ic'fIf x.1119^'~r?rll'79 7f r tr, lrr( 6'"rli).l'>1 J,IIlr,7r('I 1 r J.11 y rar ~'"all f7rl~l f,~r .,1 i f ~J 91 f (I I U n'' 1 U Ch. ~R'JFU(I'.f 'Sf}1 c> tr7~' ll,l{'h o7iJ tU '.1G1 If~b9'dUff e+?JVr.}~ifla?.y'f(1'`!1 ~IJIi )rl:f'lfity frll): '7111 t'006-)ri(1 'lot (F'11nrj S, r11 .rt t t.' Itr:rrl t nll,t rlri 1L: 'Jiptfr+r f{j~~ "IJVU (1F ^d~thlf~ rl'1UC J F, ylrj6(tbY4 91fi!h~iC} (JGf{? ~yrt1 -rJnr, Jn,~ zi 1! <r,rtlu2~ 1 F 1t :If .,9t1P r1 r11 r17 i (urlrla:, r , b ~o ~'ifr y,iy n t3~ r ~ b )1 k1rlfUf79'7 16 Irt![itJ a U ,^I tt)p { f l fPr trr,ItJ rl; , , , 40 Jrnu)G :+,C1rli,l r'16 Jrr1J b~~jr,r .1 •I U' 9514'IyPff17tf11')'71 5w1Lr~'ilf?C~r{ f"'<CJ 94 Inp 'illh 3(': ~~'1tJG1f19?`_f-IQ'r'1 .i1;bG"1V4f .1010 I ftr,l t f tfrll f k(r'rb:r,f,J,'~.'1 :1Q'i !',r(rf, !rf~1y ^I.'ti,l_' r1',rrUt1:l;=1 7t',h; lr. ~~u tx1r, fIr)FJ6f (r,J trlt ,~q-~'1rr f UrL: f ; f lf,Ieni f 10? oiDf Bair) flail frP - irI~II1~iuF:) irl rrr)i+t(frt<nI 'IfiO6Db i! ~svl? ',,,~i} r,} f,~ljr't~1~r})171 ~rfFffl ai'1 no Wolff' 1 f1F~-1 r'I •.I'I l1 f IUF1K,,q, Jit lplflll 'r I l t "17 i.tz ist bif f t, .f i ~,d f(r,'rlirlfap~fn(;~r 1-fJ~l ( 77 • ITEM 101 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING AND TOPSOIL SURFACING A. Clearin and Grubbing: Clearing shall consist of removal and disposal o ail trees, stumps, brush, logs, down timber, roots, rubbish, vegetation and other objectionable matter From the construction site e.:cept in those areas si,own on the Plans or directed by the Engineer not to be disturbed. The sites of structures and other areas to be excava- ted and filled shall be cleared and grubbed. Grubbing of roots and stumps will be required to a depth of one (11) foot below the finish grade of structural excavations, and to a depth of one (1`) foot below the ground surface after the top soil has been removed in areas to receive embankment. All cleared and grubbed material shall be dis'.osed of in a manner satis- factory to the Engineer. NOTE: The Contractor will be expected to protect the trees outside the mmediate work area. B. Salvo in and Repl_ac~inn Topsoil: Salvaging and replacing topsoil shall cons st of saivagg ng and stocc'piling the organic weathered topsoil and subsequent placing on portions of the site not containing structures or other items of construction. After clearing and grubbing has been completed and befr,re any grading has begun, the existing topsoil shall be moved from the areas where excavation and embankment is to be con- structed and shall be stockpiled. Salvaged topsoil shall be cleaned of major root systems, weeds, grass, brush, debris, or other objectionable material prior to spreading on the areas to receive the topsoil. Immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface shall be loosened by disking or other means to a depth of at least two (2") inches to facilitate bonding of topsoil to subgrade. On areas to receive topsoil, the rough grading shall be accomplished so that when all suitable topsoil is placed the grade shall be as estab- lished finish grade, smooth, pleasing in appearance, and with no de- pressions capable of holding water. Topsoil shall be dumped in separate piles and uniformly distributed by blade grader or other suitable equipment. Topsoil shall not be placed when the ground is frozen or excessively wet. Each layer or layers i shall be compacted to a density approximately that of undisturbed top- soil adjacent to the site. C. Grading: All areas around basins and other structures wh'.ch do not receive any type of paved surface shall be graded and raked smooth and even so that they will drain generally away from the structures toward nearshall reclods of main on orearth the natural the surface or course, debris lshalllarge up and no rocks, t . END OF ITEM 101- t ITEM .102 EAR,HWORK A . K 4 merit asne ai t The Contractor shall perform 611 ' vqt ati ~fA AA exca : nk d emba may -be necessaryifor the construction'; to lind4ld gride^sho'wn on the plans, of all str-j.tures, roadways, utilitie4, and incidentals thereto4-oAll excavations,ishall be'I"unclassified": 'Ir►'ri~:$iri ` tions,~'the Contractor shall, da all necessary sholringr-bracfrig,~;heel nj;' pumping and bailing. Where necessary to determine th#,ldcati66 df ,'t existing, pipes,[ halves'; ar other underground strkture's('tftlcdhte,~ctvr(' after a careful examination of 'available Necords, shall make all explora- tions and excavations for such purpose. Temporary support, adequate protection, and maintenance of, ail' undergeound4nd surfade' •pfpe's;"'strik. tures, and other obstructions ehcbuntored 'in Jthe''~rsorAs's dfrte~k'r'''° shal l1 be furnished; bylthel Co'htractotr'at' h+ ' n;3 tdk'p8r;s¢, r r+J B. StructUral 1ExcavatfoA~ fienerai : "C'xcai/atior4' Sha111"ekte`hd "ft~ffi~" cientl Stance': roml a s a bot n "s tb' `alibM 'foN"form{," tiisr of services, ands fdr inspection`, eXCQpi<°~rlteNe'COifCr'At~►"ftffl`iva;~~ tadidtf footing is authorized or required to be deposited directly ggaInst, excavated 4ulrfaces,-3 Where the rexbaYation rigift Ide MOW.'th"e leler-Otions A indicated t on. thejdriwings of dirbeted~ b~+' the engiae'r+ tKedubh rth 'fdut'L~' vatthe Conhrbleaw Utrco th'ee' ex' exrar.cavatioh sha11r be` 1'ettorbil Ito"ilia '-Ovoooe elaL r r, other, selected matir!fAll, fit t* px a ".the Contractor.! t.,. , a pens8 bf , r - ~mb i?iJ~ i, i1Cj rfG,1,+ Is+"ItC~io1 ~ f bnb 6ftfa3tr,F2 rtfl11 9.1Cc -1011 lfP"[' "9VI !t± It Z29f 1tw 9~ f fff 2 In order, ,Ihatr the, Engineeiu may' Jiro e" the' '6 3 , 44a4ty 'Of the,lsi'•Dp~ ed' fed fa. tion;tthe,Contracton 'if:ahequestAtl,cshali make, nbrMIKov-to"(fix►~f thejcharactsr of t1ie'.subgrad#-,, n>bt'erihlalr1rTW 'i 0WM'de~t?ffef''srfc.i~) xrz scundings wt)Ironotrhe-irequired) torbxteed~09ef (•S~ } feet. Veibw~'tftg1 i•d~'c r~osed3footingtgradeii It pis?the 16terft 6f,this'phbi(isibh'tt t'"3b irf"s'u shallebefmade?etlthe'tiMlthe-excevatloh`Or eac}}~►),Fahda't'i r ~ y Lud mat@ly,loo~~,leta.f~5'+ ff~w raatq nrli to f.~n~ilrrimurlto sr13 tii ftlf Lolj -rP~ .tJ7fU~7c'i 9fGu'1:7 ;.?9'IJn4J 279fn1i ft~f't!?Jbm fner,lo9d~r9 "fEfUCiE^l{"` The final~910ation•463*hitn4 160inditiOtr' fit t6 betW4'trkftW Wh 1,11'b`A" as shosiwonitheldrawin§k6dr attr1I9*d~Orel lidw r W1ttirpb (rn Ifww i the-Enginetec.44h such,*Ity ttiohilaPh pd~~b "rb rMtb~3~t~l3 tbFil f,sf comply with the design requirements for the struc QW.,vbShbu'll i ~Ll found necessary to increase the depth of footings frofn ha 4~rn on,ths drawinggs,fthe necetaaty altePttion#~ifirtfie'}dtta~l for ~tDIIJ~'tbr~jrq 6V shall ibe~oeeoa+d+i'3hetlf-4ri~a4.nrAftnbPtbt1dl~e t@Q'b lhe''E64iA2L~?rr`' h 54112 have thCt ight to6fObCtitut6,roYi0d 11et~iIrIf rl ~d 3d~'~1 ? Vndr ~ r9gc, ~,nt mood zar! 900 °9~ j r9.J1a P 30v t,9no,rfm-0 ~,l -3155 ll0J fffF1P rt~11 When austtbeturd itltofrett)On'len't6Rck9&tedttu lra >$th~~4l ytkr/':aria special care shall be taken not to dist0PbothB'l;b~ iiifi bYitAe~ xHVMrd'fl;r" and removal of the last materfa1 re wired to reach to4ndatiop final grade,-triad notJbbnp0fOPmedtdnt41,~u1tih6fgi•d`'.th~'fdbti 1#1s to' be placldvtl srii to Znotj.6 v9ff+ 9rii Wol ,d noi,i,L100?11n_; ,y o tin z f6w tint, ~n6 is b rlr5 f a no0f vt,:o,~1 grit 110E k,ovok)'! 5,d f f r,rtc ?M,10@ f f f, Pflt k l~ All rock.Qnidthar3bdrdlfouAdgtioAimatefiala ,Q 4i~i maters,41abalsonodi,)andtoutftot&tfirm,41urf8t*feithW)1fte?d,##r a' 4jb+T sorra~g~,,Aar,4iPettedlby~IthAVEngintarfx~A1r1fsQjmg~~hdubeYtle~~~~~o~{`~`'t' and filled with concrete at the time tha footing is placed. 1o2•i{~r r Excavated material required to be used for backfill may be deposited?by_: the Contractor in storage piles at points convenient for rehandling the mate Ma,l.dur,ing.,the ,backfilling operations. . The location of 'storage pi),es,shalI,W isub,)ect to the approval of the Engineer. F. C. Concrete d stab: The horizor,tal, or approximately horizontal,,~ ser,face o. $xcuva Ions for,,ma3or structures;,as shown on the Piansy shall be G4vered wWl a,three (31) inch protective concrete slab- asi'soon after exposure as _pass b10.: The ",rmud slab" concrete shall be, Class E,° 87day, compresjive ,strength bf 150Q.,psi, Prjor~tu'p. o,fnq,Et . pr,Qteq,tt e,,corfcrete .slab, all loose rock shall be remove,, 1,0164 ~,gal,ing or other l_accept0 means!,and the exposdd, surgo,~ I races cleaned as d rested ,by, `h9, Engineer!ri 1 After placements the cbn='r,i crete shall he suitably consolidated and then cured in accordance with the appl jc ale requ,i,rements pf, ITEM ;103 P•;:CQNCAETE-., ;.Care shall. be'' e4e,roi u ±ing curing operations tai keeo'adjacetnt foundatio'nit being:,, r of concrete free of, water, and debris, prepared for,plhceme t; C p. , Tr_Qgc .Ex v tip 1verkch exca._vation comprises excavation [for. &114 water,, n9sr siwpr, Ines, ,drain; lines,imiscellaneous;lInes,,!and'appurte}` nanres, for',ctrte ~vartousjypes_;oi',~1)nesk7 Alli excavations.-shall r be ihadAi bY, op,o ,cut• .4ailks of trenches; shall, be kept, as, nearly., vertical W possls-sv ble and, if required, shall be properly sheeted and braced:roTrenbhgA 01 shall be not less Shan twelve (1211) incnes nor more than sixteen (16") ~ Inrv s~ v{aid,ei'~.ti~► ,t_heo~aisisjq~'f4iamlten)oft tlta~i pi psi tq,belrlaiti,,tfieTatrv) nr and }I Op e~cavat~t~ti-io);t~,1.,11r*iso,,thA&a,i~ele'lr ,spaWnbtAestlthan` six J incfieg;;isor mpr.e :thweight, 4F),-dnehesfdf ;width is prbvitiedjorili each<,~idg oe,~,tho;ptpeM ,!Beilsho#es~aha!lob~.x,_excavate6~tb~:inl;Gr•e bgll~~and~ ~ no jng 4r it is mS1 m lengtb on,) the 1bbttos of the,.trpnch:t(ll'he~~zoq PIm bott ,i91p~,,tr, rrche,s shal.lobseOYa ►eXtavated swthe~atileAst(Lo2 ti one- our 1/4 the circumference of the pipes will rest.f'irhly)ontEt•14tun granular embedment material, unless concrete cradle is required. Em- be eo, ~rptg~}~Jr; 1) bf 5-inchestlpirti W deplhibeiowloll;,pipestff"-3 ftrH ExcF #pig ,•f9rjgian ]e ja ,00er,accossories Steal) +be: suffIcientr tof2 zL, lzers4 ft3 wlys dnsl,s 4rinthe,,t.learabatwaee the.;outer u" faac :,,:en¢, kgkX aVgjPPju_, I~ n , r ~(r? 163 FIC1 f~rlOf 8~ M073 G E,3?y I ;ufU~ No Pip£r3~~,~~ r ep ft¢,)i Or~f trench, in, the ,prewce pf waters -Al 1, water: ,t Shfa,12 ~~i ~"4yedt ' ~i e~3rQgS_qs,suffiCjelttlytahead:Afrtbolpipe:plit6li~ ing operations p¢ureiaf¢ryi;firin ~¢;4nrwhicbiio~9)act thgtpipe; andi trench shall con ~nue to be de-watered until after the pipe has been placeda1D¢ p,jnt9O,jj8e X41y9fLWARDFOYr!be,,Accoig914shod bYubailings (!-J~ pti ~ A~9rx :~)pthR,5~+N AI"1 g,9~e40s.iz~t 31 Jprr nr~tFf s1 rft : 97r: ta<<<y~;2 ,G f C~~~%b~ ,0~ (~aLCi'1 n) ~;,~i'f~lij!'i!1 ~br1`+~f.f"1 ~?t-i !,t~~ ~U ft'.n,•'.l t'~1CE5 a 1, fp r c e ,9.jrtsropmplatioo;~of?founddtion f6otinas,,.W and +.1a s and of er construction below the elevations of the finbl iq „i gre all forms shall be removed and the excavation cleaned of any t~'}p rj$,Prr,gXhersobjectionablojmattetipHo~itoibackf111ing. pw~ Ida t~ 3! yie,9jaced+in,lAyers.apProkiuatAly~nihot(4h)AAdhesIIk, dep a pp gr. Y~,"I$tooed to approximetalye-aptimum .regoirwOntt andr i1 ~3nt> a !M1 102.V t each layer,compact,ed by hand machine tampers, or other-:su.itaolo equiR- ment,.to a dops3ty.to Prevenj,excessive settlement or shrinkage.,, Where pipe , walk; pr o or cRn§§truction is to 0 placed on or ,jn,.tbe back filled Tattr,al' t g.bacefilling shajI.40 done in a th9ro4gh:manner to ' pr%ludQ il,l after ;gttleent . Sackfill ing, steal l;.ps brpught to: a, suiti able, eliovat gn abgv natgo g~round,or, grade to provideJor anyanti- Cipetpd ~ettjomen and 's rigkagq of;:the,st C uctures to prsve~►tFany damage to t6iie,., t~,uciru os:' I t"act,shell ;secure the ppprcval of ythe Eno gin er or or to.pla~ing backsipppll around any of;the structures o Cow,Il: traa or sha,ll,be;respo'gs,ible.for,settlement, and sho11,restore.surf aces, show d~any s@ttlement occur. ~kfill shah, be. carefully, pperformed to t r, jn f fsurfac@ .restored-;t0 the sang+i ''n . the o ,,4 o , It ie gra ene►, a4 hef,Q to faction g, a ttom Of fo0tinys onfslabs;where';the gineer, or the,bo trenches are under construction. All pipes in trenches shall be on a minlmuM of ;5-.,inches of;comp@ctoo;granular,embedoent matorialtif,' tench-+c' backflll,up-,t9 t :,r1/.4~•point,of:the, pipes, shall also beI,compacU&embeds ,r~oter,ial. .ft@ tfie remainder's dent pipes;ha~ye :beenltested aconsisroved of trench baickfill shall 1}@ p.ldGed~. excavated materials, free from large clods or stones, or other objectionable terljal, ;aref41ly<deposf,ted:,int,~lAyers,,rat.tc:exceed;si .f(6" inches in rt Pit., : i , p' ch layer fhorau9fily ,and'carec' 11 tliicknes on, hs des0,f,~,th9pe and iea . fully'pompa: tLed unt.l an ~1@Yation,Qn,@,.1~,) foot-above theftop-.o ~ hel., ipe }l b oachodc.(I bQ,f~.e~iltdor,ofi th&4bacfctill vay+cbcpushedlinj;' moist , Rfd~tt~A. #1~9hjy,~cofFPeSX@d,fby~tAmpi.nge!"Il,inl)p.oo,gtherwisd-.1) nly:tibLe4 ayif, sdtttlraent~~a: nQta 4@>:►t prop oceys4 ,tthy,f Af i, 41 ed,c, , s~outhed o.tt artd~~tnalty made to 40gflp rq A0 i~►~11~~',~i ~7}abfc ~ Z fyq~a• ~ ~,li]bf f 6V i f 0 Si"If 1j . 9d 'f C!' f EF Y9]61 f f t , fftyf 7f t'1U7 JbfiBJf~~~ ~1 Where p1C , il) , n~rl,lpa+~.y'~+.{pipea. o Ylelk4s,~cU!'coi der; ~.construc hiq ~ h 'flgd iA9ve oKc@P t~backf,il , s a ti L Poo frq',o~r a>rk,q~41p'A7P.~ t4L.9radetuAr,c4flCton%.af;pipg or Structure overlaying the trench, shall be deposited in layer. r~ot, toy exceed nine (9") inches in thickness, moistened and compacted to a d(Tj ty g ail , P..oC :R"oat i'nc a 4f:;:r a qltdisoph4d, totaeidVraV r i dace t ~o"the ranch. Where inTicateA:90; t Pia.RCr' pn rb+aneath~alt►va ~ str:«tures, the backfill in trenches shall be of lean concrete. ~,~i: , tz"r<rto:~ Iir,rl? ftf tfr"' 'to ~i7r~ zi~T G•,~ m ,;,fQrjoC~tp;P nacing AY embankment{~'sll:blearing,i4rub- bins Qn tf P n4,4Paitti4ns,,5haitl - ,h~a cO~P,leted' and rtuh!p~ les, or rti;01 r other QRi 1, Kc}va~JPns„;hal1E,pe ,b¢Ckfjjlgd,with)9uitable heteria11 aAd 6 th9,rpU9h'1y "Ppfir.r 1=;nbi<~tment„rno.x~ria3 +shall~ hot cbntaih ftrees~ st~anpst, roo, 5,jvegg4t1yi+jpny~Jarg4 9J'~,f`roisn~ l Ps►` or other extrbneousEinata'rials:~ ?hgf,sprfm Pf the,grpUnd~,inc3u¢ingrploq d: 1100senedrobadpor 'surface' rougto,e e¢~lading o opytmaN*r,~:shol,l:)befrettored ,tb`~its'e-Is' -te trigihbl", slope y ~ or other methods and, where irequirediby the Enginee'r'; the ground surface thus prepared shall be compactedfby sprinkk,ingIAand rolling. try<,;i'1f11prj'; '3',f? (oif~V,'Clf!(tl (.!f4. The ~Sh~1} ppf 4Qnstr1j; e4vjn?succes$1VO horizontal lbyits`With f{~ ,~j „e 'r4p 4? e ) whes clef depth, pr;or-°tb tcfipactl6V UY6,vs' maybe Ormed bycutmzing equipment which will spread the material as 102.3 it is being dumped,'Ar they'may be formed by'spreadingtfrom pilje$`or windrows., -Each, f Ill layer shall be: uniform 6s'6 densityAM r`h;,'isturp", , content befor2 beginning`compect1oni 'W mat4rial Thal) ~4 iNd ~a~ C into the'fill in `the forri of WihdrOw` Or dump' but thall:bq ~~eI b blading or'slmiiar means,"''Clods or'lumps of 'materiel shall bo br~ken and the fill material mixed by'`bladinqq, harrbwing ''or' ;ir~ilar• r~et 94 the end that'a uniform Material,of'uniforin'ddnsity'is sdcur'ed;ih_Wn layer. Watef Oquired W sprinkling 04 11 be evenly a~p1(ei+ 5n 1> shal l be the re3pan31b11 ity of 'the Corttra~tdo to seture a fQr4h tmg1; ture~content theou6fiM each layer'by'such'methods''as may i(e ~eCes ary, Prior to and in conjunction with the rglling operation, eqch.lsyer,shall be brought-to the'rnoisture done f.t notdwe'y too tail ha ~O u fdd densiWand shall !be,kiOt"=1eVilddkWith"fuit5bfe'e4dipmb'nt't'o' fi ute" uniform,compadtior, oW!the 4htire'16yerd' O " 10 ' ' t' For, each Iayer'of'earth f111 it 'is the intentsoh of ithis Voeci ngi tion' to provide--an appavent'dry density'of7the'aii&it 1/4;61l-mb'erial of'not less than 95% ofrthe maximum'dey density-of sampl6s"Of 'the ater•i'dl, as'_) ' determinad.by'Standard,Proctor Test procedures. Selec 'F ll Material: Where called for'orl,tWPle`r(s';`fill4hall`'bi' composed :o •,5e ect~ tma eriaT obtained from 6n''ap'ftoV6d,s6Vrt6fir) e'l"'r"j matertialcshall4bd aNpit-r'urt riori=expanside`§arid~yrldl ~Ta'y~d i metertaT~wi,th:'pl~atidity~irid~f(P~'i:~j~logs'tha11 9,0 W4 Ili iaSft a (L W not greatorfOdm 2510.«',fh'e 1LbritAdth*1k`%ha'lV, Yd K~I►'e`'1 _ p tests imadd:dikirdores'eAte'1tige t,iatwl~s' ft Lam' O?'i e i` fir s~S i4 ;1~ a+h<lrshd)lirdbtatn tfie bfr ft #-Wsl 6~bitNii~hh e'1a the fill material 1s placed. Adecbt'L"edi'c{enc2~111e 7I`,b e'ri:d`°' Indicate that sufficient fill material for the entire fil) is Avail 911 a, ~l 4i1y1 from `4s7agl ~lfrop4sed sduroe t for p~dVIT"` Y~'fi, ~k t 1:' r1 sddede'o! n1a'i:eMa1` 9'ha91•.Lbe'tfo'1<nd""tfiCoift toe, z co'sts''1~.t ~iri~' , the ti"naterivI1 ,'dur~inlrthe haul s`~'df `O1'aci~~''t~c~ fiTl~Wil11'~t~pai~' f ~i ' the Owoer: 3 ~b { P' j? t P ;;9b 9d {Ell:: e n'1!:!'~9 5P? G?tl f~fi l'ryV L~'trlJ ~u r "I O A tY:~ri'1''1i~t~ ~f`r'`ti~32rfY~'' 229~,dj~ff": nl <<h~Jf1 'Shfn ri!1aJ ~J Fill [shall b61pl Aced 1a`n pomp UU1 Wbtdbr&aril'e' W t'h 1hi~t?~as5l~fe`3 t above'underParbdra-ph (v! il(Emt Q 1 SJO e'1sti,no~ ncsf is std (f~l1z <<.,~:tn?7x ni 110)cd o, ) ,zerluJ~u"112 1. Embedment Material: This type of material shall„ consist of pine,, grams ar,,mater_ a . na gwaiiulaY~ rt1b"terital=`stfali? b'defined-'d'?:`'N flowing sand' b r, i ike `matdMhlr q oY rafi<edrtihd VNr 1 ~0- It 61'~ Vf'~i t•' ~dh Mandl:and gravel ~4 irB ,fro g}ar~ge"s'tb vj~`elay;b hd11 r a4~'Tcohlat 'i#1 Jie,,enbedment, material) shall[ be such "V 11 will- Hot fioritfmild ors muck►ir:rThis,mate»ial+rnay~ bey an fnfertoit''gha(de 'bf+~bit~'?L#r"~`Oi'E'`"bi~,(~-" s,nd not no"ll,irconsidered satisfaetolryifor cohstY'rkt'i6h~x! k1*v'AM' may, be sap d.ire~ct~lya,froml pith kithbutr pr6chWhgy+b7itf-'sh's11 X17 "'u`' regu,i.rompts'set~forthrhereino,,1.G~,f 2bni~i '!i '1t01a 7r Elnlbb k ~Itfoiz Lflt, ~,n, (d 51 ; ~r "d YJ'c,1Q ~.Vaj t rs;;.!",1.. wfltl6'1[+ Embedment material shall meet the following size requirements: All mO3.n 412 $411 paaL_ta on! (1~.}>inzh sii:v~`~~ndrat"laali $bF y db s,df p~r~~en1, sfy~l,l;b.~,r~Yained_,bn~a~iv0;!100 31eV8F L1'h~ p ~4ti~~t~``in~' S( lk: ~b~"Irfl6,tt rlf1,1 ~ISJ''QZ ~~fYt ~.1f,~ri ~Ila"Ii~~UF~ ~'fll>1~fjU ~,G I'J{.ISU °N. ~S'" 102-a F'-~;CI( r f , such part of the material which passes a No. 40 sieve $hall not be grab gr than teq alb).. Embepmept motQrie,~;frpm,ang'soNrce shall be.vf,a fair Y 'V.41form'quajl Ity. . ~ : ~ 1.-•,,, J. CQnct: te:Cradla and Lncasement:,. Concrete for•cr4u'ke or Rncasemint shpl,l,,e 4;$ Ps, CQn4rete, as herein., elsewhero.ipecified. K. Lime.Stabf]ized,Subgrade: dei6 t i' : ; Al I dub?rade, benee h propq q ro;dways and pro,; posed sl,jdge ry n eds`sha 1'.,e'lime stabilized. This shell consist of ~a g b4rade tre~,tnl t prepaq .:.by,,the m ~kpq.ol.tile existing sub Do d l e ►1 ;,c4 R c 9 rth d, teri f',? ,J~~9m1fY,;wi,th r o C~4 f , c q~}s ~lnAe q¢ t 9ra ,eg ,`iho th4IP 4ns, CorlsLl'ygy t o i, r}'shall!p#a;f.Q 10 . (,r r J ' r r -1 L si Objraa~,,5h4 ~bP OylvoHze~..i't0 i~ e, 4eP..th' a { a a, sha4A qn 1;he 1 ar~d b ~rea,1 eQ ~riq thq jom,,, of a 51uery. , ' rI TpeJ e;4n4, gPts~ur arl to~leifQMlY~tgi edwlf, the] subgr e' 6y, , s q ,,ark app.,rl9" eqq p4 , %1 ~ 'sQgtl~r~f. t•1, ~~tn be r 9 pry j rade _ h ve t all q s, lu 4'cr t ~o} a ^.~br ~n+r t r,~f! Ni rl, tt !1:. lt't Aq oiG th en ~p begfirl'. Re mixture {exc>i ive al p1usdnch neon OT r I r y gates) when properly mixed shall meet the following requirements wfier , r -~~~4,e4,?,d n i,1q r;&Yt ~lP~t4~ttb~~sisA' n9Oj0 rtb nqs+A ~G r2 30,1 (1G 269 , rr It!)?pbelf, C19.!`1(C"'La 2,jfj9T1 I yy brit E `tftf*t 'ftif J .J8 9bi.1~g Sill r ~~1 "~ir'e'1p}pt ~Z , 9rj Uj glFr~W IU:•; ~,f#J 1yat,Ci I,rijO I D l-AS CrR!' 1i'.,i Z9 a01i e(~Ri(JbY li9 4iGa io f?G +7~, ,t s t-lntb ` c.~bitScfPJ ~41~4r~irl9,t~ed~ to ~t 1 t o PR, ! ~ #l, ~g~ M.. as aReG•l lOy,ct~e(Fjigi►w.ris:,r)j b~b ~.or sd rr6 r j, ,rlgq n, J~Owr J6 Io 5%')re 6 nrrrsrl2 d. After thor%ugh an un~farm m xi`ng of the soil -11me and water 1~tp ~1~ t{re, srle,ll,, be;ri 1~~a.~)Yq,-W PaF~fh(i~ ,'0"P 10or fr (41ltr:`iti The mi~tture shall le compac i~at optimum moisture content and to,=J 0yn] density of 95 percent standard AASHO density for subgrade and for flexi- ble brig. 1, t f~ baJ6Y6:, ➢ 9r(~6jfrr2 rt'r+b9'1n 2F, i,~1lZrlt .1.'li'., < 2.ra)'~ .t' (!+f I1r~9'j~ ~~11"11f,.I11'G bo f; ?IIi 1~1 JlU Irf,(i r r h 3 n i e~G fo al' # n r ~ V. Q4 (.WM RO..Qpsf9ott SO 1.4" roa 6'r, th'e f, 'h e, s n (f tlaP I ddb, .A;1 Q a►)d tip ,i.ahgd,7"o.] l.ed as as diriktel` it . t e, Ji c 1 1 ~ to prevent cracking~Hg~'! ,G qn Plr nf~, .a'sI'f ; fir, stiffcieRtly, a fight; rr,.' ~j9?f irtT 09 'lr,2i 03"1 rrs'<' "C1'76'IJfIq~ +lii ?,')r15+ j3i' i tim r 1 h ~ C~pomP11 Jqk s#a F X R aCi~u1'?4 +N1tt.lr such d i( r , PI .3( r,w A 4Yi"sI$_, P#.4~,4 tgr, a~,,;is: -0age4, n , cpmpacted.fi 1 to ~ I coUA~`A tt; ~z _hP oprppad±~S?34 Rgv,naAhai r►at, been cl~r~l sealid'b 6n i `io`hI.Of RC-2 asphalt at Lhe rasa of, i?,,l.Oa gal ronIPe' r square yard. (I-rr 102-5 h: Ail i4Wppmmeht bW$ 1n'' thq, abovb pr6:04re.;hat ,.4e.1►t'` suitable operating'conditibn'afid approved by the Engineer.qu pment.,' not satisfactory to the Engineer shall be removed And satisfact ry` equipment supplied. 1. it is=the Antent 'of this;specifigation to o4taie 'drl'un- confined Oo pressivb'strehgEh`df'100 psi 'after, seven days h6ist curi66. 2. Materials: Lime used For soil stabilizati6n purpases`'shall be a hydrated Tfmmee of commercial type and grade: cons Idered suitable:for usvin the'stabilizatibn'of;96il,s for;subbAse c6nstru4t,ion, =3c' 'Li e'Sli 0e` `t`te4 'uirw mounlr'6i~"lim¢ ~i J~ter'f~ m 1466NaWT s a Abed i ~ ro , distributO and'a plied ass' itue roy~ s1' rry,t With thi„d ior~~Qf lime being attained by successive passes ov'de,A'det6rmiried~s ,ct tC of the roadway. The distributor, Val1 be equ,ippgd vjith eqAagitator (which mixIfoP thp~l iiiersl(j0y' 1ie'v~e't6hS "df'i im4 'to '666 gal'lon' ` fpry~te?;±te which gives a 31-percent lime solution. It 1s0$#i6ioi edithi'trthe "-ate fFaoti f dt'iok'df`lime 'shall ' f r L 'W (4.g) pod6ds'bfj4T1nte Vir squ'a're' Ar+d i j ~ 1'of de 15~J dfr C0q}~~ r, subft d QQ or 4 Ft4ta°f • If '.'G p6ft -fe~ve ¢1)" oy p~ sq e ~r r t ¢"rdE t}6ftabii'ie 'crdni~dcf;! ode:"`~`ipri' (6%) 6i edit ~ilifq f-1'lihhile'~b,yy ,.w`1i'io~ i?,~ 'sF6 ~11 tfe t1 lobo a(fey~t 9'f W ia ~h ~'4~ Maur 'M44'1 },pn {ant- 1i xu[q In ♦r, reel ~x) 5 , weia6t ,¢l f Ia. ~„riw 23nyrrr3'~r~p9r en~wof toi grij If ta.~iP byx'r ,t l c7ulq r 9{{w L. Final Gradin : After all other vidk'li si U OK f1'rlish&V gal{' Wk filling an em ents completed and settt d all areas on the site of the work which a to 5e ~r de shai'f" , ro `'t'd grade at the indi- i sated elevation , slopes; edbntt:`h"s:' l,serf'r~r'°a~eers or other power equipment will,b pe i ted for fin 1 gr1~din atyd p gssi q of slopes, Pr6~lided i+~he re"s l t Ci i fd + ~fl#d tlisi?`erf ' t'o n~i"w k . ~pl , ,s - facesNim!1)11e de`d ;~e 4e'>6fP 'iilb'dh~dlNa:je:'lrnle5§'bthe 1s'e~ shown a slop.031-1a t last, ones p ercg~nt slali npe provided. , hn6 grttl- itr,z Writ u mi> c ra-IC) rr,u nE u~rOr+~ rSJlr. c 4radi'69 a'WVsdYWirt"shdlli'ff cbtnsat`(s`ff:t16W'6f ti~'6 Enginder'.i 0z Sf!!"SnC'a 9YUStfCxf 1 ~ C Sf r'a JE4Clt' i C l i I1; 51; r~.9E3 -10 hnr6 5t~b1~,;tif~ '!off ~.Df.!Il!3i QEi~hli LrnG)i' It°f 'I` r`P ~Q ~trrr'it M. Excess Earth: Insofar as needed, suitable excavated materialV shall be used un fills and, fV embankm ~ ents s owrl n the dra}r1 gs. Remaining e''``i~lo~` t' ' ► ~ f n a s, di,r , tors material' ~ba11)13'e'(d1 b9W lant'4'J141~Ahf;o b,~ ,tYw frit~ihV#V Q i411 Fthf' ttM,#al' 21 11f be i~ rildd' s r oe 1 ~ f 3 Vr C,' .1 Withc66pldeid'nby e0l~l16~ itj i the i6 tnswor; ut N. Settlement: The Contractor shall be res ps bl,i fo all settlement of batkfil-T117%bdh'xme~~s<'WiWAirb hli~irf4f p~s4 a r ~o after fina1>>coVldtibri~of the o t~ractr~und whlchr"th+l A a$4r;e~fo med. The Contrattb'r~sN1Itilfaik@;r,'6r'.jceAV,tbitse nfAaeaj1 1Qa !Y' p ments1 a'de'tr~et~ljo~ssar) seat'tItbdht Vftl~'~i"y' • A'~d } tC'r ~ti r° F ~ Engineer( b'r'V14114f' 0 `f.t1 'ffi~ tf 161114 r 1 r1J C_• l Off' { r e b7E,'i. 6i, (A) 102-6 0. Drilled Piers: The Contractor shall do all excavation required for the shafts through whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions and grades shown on the plans or required by site conditions. Drill placement shall be such as to insure accuracy of location and plusnbness, to a maximum lateral deviation not to exceed 1-1/2", and out of plumb • deviation not to exceed 1/8" per foot for any portion of the pier, or 1/16" per foot for its entire length, or 2" maximum for depths in excess of 32'. The bottoms shall be ex~-Avated so as to form a bearing area of the required size and shape shown on the plans. Where changes in length of shafts are required they shall be made as directed by the Engineer. The spoils from the pier excavation shall not be allowed to build up around, the shaft opening. Excavated materials shall be removed from the area during the drilling operation. At the completion of drilling the area adjacent to the excavation shall be cleared of spoils for a dis- tance of 4' in every direction and the top of the shaft shall be cham- fered 6" at its periphery. Where free ground water is present and/or if caving off of the wall material, or any probability of caving of the excavation, is evident, the Contractor shall Install a temporary steel casing. Casings shall be of metal and of ample strength to withstand handling stresses, the pressure of concrete and of the surrounding earth or backfill materials, and shall be watertight. The inside diameter of casing shall Pot be less than the nominA size of shaft. Where casings are used tf,e Con- tractor will be permitted to backfill around casing with pea gravel or other materials acceptable to the Engineer in order to allow ease of casing removal and to reduce excess concrete required to fill the shaft due to size of casing. Casing shall be seated so as to seal off ground- water. If the nature of the overburden is such that very large voids are created by caving of the shaft walls during the drilling process, the excavation shall be charged with water and drilling mud to keep the shift filled with heavy slush during the drill operation to firm shale. Insert the casing through the slush filled pier excavation and seat as necessary to keep out the ground water. Auger, bucket and pump out water, slush and soils from the casing Interior to provid a dry hole for subsequent drilling to required penetration. After shafts are drilled, the holes shall be cleaned of loose dirt, mud, rock and water. The shaft must be maintained dry until concrete place- ment. Coocrete shall be Placed within P hours of shaft completion. The Contractor shall supply suitable lighting and access: electric drop cords with spot type bulbs, reflectors and guards therefor, for the Engineer to inspect the completed excavaton and check the dimensions and alignment. i END OF ITEM 102-7 ITEM 103 - CONCRETE A. Description i, Scope: This item governs for the mateiHalf'd d6 '16r`the gg~ d handlin of mate riafls,,and for the proportioning and~mii m410§-6f ~"o~j re."t `fb 'str~ctui " ` 2. Composition: The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregg tee water, and 44miAtures, pro- perly proportioned and mixed as herei~ift6f'`*VIded:' ` Gbv rnir~ tanddfiGS. nel eOr'eh et p~'Dade, he ein to speciflc'A't of a tt e3 rib `d 'des}0 a~'i'orfI th60 SY ~ th6' `'"`s designation, as amended b)thj da+,'d b'fff~~'re'b IA"of'bidt on'SI ith'tke contract away„ is ma a,I"shall govern. :r{ f 1 a ,l~?f g. ` t 61 i'''oth'e l,'sh`'` shoWh' ,br'the , bi ens hg' rb'i h "e1;:wherepeb`i fied, a11' ei ~fo-_ - S'kibr~1 coh'cre'tb 36611 be 3000 ¢si;'Classr 8. Mat is Cement fgr all_strgttura c4ricrete (coop. si Class) S6 1# ,a?IFek`~an i' Y`e! I ` hi~tnlgga c~ ehsA tlppg' `tipe cement, co?ro h§ , dhe~ta4~ntis~'~33$~626~'bd'35]0~~Cbntann"g 5`~' atidri, ~ 1de u.3. ;Ae , maximum of 5 1/2%,tricalcium ~umi We. :y f.Gwr~r('~Pt •f 'J [i`!~ ttfo{xI_ii f i f,1? rr t i r vf, t Ch" bitllb ry.,awsrr mdit k~e~,= 81nb~ ~b n , s~61 4 rib II, w9" yob' '~i~f~~1 '~ibg6 nA fir`-sri t fl 'I SD pd' { ge,- z I rs 9 1~ Of T G~1~ 1161 Engl~le y ~6 . ,confor ffi ~ ~ H~~#5r Pbat Celheli be'< 01t 6t. ISO. If Type III (High Early Strength) cement is u edx st;ndagr mortar brlgwas shall be made and tested in accordance witifA'5jsfi':hf:" thod''of Tee', fQr Te si a Stren9tin of Hydraulic Cfme~t M~rtjrs,.~e gnation C- Q r; t~?~56 ~ I4, (1 if o9'I~1~~ 911f t )'1~ , 16fC 9 d65f L4(if i 140. 110.1sn[,izf:i(l P1Vk ~~)Jr.,~9t}^(A r~1~()nua sod ?norJ6:,'s'i~bIf. L,1 Ij All cement for ready-mixed concrete may be delivered in bulls. All cement used in a central batching plat .unless sppe~~cific y authorized otherwise by the Engineer, shall be d f 44d"I 66$t'~bh1l shall be mare p i i with tl) brand qd name o, ma f cturer. qMection for we qh~f y i "'a, "i fSr d sA'ba ed gn t d e;,61H t V VUa'~i~' o ni tiiii bet Il (i ~r Cr1~1G rilt)X.i ti's°J fl'1f L'IF,f acs t d(' rh t'ha b ~'dr~d'd~~e'd:7 ' p if1' QP~''rr1~iP UU"flr(i1ft~IJ tq )illy 16 (1i{i E,~ (',F)' li.!f t ' 01 1 !11'll}l t ;;,art f f.a }~s UnWV: 'Aa`fd Yd Eb'fi'~i~ete'rs#~'a11' $e',cl'@dn ~rl~ f '~~"f bfi~:~ in,luri a ants-`-o it r a all al , s It rfkgp!i ,l,mmaa r, or other P, 9~ e . ~b Cdl ~r•'drrt'~ dr,~ ordinary , deist s ,i'Y♦ . 1 r , ,O r j!( 11 Wk I 44 , r r i r r ,ee,, househ~~'d rlit ; e bsCcld¢t djo ' Vi a Without ~ei t stZ 1 n•_, e, rr1 aa ~1~'l11!rn i ~f(, ~J1 E r ~r,`l ;.iu ,i!t b. Tests: When comparative tests are made with water of known satisfactory quafTty, any indication of unsoundness, marked change in the fIlf 103-1 i, I time. of set, or reduction of more than five per cent in mortar strength shall be sufficient cause for rejection of water under test, , 3. Coarse Aqgregate,; a. AQ,.ilicable~„' Standards:se~ aggregate; shall"ton fforttj to. the Standard specifications for'-oncrete Apgrega es, ASTM Designation C- 33. b: Additional Beguir ghts (1). Wear, sha I opt; x g@d,40 when tgstaI accord- ing tP,~IS1M a}QA► Method , Vr,TQs or, ra•ss on o ~,C9arf4 A99rg9atgs by use of,tie; 0 An9g),gs,Machins,s~ynp~ipnlC-P (2) Loss shall not exceed13 percent'`6y weight' Ali Hire' cyt;3g~,whgp te$tpd fp.r,spup,one;s,,Jrt.ltcordance,wltk ASTM Fiethp¢ for ,Test Designisition C788, except as noted .1n 33 AS1 SPe~1f SElbn,.Das19n1PPfia~; ~:.~r 3 . II , , .(3), Tie a , unt 9f ~4?ri,qus s?!;taet s ' 7,. { It exceed, cgrrmgel¢ederiss¢~ 1~1~5 as S$tl,foSlch 1, A~Thtp't;t An, i Oesignat„on, .t3- , end, tAth€!" ,e a ~grio,~ls su,b5ipncesw~~l, c. Maximum Size of A re ate~ie maximum size of aggregate sha11,, r9pr t on ".f it A rX ; narrgwe t,,d•.t9ens ,.i gtweep sides; 9!~j;,9f1 iie.,gem ..ir: ~At? 11fi, h~S~9f~ e~lisc,~, ors Qr (r largerfxh 5@esf9 r,h33Af~ 4 n~ gq c14 r Bac n9' lre eiq R r~,: tang ,4a!"3~~I!A!r"re'. ~4pf,,~-1!;~4e,$s a ~RY4R ~pg R~ 'Y~AS1~4 st~~jdA~ds~cll,n {f,',."'4 , ~~},~i:~~ r~„}•11 ~f ;f'.y't 1i3,,1'i'Ij'? 1(~{i.t i1~7f~f~ `i1 IJ,. ~c•.~~ ~~ne:~99regaJ9lw l I > ~:,a, it Of) :'OfJr:r,{, 2• ,z'r ~•,•,;,1 ~:r~J->i' rl ~mr" eft I T ~ ~ J^~~1 a. AP~ itabfi~e gtandar~s: ne aggregair shad corm ~o the Standpard Specifications r or Concrete Aggregate, ASTM Designation C 33r Effl ~(IJ!1 il( t,1".. i,v VI,I E . 6 lll)f1~~fUff,'~f'.37~= u~r11 11U~~~ f?lfr~JfYr.~ ilrl~I``?., ft~ f)'U ~ '"'°1 •1 J1 flV1✓ !(,OP -t °.?'luf I ~~I S'd 0 ON,rl f br~6 9 J ;r tt q t~~rr,n na ra3 r.;!(~ 44p~ ~~•,p9~weK~,4~ ~eq~;P~~c~ i ytycg fgr,s,Qun~q1cor f ~r Oesigra on excep as no p~;c~3t~tg1 •-,n (2) The amount of deleterious substagi$ sh4ll!pot exceed Recommended Permissible Limits as set forth W1 N -Specification Des,iynat,in~ r~ 3;eti~ ,"otherf¢elett riQ~s sy,bst,oggs fir},111 .not be~allowed. f t, h'.t '1rIIF ''n 'C ? 1;, i T{7 .'~h . ,~4ra~► ,~or. ~ Q;f ~{nrr',a~9r°9,~4Ygen}a,d~ d~~:, ~ kiti bro t., t ~1 g~ tested`~n actor .at~J~ ~w ,S,tandr~ ,t ° , f t ~a$, ,f,9,' 1 ~n,i, l'1'ir dl Making Properties o Fine Aggregate, AST signation ~-a, shall d • 103-L velop a compressive trengt,H of 7 and 28 days of not less than 100 percent o'f Aa' ddyeldoed b ' the, morta'r' f?ercifieG ire tHat mthod As the' basis ;of compa'r<i o c. „ ~ ~ ; I r l 5. Concrete dmixtures a._ r Wait class th'all coma 'a'te en dispersing I, water reducing Admix conforming to ASTM C-444, with dosage as recommended by cement manufacturer. Admix shall be Pozzolith by Master Builders Co., WRDA by W. R. Grace Co., or approved 4qual . ! b. Or Eri1t0d%ik A_dmi~xtdrree: All 'concrete', 'dxc'ept1 in piers and f9otings, shall contain an air entraining admixture used in accord- anU with 'Manufacturreri's' 1'ec~yf~nendatioris "and the :following 1abl6: TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR FORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE 1! T7 Ts£,. ~,,I ,iii,: ~a~l t, ~lt•:r~;, .ir N0hIh4l'ma'9imt h'sitd I` 'Total 'air content + of coarse tLl' in. 11t~1W4eht bylvolUme,,, ~ 77717 ilj t {:-'I I.I"lf iSE ~8 'il 'r.. t;'`,!~• tt'..,! `8tfto 1A0 1/8 1 't IU'I 1_ t ~~i •II "11nri 1y2 rE (Ili x'1/4 .('i) ;l +rFi.~ i(;• 1r44 r td 18~~!r,' til'r r'.i '1 1,"r I+ ilr "-3i9 to 6r5` 'i n. E!. . 3 to 6 I' .i ,l V t'T 1 • ~~6 %il Nlj h-1,1 r)dl.rfi ?2('J•Y`J0 IIJ ffi~i rjll.V'41I,,1:`.11 (~1tP,t,;(? Producti"s6all 6661plYi ith',MWC1M0 J6nd -0a1Ttbe D*dg rAEA;l 'Wilt rGrace;' Sika AER, Sika Chemical Corporation; MB-VR, Master BuilderfrC6mpany,tidriu 11 j • approved Qual. 1 iI ~~3•'1,: t:f$r'7!~'b''jt) J[t:r,l'?`IU~~LI'.i rp;~( i'~tf"f9.~f,''7 '~0 .1'f1'?'=Ps'yll~];^!J~'f t C' l'Li' d'°C~erti'cal`'Floon F(akther': PrVvide ai°colOrldssraqueosis Sol 'ti6'rilc. iit6'iq -a• end'iff A e 'k c1l14te andwzinc-lfluo.01Icate comf H(r'~ tlhj *f1ht t ,-I" tHafr~F'2 lbsr of~fluosilicates per a 1 0. di a IiiE» 1 t~l J(;o ! fill ..3 j r•a `31{1 ail f, )a'" ?~j ~rli~r,' r1-1'I ~,`tiOCE~~I 11!",s ~'1~S Il i'f, ~l,r Z~. 1Ci (t !ri '.9111 f y f 13 rlddlddlifh'',~'Li1 96otfebortl''8 soifsfo),itrte 1,ir t ~,r `Ha~'idl'ith aC.~ ~'tiorts/W. ~R, tGrade~ .t c ~ I r! , ,w L.l c , ~v 5dKisdal ,9OZAaifi?, BUiIder'e Company{'j , ! 1r Ir v1t~r:n0' apptidvedfequal"r~pl~, nri.S ,b+J(~r,r.ls ~~j ,t,',j,>jf fir+j 11 ;.'ilk rJ !j f (l~rI? t11 ~.iR131 ~'S'f rlllf (tl"Ij D;{,~ `(C{ LfI; F'Y 1~jll/j Sti'flritillj it %`!fi. l_I Hardehdr"shall bb, Vied on''dll'-ffni'shdd floor,s'labsfin,buildirigt!unless,: other type finish is noted on Vte'PlnsJ~'1~111-°ri}f~~.+'j r+i r,.tzu ~I+~,~~r•:,, ~a,~~+~I,E jj ft 1, 1'.ItF !f'I i'1'I~~ 'f. ~',I It~•'i ! C. `'St'oNa e`°6' I ent rr ,,t it 1 1113' ~hf tit[ .~;t li'.!'I I,iit r fa'cilftie r,''tinle5's1othai'iviAe~6tdvidedr All centieAt-s'Na11i bef stor4"f(i ►We V W'd; W6490r rOgf'bdildih'gs' Akh'Will foeotect'the cement flA d6'mp'n'e'ss:' 166fflbd1 'guIp.0 fi'Ihq':661ceWrit~thall; clear` the ground a llfficient distarite' t'0"pneVent'I'theAVIO6 Otion' of Mditfure by ~ - t I'_;:U 'r f•.}11f{l: i.~i 3).'!b ~~Cr`3a ..1 t1~1.Il-ii`j r~ls li'•t 17i itll r'r~E lll,...i~~ .tj .,'';If ,j I r.+; 'I i,il .'t`1i~.• E '.ftf t"i ~f' i ~ i; 'r Ili ,'fir 111 .stir 1 111 r `r 1C!1`'i ift If' rl Ito Vt,~ ilf 't:I 1' =u , 103-3 mll~j ,;-,rG,~t; pf t~1E Y shipments, 0, ; the .cement { (,P.rov}e1Qn 1or;:s,t),r~ge shall, pe a}mle* 'p64 .68 cement shall be segregated in such a manner as to pro, 4941 easy, aPSW for identification and inspection of each shipment. 2. Outside Stora e: The Engineer may permit sma re•n, e open for a , short pgri,od of quantities of cement to gcs o time, (maximum 48 hours) if a raised platform and adgquote.wateeproof,covgring prQ,pr,Q- videdt 3. Records of Deliverie The Contractor shall keep aC rAtA,,, records of t e e ver es o cement and its use in the work. Copies of lied,or made available to the kn9 these records .,shall besupp ' oineer. ' , -ta (:)J., Ili b-.o I.wi6!', p liliIl~~fr'!?mi `'[,r, (if, €0[e or1 (tf"pill It)c~'I tilh 4. Re eetion,.o:No cementishall, beimsed which, ha,s.,beq 'Jwp..eQ or, caked. ~:ii`.~.I ~~i ; .a:Ij iii '~i1 ~rft rI)3 x'11 P. ~1I i~i .i- D. Stora a of A re gates:' The handling and storage of concrete aggre- gates s a esl c as,.to prevent the admixtureio fgre,ign,materials. If the aggreggates.are stored on the.grOP,40.thq Vt,, ~fpr4he stockpiles shall be grubbed, cleared of weeds and grass, er~d leveled.` The bottom layer of aggregates s.hatl not be disturbed or Nsed without recleaning. When two or more sizes or kinds of aggregates Arlo being stockpiled bthey shall be kept separate„ and stockpiles of coarse tagg ga built up in horin ntAl, layers not more than threq feet thick. Should segregation occur,cthe Aggregates shall be reA xed to conform to the grading requirements. Unless otherwise authorize;. by the Engineer, all i ineFAg9ragatgtshal1 ht~ stookR.iled:rAttaaasti ~~~j►?~Sr~ tef;r@dm(freg1,,a+01q ~ 1ti015t,~JCQ,rRO,ntBnQr,~t~1'tt8 °i~1<~rl~ .51V x314 ;h,>ifrinlru~ ~c<<?r,^..f!? r,It ,A3~ h~lt2 Ir,(1u t~va7q~s E. Measurement of Materials: The measurement of materials ubd ia- cCriCre#e d A h _ g A ~ 9aii~'aJ Q sure4 by ~taluknA:when autni4.@.d. '~by we,ith,e>_~ to e a iW ba p ;J Sf~ hie;; Ag9r oa J,A ilY ii,.CQarje .aggregat# 9halli: (t,.woighad AQpAra. 1Y., i ~3 ch.rMe.4 ~ vF l~~} 7~ will not be required, s c full 9 is hgrv,~na 4r,;spP,fl, ie M~11a elsq used as a basis of measurement. Allowaice shall be made {or the watA content of moist aggregate, ,!The(AUAn,l; tiaA Qfi 4.tgrtla,l per batch shall be based upon using f4l,1,bs9sioftipe~ryent.,:;,it',ayj;4r4p,►ylei9ht shipment, as determined by methgds;4iseti forth ill A%THr$Pgcl.f q0 lm, for cement a1- ready listed, is accepted, the Enginegr,,j7,ilj. A1j,u$,t, ihp concrete mix. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, cement shall be transported in bags!landFtht bagstdhalV a IeopttiedlAt,theiALte oE-,the.igi4Qir a G,RD 1~,ll for that cement used in ready-mi xed,concreto,n(1 t.)ic:n --f pewit %Igyli •rsl;ilo ..i ►l ` 1 beg, F. Wei hig_._na and Measurin Equi~nent: The equipment;;s i he pro- to permit-weighing an measurri_ng of materials without ee n h,ggqote duction Qf 4he.mixer, Arid, i;Q,~,gtel'ihine imd oop> ro,>S ,ypsi i,yq X ~t,►},q act al amQuht9:QfiA.1,1 ;mdte111.A15; entflC,i,ng,iri A;,t, Qol?Gf"Ete~~+i;Ie,,ic e4; ;'i}a1~7~ fr be kep~x V,ch,e4►?dit,ipr,ds,i~to~A,b> tchtggiq1Ms o,'c:;OO ndh aggregatesii.t4id1} G, Condition of Equipment: All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauTing materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in condition to insure completion of the work underway with- out excessive delays for repairs or replar7,pents. 143-4 H. Classifitatlon,and Pro rtloMn' 41 r!: -Basis of, PT oninPro portioning of '&ni6rew materials in each mix s on maximum water-cement ratio and minimum" strength alowable wlimits set on minimum cement content. 2. Classification;' The classes of concrete acid the correspdnding requirements are as o Tows: Min. Cement, Malt. Size of Max. Water, Class Bags per C.Y. Coers__ a Avq, Gaffs, er ba Fiat, Use, nc es STum~_ ne nc es Ai 5.5 1.5 6.25 r4-6 General i f (Chem-Comp) _lAll'reinf. -'conc,. struc- tures'this , project<. B. r:'i)r 1510 li 5if (Q :,1 } 7,00 .4' de-heral , 6.0 1`f'"' 't!f f 1 ~0 6:25 s Thin wall Sectlbnsro f~ . "'iJ R . C .l e ,I1 '7 r f'! i ?f {t I! ANandrdils'i foUndation seal, etc. E. 3.0 0 1.5 6.25 4 Cradling, r f t,r... f8locking . IJj O11a2Y0 `~'f il,?f 1(,15 lr.l l'.J-s t "jtLIM,? .x711 ?I~l { '!R?%l,~'1 ti 7 , r Ih1"~ {gill ,E, fCf S! 1 `l P1r) ~(BOCkfl l 1'_I f~~;i lj.~lY1 The maximum amount of coalsu aggregate .(drynoose~Yolume) Ceh-cubic 4dot~)_' of finished concrete shall tot exceed 0.82 cubic feet. fl ('1 cd 'iClt 1, ztif,f7 .17ti91 11"t ')J.fii ifI lI f The makimumIamountlofiwater. ,i5iset10th'inrthe!table' aboypli.9fb4sed antic:, the assyumption thAttthe:a5gregatosrare,i6-a!satutatedj surface condition. {y r~L, 1 Vf7'7 C} t~~Ufd' I'1{ `lf-ilb'Y :(IiOf;i:f~ ~i .~IF'l~yl+,~'cJ The maximum water content ►Fill.be-the amount added, to the mixerpIUs the fred'water.Iih the;aggregate,;a rid minus rthe absorption of the'ayygredr gate based'oh a,thirty-minute absorption, pgriod4i+ Ho.allorlalnce wiil,rbe { made for evbpbrationrof,water after, batchi,ngid,If a itidhal,water 1 r,,,;.> re 1red~',o bbt in thefdesired 'slu ja:cotd 'ensat n mown a s a fa sat s,a 'cement , + e' a1Frx mth wa er.-ceme►it c^a o :s a not e' ex: cee3e'&' o a dnal'cordpensatibniwill be made for additionaU cement which miy,be,'used under 'this'ddndition. L,( i i~ r•' t t I rj 103-5 The concrete mix will be designed Oki) the!intpntion-of:produCing.con- crate which will have compressive or flekural'strength equal to or greater than the following when using current ASTM,Qesignatiom C-39 and - C-293-. ti r r i i' !i ! 3 I "J l ~j Class of Compressive Strength Flexural S.trength C re 2 Poand er,S ua_ re, Tnch Pounds' ar S are inch) y ay ay $Y, A. 2!000 3,000 400; 't 500 1:700 2,500.. 350 425 ;211000 3, 000 ,4,00 Soo D. 2,000 3,000 400 500 5. 1,000 1,500 c" - f 150 250 '.3.Cons Istenc : In general the consistency of any mix shall be that require or t e specific placing conditions and method of placement asi determined by the Engineer within limits stated aboue. The concrete sha11:4e of such consistency that it can be worked readily into all cor- ners and around reinforcing without segregation of materials, or without i having,frfee water1 collect on the surface. Coihpliance with'spacified ~i slump limitations shall not necessarily designate a satisfactory mix. j The Engineer may require changes'iin proportions(at any time'as necessary l to obtain'a mix having satisfactory properties. The slump tests will be mad9 by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM Method of Slump Test for consistency of Pottland CemenU%Oncrete, Designation C-143;'the slump u cohe-being furnished by the Contractor. 4. Procedure in Design of Mixes: )CdLa• General: The proportions of materials entering into the mix, subject to-limitatIons already stated, to produce concrete of satisfactory g0alityi-Shall he determined by laboratory teFW3 prior to.-i beg1nninp`,af concrete placing. Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACI Standard 211 "Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for::NOrmAli.and.}ie~vywligh0f~+1c et tSi~~,;, . ~ ~f~(. ~c7.r 1J ti '.il~.z !'II;C jA'. fi i11 ~~t lo') I Dirt" S1.1, .0 J(~n f f its 1, ~1r zi!iirt b. Trial Mixes: At least 35 days prior to the beginning of concrete ~placfngrct eT, ontradtorishalV sUbmitr,samp) as Iof Joater,iaIs ihe n srtf proposes~tb useland di.statementcof?proporbions ipropodedifdo seireral?zr, C O.t concrete mixes, having sufficient range in slump to cover all plaeingibwo conditions. The Engineer will require that laboratory tests be made and such chdnges made~to tbe[mfk asimay;beAecds9AOy to,.deet tharrequleef, ments of }the<specfficationa..iLaboratohyf-tests Ewtrial, nfxes-,shalU,show,ij a 28,~da,.14trength-15rpeftent-Wgher,tha;n,.the stat@d-m.Jniv1umt28+-dby fA !-,Jf;s strength:.; Frorir.thdsd!preIIminartiy, tests ,tile ratios ~betw8en-i?tdsy and '),r, 28-day, syren9 t thsishall be °egta4]ished,to determinefat'+l days ;the!streslgthe ese`ratios. .o. be modified av'thefworkl strengths ~ !hall o4 ` ,Y ]t ldittests oh •,f.,i't:; cylinders made from field mixed concreteiuAli~dosts fon batcht,desfgns 01w and confirmation cylinder tests shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the concrete consis- tent with the minimum requirements of preportions and strengths stated herein. , 103.6 c. Chan es in Miixes: If. during the progress of the work t it is found imposs e to secure concrete of required workability,, strength with the materials being furnished by the Contractor. Engineer,may,ordertch4ngesbin,proportions..or► materfalst.,Or.~Mth, Wes- + sary to,socure.aheAosired, properties,-suWect to r.limttoti(rns~already stated; Ths Contractor may not'make changes Jnlmaterial s,,`either, gran , , approval sof aisource. or brroved,r exceptr+by o specific he having they 0ginedr. ,oncence, been~aPP „Quality of Concrete j, Field Tests;. During the progress of ~the,workt the Engineer will cast .tes cy n er4 of. the number he desires Ior,testing-,to;main taro.a,check;on the, compressive,:strength of,,the cco%;rete actually being pl4ced,r,,T118.;Contracton_shalliproyVe arA.m tntaiq:curing facilities as required in ASTM Method of Making a;,d Curing Concrete Compression and of F1,enur,ecTes~b SRe.cimen ia,the'fieldo~ Designation.C-3.:, fori,the p. P curing concreke;tes.+c specimens, , The cost lofs all, materials'and ilabor as reg4i!'g4rbytthe Engineer used-in makjnltlsstshall:l:benlpandl,inothe f providing,dnd,;inaintaining curl n;faci,], contr0t,P►" 001,Aiioisture tests of,[both fine, a,nd .coarse; aggregate, shall. , be mgd@ at ~ufficiee~$' intorvals.,ta. prowi4e,'fgr,accurite:.botching•,and prpportloning. Cost of, mwking moisture _tests,.w11,],,be pai¢ by ,the OwneV.1 r, Testing,aggipjnqnt including wheelbarrow or;buggy so shovel, slpmp cone ~ai;d , rod'., plywood! platform .311," ;squaresi,twelve steel_cgver plates {7 x 7V" .x.: 1 i 8");t and hand trowel, shal l,, be,, :furnished, by. Contractor, and arranged 1 i.n en o,,derly?mannerialroar)9cotiort convobentrto,thetwork;beforecoamencih'gt. any concreti !op0ratjori.oAl1 tesi:im equipment,rh&ll_,t* iainl'~ained ng G9gsrete: t4sts,tai)l be made bYi an: a cltur ip-nill om byA! e_ Contractor.. the Owner; ~ o s independent laboratory ,selected, and:, paid, for, by.. " 11?'.(,'l !~r1il7v'+~I1~'} 7fi ~i`tUf6'19(~ii,i~ ?~b' ,I{it?6 .^'.LA 2) litable StandardssL~, ASTM! 6t4ndard getodsi~ieet and spebli4t, l fickt:fonr>es+app . ca a 3ha ibe,adheredtto,ahdtcon1plSe4:wit+ on •sae1•~1r,~!~, 'F.dnd,testing bfj concrete -bn&.for materials. Dsed, therein. r turj p1in~~ coning. t,-,i r„~j ! lr3 G 3i 30 nr+;S U : A i J51 ~ ' ;i3:1 tr,testrbn Hi h:Earl !Stren th9Conc ete;± W~ep,High ' Earay)3trpatgtti Portland,Cemed i s1uss n+ eur;o ortna n Or% and Cement '1,tge7min~ allowable 2Way~strenngth mer'.on01ftV,Afort ahigh nd eameWsrengtht)rr lre Portland at 7 days. The ages cemeovishal:libe 3Aays_and17oday0o lieu+ofj7ldays and 28 days,.fory`~~ J;lmit normal,)Fortland CemonU)61.1 (A t1,'1z c,, i 1r.1!t -[`'i t','.% 1!`,_!f+ft ~ ii Q1 ')"y`1..ri(tJ rlj ~o '-1Uj . i e`r R r4fA n t:r, lShoul(~ e,,strengths,shova.by,,t:t±J ~,r, 4ciy, E i14re' o Me ; 1 yaluea~itbe,i:n91~+Aer,,aha)1 testing sPec mans a I ow,t a requ red, have the author)tyAo~requiroi odditiona)1 Curing ,oh,th9se portions o,fIthe; structures represented ty.th.utg4t\,Speojm4gs~nrin the,eventtthat,:,44ch ca . additional curing does aot give the strength required. the Engineer shall abav4tthearightAto,,requirestrengthen ing;orI, replacoment oflithose portions(f%Ah$ at rueture,wlt,ich :failed to,-develop the r~quired,,strength, ? CoetractortAaexpen8di 0Adute t cores;shallnberobsll tained~anditestedhin 1!1 accordance with ASTM Methods of Securing, Preparing and Testing Speci- mens from Hardened Concrete for Compressive and Flexural Strengths, Designation C-42. ACI 301 will be used as a basis for evaluating test results and acceptance of concrete„,, 103-7 J. Mixing'Conditions I.- General: The concrete shill,be mixed in quantitios,required for immediate, and'any concrete,whieh-is not in place`within-30; minutes after being discharged front the miter shall, not be used Ret m' pering of:'concrete will not be dermitted In threatening weather,,whidh', in the opinion of-the Engineer may result,,in conditions that will ada`,,'' versely affect quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started aW°changet in wer`her conditions require protective measures to be used, the Con- tractor shall fdrnish adequate shelter to'protect the'concrdte agai6st the damage'from'rainfall orsdamage due to freezing temperatures. 1n casein Wnedessavy to continue rei'xing operations°dUring rainfallI,,fthot-J Contractor;shallIprovide protective tdvaeing'for concrete bein¢ platedt}, 2, fold Weatheri No co'ncrAtoI`sh4ll be 'mixed without the approval of the EnpTieer when the atemperature' is at or below 40 degredsl Fahrenh'eit,' (taken in the shade away from artificial heat) a'rid fallih§,- If authorized by Ithe" Engineer, conerete hfay'be mixed whom the aivf.64- perature is at 135 degrees FahrehhOVIhd rising'. When permission 'is given?for'miRinlj lvheb the• temperature lis' bel4w,40'deg'rees 6h1A0nieit-; al U water Used' fo'r< Mikingr'shall -be heated to'a' temkraturr sufficiEnt to"} raise the temperature"Of tondrbte to, 70 &Jebes' Nhrenhei c, but Ithe ! temperature"of thb bixing wa'ter' siiblI - nbt;'exdeed 160 deglnes rah.+enheit 1 at Ithe time: of entering, theJhixb&'III4f, h6tili ' tW mixing` rlatO tJhly ~If1 } wt11 noVraiseAhe' placing! te4e1,IatbrLa1,ofj the, bbn6etes tol°M-degiiet'lo rfc , N FahredheiWitlhsn ~I:W aggrWate~lhalsi alW bb hWed~r)blther; b At-dasr or vlt dryiheat ; to a~tein ratbre'sl,lFitotei,t tc)hi ski the,tlact ng,t rerature`~~ t, of the concrete 01M rhgt&6d) te*iperAUre+f0 In" M Vasb" shill thd.,rvI }ok,ri aggregate temperature as it enters the mixer exceed 150 degrees Fhh- rerheity The heating' apparatus' shb111;WsucH)as° totbeat~0b'q4'ss ofathe ~ aggregate unifbhnlyabad,preclude the,otcurrlnEb of h6Vspby;ewhich,.wiII)F1 burn the, mite'rial.erTemperaturesbof thansported Ohtret6,shal;h+not)ba~ritj(; less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit at the time of placing in the forms. SAltsi!Chemicalslpr'other foreign, matgP.)aIs'shallfi►ot;'bd mixeri441th the concrstb;for_,Obrpose of preV#ntingtfreezing,z In1ho`,case shit) the -,f 'ill' temperaturelof}*hb fresh con&W J exdebd 40 degre6t,.FahPenheitl. 1 1,117 "Iot )?'41 It, :11 rl; r'!y. '1} .1'101 Jf The tempetaturo bf the consrbte,lto,bF placed' will bertakeh with}a(ther« 1 mometer by the Engineer. No concrete shall be placed =when t.heftempeiawf,I ture of tl,e concrete to be laved is greater than 90 degrees F. or less than,30°Ctorees: FV'1 iThe"temperature;ofl the',tonci'ete''to,be-plat4d will be taken 6y the'IEnginedr-dling Ia ltheimorteter if0edlitdly}poior't6.placembht', ►,ith+the poiht~of measdrementlbeinorinithb'Chutetopibudket;lotlin thk ivId pump hopper, fWconoretd being placed by fpWpi0g,rai r I , j rI 3, U', 1 , S'_l'?il~}I'Ij •.i~f ,~..7 slljp41 11.1'1`)11' !'vi;~ _I1'1 I:li '-{k!. {t,lib!Jlti~,'L• 3.11~II'Hdt ueathori,~ Concrete~lshali bd,- places"'in '11 q' forms 'ti•;thoutf the eddition o Tiny mor2 water than Oe4wed by thal'design (9ltAp)c1'1 Nd I% excess watet~,shall bd ddd0d on.the donotetd turfaeelforlfinithing;O' +1'' Controliof?initiblf.sotf'dfithe"dondrete and e>tending thu time f6r,fin4fo, 1 ,''103=t~' fishing operations may be accomplished with the use of an approved water- reducing and set retarding admixture. tHot weather placing operations shall be'irt accordance with AC1 Code 301-72;and AC1:305, except as herein modified. Maximum time intervals between the-addition of mixing water, and/or!. cement,to the batch 'and the placihj:of concrete inithe forMs~shall.601; exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time whichever higher) (Addition of ':wat2r ,Fcment to placement)- Non-Agitated Concrete Up to 80° 30 minutes' Agitated Cdncrete Up to 750 . f+ 90 minutes 75° to 90° Ff''(Max: permitted conc. temp) 60 minutes The dse ofan°approv`ed'set'retarding(admixture will permit'the'extension of the abovA time Maximums by,30 minutesi,'for agitated corfcrete,onl !t' r A. .`I li, .:7 Under,ext0erne hot,itemperatuee;, wind,: or hUmidity conditions, the En- 1 . gineer, rbay requird the used .of the setaeletarding agent t or, may suspend ~l w•flr't concreting operations►if quality'cdnereteris hot being placedi,:r, f:,O Z3i'lJl~'9'sj!f11 f1f: -i-,I A f'i.r~o6 2f 1_?Ga' 6,1llf~l~',~~F frfiJ K. Mixing with Mixing Edui2tmnt_' 'q! t 'l l f 1 'I+w.! ,'1Mbts r! _:I -IUI)1,17 iii :Ijoo! v ill) vi i);7 rtf "Oiflw tP'Ivjyh, "'A't 0(:,1 Jf ,1ft c`!J?fE 1 . • : Wnera1r Hi Aeauirernents: JiThe htiking ,shall Ibe done tih a 9 n6 batch mixer of approved type and size which will insure the uniform distribution of hrateriali throrlghout the4ass~ MithW the 4pedified mixtri3 time and'thWdischhrgd of. the, idixturW WWI; outj Isegregat,ion.5 tThe,vvoluse, t,',: of+the donceete bpteh'shall-,noti exceed: ~tW,"ndfack erl stfr'atec~"cap;ag1ty,.+ of the miAeo 1OXclusiv'dOf the,olrerioad: After ell the: splid ~1ngre'- 0i0o) dientt-are asi eanbled- in the` drum,, thd; miON ,5hal1. continue` fora' rniMI , mum time 'of one, and one'-half)lninut6srli providing, thatl all' nrixing~ water, < on shall be added before. one-fourth oi'i,the ,mixing time has elapsed: f Ogring 1 the mixing time, the drum shall revolve at a peripheral speed of about...' 200 feet per minute and the mixer shall be equipped with a speed re-lu- lator. tb hold thetmiker 'to !its<norimal speed' bf,revolution:l,) The' entire ,J conte,nmofAW'drum,shWi e!disthaiVbd bbfore)anY1tMteVlels,are,placed therein foh the'- sUccbeaidg, batch. [,The, fir5t1 batch) of,, cbrntrete,,for'each i 7 placement shallicbhtaih extra~quantitibs'ofsahd,,iMentt and watW 01:i sufficient te;'codt'theilntidb st,hfatorof =thetdrum, withbut-:d'ihnihishing X1+`1, the'mortae c=ontent of'",nr Mix-6 )Upon ' cestatloW bf, the mixingi for,thy 1i ~ W considerable' lbhgth'of time+ithe mixer'stealI belthorobghl y' c l eaned:'t+. , Whenever; a, concrete'mixet' iSf nOtr edegUateI ors' s61tabl e' for! the C,orkve,,it t shall be removed from the sites Oon writteh oi-dek from the Engihee6 had a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and throw-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn down more than ten per- cent in depth shall be repaired or replaced by new blades. 103-9 2. Mixin plant Re uirements: The complete plant assembly shall be approved t1ie~Eng neer:and shall conform to the following require- ments: re,?dy ad,)ustments'of aggfegate weights for`,.varying moisture`con•'- tents; capability of controlling delivery of all ma.terials'to'+rithin one percent by weight of specified amounts; proportion of water to cement accurately controlled,(water within`bne percent by weight'or volume) and' easily' checked; accurate control oU all materials withPositive shut. off; facilities for prompt removal of excess materials in hoppsrs; visible springless dial or e',ually suitable weigght indication which will accurately indicateA hellast 200 pounds cf the load to show to the ;operator that he required weightris'being approached; each specifi ed site of a wre ate measured se aratel with a separate beam :tale; u cement roP4eT throug canvas rop.c ut'e_or.Selescop`+c fle;;ible hose tremie; ten 50-pound test weights provided; device on each mixer for accurately and,autoraatically measuring and indicating the .time;{ q, required for mixing which shall be 'interlocked,to;prevent discharge of concrete from the mixer before the expiration of the mixing period; and shall include suitable.facilities for obtaining test samples of aggre-I gate from the batch' and.representative samples of;concrete,for tests; 3,_~ Hand Mixin : Hand mixing of,concrete .,will be permitted only : for small 'p acements or.. in %he case ,of+.:an,emer9ency ',and.then ionly(on the authorization of the Engineer. When hand mixing is permitted, it shall-be done ,on a watertight. platform' ;The'fine aggregate shall be thoroughly,saturated mith wateryPAdditional water.{ shallrbeispread over;,':; the fine aggregate, and!cewnt Jn,a{unifo!*((±l1"yer,3 acid,thd wr olq rpaSS.a, 11 turned p's the additional water is added. After all ingredients have been added, the mass shall be turned at leastl ',six. imesl' oft fiorer rift a necessary, to make the mixture uniform in color and smooth in appear- . f ,~ncpr rHand-mixed batchkE!'shail,,not ex'ceed' a,"zbag bAtch,voltime. (11a}Jlvr!!}1 `?ILi,i ffrJ 6'zi d: `1i[, i In 'ril'e h,)vI)}~~Ifi ~Q 7`.)1.tf:5 f,'~SCf c-l i .41 , Read, ixed Contrete: r, Ready Nixed-cohteete.-shal l:Ibt,Mixed -WW b transpdrteD, in actor' ante wit ► ASTH Spec ifIcatlons7 fgn:ReadyPMik+ COoac i J retd ,.Designation- 0944' aft epplirbble~ sections' bf;Ut Sptcifdcations~ bf n whicAthls1ii9-'a`vart: The ASTK Spdoificationt' shall.I be-h*dif,ieditoy,rt ?<I require) that 'the{cbncretb ishall, be, delivered, to{ the site'. of,.the, work rI lf'1 and discharge shall' be' completed withi n, l 10 ho* ,After [introduction of mixing "water to the cement and aggregates or,;the introduction `of, the r cementi,to the,aggregate.f, . r rc,v j f f LJ: 111 -11 t r i 1 ,,Ij ; r ~ ,!I:,o:.i 111 i,.,,i The control, of design~fprorti.onipg and,mixing of oll;,ready nixl,,tran,r:,! op ;it, rnikr or, cantral,;slant, concrete [shall i be, under; the: supervision, o.f a,i,, , s trained representative)of)nniestablished .indepondent:.testingi,lat*ratory,{ which laboratory has been,Approved, byrthe.Owner;.,The,iaboratory.repre- h, sent4tivk shall work! nicooperation;with t-he Engineer Prnd shall furnish c to tha,Enginegr,a,summary,of Iallr;tests+which are performed) and) for each I concrete.l"`)ur, shall '.furnisha tertificate of icpmplidnce with' thiai,specim, fication. No, to ncretcshall be:batched withoutithe laboratory, repreo sentativu being present at,1h,• botching; plante r 1,.14E eif I .'1 11i f. I~ iIl 11. Id l 4 . 1 )3-10 ' All cost for services of the testing laboratory, except those tests in connection with the mix design and trial batches at the beginning of the project shall be borne by the Owner. Tests as required for initial batch designs shall be paid for by the Contractor. For concrete pours of ten cubic yards or less, the Engineer may w.sive these requirements; however, in such event, evidence shall be furnished showing a design mix to meet the requirement of the specifications. L. Placing, Curing and Fi~nishiin : The placing of concrete, including construction o forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accordance with the Items "Concrete Structures" and "Special Form-Lined Architectural Grade Concrete." END OF ITEM i 103-11 ~u ITEM 104 - CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Desch tioni This item gbverrs`for the construction of founda- tionsr p ees, wa is'', slabs, coluc.nis beams, girders, ahd'hll other structural elements, except architea`ural, involving the use of con- crete. All concrete structures shall be constructed in'accordance with the design reequirements'ahd details shown on the Plans'; 'conforming 'to' the pertinent provisions of the Items for, IlEarthwork",''%#inforci'ng Steel", "Concrete for Structures", and other incidental items of the Specifications which 'are applichble to the 'completed structures; and in conformity with the requirements herein.'' Construction of exterior building walls shall conform to the Item, "Special Fotl4ined Archi- tectural Grade Concrete". ~.,ti r i 1 t u B. Materials,., f 1. Concrete: All concrete shall conform to the provisions of the Item for "Concrete for Structures".~ The 'class`of'cohcrete'.for'each Lnit shall be 3000 psi (Class A) unless otherwise shown on plans. 2.1 Expansion Joint Material '1,;Premoulded, Ex ahsion Joint, Materialt ! Premoulded, expan- ' ` sibn joint'im6ter s nonlextru ng~ n ,resilient type toh&o Ihg to Federal Specification HH4•341a,Type ,I; Class A (Stbndard Cork).,,r Ib.-,, rJolnt=,Seal ers:'~ExpansioniseintVshalI bb sealedtas)thown`:' on` thtiplani+usWg alk,2)0 :Potyu thener;Sealant"'and PR6 Oimde , No, 4 '8sFbannfactured)by`the ,Products Aesearbh%tomOiny;~BUrbahk', Cal1Iw forhi'i-ilby',Stan Pr61i104-Spedial,~glick(tealant:}and StdnJPr ,*-1Wrj6°a%+o,)1 manufaM I by,the'Standard (Produdts•Company~ Cleveland) Ohio,~or,6p+' proded.equal.-oBBcking material, thallilWpolyetheltwrod~prepared as 4. shown Pn ,ti till irl ',o vlr9)t? C"D `I'l 19rlidi<'noy.,ti3 i',oa lc C.0 Plattic Wateteto st\ +Waterstops of the'Aype and 3iie lrl r )fir. Indicated shall be nsta ed where shown on the plants"WatdrSt6p1thall be extruded from properly formulated polyvinyl-chloride (PVC) thermo- plastlc cbMO6Und landlshNlll;mOWthe fdllbwing 'Whk tested by standard. l it test'method4: ' ' jehOl e'strength 2000ipsi` ASTM D-41211' i' !+,,,;-Eldngbtion 350%'; l,l ASTMI0 412 nnBvittlenessi'ASWD~74 I,; :!t ,ul+~r'!!Shord 'VA Dur&etdr WMI ~,ir t. ' 'ASfM D-61 ' Absorption, I ()'5%''' i(SIM D-970 't,~i ,1i :7i q`• fJ'.1 :'fit., [I f~Slil ly :1~ i i,.i1, +'i'1 t ! 1`I,l li The compound shall cohtalA any additiooal'resins; plastiCit$~ab11i-'' zers or`othdr'materials rs'uthlthat,' when'~omp60h~deb,''it fhall ,n+ee the ' I'`I performinte requirementi,411von irl~'thfS' tokIfItitidn.r No,'060,61`6dd PVC``',' nor 6ny'Wfcbmpound'dthV'thin "tnatispecifi6'd her~e4rS'Oall'be',Use4, I - 'r, !!llrs r6 I 1 L, tl 1 (1Se t 1( t I~ 104-1 1 Care shall be taken in the correct positioning of the Waterstops during installation. The centerline of the Waterstop shall ooingide,with the Joint Opening. ; By thorough corking of the concrete, insure that:mp4imum density and imperviousness, is ot,tained in the vicinity of all. 'Joints.I. Splices in,the.continuity or at intersections of runs,of Waterstops. shall be perfornmed.by fusing the adjacent Waterstop using grtherma statically controlled heat device. 3. on-Shri Ding Grout ~~Aca~re ate_:; Non,shrinking grout aggregate shall be a er eco as manufactured by Master Builders Company or , "Ferrolith GI as manufactured by I„-Sonneborn $onss Inc, 4, Other Materials: All other materials, such'as reinforcing ~steel and structural stee , shall conform to the requirements„of,thi; pertinent specifications under this Contract. C. , General, Construction Requirements: 1. Prior A roval ~b,yy Engineer: Before starting work, the Cca- tractor shaT n orm a Fns n.er ally as to :thetype of, forms, and. methods of construction he proposes to use, and as to the amount and character,o.f;equipinebt he-, proposes, to, use, the, adequacy of!which shall bQ,bubfect.to.the approv¢1,of~the,Engineer, the Coritractor,shall,submit. a schedule;showing,the; sequence Of spncrate. pours.. r;The)pr,inry oonoJ~, i .,t sideration in the preparation of the schedule shall be the pouring of alternete<,sections .1R long stractyresito provid0;fm..shr,inkage,Qf con- crate,;,tTbi;;;;equenxe-, Ot'~PW+rtfllvhepfeppl'oyed;; Sfiti]lib4 strlctlyt;a¢hsred+~~ to unless p.therW,lse,tuV)orizedrbyjthe, EngineerwitBefore, copst;ructing a formssandjaltewotk,, or Concreter.structGtessipl4ps;,shall,Aatsi+bm ,ttPd~,to.;t the EngineerI rexiew:end ppprgval. iConcurronc*, Omthetp'tntr,o G,the},int,,l Engineen; in;4ny,,proposediconsttugtior,f rethodsi,rortapprovalnof , foi u, y falsework plans, shall not be considered as relieving,he,4optractor o,kn the responsibility for the safety or correctness of hits' methods and adequacy.-of his a klpment=;orgfrom-.l;#rryIng:out,.,the worktin full accord- ancelWith the,Con ractIi, S1"i ~.l r' F'! ~'~~-~'r (I i,' ~(hJ ! i.'`,~t .~,,1~ i't ,!';af Y9I I+U ~i!"f .f Y, R f l,,, e, a f, ar i Vol ess; otherwise provi4ed, the.,. c,; follow~ng requ remen s s a govern or the time sequence in which+cont - + struction operations shall be carried on, steel beams or forms and falsework;fgr;;sypprstructures shollrnot be erected(on,concrete,sto- structurea14nbi,,;the concrete in the,,$4bstructure has curedfatrleest four curi p;dpyA~!,;,Concrete for concrete slab or girder,spansioe con- crete sla~$,,on Rtool beam spans shall not be placed.untiV the substruc- ture has cVreo e,t,least seven curing days. Steel trusses,gn platc girders to be erected from the ground on approved falsework may be erefte ,W en~t,fie;syilstr c~Wre,hasl¢ured~f9ur,curins;daysi!but thef,fa)rse~,++f aror s, ~l ~~to,t iq@,,rer~gveQ.~,un1;,i,l;,the~subs>;ructure,has Icurodtat-,leaat,a seveq,cyr.p9;d,aysr;, Pq ,forvil,s or„columns;9hall,not,•,bejerected nni,.,l concrete 'days 9tt hp G,gngrote inrf le,~f~t#,n9'has tured:aGrleest two curing days. oncrete may' ay be placed in a wail or column as soon as the farms and reinforcing steel placements are approved. The use of I ;!,I 104.2 f " completed portions of a structure as the site for mixing operations or For. storage materials will not be permitted until, the particular, portion of the, structure has aged, at; least ten ,curing,days. A S.uri.ng .day: is defined ins paragraph M,, hereof, `,'Removal,,ot Farr; and falseworic,i.,;in continuEd.cold weather, ~ the; construction operations;imy be,,autO.H.xed at the end of a period.of,Calendor day's equal to, twice the nit4eriof curing days ;;ecifled,4b6ve. r.. D ou dations: Excavation` for foundations and prepa.ratioln of,founda- tion sur, aces l,be made in accordance with the requirpmentsrof,the pertinent, specifications under,ihis Contract, E. Drains, bleep-hole drains shall be installed in retaining walks, in actor ance,,w,ith; the details..shown on,, the; Plans, :r '!r (.V i,'fi f, 'S:: l'~Ir !.:{I", i rl 7!. !a . Is) _'1lli fit rj! F. Expansion;Joints and Devices: 1. ;;,General Requirmentu', Expansionrj4ints and,,dev.ices_,to,pr►vider, for expans on, an ,.contrac., On, shall be rconstruct'd_ where,and a;, ,ind1,- cated,onIthe.Plans. At! Joants'canstructeo;opgn, which, are to be.,left open,or4illed;with;p44red Joir+t (nater'ia , $hd.ll bq,cpnstryctgd using,, . forms.adaptable,;to lqo;ep,Ing,or,eArlyyfrgmoYal. ; in order to,.aYo,ld,;jam , 1, ming such forms by the expansion'action,of,.athe cqn- and ,the,conser,. ; quent likelihood of injury to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be removed or loosened as soon as practicable after, th6 crncrete,ha;;:r attained its final set. A provision for loosening the forms to permit free expaosloq of)the concroke:withot the nec4ssityrfpr,ifulil;romovalfis preferrediiii 2Ti Ir'r1f }~JE. ',rdf J((t~ 3tii1:7(ii17 fl,~f'r'! I11~11'i?,1 jd)'f(It 'f( }1rif:t°'l;t J-)to0' r ilf fOJ~ I IS',i'IJ, Infot, 1;J-,?,-;I b~.o,):It; ')i.I Ifr' Ic. 1'i 2 vrr Armored jointsiehall. ~e carefu~lY nstructed,in +r order ~o-evq 4 gall vs, anchorage Qfs`hq~itdel-dndttA aY0#dtp01'0us gr.+ ~I~ honeycpmpadie<p,naC.et0l;adjas<on4~,t0 6d1t1ea;Pwe~O.1.dediaii~,t41"1a1$rr;ldher'evel'I~+I;,'3z used. rshojIEbe:.allohored::QQ the.ic46cret9,Qn,a>je;;Slder;Ot,,tbQJJQtAt Oyu:,)a t,,rl meansrot;anraDP.CO.Yed adhesi,Y@nubra4C~!GEra ei;a11,+:keis4tf,ictent rto 7) preclud@ i;h@~tp gr~cy ff:.thqte',a1, WAfal puttoti the j4tnt►oiOeCefu]?r,r, workns ip~; h4 >zp.~xer9lse,,mai,n:.the ,.QOX!atrucFi0J1 fAti,#ll zjOtnt>f trot,;' r insure that he concrete sections are completely separated ~bylan.-Veni.I joint, or by the joint materials, and to ln;;ure that the joints will be truef,tu thp~04t,1 n@~,lndicated;, lmmediate.lyAf,tor Ahot rengval,of,forms, and ag41g here, necessary.gf,tqr svrfgce finl'shi,ng, all '.projecting con- crete {h4ll be;,r,ve.d,;alorq-thq,expo4ed, dge.., ~ofI prWded materials fn) rl; order to $gcure,fy11 offeet;ivegess,:of,,the expansic,x jatnti ) Whera roof4 r, ;l; tnrf,@1,t;,Grl rerpoed nlalter,.ials,,pre;spieQii,ied ;for,,,hor„i.tQntal,alnts, .the f,, a er a1„~th~l~ :~~l,~i r,piAgti,cab7q,~,@xtB,rtdts'R'9.~t1 neS belYOnd ,th9.~.fOrn+~forrl ,n the top, #hp:p,r'q,}edtlon portions shdll_;fbe, subsegmently, trimmed) ,,ic t0 the ;tP`i~.`.Q, tyt 11 e,el ,4 -t@J ahl ).fQrfnS,r~are') 9F~4Y,eOrt1 )1, Or, (I [,~i~ r„fJt'sLt1 1!,J,' (Ir, fi(I!,'+ I liw frll no % io .10 11 3 l iirli' 1.4 v'P r)fe')i II~~k i .,:!l p~ Ak", S ac a rot J u pn~ d,,rimi~:,(. The, gxpanst~on. joint ;td ?I t ' be sealed shad be oi dimension s data li ed ors the Plans. The joint sides shall be prepared by sand blastfng to remove all dirt and foreign 104-3 matter. Polyethylene breaker rod shall be placed sufficiently below the sealant joint surface to avoid being forced intb the sealant joint'by thermal` expahOon. All surfaces' to which' sealant is,'to' adhere shall be' clean and dry: All sorfates`shall be`iiiped with Methylethyl Ketone,and allowed to'dey prior, t6 priming. 'joints-,should be' prootected from'2on~-? tamination of bituminous or resinous materials which might be'sohyed on " concrete for curing purposes. Apply, one thin, uniform coat of Primer to the CleA 'cbncrete joint' surface and allow, tto dry! at least 30 minutes, or until;tatk free lbut'not more than 6 hours at 75°F. and 60% relative humidity before applying Sealanto )Manufacturer's directioht' shall" be" carefully followed in the application of both Primer and Sealant. b. Sealant AAp licatib'n:' 'Afterlsealaht:cdfipononti:hte'hized,-,~~ apply to joints room bottom o o nt up, using a, hand or air operated. calking gun, putty knife, or trowel. It IvAlnpokaht that''the`''sealihf be firmly pressed into the joint to assure com lete wetting of the bona{h'g'surface'Ah-brder to dbthin''bhifdrrh adh9"sion;''ahd'ito'prtV~nt entra?pod'biP; t Surface sball'A be'tWothed'b~'fihished'with ¢bintiitg ' tools withlrl ohe' hou4~'after`applying sealtinL:` Where'8ther• c0`nc"rete'or' concrete'grout'is IneguireA 1660 seelerPafter"'sealant Eha3'beeA'tooled; a thred' inch"'Wide'strip" of'1-3 Inil pOlyithylene 06111 bb placed bA''top t,2' of seal Aht)to'Act as i,bohd-1br6Ake41.11 Hit G. Construttioh`,J0dtsi Oil(av(ognefAVRe'6ir&@fitS;j+ Thd jdl ttforrsed-by~~piddibg 01h1tito =1Yt con%~rete 1n rec contact with concrete that has attained its initial~jl`oq snit shall be deemed a construction Joint. When concrete in a structure or, stpbrtidn'ofca %fhatUto ~9 ioddtfiod)tb bvplated,-Vo~fit~jpglly S the tam xi.~l~blif;itiiersfitdll~be tAfdrpr'Et~d tor111 irthatr hA AlbnIVAnd~ '1`+t va sequente',of:tonceite'' laoiho`'9halt'be1#0 tfiak"COAftt`ubf{oA"~oilt r7i11"~{{ not occuy;t +.6ftstlYlctidnn~d{ntsr'sNb'll 'be "o4 `tfio'tyde}Snd'SpBcigfhd~?n.' ' on theCplainttDtAdditidndfc$biAts'Vill,(ndt~be poMitfd OthUUtfW ftt@n addltioli'al'r'dOflSt!'17tt 6li~s~l~~tst U} 3`f'Ir autAgMZdtionWM tM b'~g1Mei1F,1AA4 shall haVd ddtails rd'quiValt4ii to `thol`s`s'hoW Ml`i;he°PlafiS fdF`'fo4~~sr'{its rc r Simi Iarr_,Iocatiosl~ItF'~L"<'' Y~`.°E+"f:1+}) ~i'ff,, 'f'f)f '1" 119'1rtU~ ;;i7 J'r~1 rr'iV11Ili +`;1 ~tr'vJ 'i7f~)( ,U`~~ ii'"rlt n!lf~'lf f,)fjilf`(ff'I'.115'i ~rlf~i~ .2 r1()`?eparation of-E)Mtin 'Ccndtptei Bofdre'361ning °dla'sti'c fin= crete-to condrretoft •a has is 'a~y se~tFo tMdcd''6f~00` 0t0b'tdf1hr, t'~"' place shall°.beIrbaidnably Bough 4itfi Ow"agdr'ega'td pifticlds`6odAdd; shall 'be finel'flrom'ail iloasetdaterial's,r~laitdncer' d0t1 ld,t,foeei ri r' matt Oe shall)ibdVa'stWds 6difc0068dd cleaYVwifh' stiff ~rdodis' ~d'thor'al~gfll'y drenched "W1tll "wdt'dr 1-tMt1 l1 satura'tedir a~1d 'si1'sl l''be 1{ejit `1ve`un 1''th~ r 1 „ c,n plastic cdodrefd~ha'v bol plecvd The'rtiettbd'df cdrtitl~et 'suer ace''pi^e ~ paration shall be deter~r iii6d'-byl'the' Cdhte6t ;d1~'sOb3eet''tb app Va1Prdf .ri the Engineer. Immediately prior to the placing of additional concretq on horizontal surfaces, all forms shall be 'drarti''ti'grit'~agarnst'the concrete in place, and the surface of the concrete in place shall be flushdd with a,,eoating° oti'lnorta~ ib6Ut -tWd lnches'thick. An application J1 rt!S t 1ff, F :';!'1f, ^i l: `)1$ 1ri `i'j Ir.tlr (,,ylf,3' 9+) h(,f~1C)~ ter"~ t'11 IIr ~-vwi,ri Q1 Ifll I7ftat thL? ~'s~ ~!i7'1(.'~rilj '3~~ tl'--`V~ 104-4 of mortar hquld he appiied on Yertical.surfaces if possible. This mortar shod be W%rked into the irr@gularI0e: $ 01 the hard Sllrfdcg if possibleo and shn4~ld'haye'the same sand a6l cement cOnten~ and,- alder- cement .rat ,s the 4¢Peretg gei~igP)a4ed liey bf Fh ~ pe ' praYi¢1nq,iexees{ mortar,,fos^,,cpsting, the{{;. , ~nnl e4t, maY requ ee,ff~at the contractor proytde cess mortar by leavi g aut;0ng 4 f 0,60 gr4W,,' in concre>ie',for,tlie ~irsi;',ldyer,at >rfie J9,, nt. if $NW6 on the a an$, coh'str ct'1pn faints sha11 be rbyi,ded with Ontrete,i~OA*ys, reinforclh stQe~ : owels acid /or water Sto~s, ' t ht methp 0f f0tmtng key tot keyed ' f oint3 hill be ,sgCh, as to .perkit',ihe easy remoras O,f, fdrois 'wilho4t chippiP k ak,ing, or darilaging ;tfie concrete, in any rmIner. A I keyway forms must h _"oiled 68iidre igstallwon. Spec a'i aif6'tion"stii11 tie given-td the "ConstruCtlon Off ke ' Qa,, pint that they will-be neatly constructed of thoroughly 46mpact~d'conci`ete, free of excess water and laitance and uniform in every respect. t ise rk:; ,1 H. 1 ~e ral rem k sh~il. ~dW gnod,ana ; ' ' ~A1 ~ fai sewor', • c iv "s t,~l Beni o QeOdrmbD n ~ tuf~fa~ constrHct sc a n x'{1 ne ens, r i s•~y-ri1,1 R I.F and sp{,11h t e e" , S.4 I, ~d , th in { d 0r. g , 1n c ~,s~r w ~ ~}1, 4 { sid'n '0 p`ar4gr~ r h C.paG~~►rOv,el~~r IYG~on'$trllt1,o Requ r,J~ o Fq th~s ~ lt~!f'~• • f,r'f1) r r. rE ~f' r llr' , i~ i(y„l r~ ril ~11•r,~yr, y rr r,fi~,f~ {:,'r' l~.~yl ,,!C • 4r 4a15ylat ~t 'ds~ rtes we f 15, p £ [¢I,A ,o A r 441' ~4, , c fQ, d 9u~era c, I r5i, 1 a 91, iv 1 all:.ns 1;,4~t a fir,. inn uit~,t ,s~i6~lr~t, ) ~r r 4 , u3 ~ ~ b t of ti nfl~ S'` exc~g'~ ,1 ? P.e1r g,?> {{4, 0 „{f?I, f'; oI the de,t", Q C! 1 l: r1ol J rno.) r t ,~,7 (ijl il)7, e_.i~l,, , •KJ,i'77,"U r,t y i1 t c,} ;r7r1,N'r, t r;,~, 1r v,~ 11 it r g id'l`imef''~„ coyfit so ii►'~, I Ol?, rid ~I.,.r}d fi stren rs f r1 , q,tee1 d i d~l~i,"T al ,1 O:i as tp u o sp b'lh R rt'{1 i ~st~ildr~v,1 1 y4 C . e€i'es f? Wit will aQ(jqua.t,e1 . SPPIPC, t'r ,r Vf'~ r~r'im{~~ rii Ia~' S@ y~eYti 0 supp ' IJ ser{or,.sc~q ? jq,re SgC 5fisJ, a►1d 34S fd, soli r )C ~1 1g ar pth eMgg,ell'f '~',I r h , r 0 rh x- erFaYf~ ei rr ppits a,ryd , f y]p P Artyy,r.'n thP, if, 01,69, , MO . OPP n~ er iA tic h)q,gn,ttrl~r', by ip.frp ,t<h pCn?r 'Qr, b ins, th ,,Fq, PccNr 04lriP ; nl", ,.`,>s,r~tthr ,tfag ? entW! 1 h '.:ef PkR~ sli, su TPrtr j,~h0' ,1 prP~c#s Q 11 gf h d Ptr fQ Pd@ toper"iMR, ~ ~pd~, t fir, , ~f1 ~ rnp~ dp',ctpry;~rnrep f4Q.ili~halyy, ¢e,.a~!PPOrxe },4'l A , S~9 r i I n Capp ~ shaT1 lvQrto, a .bea,rsi,!1p ity, ~~uffi;OP.0 ;tR ~~~pRRr t he tupe0- i r N,r'1'f il! ti1r, ~_li fl41 11)r`i 1 fr 1-1 .7f - - ' 104-5 F' , t r imposed load without settlement. in general,,each flisework bent shall be cappeo,teonsversely'at the proper elevation by a t,ap'of adequate, size.- I gesi,reQ by the,Cgqntractpr, however, a;short tap,se&ti4p fo'rty' ing a Y-,hheed may be sobstit,utOd at 'the S9f; ,of eaclj p'.f e' or 14106' in'tihe bent and shall be ;et'at the proper `ele4tibq 'to`.produc,e, in 'e6nfilnctign with the Ose'of a prOVed hardwjo. wed§es ors hack's; permanent'46'moor indicated'•On the Plana or spec if ed, plus-a cohitruction.Camber'oQverlrig' allowance far defjrmation of tpe"foLrms;and falsewdrk. The Oie'of wedges to compensate for incorrectly cut bearinglsurfaces will not be efmitted. Wedgges shall be' used in p' ids ~lnd s1~a11 be' so a'rrdnged 'as to '11,nirre unifom bearing. Each fa sework b`cht' shall' be,s¢C4,rely bell ed;tpp`,adfe- cent bents by bracing material of ampie'size to pr'bvide tho''stiffness' requlre1ho braking shall ke securely, spiked or ~qlted to,ea;1 pje or col i ihayc h` ross I. Forms 1, General Requirements: Forms shall be built mortar-tight`$nd of mater a Su fic er~ n strengthltq pr vent fulling between supports. They s e l egy arld ~al,nfaine to` he `Me 'des i 'hate' `reritil,' h C .>1c1~ ~'i su f~ctenthy~ ha e~,d,tq perm t'oH Z WP; oriel e`thdi eIa0'4 ',ti a rj the b'r1~1' ing'ofltNe~' drihs a'nd'E' ''t t*~4 aNhe ' cork, a e,''t ' , fd' sh'ai h'W~ jn1wi'rie4 in irti finery `el t d ,Wt ptrid` and' 1hX :Deta'i'ls of forifil o6nstruc'tion Shdyld 4~9 W6 'appH&M 'of the Engineer before form erection to eliminate possible' delaysii-06dri'` ing, singe perm ; i•en o 1 e concrete wild no. be g ven All all form work fs cqm teed~o.hy # Oat id `'Ir`a't'h 6f' 64rk f r' > pp t I t I'i t the 41iAS h W'l' $ o U~; hg' g 1rC Na rt♦if`t lc~'ri~crlefo ca d `yh~C"~d d y , a a °i i of~ v d, f ~¢`c# S' +l I # is . th$h .b•~S ,,,e, t'thtfrrrgn, Forms ~0'1tilU~nDel"' t3'lb~'~r eused'Sall ~ti~ ned,(() i~.rllqa+ p ~:I condition as to accuracy, shape, strength, rigs i tigh hisf, ~n+ LM , smp t n, s i1h surf c. AnYq 1 r h q 14 split arPl.; .b male ' r r nt frgm~ S m t o se i s g u A ~coa t u to c `'b`r'"iF . Fad ll'' I i e c r; tf~u a~ t$ e' ON j qst be , , c a ' i, fo s , or'`I o ink r ; offsW, i 41'n a'na all orn met 1rIE r , ~I,j e'', . $q, S - 6 r"em4fede O" dpmage to or marring of the c nC ete'who , file fo s' aY, desired by the Contrdcto~r, Ithe fp,r~s may_ be give ,A a sli4ht dr ft to perm l, easy `df' removal. 1~hene4er""pl~acrttcabie '"for►ns !hall' bre6cted comp te' betd ret fprc'etl~t '11' pl'acod r 'nprN6'4 ►ialYl s"alrSd ot~eV ' ~ locit'idt(s'ig r pccas'!' tl thd'bottb4 o the~t' i s"fs rho' otlSe i? rea ff~ ,a'tt efiii I' `l'ade oe'te tiea4ioi~f'ppeni'ngs'`s 11 'b'e 'No~ti' A' the tithe;'df' lac `toli hete',I`tFle',fO*.S shb'1T W cY'edi4''a h'ti`,Oil' `'free ' fro4m lippS.. 1,1'11+{t.Srd U . t 'a id' 't}1' el B'tY ~IIB`01~5 ttelr~il+l~~fyd~' ! i I `t sail, beaCed' br~rAhr othl~hthtiter`"' lia'tdeV$ fife cis%tf s., nails, ance of . ~ tlp ~,h ~ U1d ~nal~ th a . 1 f p7 III: f!' the'fihished `Coria~trut`l;'ionI.l.r X11 fotlais' shaT 'Cl Fff4e satisfaction of the Engineer. See Item "Special Form-Lined Architec- tural Grade Concrete" for exterior building wall form requirements, 104-b 2.'' Design loads: Forms shall be designed for'the pressure exerted' by a l iquid`weig ing $0 pounds per cub,iCfool:. The rate of pl aci.ng she concrete, tgpPenatore of congret, , 4n4 Whet(,er `GQ,ncrpte'is' bCited or not, shAl, betaken into consideration it determ nii~g' he"dtli'bf,the equivalent liquid. An'additi6nal live load of, ;50 pours s pC ;square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces.' The maximum unititresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used for the design of structures. 3. M terials; a, " General Form Lumber: Lumber' for forms Sh 111; be 'pr'operly seasoned and of g'oo~yua^TTty. -Tt shall be free ftori 146 a 6'ir"unsduhd knota.kno hgles. twists, shakes gecay, and ether perfggtions which wouid'itN'4`"its sthe6l ft or''i, air the'finish'ed fJN aC q"{ )ho 1con- crete. he )umber use„ , or factr~'? or slledtwd Shall b~ 5 VP aCed oh at least t1e 5ide`and two a qes, aH shall 6411 ed't6' dnffdr~`hickhess.` t The us 'WI ho anal twos ch;)~}mber'gs a minim rh thickrief' re quis` °'f r fo $ for. the bottom ,of ' 11 `supor Str~uctUr'e'l ~ rde s 1 icept ' that ~r~` Se,of'spegial fOrrtiM bid g I'd ;Is forcurved-bot~tp~p' 1i~der'S where fa' IHI b aids are thhX rfe'tq' See'> :'t, d 60jned> perrnmi tthe' ; use of''d e'kh''lurober•.. "L ~'m~Ser'of 'rtomi~ial one-('nn~ lick ;1i,wi1'1' bey permit d". or`generat''d e onbtFrer"'poPOW, of the s, rldctJ! "i'f 'ck'ed' by a S f?f tGi number ;tu4i"gnd!'v0k.'' are to gyp;'+4 ; dfmr"`,#~~`Qkpas"d';~~Sc~~ fh'iEF~'l 'p' ~e ' a '4rtd a~ ' 3 iii ri ar, t ti type fp n q, f eia~ ~'R rC" i .'UE' b''fa i' in gtrb'Q ! „ I tr 1 r ! ~r?, sha)`)J+ ~it vier-pC e1q, Std i a}tA a~q y ,J of one oKrth.1,►~d. d Pr Ora!?~§ a 1 ¢ A h' , r1 n re-oj,~~0~. ~A/~ Q r nth usin~ jJLLy~r~ ri iT ]Al lf~ r1. Igo 111f`~ it s~ 1 9tgmp4~~ g ''r~~ e' `cre ,e~ ,t s~ r pr' i?d( bo 14 a., ee,h' nh;'`1ti1 ''tt~~~' mum t c o, thrl~~, x r~ t + a, cl aft a% d 2r5i s ~a 1't r ~1,,b i F$,~ u n r screen de. e ha d #'ac S`a11 be Ss~e ~a " the t of the form. If desired by the C.sntractor, facing for s>f~ Sb11s cds hay be cons r; ed, by thr9 fourths..ir}ct thick Trod wi h v{at4►-proof adhesi~ k~d'by'ade Late ilksp and 'wale, ed, ids .'t in6'jthat" th ` grey est'S'trehgth of `the dute'r' ~11e's shbluld de' a "i^i~gh f `ar♦ 'ref fo"th stugg;'" d'in`fhis base; ~a'rrri'' 1f>tih ' if11 'hdt' qe' re ufe" tf: 'F'does"ih'd` ' f!ces of''a!Jat'enti'pan6II sh'i'll 'be r.ai'efully `a l igned`ar d''thd 0fhI ' a 0 l l o between ari 1s ,Sliall' be fil,leV } ;gi,th' ~f' hang`p1ds,Eer~'b'r!`lrtll yvafe►"` £t` to Prelent 1 aak'a9e, ahd 'sandi► i' ht1„ 'lei tH t!o'.r' ' b r g 0 sa~idp'aper "t 1W a tK6 , ' rni joi~fts'Siigbtb.uForms'`trtli~h'a A peing reused §h~ll''hSJe al) 'UnJse~''fdirrrr tie holds"1li11ed ahd shx~othed b's' des`tHlbedaIabode t`d'bg '061fedtl 7a smoothy c., SQCial Form lumber: 771 0) 1 HOldiny`90kI#It'd''froY &6e f6N S'ti-Ig"jr'otli',I;, r , shall be' 4fi'ade fdf'Hedwoo'd,' c p4~ess',`' `o1f'pine Witbrials of such a'de t11; j', r~r,r 104-1 1 . will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a tree lirn: without warping. The molding shall.be mill cut and dressed n all faces, 'U,)less otherwise provide4,,forms 'shall be f111eted`a alt'shr corner'S.`Qoth;inaide;and outside; with triangular chd'mfer Strat sll edges. .'Thg strips shall b'e three-f9urths'jnch,,meas'ured o "`dll;slde$: All chamfer strips,shall bg thGroughly, oiled before instal ati6n.on' forrr s . (f.) Forms for railings and ornamental work shall' be'coh-. structed to sta:;dards equivalent to first class mill work, gll mould- ings, panel work, and bevel strips shall be straight and trtudWith ' neatly mitored joints and of,such design that ,the,finished, work shall be true, shorp,,a,lo ciea,q-cut 4 Fo s, . Metal #'orre des qa type approved bg a shall be use 4, olg forms in,plic,e. Such,tigs all P r{y es pecial l s ed, r, S6 r y:.O@,~A 4.,,r+ •in,',conneation with conpt~ete,.wokanO,,t y„ shall have provision tQ permit ea,~e of,removal, of,`the;mgte).,as, e 1 after s ec i p ,1 , e~. - he se of re wi, form t es t 1. not be H 4t d.,e I-, by apprgvI of A, e~ ng neer meta app, i1n o iu s p 'the forms,..;o, 0114 t gm in:cq f,@ct 41i9rgen ;shall, b4,riem ti~ed:t4r~~ d R h f at lea 11 Tfril doh pp ` shat rdy , . kaf ~erfYCoe `i h peen k b4 t to the surface from chipping or 1,00 n • ; shall leave a smooth opening in the concretNuAace eot'larLt. o 0 th A sev n- . g #r i i,n,ch,,irt.,41 et,gr Burns n f R s, s, or ties wit r{o t x, attach 't ri, , r~), 0 , ;tt ~ee i t,p~ Cep, R , e~ e o' e. 3.is Q~ r -r'rc a~ rd;l e h c a ff 1 r stren d , f .;t 1l'' , P o, t . of ty f fa s woode r, e F k al e'frf 4 c¢ ;s 11l' qtd of fo'.h e trA}h . o. ~e} s'be'iri " )b' > '1 1lr. Y 1. V Where. P p~ E Yc , 0 r 4 i,~c~ f', t d, '.e TA ~ T~, 1 : Sril,i~ e t eat use mate' a t L ;oIhiA~~ , ,6~a'~at~; Q, ~~r{~r'rt7 s ti+1• , pe 4 e~,e itP t h ' the d' to water~,ea"''na rgr: . Pi,i11r,~,~44st"i Cto;4z 7 [ „ L. f . act '7 {I l l a~ L.. } 1 L 1 !j S.1 I r r i , ,'ri f" it 4r,,,; I, rr, i;iorhi fin. ',`ajf,4i` al)'; #'ornil ltd bi) L,, i • I L' 4 , treated yti a s4ita P o "o T , fgre cQ~cre e, y,,Tae d weatMr, both SiOPS If, 1 thp- ! f~~~ I{OrRI ~ ~I i ~ Y_ i Icyy, uir gd tot, I1r f 11th oil to prevGl?t, ware, n91~and =tP a r i At 1 Yh',., it rr~~, ~bn t T, e 3 c4 Ig. , A rlti§ e appl,ied,lbe,fpr t, PrIC,40e 4-iA plAcO.; 9i1 pr purpo I f_ a 'shill fie Pi hii clear oj,l h{eh„0,ii~ • t i c for ori'"ot,heri~r~se~ , , V r eft inJur pushy, gffpcti~f l:6oncrote,~prfope l9r,l @ pY,o mpa{ , FurPperil,~nl tions. Ir, 9enerAl. f ; sur~A,Rs,4? 'fu s,,w,ic i ~ ,om , it, c with the in 'shal~ be' wetted immediate y ' ] be Fore' zn6 con'creteafs'I placed, 6. Metal Forms: The foregoing specifications for "Forms" as regards ~ps,~n,j mRrt~ :f,igh,tneis~, f,l),letgd, ,corp.ersa: jPgYele4 proJections, bracifjg, alipment, r mov l;, re-use, oilling~ app }getting,shall .ApAly:,~equally to 'metal forms. he metal used fdr forms shall be of such 104-8 thickness that the forals will remain true to shape. All bolt And rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps,pips or other connectingg devices shall be designed to hold thg,forms rigidly together and to, allow remrovel without injury! to the concrete.,: Metal forini which, do not represent a smooth surface or line up properly shall,,not be used.; 5occial tart shall be exercised to keep metal; free frpq,rp.st, grease, or other foreign material such as will tend to discolor, Vv concrete, Pan joists sht'jl' be minimum 16-gauge steel, reconditioned, to, approval of. Engineer., Provide end closures for each row and secure fillers rigidly. Forms'shall be of true size and shape, close,and in alignment. T AlI nment Control; true alignment of galls and other; vertical i surfaces having stra g t nes~or rectangular shapes, sha]libe contrglIed by the following procedure: Forming shall be arranged with provisions for adiustingj the horilontallaligr1meht,of a form efter;t" Jor. has been filled With concrete to grade, using' wedges;, turnb4ckl",r Or: other„ , , approved `adjustmentl method,,:: The general, procedure, will be; to.estaabIJO, , a transitilline or other approved reference such that Adjustments can be, made to an! bsthblished Iine~while:the concrete in the, top of,the, forms ;is: still-pla'stit. Adjusting facilities ,shall.be;.At interval; ~r~nich,will permitr adjustments' to a straight A ine, Jhe,,Cpntr4;'tor sj~,J~11,*, rep, ponsible,foKthis.alignmen .check,.randIsha.il furnish, his own„pgrjlgpnel for such checkirg> bind adjustment) No ,fpr m w,il l be, pppr - O fpr pouring:; until adequate adjusting faoilities are .in.place• J, ±Jlalriri Reinforceme t:,;,!Reinforcertrknt o,o.gc,rAte;;kr4tpSurg¢ be care U y, a 'accurate] Y.; plated; and 0941y. suppprtgQ, as, previded i?, theiltbml!'Reinforoirlg'$tee1`1r0 li rFnl( 1;!: '+,35 r<i,rr li~f 7:) f}C1i ~P.+ i)i ~f~tl?" +ii_ f11 :lv 'Iri'vl E^11 t',S1"fl;iillil(i I"ut- V,~i'Q l:',~2f; K. .uRlapingConcrete;':i'jF,li' 1i:6 ,ri'Lii'f 'sCi ??''lrasl!!Yi ,IAfP'1 1~7 ~~{'i;ll 1111Tqivp) 4'il}~"iu 1. l"'Pf @.Ge-nerol Req r nts,;1 ;il)L'J11.11 tf1 3J![,.~(~ j'. .'1`.".7ryfQt!, 1; ~1 l, C oil i 6'i; "peel imthar ;Co id rata :.,,The ,yonti^~.~ci9r3~D~~ ~xf~Y, the EnginbO upon 'completion, ovan ouSr> portior>si 4f9 the ,M9rkc IeA4 „l ;y for plating` eohdrete-.so that)1inspectiort,inay, be [rade~; Ass 1@yly~ asl is ? v prtot=itablb:lf'Thd~Contrattbr shat also;*aep, the Engineer .infprjne4,,l, t: regoding'his'anticipated toncretel placing schedule;;t,,When 0,117ltpms„ i have been found to, be' in order, by the; C~g ineervi including ;lino;,,and, , , grades;i fohms',' reinforcing; Ansertsii piping;! electrical,; plumbing and the Oohtrabtbr's,concreting materials and;equiprrmnt„the Engtneerr Oil thdn, hiithorite' the Contractor, in Witing, tp proceed, ,:Conr,rete: plpPgop without such autho'r',ty wili.;nottbe; accepted unl»sS: by.Witten OXMIRkipn from the Engineer. Unless authorized by the Engineer, no concrete shall be plated yin any unit prior to the completion of., ;the, ,form-work, and the placement "of the reinforcement%! No, concrete; Shol 1, W piOAe4;tgf.9rq ~thfl , . completion of all adjacent operations %Lich,mlight,proyo.4otr;imootol,it0, the concrete. Whenever it is. necessary to cpntinue;.t e,.milcingr, plaging,; , and 'finishing of concrete after. tre daylight hours',p;the ,61,tp Qf; tha, rk,-; shall; be brilliantly lighted, s0 ,r~hat: a1~;,9perA,do(;s, frQ Ptalnly, vsiJe., , In general, however, concrete placing sal be so regulated as to permit 104-9 finishing dperations to be completed in the daylight hours. The En- gineer reserves the right to order postponement of the placing opera- tior,s when, in his opinion, impending weather conditions may result in rainfall or low temperatures which w411 impair the quality of the fin- ished work. In case rainfall should occur after placing operations are started, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature, the provisions set forth in piragrap? K-2 hereof, "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" shall be ap- plied. The operation of depositing and compacting the concrete shall be conducted so as to form a compact, dense impervious mass of uniform tex- ture which shall show smooth faces on all surfaces. The placing shall be so regulated that the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in the design of,forms. b, Handlin andJrans' rtin : Chutes, troughs or pipes used as aids ih,p a.c rg cons-`reta s a e arranged and used.so that Ahe i ingredibnt3'of:thb io'he rete'will:not,be separated and they shall be metal or-metaU lined. ?When steep slopes are necessary; the chutes shall'he'ejul ppediwith"baffle'boards or made'in-short lengths that rever' e'the diheciion be~ mb"vemen'tl.~ o Open' trcughs and chutes shal 1, ek : tend, if"fid6s`s'0-, 464ri de'sthe forte 0. through hblet, left-Jn,the, forms`,"M'd 'theends"bf' Wth,'bhjbtet shal l terthinate yip' Vertical! down's , sObkt r."AAIT&MUV$'~trthgk`'v"ahd?pipes shall--ba,kepticieari And free from coatings of hardened cbn0ete by a` thbrough' fIzishing with riater r . bef re and after placement. Water used for flushing shall be discharged cle 'of i he cohci'ete'''h place: ' TKe~ tfse' ofjt in,'excessi oV35, foet tofb dhgth' foi~c''f7vy~~ir,,. con`'etr hill hot'be, , pehnitted 'except jby i specific authorization from the Engineer. Hon'~bgitatin'g%trucksCthail be , used only when authorized by the Engineer with due consideration of the length of haul, roughness or roads, and shape of truck bodies proposed. Pumping of concrete will be permitted, suble" to approval of equipment by the Engineer. The placing of concrete fol"-floor.slabs''Preferably s}.,al be do y a mixing plant located cuff the structure Carting or ' rt wheal in 'tro r e 'bhlt ie's'ori 'b' cotoploted,`cbhcrbto lfloor,,,sidb wi.li not be permi'tted'untilr'the #lab`has~eged?ab least 'feur~curing;days,. Unless, pneuma06 tiro `twit";are used, the itarts!,st+all,) be wheeled on., Oinben , plankin4146114'X the''lbads- 1idAmpact will., be distributed, over the. slab,.,,. Curing' Yfpe'rati'orrs shall not be interrupted,for the: purpose,of ,wh4el,ing concretd'bvetr''finW, ed slabs= Stockpiiing of 'concrete'. aggregate .or cement1'b6 floor's wfll°be'permitted'only when authorized by the Engineer. The st'I01hg of reinforcing'oy, structural ;teal on completed slabs shall generally be avoided, and when permitted, such storage shall be limited to quantities and distribution as authorized by the Engineer. c Deboslitlna:IoThe method and manner of placing shall be such' as; ' to'aVOiu'~.►1 0_ssibiIity of segregatfon er, separation of the 11 aggrbgate'br t.",'displacem6nt of, the reihforcemeht:,.In thin Walls,'drop . chJte's" oft rubber`!or metal shall bb used.- 1he :spattering of forms or. rMfjbeczineht b'a'rs shail be be4vehtW ifi the concrete ,so, spattered wil l driy' bo l'arded' bW?or'e' being oi^ated ih 'the 'irress'.r Eatlf `pa`rt bf tee <.7,. its ;,,-104-10 forms shall be filled by depositing concrete directly as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point in the forms and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. After the concrete hat. taken initial set, the forms shall not be Jarred or any strain placed on projecting reinforcement. Where the Contrac- tor's operations involve the placing of concrete from above, that is, directly into an excavated area or through the completed forms, particu- larly in the case of walls, piers, columns, and similar structures, all concrete so placed shall be dep3sited through vertical drop chutes of rubber or metal of satisfactory size. Drop chutes shall be made in sections or provided in several „lengths so that the outlet may be ad- justed to proper heights during placing operations.' Conr;rete shall not be dropped 1Eree more' than five (5)'Ileet. Concrete shall be placed in co'H nUous'horizontal layers with a thickness of from 1 to '3 feet, depending on the ka11.'thickness. ' Each -layer shall be ,soft when a new layerj$' placed upon it; atld unless' otherwise 'Specified aierein or by the Engine4r;"rjot'shore'th' one'hotlr shaIIZelap'se between th~d''plaoin1 Of j succe`ssi've la'ye'rs of C'one'trete in *any portion of the structures Included in a continuous placement. The ContractO should avoid'addittonbi construction Joints other than,those shown, on Plans by placing required portidrl `o piers, ir'atis, or's4(per'S+ruC ures,'in Qne 06tiAdous opera- tion. 0 i~A matt"r Of o;6 kind shall not be Oermitt`ed`tdt'accyrmulate ingiide t,6 fQhns a d `d en n s ino s neces'sar for f, , r bVal df same shall ehpi~b"1d~Q,' If e>2~~5' ive tilee'' in§"t'aus'es~W ide to,for'm on'the surfa'C' gyp' Cdn,4ret`e'fin' ~talf'forms 'be;,madi,9tiffe'r to reduce t' e b ee;'difig, IA' 'till' 411f the' coA'crete OW Mite pli0d'to a point about a fe,ot below the top Vie wall, or the bottom of any slab' er bea t4 be,poured, monolithically wi h,the wall, and at least one hours ' .if spec'if'ied'by the Erigiheer;' shall be'alldwed'f6r settling. Copcretti' should then be resumed befdre'set ooclurs to avoid~the'reOi re- me hii' of Jdi~► If"the `sl'ab' is' thih; 'a''redUCtion'bf Coarfs9 aggregate ! size fh~~7 ~qqu1r~Js` arid''the, foHb"'shalt be' Oerfilledl6d~`the extOgs concref~'sc'rrgeded o f a tdr partial'ti'ffer;ng, „+f ~i t• ,,1 ,.J ...,ii(r it f I'~ .{t 1 ,,,qty r d. Cdnt l'ida't'i6ht: ach" layer,"of concYefe' shall be'rel~l com-`~patted 464 the' o rI TMF t&"the'`suYfade"oft tFie`foMs by continuous ' wortk'ing''Witb',ne itani'cal"Vibrai6rf'bf` in ippr4Ved't'yipe:i' Vibrators of they type which operate ►Jy "attachment to forms Will be' permitted only when immersion type vibratos ca'hhot be used dale to inaccessibility.' The vi- brafcrs'shall be applied to the concrete immediately after deposit and shall be moved throughout the mass, through layer of 'concrete just placed, and several inches into the plastic layer below, thoroughly working the doncrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and + int6' the corners and 'angleSr of the forms until the concrete is thorough., ly compacted:" MethaniCal"Vibrato'rs shall M f to operated sb tKat thev will p'eohtrafe or dl;sturb' layers"placed previoc's.ly which have become partially $et'br hardened,''and they shall hot tie usod'to'aid~the f1 ow of cone _alet'eral]y,IIlh'i''vibtat'Ibn shall be o,'f'stifticfe'nt dur~aCibn``to ' act pltsh,•'th6ibugh'•Cbmpact'ionra~t'd tcompl'et'e''tsntiedmed'tV 'reihrfdreafrieht and fixture but shall not be done to an extent that will cause segre- iii I 104-11 C gation, Vibrators shall be kept constantly moving in the concrete and shall be applied vertically at points uniformly spaced, not farther apart than the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator shall not he held in one location longer than is required to produce a liquified appaaran^e or; the surface. i Internal vibrators shall main'fin a frequency when submerged in the con- crete of not less than 6,000 impulses per minute for spuds with diamete greater than 5 inches and 10,000 impulses for smaller spuds. The inten- sity (amplitude) of vibration shall be sufficient to produce satisfac- tory consolidation., A sufficient number of vibrators (powered pneumati- cally or electrically) shall be used to provide one for each cen cubic yards of concrete per, hour being placed..,At least one vibrator, which may be of the gasoline powered type, shall be,immediately ayailable ,a5 a standby for each two vibrators in service. The Engineer may require the Contractor to use a vibrator of l,arger;saze and power if he,feols, !rased on observed performances that it,is,necessgry toproduce satisfactory,, consolidation,r All vibrator.; intended for regujar service or;'strndby, service shall he checked and,appy.uved b!+. the fngl,n~-er, prior to,thg,be- ginning of the;concreting;operations..r.; ed I em,~. , Bgfore p1 a.Fi.ng concrek~, s1~all „bE~ , taken o;d@term ne r, a embe4ed items';' re OrOl ' aaod ;secu;.el fay tenedn place as ~ icatei~.,i,n the, drawinya or `required ~by t~, ~En~i,ne2r, All embedded itoms shalj:be,horouQhly ,glean.~nd fre'e'd 6y v 1 0, fo, refgn material+, Anchgr,W shall be,sPt Ito d~act,l,ocat use of suitable anchor bolt templd,tes, or_as otherv~se:h~%In,~r~ t?, r ' plan$•, , 2, Placing cr9te.(n Cold Weather'. N6;concrete sfi~all` be pieced when the atrnosp er, c temperature is at or below,:pp degrees F;, '(t kgrt: in . the shade sway from artificial heat),unleis permission to $Q 9. 1~8n in writing by ,the, ngiflee►?~!r,When suyh,per~P,iss pn,. , 41,ven~ or; i,~ where the temperature drops •t~e1.Qw;4Q degrees,;€,. -,a,f,t r.1t etc~rtcret~i~gr, r , operations have '~,:en started, the Contractor shall Krn sh suttricierit canvas,a. n . , r4Mq"Qrk on other; Vpe 4f ~ ng .0 e%jgs r 4rl pmt the struGtur9 ;i.n-s ch,a May tNt,,the,ailr, a 44 thiQi1s,,7n4j,~ Mpgtec 4 1e.sh crete.; can be-kept at aj tEmpera<ture. not;,,teF ~ than ,5~p.de9req~, fr r n,for A,p C,io¢ of five days after the conc,rete;is,plac#0 for normal ncreter,,and, or,; three days for highearly,.strengtn concrete. Suffic ent heating appara- tus such as stoves,~sal.amanders* or steam equipment, and fuel to furniO, all required heat shall be supplied. The treatment of mixing water and aggregates used in,mixing concrete sflall be,supplied, The treatment of mixing water and aggregates used in (nixing concrete shall be as spec,i, fied in "Concrete for Structures". It ,is understooo,that the,, Contractor is responsible.for the protection of,concrel;e,plaq@d.,under'any and,all, weather conditions PeMi,ssioq given by,the Engineer, 0pldc,l concrete during:freeti,ng weather, ill in no',Wdy rolleg8 the Cogtractti ,of, he respons,ip,111,ty,;,fon satis actory.resyYts. ,.,thou d conp;r"eke q~a ~n4I such cpp4fi Jpn,j.Rroye ,ynsatisfpctat~y, .,~,t shaj,l,, ,rKe~l'Qy a~{¢ ,repl g 4S ,d if ?1'11e1 ~~1 r. fJi '•i E. sh ,,.j rC,il r~rf!,' 1~~'1 f~S~l Y:nf. 3: P~_acin 16 ncrete ~n Water: Concrete may be depositdd in-water only when ZpeMied on t~e_('ans-or' with the permission of the Engineer. 104-12 The forms, cofferdams, or c 4ssons shall be sufficiently tight to pre- vent any water current passinj through the space in which the concrete is being placed, nor .ntil it has set for at least 36 hours. The con- crete shall be carefully placed in a compact mass by means of a tremie, closed bottomdumping bucket, or other approved method that does not permit the concrete to fall through the water without adequate protec- tion. The concrete shall not be disturbed after being deposited. Depositing shall be regulated to maintain approximately horizontal surfaces at all times. When a tremie is used, it shall consist of a tube having a diameter of not more than ten inches, constructed in sections having watertight connections. The means of supporting the tremie shall permit the movement of the discharge end over the entire top surface of the work and shall permit the tremie to be rapidly lower=ed when necessary to c M ke'off or retard the flow. The' number of,times it is necessary to shift the location'of the tremie, for any continuous placement of concrete, shall ba held: to a minimum. During, the placing of concrete, the' trOmie tube, shali be kept full to the bottbm of~the hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, the tremie shall be slightly raised,~but not oUt of the contrete~at the,bottom','until the batch Alp=:wr cs to the lbvellof thb bottom Gf the hopper,+ The flow shall ;then be stbpped by)lbwering theetremie►: The'plaCing!operations shalt be cbntinuobs~Until fthe Work 13`corhpleted;- When concrete'is placed bg means, of4the'bottom-dumb t4t:ket,'the bucket shall`ha4e•a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard.< The bucket shall be, loviered gradually ind~tarefully'until it t*stt upon the!contrete!aleeady placed.,' It shall thM beltaised very sloO y during the!distharge trai' vel;I the lntehttbeing,:.to'maintaihi'bs hearly,a$~gossible,rstiil water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. t .'r ~iiij i;, i:.l~a n~ fii'~ ,~1.~'i('1 i,f ji. •r it -i i r `Cf;° ItPlatih `Concrete Slai:'t`S Concrete in columns,'wallsi~and: deep be'arhs'or`g rde111 5 wed td'stand for~at least`one"hour; Or, more if specified by the Engineer, to permit'fO11'sAttlementidue'to consolidation before concrete is placed in the slabs they are to sup- port. lHaOhd hes fire cot6tidered'as~pa?t 0f'thi flab and ihallcbe,'placed= inte~fally:With'them,' TW SJrfaoessand material over which a flab; placedtoh~thergrdGnd is tb liespoured'shall;betln,acc0rdande with 1fie Item'pfarthwork?.`~ When'clabs°ara poured in strips; the'widths of:'the strips,i•uAlity othe Mse ipecified or shown; ihail be Such'that the' concrete-ln,any on2l9trip,011not.'be allowed1o'lie in place'foe more than`dnk hour''before`the adjk ent;strips'are'placed: immediately before placing concrete, the cushion to receive concrete shall be dampened to prevent toc, rapid absorption of moisture from the concrete. Concre'Lle shall be of comparatively dry consistency and shall rF eive the finish hereinafter specified. 5 Placin Concrete in Foundations: Concrete shall not be placed, in footings un the depth aird chat ar cter of the foundation hasibeen in spected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed, I -Tht,~ placing of concrete bases above seal courses will be permitted after the fomsfare-,free'from water and Ahe seal co'urs@ cleaned;- Any necessary pumping;or,bailing during the:corxteting,operatiohs-shall be done from a ~b4-I3 suitable sumj located outside the forms. Concrete in deep foundations shall be placed in a manner that will avoid separation of the aggregates or displacement of the reinforcement. Suitable chutes or vertical pipes shall be pr)vided. When footings can be placed in dry foundation pits wihtout use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if ;esired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excava- tion filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing. Where this procedur? is followed no measurement for payment for "Extra Con- rrefe" will by made for concrete placed outside of the footing dimen- sions shown or the Plans. 6. Groutin, Basin Floors: Two (2) inches of grout as indi- cated on the p a ns s a 1-1e app ed over the floor surface of the Clari- fiers, Grouting shall be done in accordance with these specifications and the recommendations of.the clarifier: manufacturer. Ail grouting i shall be done by power operation of the equipment in, the basin, i.e.r by motor turning the mechanism, and not by hand, turning of the arms. Truss arms of the equipment shall have all finale- ad,iustments made and, shall have a screed attached to the bottom nfiboth a ms.,for,;theFpurpose , of sweeping in the grout. S. reeds, shal l cconsistf of~ 2", x Ve wood! pl ank~- ing of proper dimension and length with bottom; properly bevelled, -;,c iif± Screeds shall?te firmly attached, toi the bottom of th®itruss arms ;to f . ,,.tr prevent dislocation in the screeding operations. , To;the bottom Of wood screeds'shall be attached:a light gauge! n til,.(sheet) formed andfpailed to the,wood with butt joints. The function of;. the;sheet 6etal is to. serve as-e trowel,and to prevent" splintering! and! fray.ing,Qf,the, timberAy,_, Prior to the application of grout the floors shall be thoroughly cleaned of all'foreign~matter and-wetted down.' After wetting and ,iusttprior;to grouting they shall ~be.Sprinkled;lightly with ;cement tp improvo the bond. between; the grout and tankfbottortms. . ; , -1, .•r , , J ~ I!f I'i ~ •1 1, 1 i!( fi ~:i I! Grout,Shall considt of ogef(1)r'part of. gemp4"aa40i three :6 por,ta~.,Qf clean, first quality Sand a s~approved.by,the Engineer, 4routIng;shall start at the center!,ofAhe otanks;and-be,;spiral led, outwardly; toward,,the,,,rt~ walls, 1;Groutinglshall be ;done in a workmanlike, mannerAo. the endithat a level floorlof)the grout will result and with all point s,equidistant-,i from the bottom of the rotating arms., No grouting shall be,done:until the.Enginetr has been notified and aporoved the materials and facilities for doing the work. L. Curing Concrete; 1. General Requirements: Careful attention shall be given to the proper curing Fall concrete in structures. Curing method 0 11 be one of-the hallowing types:and shall be~appllcable under the indicatedr conditicns6 _ i e0brane Cueing: .Membrane curing mayibe used.on:surfacescI not to+receive,a edbbed,fintsh vertical.or slopeOrturface0"6ndwhichl•; l Oq -l 4''t additional concrete is not to be directly applied, and surfaces after receiving first rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone, b. - Cotton Mat Curin : Cotton mat curing shall be used and membrane curing is prohibited on surfaces to receive first rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone; surfaces to be painted or to which bituminous waterproofing is to be applied, and contact areas of construction joints. c. Cotton Mat orWaterproofed Paper rCCurring: Cotton mat or waterproofed paper curing shall be use3 and membrane curing is prohi- bited on slabs on which additional concrete, mortar, or terrazzo or other flooring is to be directly applied and on slabs which will receive liquid concrete floor hardener. d. - Cotton May or Waterproofed ~ Paer or Membrane Curin : Slabs or, which additional concrete, mortar or terrazzo is not to-be directly applied may be cured by'use`of cotton mats; waterproofed paper, or by membeame'curing ','except that cotton mat curing may be required on floor slabs'of buildings and basins whore weather conditions are such that%rapid loss of moisture would rest'lt by 'using membrane curing, 2J s ,o.Len th of -Curing Period:,! All 'doncrete ~ sh611l be etteed for a period of 'seve conseutfvedaysi In 'cold weathbr whe6,cu4ing may be retarded;, this period shall be 6Acindedlibntil=7 'curing-dayV have + i passed; up to!a limit' of '14 -consecutive days.' A °curing-dayN is defined' under paragraph M of 1hi s i item, IL', IF 3. Material and Ufa of a. Cotton'Mats: Cotton mats shall; uniformly contairi:at. , least three-fourtr`Fs of pound of cotton filler per square yard of mat, shall have covering cloth Weighing hot less thah?six ounces°per,-square yards, shall be of convenient, 'size. for handling, and shall, have six~inch peripheral flaps or overlaps. The mats shall be in,cohtact~withlthe:•j entire concrete surface and shall be kept moist for the specified curing IF, . ;r, period..,; ; r bWater roof d Paper:. Waterproofed paper far curing slabs shall be no;-staining and strong enough to withstand the wind and abra- sive action of workmen'wal`cdng oVerit,f The type and quality of the ? paper shall be subset to thclEngineer's apprbval. :Cemented Joints shall, be lapped at least six inches and overlaps of blankets shall, be at least 12, inches and shall be securely weighted to form a closed Joint. Hole's torn in the blanket while in use Shall be patched immediately, and in locations where pedestrian traffic is unavoidable, suitable walkways shall be'provided to protect the paper.' C. Metabrahe Curl no Combound Membrane Luring compound shall be a 'resin base w t - gh colored tint With fugitiVe dye, ready for' use otherAt..ah stirring,4ehd of,suth'composition - that it will~reWln intact .1-coat ifor'28ideys.t' An,atceptable Ompdund shall.-haWsuch' sealing 'qua itiet that'the'moisture`to-ssif rott- test! ipeci#ens''shalI 'not. 1bd«16,1. be more than three and one-half per cent when tested in accordance with Method of Test for Water Retention Efficiency of Methods for Curing Con- crete, ASTM Designation C-156 when the sealing compound is applied at a coverage of one-hundred and fifty square feet per gallon. The sealing compound shall be sprayed on, using pressure-tank type spraying equip- ment, and the sealing compound shall be thoroughly mixed just before and during application by either a power-operated mechanical stirrer or compressed air to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Curing compound shall be strained through gasoline strainer as it is poured into spray- ing equipment. Application of the seal coat shall be on a moist sur•• face, shall be uniform as indicated by the color, and shall he at the rate of one gallon per 150 square feet, applied in one coat on hori- zontal surfaces as checked by area of surface and amoir:t of material used. On vertical scffaces curing compound shall be applied uniformly in two coats at the rate of 300 square,feet per gallon. The application of the curing compound shall follow immediately.after,removal-of forms and preparation of,concrete surface as specified,. Within thirty-minutes after form removal on,any surface to be cured}by membrane* patching shall be;commenced or the surface shall be.kept wet: by sprir,kli ng vntil,~ patching is commenced. Curing compound shall be applied immediatel,/ after any patch i.s made,unless other'cur,ing;is provided. :Seal coals shall remainiin place and be protected against. abrasive action for a period of 28"days ifA n an area where 14-day.curing is required and 14 days if!in'an area where 7-day coring is regaired. Seal coats on slabs; shall be protected by a one-inch layer of sand or earth or by other PL approved means. The protective coating shall not be placed sooner than 24 hours r,fter the seal coat has been applied,;; Any damages to!thP membrane,.oating within the period of time noted above shall be rupaired immediately by a liberal applicbtiorr of the compounds M. Removal pf Forms and Falsework: Forms and 1falsework may be removed when the 'concrete has aged for-a minimum number of curing days set forth in the following,table:,. t: !"j 1 'Forms and falsework under slabs, beams or girders 7 days Forms and falsework under beams of frame bents 7 days forms for wal Iscolumns, ahd sides of piersn 'A'r 2 !lays The term "tuning=day" will! be interpreted as any calendar,day,on which the temperat'ur'e is above 5O degrees' F i ; for at least 19 hours. t Col der , s days may be counted if satisfactory provision is made-to aaintain 050 air temperature'adiacent to the concrete constantly above 50 degrees F., throughout the entire day. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat: is hot provided., the Engineer may permit the rentoyal of.forms and falsework at the end of a period of calendar days equal to 0icaj he number of curing days stated in the above table. Test specimens may be made at the option of the Engineer for the purpose of determining a satisfactory timp,for,form a'oid faisework,rembval!in cold weather, and when, tests; made ton;5pecimens,cured under,like conditiops to!the curing of the.structur@,indicato that!ytrengths equivalent; to,the_ 7,dtay,strength$ - as given, J;±i Item 102-js'Concrete" have, been! attained, ~ the foms,and ii 104-16" falsework may be removed. In no event shall this removal be done in less time than the, curing periods given in the table above. Forms for the portions of slabs that cantilever,mora than ong foot beyond.the outside beams shall not be removed In less' than four curing days. N. Defective Work: Any defective work discovered after the forms have been remove shall-be repaired in-nediately. If the surface of the concrete is bulges'., uneven, or shows excess honeycombing, or form marks which defects, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be repaired satis- factorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced. 0. Fillin Tie Holes: After the tie rods are broken back or removed, the holes s a e led solid with cement mortar, similar,.. that used in concrete., the mortar shall be, as dry, as,possible and cfarerully. pAckgay ~IfQ',tfie holes in sMal ,quantities. After the holes are,C,OM- pletelfilled, all excess mortar shaall"be struck off.flush,',anO 'the surface finished in such a manner as to render the filled hoie'as in- coppspigogs, a,~ possible,. If these patches aPPe4r UI bee.dar,ker Ethan ,the . other s~urface,pf the coAcretej w4 to cement, shall be us #4 it n th,~ o or pas, repqu.ir~ed f "y a qee $ o rld r X41 n e . P 'c'i6,• surfs~a 1 r 1j Oht m i ~<,c s- 1, co'Zre cgp ~s be 00 A,4edi~h,e.~ntrtar, ~ni4e4n til a pro:' <<' porti4,r~~ p~ ceement fjnq ,aggregate 14 ,the original ;5g1,4 etg, Fi.n fished s~racef p 'con~i 111 sa re vPtds 11`ho ~q , ~i not be, 6ace ;table, aril shall bnqt b 'pied Dyed over. a; ub'Qg~' ti~(e c4hcte;sa11 repair d c `t'fn pyt { v u ti3i~a tQpY,~a ifri 1" a_ ep a'c't ' si't with'd y ~paCkumortar' rfiichs~ialT' be, `fe'ciatel `ke r " Y Y 4~!n9;,Pod, Q t1e b~ , concrete and finished in such a manner as to render the"' dointi 4 at in on~piFuoys as ppss,ible.,,,,Th,~F, Gp{~Frete, ~hj) l~ b;e drt,er t ~n t~►e .rF guaure and,ahel~ be thoroughly x rripgd, lrto p ' :~ach defective i area ~ha,l be, c,ut, back wi~ h ,gnggmAtic c i'ppi ra, toot As, dOep.O' PT-. defective area, a terl¢§ in no c e leis than,,4ne, 10K• t ; f♦g holRs shall t~►erg Pe d p'(q0 w t an apprgvOI 66n P6q.,agenE SuP a; rowe)dl dp n ea~Qpnf s r'id' to, wtt ir► thrger pur, hs pb of t4, $4rf se ^{t:~4 F ~ r r Fnortar a to ngine r~ apipiner, Od, o the hPi u ~~eft 0 r o1_ar P most rr, ,Y sN fh, 9f,..p+c pats si, AN, < then bi' ff nigh a , a, ve sp,eci 'led. Ail dpY pack ter shalbp rtypP into P.1.aFe, t $uqu~,l~bpder! ilpck;.,, patcs iRa ,w ich ~w 11 be.continuous ly,e,x s, d to, ~ateh sAal1 be, ¢e wftb non-shrinking grout in accordance witri oncrete", of these"specifi- cations,,I,hoq-shrinking grout will, not be used where it would be subject to op~ervatipn. ; , Q. Finishing Slabs: lT ne!r~l:, Except as elsewhere'p'rmitted in'thesg SpgCifi-. cation 69r. a$, shown Qn the driwirgs, all labs, piatforms,.O'nd steps, shall a in shod nolith9c ) hi foci win sch dui tf f n shes , shall ;apply+ unlesspgtherwis0 sPpFi e'd ar shown Ah i@ gJahs;i .C ji1 -.f •''rl1i!',y 1, !I~" 1'.in ~1.: i"r(If '(,.:).i 111 r.,. 104-)7 77 a, ood Float Finish' Roof slabs, valve vault and "manholes; floor slabs Of as ns an ops of walls, axterior slabs.except wo,rkSng platforms. b. Steel Trowel Finish: All interior slabs. C. Brush finish: Steps, walkways, exterior working plat- form. As soon as concrete placing operations have been completed for a slab section of sufficient width to permit finishing operations, `-he concrete shall be ;approximately leveled and then 'struck off, tamped, and scree0ed. The screed shall .be of'a design' adaptable to the use intended, shat) ave prdv,isions to'r vertical 'adjustMent,'and'shal1 'be'stiffiCfehtl'y rigiq have- to hold true tb Shape during use. ,a . - The'inl.ti+al s r ~Ce'Off s4il.l 1eav6` the, concl=ete surfete at anpvati,n slf4htl' abov `gtidb' so that, when con'solidation' arid shin g~l o dra tions are completed, the surface of the slab will be at the grade eleJa lion shown on the pl ns.T m in and screeding operations shall be d~a't~'~t I'd h t, , t 4% `"edd ,L''aNadhe; continu' tdbn r'e~P's el i' 'e 'd +r >d turf c'e"'s1~~al `tha + be to voids . t" , "`o ~b~ 5''s . ~dfli' l b~tt►i''~41s b ft64" ads i udip, . tru`~ i Y n hng'1'rie~ teyrA ar 6' er't~etipSape►'be t es0rie~^ to th s ey sy1~a f. 4~: `ptt' tifabri'` {K`ish'1n~g'~t YY pp LO r~ 1~ ltt~ yy~k i hi~t+ 1 r ( r ff 7C1 aceilt ~'»~~i,,~hi~~~ ,,'V;~rE•~1 i~ , { I.~ ra ,i 't' 0'~ 1 < < i p ` {lBSt rtC s''~ Ce `l1ar11 'b SLr~i 17~'ec~s dq '~'oi< whiff@~r}~e C.a~ fr Le~ S t~l ~OOC i~tJ3t1 t19 It by he s fr`a Banda.' Yten {l~ `f p~ hf the stralPe tetl~e trhall i,ahb1f 'of. thA i``a edlif l Qd kith ~lfr' s Cis~icrete shaltl b`" Ved aI It hd' all ddpre~sio~+~ shall be and fef hl~tii • , b110, c ioliid }th fat als' t1r14l tb ~~a+a e`a n'frnataf final , rs xoi~ r~bu ht bt'~: ''~'iRII .01~ ~k5b ll;a de~fe i{oht hip 1, l d a'id'ral1 0 b ed t o Hn. stfeiyh be r r' S ita8g'e 't +l h~ s fa'r;e d It 1 ordtii~ ~f tfia f`a Of h a►'est, , the a ;oNie'- Ic?sr'o~'fr'~ rth r.,++: s c: o bn dna'1tli ?lei h, 01 tr.,,r Poi , t~~ ~a~h`ai'`et~'sf~`ba' Edgb~s a,l~ 6,Xp`a`6s~b6 J6' ii 0 dainngsd directed by the Engineer, edging tool. Surfaces sha 1 be finished using.a woo 2. ~loa F oat finish; a' 'Zisiuls. 0 the float to tvepp ane with; no.'~darse1a94e, ufficie~it'press'ure initial#~Oatiog','while the cok'r~ P g - shall be, Ui6d , ,Wobd float'' td 9n6! !%Aes~ battuee' t6h t'sh'al~ ' 1 Can be Yemove~. 9 surface so that h aeugiven to the meet the straightnesserequirements. have appearance surface as t f.ti lb4-~8 3. Steel!Trc"l Finish; After, all, surface moisture has dis appeared following the n t a wood float, finish, surfaces shall be steel trowelled to a smooth,"even impervious finish, free from blemishes including trowel marks. Where indicated on the plans, a floor hardener shall be applied to slabs receiving a steel trowel finish. Floor hard- ener shall be applied in three applications in strict 4cco-dance with the manufacturer's specifications. All building floors on which no other finish is required shall have a floor hardener applied. 4, Brush Finish: Following the steel trowel finish, surface of the concrete shall be brushed lightly with a soft-bristled brush. The brush shall be kept clean and shall be dipped in water frequently so that it will be clean and wet at all times. Brushing shall be limited to that necessary to remove the glaze and produce a nonslip.surface. 5. Power-Machine Finish (Option)_: in lieu of hand finishing, surfaces o s a s requ r ng wood,f oat finish may be,finished with an approved power finishing machine, which machine shall be operated in accordance with the directions,of.the;m4chine~manufacturer,.,~ Following machihbifihishing,i irregularities,leftjby, the mdchipe shall:;be;,elimir, nated by:hahd trowelling.withea.steo] trowel-lr,Power machinee€i ishing may, also) be-,uted as:)the' initial,. step, IntfInishin surf aces,,requiring,a steel trowel fihish;,;however,zfor,~steelitrowel f,nishesat,Se egtire,l_ fir.' surface-+sha11 be gtvgi !IttIfInaICfihish byt haNso-,usingt4 steel trowel a Where steel trowel surfaces are to receive a floor covering, i~ rvt";.., required that the entire surface be hand trowelled, but all irregular- ities lefteby thU finishing +aachine~shall,be eliAinatedib hpnd?trowelling. The brepi"tation'ofrsurfaces. for finishing by machine shalfin general beii as herbinbefore rrequiredJor hand finishingr I i , 'hl,V f1~ : 'f t i::'.: b. Surfaces Re uirin Draina e: Where indicaed pti,the,Ri4nsi., f,; I slabs shall be sloped to provide drainages with such slabs to have a { minimurr:thickness,o€:.that shown. en the plans 4f!;Wheroifloor,.,drdins are shown kin slabs and slope of floor.isf not indicate ,:;f19 ►"S shall sloped:,tOfdrain.Onia grade ofioneosixteenl;h ioc, 1111 62 pp9Fr':fQ9!1 Pith".). a maxiaumttotal;slopeV\an and one ,gyarten oebesi l.rslL4P)xi Thlck0e53.:u of s1r,b aC:floor!draih $hall berthiokn9as<of.slab,AS~indlcated,o~i'.the, r+: , plans4_ it ) r it i! )f 1f fl 4r V it, l f l 1" . 1 I ti C':i ' I J. il ?1 i t. S.if 1 7. Sidewalks: Sidewalks shal U be given a,;brgshifinish• sides -jr walks shall-beyflagged" at a space equal to the width of the walk using ) in approved tool having a radius of;approximately on.g.,qu4rteG,(1/411 Inch, a. Finishing in Not, Dry Weather During periods of high temp- erature and or ow humidity, extreme care shall be taken in the finishing of slabs to eliminate initial sk.linkage cracks t Following the initial set of concrete but while the concrete is still ,"greed, finisifling shall continue as required to re ove shrinkage cracks which may occur in the 104-19 initial s6t of concrete. -•In' hot,1dry vkather a°cembnt•finisher shall remain on the'Job following normal finishing operations for a sufficient length of, time to insure the'removal of initial shrinkage cracks Tops of Wa11 s: Tops of walls which are to' re!aain exposed, shall be gTWh a woo oat finish. After wall has been poured to within 11-0" of top, pouring operations shall stop for approximately one hour. During this period, all chamfer strips shall be carefully checked for proper fastening and alignment, and top of wall form shall also be checked, with either string line or transit line, for exact alignment, and any necessary adjustment made before final lift to top of wall is poured. It is imperative that finishers remain to work finished top surface until initial concrete set is attained. Adding thin layers of grout to tops of walls for finishing oe leveling purposes-will,not be permitted. R. Fini'4f Wells and Other ~Structu rms: 7., rWeralr~~A;I,corwrete'shall,+be?finished,as,sphtified here., inunder:'iAl I ~ pitchingi~repairidgjifthikhing;iand3,cleahingtshal11followl immediate, 'aftWthe remoiial.bf.Yformk,is1AndialIi•finithing.,shallt,beLd t' iw;, completed, Wl thin'SoVen.,daysitf teFtfohms,Arerremovb&titCarefuirtattention crl shall belglifen t63cotin§la3 finishlAq)0rogrossesi,.,vThe;Engineei'•,may) Sithhbld pAr'*nt,fohe6heretet4iork Ontil'talirtfinithing,ig completed;as pecifled. E' I I „i;i IUUI t t YI'~ 1'! OJ ~Y ~ Yf,( fl.~, i°.' •tY}~ 1? ~I irpr't ifs 'jJ}1 101) .pnii f f2,Y0,7JRbti fi Finishei,tAli:~codcretdzforir hich. n6~ispetial+ifigishiii indicated'4i" eq I d-shbWhavd allrItieslrem6ved-,ahd~,alle holis,~filled Sri as specified in Paragraph "Fill #n4'Tie1liolesrj"tah&-& M defeetstrepaired >.e as specified in Para raph "Patching" above. All fins and rough edges shal Vbef Pem64ed, LJ,T-'f I t:•11J vol I L ~t7 1, E agr' J1 P' ~J J fi~i ('r~ r.Jbf? RV~n l.. !(}'`.#~'1 it rl I~:•`~2 ti:LI 3'v~ ~PIAster-Ff61th},AlI-tWosed"concrete-surf acts ,.,excdpt,+ArchiFrf tecturall~ a P @ e, plaster finish. loThe mater,til chaM162Thorow sea1JP1aster?Mi) NQjtke6i~as approved equal'!n White finish4hblbfbb ,nif used"dh,iff in 41 arwd It 'AWceilings..~ Peirl ggraylfinish.shalt }be used on outildd,wallA:it'A114suOfates+'•shall4reddivd %0(2-)iapplic.Eions offe pct plaster, with mix and application procedures in exact accordan.a with?r,t,fd manufacturers recommendations. Structures will not be acceptable until all ~uPfiiees'drer6AiPdtYr'lo COW a4drfostUeojf',.~,'j" :tr Fiitf'~i air r '1i~! rU :116ir "0 r'r j ,t; , ..:rre> :t•, ~j `fta, ;f. Surf acis6"rdcdive,plastor'finish?inclddef~ ~Outside exposed walls (to 1'-0" below fin. grade) of all " basins and Concrete structures. r t. 11ntide 'N posdd halls of all hydraulic!basins to l'•0" below! M himdrd water level, Inside walls of filters to 1'-0" below surface of filter media. 104-20 . Inside walls and ceilings of pump stations, pipe gallery, basementss and stair wells. All ether miscellaneous exposed vertical surfaces, including vaults, manholes, pump bases, blower bases, columns, retaining walls, etc. END OF ITEM 104-21 ITEM 105,- SPECIAL FORM-LINED ARCHITECTURAL GRACE CONCRETE A. Work Included: Furnish'all labor and materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to construct architectural finished exposed con- crete 'surfaces 'as noted on the drawings and specified herein. The exterior faces of wall surfaces of the Administration Building, the Blower Building, the Primary Sludge and Grit Building and the Return Sludge Pump Station, as well as any other surfaces so noted on the drawings, shall receive the special architectural grade exposed concrete finish as specified herein. B. Architectural Grade Concrete: Architectural grade concrete is de- fined as It ose'concrete wa sur aces, exposed to the exterior on the surfaces noted above, and shall consist of concrete surfaces, ich have a finish'011tUItiAig ftom gsin `spdcibl' fgrm'Iiners' with'dontH ~e!d`oe ` rod s acjng"and receiving a and blast finish. do nchete'i'I Class A, Wi h ekpanfive ce~ngFl~, 8s's ecifiid "elsguiheri: Tog'#p'~ia S r sha11' ekt$Hd at IEast l "0"~ba v', the f n~ ~1e 1 s d ;6rouh4 ""s lr 4;6,.'4nd" i'n tR~hturnlod`thP:~ldniSti'fioraitiori idin~r trig Gs S11]dih h Sinp shy S in ~}de hI?...¢~ k" d qfi s1PQYFwh1afi,QOP Ri : i , i!JtJ ,z~aor rrrolror, fl, S'r0-16W Wr.00+ rr v t srures+6 (f:rs,3 C. Ma ~~ilit'9'iU(^1[c f"ill;~i~ c :'b~s 1iF ('fr; i~('a~'i?~3Y if7b ~~~Ei(0a n 7iJ4.''th.1 ~:(Ii.;E!~u YV3 f!(1'il".([! id1 ..1+ f11t41.j f.`.'!f1 ?.i1f17,f)r','it1 1. Cement: See Item 103. our t¢ "lei oh ri t~`M~ity:,,,.5 ~r e~i"'163,,y~ £~rn rn} a k.nir 1 ^t0 3 H J0~ 17ff c i:~~l cl.."'+ r :r'Il t~1q~,~4 r3 :1'H 'n'P i" Aa' e`•',wo O.'., f MR, 0 'a ndri Oy x~ , say cY~♦ tiu nr~c, fc~ fir ror " BUFke',;uF`et %em tt~ {il'~ >4~e"f'~► ~i~sir~a-r"lrfe" ~aEt ~n{~ tGt diameter cones. .7y y~ J plu~tILt isrrr1e P1~ i Y,~rRpS ~~~'n, Plug ~1 Fg~~~,~~d['Iy~IITF'rp~!~r i i E'~~VC'1 ?lt '[its 6 , i$r 1Q { ~~~-t~ ni 13 ~L1!~i; i3~ I :'l ' ."°1 3 , E1U •11 U2',D. Storage and Deliver: Inspect form liners upon arrivAf`YW"4m`,K" Stack ners w t textured surface up, no more than 5 panels high. Cover with tarps until used. E. Panel Fabrication: 1. Construct a level working surface for fabrication and cutting of form liners. Place panels face down, mark cutting planes and cut with portable power saw using a 1/8" thick flooring blade. Cut through plywood backing only. Use a utility razor knife to cut the PVC liner. Staple edge of cut area to backing. Use a rawhide rallet and special heat treated steel tool punch for making holes for ties, 105c1+ f °r 2, Place liners on forms and compress together. Attach the liners ps per manufacturer's written instructions, F. Installation: Concrete shall be placed in forins lined with, form liner an s a e adequately vibrated to insure that the fluid mixture conforms accurately to the configuration of the liner without voids, honeyrombs, or air pockets. liners shall be fastened to the outride form in such a manner to prevent movement of the liners when,ronr.rete is placed. Form liners shall be of a design capable of withstanding the hydrostatic pressure of the concrete in the forms without collapse of the pattern. Form liner ends shall be so designed to prevent concrete running under the edges and up between liner and forms. G. F Ties: Fd ms Shall be tied together by means of a patented. formt 4 sys,em such as Burke "PentaTTie", cpnsistin of high tensile caFb n;stee);tie rod$,wit;,.one inch;'{lh~ diameter.h.gh den tyYpSasti Xig r s shall;bo caps a of;,urea t expo;ed fur i -a tdpea I f ac@ . , e , wi;tin maYe4►Br{t CPn~ g n h tneS ' 4 id6 the cpncr,te by,,k ~n t s trac one' r;s Qp retobnsibleF~or,,doe TO, h ac, erpf j CQ ne.°e' 'arytb"ie 6' formyytucvn an¢.,attern d 't ~r d sp~''an uniform 'rows, 60th or(- shall arrange a p 9141 b tontally and vertically with all spaces accurately measured, a• directions and having the same dimension for spacing tnroug~rout-t e ~l project. H. Patchin and Finishing: After forms,.a,e;r.¢rt+ovg4,,an .kh~,;form lines strippe from t e c no Crete, all surfaces shall be examined for defects. Patch l.Oef ~q,,aA.,dir ,t~he;,B¢~in~gr $ i al~ow to cyre. All surf R r a< ?n~ t~~#ldb)astl; nis uiin A{f1Qe.m~, F,, blowing 5aftd. A d~~a9t sha suffl 'iogii ,tQ ±r~.Ye'~ , @ `~!9 a .Y X19 r aggregate, but not deep enough to knock of the edges of the orme iori4 r'~ rougllgµ.i withal} surfac9s , f ~FJF}. Navin ie` saint014 repq~1h;J'~etJm, ri~ ~nifrrp d i , aa~~ . ,asta:q Ira, .nd: ,appro,ved, I . L4ftg►"-.jurfa. ,n$ . ~eiR,san , remoWa~aWng 0fastic tapared`'Oye nes ahd fif 1. recesses with 8u r4 "San-Plug", recessed type plugs, using Burke "San-Plug Bonder", a neo- pr G g~ hPg{vg j 1, a ift ii!T'~FC? 'f i T~.' ri i '4d 1 END OF ITEM r 1 t 6 Ic'., l Jf ,z4,{S •Io' 10t1 pnI.1 ilia le i. (C; ICI l1C fi `.?f 4`.i l.~ t1'f~ 105:21 - - JOLML ITEM 106 - REINFORCING STEEL A. GeneFbl: ;This,sectiort contains detail speoifications'for~furnishi invdn c.9 a0ing reinforcing steel ofrthe,type,' sizer,and;Quail,ity 'desig±_ _ nated for use~ln structures as shown on the plans andlln accordance with-. these requirements B, Materials: ~AlI ~barireinforcement shall coni'vo to ASTM A615•,.72, and sha a grade 40: kelded wire fabric~(WWF) shall conform to ASTM A185, Reinforcing steel shop drawings shall indicate",bending diagrams; assembly diagrams; splicing and laps of rods; shapeir dimen« , ~shall • 9s, lions, and details of :bar reinforcingi and accessories. Deawin be prepared in cccordante with "Manual of Standard Practice for Detsil i4Cl sly + ing Reinforced.Concrete:Structures., $caled dimensions from Structural i0edwings shall not',be.used An Aetermining lengths:of"Teino- forcing reds. ShopArawings #shall show complete elevations of. rein-.-., forced concrete walls and:Igdicate reinforcing., C. Fabrication: 4rication and bending shall conform to the require- mentsl .:t ontrete Reinforcing ;Steel ilnstitute,"Manual of;.S an ar Practice".;'Janudry l g, A 973 jv Chapter 7 r;YCode.of rSta r rac ce Or' a r cation of Reinforcing Materials and Service". D. Storin :.iSteel reinforcement shall--be stored ,above thersurface of the gro4ndi pon'platfor:ms, ,skid94- or otirer ,supports, and shall, beipro+ ,t tected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deter, ioration caused b exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, it shall be free from dirt, scale, dust, paint, rust,'a,il, , or other foreign material. }I'jj w) o',"0;' t,.oi )rt''J~ iii ~!rtr~r' _ J Reinf rcI Steel Sched les-. t Prior, ta,the delivery of, eny'rein fording s ee ~t e.~pro eft,, te,ContractorfishaM;utxtii:toahe;t►1z~,rlc;; tP ktl r gineerfforrapOroval'; cobfpletA sciiedui~est:for., a11r r'slnforcingtxte&l,f. used-in ltiterwork. Schedule shall ,s rr and bending diagrams. for ; 1.pcpt,iQni owbgr,of,itars,,;jl (19 ,,1',,+,L ApRroua.i, off, sash sp#t-1v'1t,e,5-ho ,noLPcr~l all;,bara,t~.. requ~reci;:~R~'rt?th rel ievd.the Contracwr from _furnishing,:ell Feinfor t, construction-.and cVspletiod, of,,tare proiech.;in :oocA1'dancs, with',. 1~; C nz, iz ►b tract Docurdents NJ g7J6 }aria„I !)lqu,bt'J ~'tt)r E1r'1 F. Placing. Concrete einforcement.I Reinforcement ,in; conCrexe,str~ra,,~,;ri? tares 5 e care u Y an accuralt ly. placed sl ,rlgtdly :supported, aq¢,i , r t shall comply with the requirements o ACI Code 301-72,.egpept,,esjw"irrj be placed in the exact position fled herein. Steel reinforcement shall endi belCiecurely ,in place r. Ag ih tng of ` as shown .ph ithe iplans 4r always, post slnforotheetA0pefping 11 ' concrete'. l~.Yertertio rups ~s ali~st ll hereto. ~Thei rIa • fng member sl~and (he Isecurely,~ettachie e , , ,.in d ,.ar tc coridrete walisishallr,belspaced its,proper~,distanco frost the face .offrther'. forms by means of approved alvanlged metal spacl~,rs;or. oppro4ved preGOSt mortar or concrete blocks. n ess prow sign for welding is made, all reinforeirtl,•st6olr,shall• be` wired together at el),~intersections.i f Deforo any canerls6.is, plecodr "eiV mortar, and debr'isishaii: be, cleared from the r 106.1 ! ♦ r .1_+111 r r i1.:4'1r A' HTI Precast mortar of concrete blocks t 1 be used for tn~lndivg -steel-A-h Oil tionadjacent(.to, formed 1gurfa e 1cu ividu l mdldngywith meettng'the'aSprovtl of-Ahe Engioeer'~and shall be wet) burl ap:UntIVaged'sufficientl'Y to be I("ved:frdmlthe n61dsi, aV- i "+i which time the blocks shall be immerse oin water f prethearey in er of, aV be cost least afour-day curing period. The bl shall with sthe des~vthdart~ o h beaOlaced that againttsthd forms. bBlocksn crea in ramid ere preferred.A suitable° creases away f : 'used, for the fora"of a "frlstrinota 'cone or°pY tie wire'shall be provided, in~each~block,,iouch wire, to' be c%gn the ncrete. 1 E xcept in 1 unufual rtases and whenaspecifically pla placing the can +ise authorized bye Engiftedri'the size of,the, surface to be pl: aicLact~d ed,}aCenVto`tlie~:farts'shall rnot'excee'dltwo`and,one=half{:i6ches t square 60 the,"eq~tYa~ntand#thefsurfaC9ktosbetplaced adjacent tosthe ,t the thickness requir, forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfec ons. f wir'e'mesh or:fabOid ~shalil overlapieachlother, suffiCientlyLto'r Sheets at i the ends., malnt3ia:~Iftifo~intstrengtb9I:and: shall be securely fastuffitientlYto ~^r, f ~,'['t:~fi` } l)~+u<,! ro~ar ,t, . , and edges. No doncrei;e'shall be'depOsited until •the ~Engineer has inspecte4•t e' ace . placing of tli9.reiriforcirig steel -and~has gijo;6,permissiod top i , -c. 1 '}J r!.1 t;~ 7L!~ 'iil~ ( I{)f i') irlrli'' 1 ! {,t i.'~)" f tr''•{Ui concrete. ,i-.~,,,(, ~Itn`r~~,{,r.~ ,I•G~r > h"i"i!iI`~!'"~'~ Ja'L'-1 i .'4 li1~t i•t} J. .113 !,+.f f~,[1 t, j' t.,.i1 )1 `Inir . (llr C'1 ry'. 17 s1 F. [0 'S ls• 1, La S }ices: No splicing of bars, except. when she n on the ~ ndef r I , fa tans;awilt,har eb~rmibShg~scned~ules or -o jptac'ingpdr,a+ain9sw11 'const~tdtelii a "lgp9 Approval b sh written°'ad4~~Va1'•'~`.gptiCest r)hich°rare •¢er~mittedl:5hia11>.haJe t ~p t~,0obol CIS tl tth~ g X' f iii ft, 4 ~Lfe t this (tee demkings) bu sille,stiress'ral l d twel t o k 40 fe"clear I s; tea `12 t' hVe XtbpnCawd rap poi'nts~;o9ldow Iten an, distrtlAlt~dt+V~e U 1 ,~PO1 td,(the ~claa' distb~rfae,between ce "corr~,`I,t~~ tact splice adjacent Sa contact roved ha the tact s;ce and ad~acrea ata}jt aplicessinra~mannerTappbars,shall):t~'~ rigidly clamped or wi ne'ets1!iff~ wlrai 1KesM'a~rf~alfl~io'shall~,`ov~nld~ r ,e'ach.~othq,n~su.~._ £nrinealQc, " fastened `~u? 'f ifdrM's~CPet!`gthf 6nd'r5}ia11 SeCUI"e~iyi fiGid►~tiy'tp.. i#1t~1ha'R111 ~y J, ._,Irup:,.., )II riJr.r rII . ~ Iir,;Il,. otnt7I at the finds and g notarzoq ~;?6N9 rr117 rir b~:,GEq °ad Ilr,tic Ji+'sn{'i'71 2) vnWlded,'S, lite91I 'Wheye rehool'!,011 thd)PIads' or.rrequ rddd by~Ye'd t S')i f tf!~? ~thg6 i*etihent, rso'ecifle6tioris, provi'Si olS ~bfiyl~ ~ pn~al.,'b1JitFf'i4;¢litesi~hall''bhb° l r,~riber~shal•~)) 'a~ spl ic~e~4,41ia11}'bb SsW: , ygiiiW Wny;~.twe1vei.!1ndh~Iwidthi.bfI i !b l1A that,rhbt'*O tf'triah E i tr,vu+qlr, 10 be sllidedldt~atsy'bhp?pointy ,•,r il,l~• •,,A )rlfll ra~iy 1'4Q) 711 't(isr f (c. ,r 4.,nr1;(,r: •;Crj 1101 zr'el. r-I SQ1 iCdsl`seal l: be fut l' ~aY AtSingle, veA gropY~tvMl~ for±yho~i;on~talyrbar•s~ve'.i'"iE bars, welders vrfor Welders r performing ng these welds shall have been previously qual;ifiedrby"f'''1 106-2 test prescribed in the Standard Qualification Procedure of the American Welding Society* latest edition. The test shall be certified to by a qualified commercial testing laboratory to be approved by the Engineer. All welding will be subject to laboratory inspection. All welding of reinforcing steel shall conform to ANS Specification D12.1 - "Reinfor-The cing will Welding authorized. in the mill be i required . before chemical welding can be comsition, as rep END OF ITEM I I' 106-3 ITEM107'- STAUCTURALITEEL" A. General: This section of the specifications shag 4nv~rA'fow'`e11 structural steel materials, steel castings, malleable castin ss,wrought- iron,lbednze; and gafvanizingr ' 'f. Structural steel or other types of metal shall be installed where desig- nated'on the plans 'or called for 'in the Contract Documents?"" B. Structural Steel: All structural tteel'shall cohf6i* to:06ri e4tii0e- ments o the current Standard Specifications for Structural Steel, ASTM Designation A-369 supplemented by thee following'r`equir'ements. Rolled materials, shall be free f,drt#cra'cKs,'flawt,rih~~f i0(is`se6s~§;' laps, blisters, ragged and imperfect edges,-arid"bther`d6fects W'shill have a smooth uniform finish, and shall be straightened in the mill before shi$kent. f"'i-C"'r (F { , - e f firs 1 1c i.~ r." rllI '~.{Pf lf, . iii cri •:fv Materials shall be free from mill scale, rust pits, or other defects affectindgOtsist'rength'raand ddnbility;f+by4itdlbiesti'Ag~,ooidkiit 6 t''x'`a other approved means. ?n ;r J , , 3 c l r t r:, Material*1urriishadiu6defe'this ~p Gifld tl9n`Stial be:ariew dorE#Eic mi- teriab,)'+ i4' mariufldt*%r~i 4e1^E' ffUte"dfr 6"llike 9firIa11 `~e?'tdr~ni lied"fr{~ the City prior to erection of any structural steel. General"rooiettflend fdrt'delfvfY ~shil1 ItbnfdYiii'tb tHt 'pal ca$l~eE,r . qui~rdelnt3~$~tKe' dL7~nt'`ASTT4~S¢hdifc'dtion' Ar6. ,~,,r,ri 1 Structural steel t4bular products shall conform to 1STM A 501 9U-11 ~»uho7G i r44 d.)) vv, ? pdjE):n Yd 2norJ:a° tau-, rud bf9r+ 1 nb efdr0922A C. Structural Steel Fabrication: 0t.,q Juodliw zixs 10 jo,rff~ r(a :ttj ti'Si °iEit`lfiii s c Tli rddii*a`dto'4' d9- tail,st3 1b s wth 401111 tbrft~:t & ner~W0lAAi ~ ffli'i'n''E WEm use af4tv1 tiifAW tW%6 TheIOb'h't&tt6~ i t )1bb~1~e'iodgifb fors Ja9z correctness and completeness of the drawing'f4rid1Ph0'1tfW4K4 f41'duj" connections, although the drawings may have beqn approve by the En- gineeMifi'8htip dt~dWfiKq4rh%ll'rb~d'~ff lhd te~''tSlie 0~+4ie~_ t SW(6) sets. •19rljo 10 -)~t2zrq Edl ^ro~ hint, ,pnrr,.it,-0 (9932 viuj:)u,de o? A•fow virllo 2' n1to'rkman'stfi :+b!RtlfJstttllQt'ti1~l sti6el"fhalTftkg'fetlfcaiEd'i~i'i )"Ow conformitS,1 RWM r i•hiNiSidlssP',r6%niJern*W 00(01W 04,4thft nefflf)members and plates as detailed and noted on the plans. All fabricated structural steel shall be in accordance with appl1dd61 '.r1f'c€~fdWs of the specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steelr~lrsr°8utlding~s~biriShe'd"~tsy th`e~~Amilii~r~~~t~st4tfrftd~f? Steel Con- strnlatiott', 1$tf;%v-r#Vi0d&Pdrq `fry of 2^redo 3o en0J-10q '10 27~:d;r~i" ' ~orif CbfJfni :frlj bnb ~nnfJ^IG~~ b'.i2Gga.9 ~1f1J nb ~fl9J2 t,9tlb'.~JrrC~ 111(6"~ !tJ 10 tie, od of Emir, tfalrlw 2N~bfirul J:)6Jno:) Jnl60 Jon o0 -Ono 2c9•16 trobr.5des, 1 ~IQJlyvi-1 7e h91fcrlj r I I ri J2-riprrl ,b9b15rr S-Cf~f Properly mark and match-mark all materials for.fi.eld..assembly, -Pab,iy rate for delivery in a sequence which will expedite e-rectibn and mini: mizel .he,,fiAld,h sti~ling pfmwria]s, , it r where milling Is required, compete the assgTbly+,Includifr9 rivetiog,and; welding of units, before start of milling operations. Conner ton : Combinations of.rive!9 and bolts, rivets and welds, or bo is an welds, for stress transmission in the same faying surface of cpnnect.ions are not p@rmitted:, ; weld shop connectionso,un]g;s,otherwise shown, r' r or Qther•con- Ei; Bolt fi@1¢;ConneGtiQnS, except where welded Wnne<.ttons . nq#j9ns arP shown,or.;pecifie4, „ E Provide high-strength threaded fasteners for all principal. bolted cQn+,•--.-. nections, except where unfinished bolts are shown. 2J:1~°:' "fGlSj1G '1C'e~. ri 2!1', ,:tfa~ ProvidppIni,.sk{eq cthCeaded tf~stkrsfar, Qi11y temporery, bracing Eto r facilitate erections. rr_s~. .vt,ce ,:+r,Ja HI9h~Stre aC4nS~ rl^QT~nrInstall high,9tr@rtgth rr" thr a ~nfes 2,nersr n kiov Mn aw~th:Ht~~? :SPeCifi.C,ationsrfor,Struotr,:}J turaf Joints.'' Is~~J2 th7u1»7J~ Vnr ir, nor. J of ~sar-+U 011;1 grij 5,. ;Welded tr of ~,{,.~mAIY wig A~iS:~Qet faPB°!'-c rnh<~ appearance and qua ty o •;~e ¢sj 4r41Sletl~~3,;vspOnio,, cortWim mWri9 up warp. fG~ A 1i of r~'r0yn ~ Itbrfz ~Jau`=~`r= nsitr~J .J i~~3J2 Ec•,ur~rrr~? Assemble and weld Mft-up sect~ons by methAs which w111 produce true alignment of axis without warp. ~y the -~U e to ~,~eR4rE~ stele ~,s4rf.1s4#~ as Oq%W.pyt e~ t t E~ 7 EAfs;t~ rR~~ `~s Si14Yb►.ri . maq~fa reee_fa fet4~~tc*r ¢s nin awarlg4►,ftiiihmanor ~tcu sec iAs r(i sJA4~4tic t~;t,yl factu ~ IhE~4' ~ti~n`,rv.N,t~ ~r!J a~ z~r,nnJnfrrmr~, cnF 2,~,,,s~97 t~ Cgrera R,~'r yt ~~u n°3 aril ~d svoti qb n r 9VO vr>r~, zpn rwtib ,0 qu( I [ E ] r, kr IP~41~~d Mqulr4 spaur ingif, other work,o s ru stee .framing, and for the passage of other %%kIwalsled to work throng cS~te~l,~fr~ni,ng,~bem. irprAYM4tGthreadedit f rsMi rig c (40, fRtkor. kmta W, I,tefa ~ b r;~hawrl at4L ;r~Ri vk ;dtheh i0 r~fc. . c + n o b%)t-Id-0 f 4A 2n6ir,} srif no bgJur, GnF bAf taJSb ?F, 2,55 11 t rF 2 ',ir -~~7 yin Shoe At►lntrin9ilygF rIJlvr ~~onet cDDr, n•r `d ~i0; Fritz If,u )u-1.1 ShoA, riA znor:~.,r.rr:,~, (truJ urJ2 ~o norJ~a73 brra nor-?s,rrds~ .nvr~~.. ~i(J not i6,ia%~st,Naturalr 1tse rwQrXI11:00pt'y=r=12 -nun A.~>>Z ne~.l•:; 7~ those members or portions of members to be embeddedrinrcowete pr;morr~.r tar. Paint embedded steel on the exposed portions and the initial 2" of embedded areas only. Do not paint contact surfaces which are to be welded, high-strength bolted or rive~te`4,.F 107-2 Apply 2 coats of paint (6 mil thickness) to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection including inside surfaces of built-up box members. Change color of sv and coat to distinguish it from the first. b. Surface Pry oration: After inspection and before ship- ping from the s op, c ear a steelwork to be painted. Remove heavy rust and mill scale, spatter, slag or flux deposits. Sand blast in accordance with SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) SP-6-63 to remove rust and scale. Ottawa flint silica 20-40 mesh, or equal shall be used in the blasting operation. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminates; comply with SSPC SP-1 "Solvent Cleaning". C. Paintin : Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural stee pr mer paint in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and all exposed surfaces. Painting of welds shall be done with a stencil brush. Primer paint shall be Glidden No. 506 Liquid Red Lead Primer, Du Pont (equal quality), or equal. 9. I~nspecctiion and Testin The Owner reserves the right to inspect the materla an wor unship in the mill or in the shop. The Owner or a testing laboratory acting as an agent of the Owner shall be allowed to conduct an inspection in accordance with American Welding Society Structural Weldin Code AWS Ol.l-72 (Rev. 1973). The Engineer shall have a authority to reject any material or work which does not meet the requirements of these specifications. If the scale weight of any member is more than two (2) percent less that the computed weight, it may be cause for rejection. The acceptance of any material or finished members by the Engineer shall not be a bar to their subsequent rejection if found defective. Rejected material shall be replaced if found defective. Rejected material shall be replaced promptly or made good by the Contractor. END OF ITEM 107-3 ITEM NO. 108 - ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL. AND&MB MIETA A. Descri tion of Work: The extent of structural steel work is shown on the drawings, nc using schedules, notes and de,tails.,,to,show size and location of all members, typical connections and type of steel required. B. neral: 1 Codes and Standards: The Contractor shall comply_w,ith the pro- visions of the following defined codes, specifications, and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified, AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges AISC "Specifications for the Qgsi9n,-Fabrication; ant Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", 19'1 edition, and including the "Commentary of~the.AISC Specification", AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 ,Sojts!';approved 4yi the Researph C4uncil•,on Riveted: and, 8so]ted,iStructu;xl aoints 9f the En9 nedripg, Fogodat,1,on a;I AW$:,"Structural:.Welding Code;AWS,Q1,l -,72 (Revised 1970!;4,, 4 AST41 JA natal t t e f e it c~ y. G3) (ai ;j 1 dG f)ii fl?f 1i 5G Ne R qua t 9 ,P. )iQ yaof1Ra11ledAte43 Sates,. is Sheet PI I I n 9 an4 4rs•~ fol, tructuraI Usg 7, . 1 1, 1 E 1z f, t oO't r•y f, !''f'h {j `1 !!C r G 'id C.rE 111 J'.t L! EA °.al`f ,;4,;, f a r. e r R,j,4valffyy<:arejoing procaS3 egd weldi eSrrs~ ~anoo w~t tbe. ANS " Standar a 1 . !f ng ; pAereSOrs n actor d~Qu iCdtion Procedure". fst,lJ EUt3f6?yC _ Prepare test specimens for qualification of weldo min 3itei>pfl35ente of a representative from a recognized testing labor3atoey; affiC lst at the Jt 1149r4tory-hyrstondard;fgethods.Allc,oxpenseiforf'~qualification of welders Shall:4e;rat,the;Con%rootorfA okpd+?$e :t r.nrJuo7r- 'tr'.,f s3trpf,fE.Cs zuo-+-iO ,Ljrf.•r- fuUU"a~ fl"i ir'ih(iO~ t?It1~~U •I^.,1i'C±~.1 \6 ?r.tr.t11.).1E.~Urlhti c?E'r.C~ 1oo.la 3. Material Storage; The CootrootQr ;~at3:;prpxopl:)si:tilf3tUC81fl?oT steel members and cka-g- materials from corrosion and deterioration 0,,st9r3ngr Off jhorground and, l,f DQCossary -tin ,wedtbort:ight, 4nclosures. -4j.. Cj,~ 11 1 -3'il, J, 1k; fA Cf~~1 'i✓;I (1 .I~:11. ~ 1ld1~ Ur'1 ~,-a fit'f f12'f!i,'I'1 The Contractor shall not storoLo terials;on,,th*E6b rpc,turlaln d gwoo riul that might cause distortion or damage to the members or the supporting structures, Repair or replace damaged materials or structuresies-idirected. .~ti:r :-►~~elling,oU1_~at@C~Q~SC`7?<' 't rrnr~,,,-,, rt~i.t 7n~ ; f r't~+f<<i' . f ~i'1E~ri1CI? to eth(~ 1"f?r1Ow Oof,!oll ity,,li 'AQ1geOjtUgjte f,C9ld.,finiPod. ~wbonzstoo! icopplyan9'wl-totA TFI~ A108, Grade 1015 or 1020, with dimensions complying,Kltb-AI$C,i&pegif141t tions. r "`308-1 2. Unfinilhed'lhreaded Fastenersc `Regular 16W7=carbon stee1'bo1 ts and nuts complying with ASTM JQOi, ~,rade A, of the following 'types.: Provide' hexagonal heads and nuts for all connectidAs. Provide round washers complying with ANS (American National Standard) 821.2, Type B. Provide square beveled washers, smooth and taperee so that contact surfaces will be parallel with bolt head and nut. 3. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagon structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, an hardened washers as follows: Quenched and tempered medium-carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers, complying With ASTM A 325; 4. Electrodes for Manual Shield2d AAd Metal-Arc'Neldin 1.:Covered mild steel a ectro es comp y ng with o e an M Series E10. j 1, ! f '~-,~„5.-~'Elebtibde3-ahd`f1~iR fOrfSubmei" Qd~APC~~eldia' 1 ~BaPe'hildC3fee1 ' electrodes an fluxes complying with" r. ed"~~A3`fiAA5~3;"Sefe3'FfOt 6. Structural ROO'pi~irabr Psi 't: 4gt'i~dtuNtit ~teelrprinleP~shall be Glidden No. 506 t qu a ea Primer DuPont (equal quali ) or equal,,eC616~ bf ai~tttsh$11Gb>l"f8stsllecti~d dqq'Efl for painting shah be delivered't0'-'tiie+5itia'l U02rekoh Odeklgbllearing the manufacturer's name and brand, and shall Thinnew lhd lol4ehts if o", Ohdll;stlyWlihout adulteration. ENequi b r'be. ~_Strio ~~3biClfied•in paint fotila if~eicbrdanclwith ~th8~mafaQtOPeY's=~FeC6mrhd6titlfi5C rl kefer` to Specification PAINTING for additional requirements. 'Cl 14'1'i28 W h, Mortao4 f `,;N Yv f!O f B.)rW olr li. ;'f 1 Z~'J t Ir .-~.:Jf J25' 'nf, ,x'10 6tiCdfi( C,ftf 17 ~t k,iS lf1lG~w I f. Ervf, ~Jfry~~rtclc E < ri:+. '~o ga~scNCi~=Shrink~SrOUC`~rNorifia] U3pn~Pre~lAikpd)~~fadtbry%pl~ka4ed, ferrous aggregate mortar grouting cosh -s ali~be'°EAibecd~Ori~mtedl= Grout 153 as manufactured by Master Buildings, Sonneborn (equal model), TochforotherSr(tgoil-,model'i); CP Wordy) s 1u~t nOJCIO4 !"Td b(IC. r1 iWI'r0-,~ I,10`11 rl»I1r,J1;l .rra .GH,,;zof~;,b,,np~n~31►hink~6roUt`z2ER sed Wse~ t-Pre~,hixed,~,idni:gtbi~iing~ non-shrink grout shall be Embeco 6 rou as manufactured by Master Buildergj Sonhebarn-(egua9~~odAl)jEbP"egi~aicJZ ~frjt,,hc,u, :,I;, (,ilr31!~ auz 7ri1 10 5e9~:uzt~ -1riJ nJ i~jj1,,,Ifb jr, 'rir.:~I,',stb cl t i 1 (r, 1 .t.~:Ip;:rltFrlation~l~lu`l~~ 'o ~~r,r•l~ajrrl i~E,sc•,Nt :~.(q~-I -lo •lrc.~3`~ .<<<, t~r,sz 1. General; For the erection of strut~.p~l,}~iel~~li}aff~satd work, compply with the `AISC Specifications and code of Standard Practice, and AtllrspetifloarrogUirFMeAts4u";Mbintilil'fi00k' in ;a We4n4:-4 di- tdllle edndi tiblt~!'~r1i~g~'6rgCCibLr'I1F> fyru:, ztlti'rtr:,rr~ „11, {,$p{ r~ ifUf <t'; c6nIF; . t r1;, f r 1Q~-2 2. Surveys and Bench Marks: The Contractor shall emplly.an. engineer, experienced in survey work, to establish permanent bench marks as necessary for-Ahe accurate erection of structural steel, and shall also check the elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and the locations of anchor bolts and similar devices, before erection work proceeds. The Contractor shall report measurement discrepancies to the Engineer. The Contractor shall not proceed with erection until corrections have been made, or•until'compensating adjustments to the structural"steel'work have been approved by.the 1ngfneer. 3. Temporary Shorin and Bracin : Provide temporary shoring and bracing mem ers as required, with connections of,sufficieht-.strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final donnections are made. Provide temporary guy lines'1o achieve proper altgnmeht of, the strum-lobs as erection proceeds, -(.,A , 1liAnchorfBolts it' Furnish'Inchor bolts(and;other~ connectors ~requi red for securing structural steel to fowidations and other in-plicellworklac-! Furnish,,templates,'and other'~devicetiattnecessdryUfor~presetting bolts and -other ahchdrslto adcdrate'lodations: ct "roll 5. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: 4,"1 ."4;) iIt. CAI tv", e (11'!1~l'IU2SnOll C' rlr0•%J SI'" 11t((:"}Vc;' t,c:lrl 1121 3 .,"!,',5 tat j Cleah cor)creter!bearfiig surfaces=of,-bond.reduaing materlils and roughen ,to A mpib vebondItb(surfAdes:~t Clean! the, bottom surface of: base and bearing platsty ( tli Cflir b"t~!~i,{„: ft'sf'EM `a'll; r X17'! T. f! flii' i b..tly4et=loose andiattaehed base plates and (60 ring.,plates for structural members on wedges, adjusting nuts, or other adjustable devices. c. Tighten the anchor holts after the sup'p'orted members have been :posit toned tabd:plbm,bed.)(ILDo;not ofemove'wedges?or shlms,.but if pro- truding,~ddtcoffcPlushcwithc'theridgi°of:'the-bisd orlbearing,~plate prlor~- to packing~withlmartarpa; bgbft,w tj:,2ogx5 (10 .zL)IOw rl lr, MfOw 2sfoEi (i -'t G9?U1~.9 :b rdjoU'12 bni-IF JnL Zblb.' ~i11{g (.r=I i(t ,C,' LV r,UlJ y d. In conceaied locations use Non-Shrink Grout designated for "Normal use". FJbU~rOhEi .4'`iC'IF+j 'I(1 ?(I (I rjt;Ji l r:'`J'"i: C lf+ ({1 t; f10 1rIfE'i {5'103'i L) t) ,.~o:i:,,i, (i'f~r i1G.'~":•!aflllG:i 4'tflU(J"'.J 3r .Ie~Et.i bf9f5 ~,t jfr.Ulr~.{r, Ile -1!J 71~UE1(.1f•'1f).3C{r~:,IZ1~ F1~tW `ef(~:)fJ,l '~i1rTfCi~ 1!~[ft'.I'1?c -'t~f~{ ..i ~'L;~ 'i:;, i'.1 ( (11 Qt l Yd fl r i•'!1 I (lo "f { Fr~ rll! i ( F, f R'3 s'!6'i . L ,1Ll7IG~(it ~)(Ifjf.'fij '4 . J.1 EUfI (1i1 tel. n~ t✓'I ('if n1 r"{ J 4~r1 1 t;1?t 108-3 .+,Ir e. In exposed locations use lion-Shrink Grout designated for exposed, use*,. fy ,tAdd.water!to,the,pre-mixed groutiand execute mixing.in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions; g. Pack bedding mo»*,.ar solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure teat no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure in strict compliance with the mandfacturerls,instruetions, or as otherwise re- quirod, 6. Field=.Assembly: a: Set,.structural framW accurately to the lines and eievations indicated: Alfg.1 and adjust the various membersJorming apart, of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening Clean bearing surfaces whiLh will be in permanent contact before assembly. ~Performinecessary adjustnents to compensate fofl discrepancles',in eleva- tions,and alignments ,7(; i zr1~ if, s,1 c v ,j ir,,. 1 b ;r, Level ,ahd~pIumb.,indIvidYaI memlaer+scof the. structore;to an accuracy of 1 to 500, but not to exceeod/4"14nJull heightfof.,colummns, except as otherwise indicated. .t.j3 Ili { ean opera- Estaablish required leveling structd plumbing m-ea ai' the 6 .tiA 4 m er lake.a6lowances for„the difference between-.temperature.at tirw:0 ereoi ioniandsthe;,rnean; t~peraturerat l which the structure will be when completed and in servicei,r; cn~ r,a +Splice-mimbet s only whereishobn or?specified..d .'IL'9:i{✓; ~J(J lQ , 7. Erection Bolts: _19(,'",r i+hItC+:,jUC2 C l~ '15 F iJI1 ?f '11if1r+f'![ fS~ s1~I1i1 1i .a.,r,AtzContragton's.option(an(Concealedfwelded;consteUCtion`, either tightenrueotion bolts rsecarelyHniplaceis vn;r6hotracbolts,4r+dre,., fill holes with plug welds. On exposed weldel construction;k.r"Wecq of erection bolts, fill holes with plug welds and grind smooth at exposed ,sUrfaees~ 9b jocrt1 tb. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. c. High-Strength Bolting: Comply with AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints. d. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by the use of drift pins, except in secondary bracing members. R.ram holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 108-4 8. Gas Cu tin , Do ,not yse 9es cutting torc,hgs,.,in the field for'"coeylk a 'eicati8'ri''er'ror'S in the Structural "frdming; "except on, econdary memkers wh~sh are not under stress. ,Finish gas-cut sec- tios'equalto a ,she4re appearance. g, ;oclcFi-'u F i n Imrnedlately after erection, G14 field welds, bolte connect ons, and abraded.arees.olt th8'shop pd{nt 4nd paint all 'exposed areas with the same ~eaterial as used for shod pal,gting. brush or Cleaning o provide be a a minimum specified dry film shop thickness i of 3.0 p roils. spray t E Qality. Contrdl• „ 10 the &w iiir sWill engage (at' his own expensestestidf labbta tory to inspect high-strength bolted and welded connections, to perform tests,And,preparp,.test reports, an¢ to inspect, erected strMural,steel framOwOk for conf'ormantp' with r4duir6 is"i~ecllII; I6d1s1ding align- ment, .pluobn,4ss, e.>rc. The testing".14borato ~+;stlal, cQnduc Pn~y i. teyrp,rg,> the ests Saii~ w t~ti,:~,st sgg and, e f ~ { rEe, n deb .;.t ry . r requi rem~r~t,S,, ~t~ 1,4.4;C ~ y; place where o 3 gr vide ce S ",fpr,fie, to ting >iapo r Vt.J s trdct l r? C y`w ° bet g, a eta dHp re(~Uir dSnS~ C iO r~ rri> ca% :!"Z~ yNow t~ou~S? 4. The testiriq14bora qqr~r,~y J~$$Rec6 4sUgI;t,gAl isteel, at the plant before ship4"nt; hoti ve, tlie'k ihe!e ~'eaervds~ the right, at any timge, kef"p o, fin41 a~ceq~t~RCer.i t r~4'jct<*Jr~,a J nq~~ycQmplying with speci'fie~4u rei nt i~~~ (~i lh. 9 illL,'rJtq '36 ~f ."i i(y kctVl {t~{~6 i~0[~5~ '(C; 5. Correct structural s11 1 10 1eMi ,~nsppa~ctiigqrr~~s and laboratory test reports have indicated to ho c aA2iwitN requirements. Perform additional test`;;~p'~pt, ^gtrarc~~or~`s 41'T" has may be necessary to reconfirm any non - Mi 46 oiv the drw~A, Arid as may be necessary to show compl lance CRf ,pr,,IAci°d rW & t t. i;:! b. Shop bolted connections must be inspected by th t,Q~n$ lab1 oratory, by a procedure of loosening and retightening a'aifr~fdf 61 2 bo such sl' At e1g' he ~+he t a, Rt e~t t or! o't1, 1 ',,~e ne~s?(rt0r sif 2JOfJ U,j2ff} "I CO jbFh12 M '~L ti lbtl~i•r, r, ,~,~r ~ J~t '19 1{~rV t 2 ' n 11'1 ~ht l T :`tf~ ~Tl ~}0 5~ L`~~~ ' 'aTie+ ~~rt'ib'J5"j AA 4 w,.' , g t, ''g A -T ' ~ $ q ~ ~r1 We din V"~ il'l~j61 0. "?~q~ Cer~ i a~l j¢eyrs aid lce,i}ns e4t0 s~~and tests as d equi`rer "y,~n , thQa+tRrkr, r. JcAr~ e~l , ,!"~~74T~a Record workrequire and per armed b correc d acts. b. Perform visual Inspection of all welds. A- 108-E c. Perform weld 't'e'sts of thO following t,pe~ as `,specified,: {1 } tea netfc.c Particle IAs e' iorl In assembly'of byi,l;t- up members, perform magnetic particle spec on on ail`Welds 'w(thih one foot of the ends of, members and within 5% of remAi•ning wel,Qs.on such members shall be"tested at random,by'magnetic FAr•t1c- ihsp4ctiori. Such tnspection'shall comply with ASTM1109; performed on the 'rdotpass',and on the finished wend. Do not permit cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or 'penetration. (2) Ultrasonic or Radiographic Inspection: For, all penetration welds, perform ultrasonic Inspection In accol"darice'wIth ,ror•radiographic inspection. n.accor aqce AST1i E161. with X571 E94 k& 1:142: 8. Fi'81d:boijed conneCtionS',~uSt b _ inspected by, thd: test,n4 1aboratory:' L; heck at least 2 bolts' from 0 perc6t of hig4l streng{h bolted connections. Check for tension with a calibrated torgUe wrench. s~'~t d` `t li 'by e;t~e in Friiel+q' 'v~ I'd 'b'd :i f r. 1 Iabor toey , ur?i~g,,er C i S f ,slrllct yal c s,tgel to , cc .y =1 Structural Welding Ode A 4f t v. - 2'(gei. I f3) and'fs r r ; $ ; e$ 4 f it+ -Z noI z a ' nsp c i' ni ~t s s As f iY~ ~~t 'r,t ~S,f a J i7Jl"992 . required JF . ~~cbda~} n Record work required ah o td b Ct e t Pd~fdrm`:Yif"J,L ►~3 eetiq,r} `a}`t 1~s.. r• r{ , i;) Jt:f,,,~ IIF. j,'Ir)r_~ Jit Lr fl pdrfom oi~¢¢ 'vff't1 or Radiographic Inspection in accordance with AS* EN a'4d 1114 :411 ) [[~~eQrje I(ti'O as " Ef•"!l!3- iC .1J:~'t'tCl- c'if1.~~ tt,. 9 ?J Itf 0(1- C1 ?ir)1t0 P0'j ~)ybfi 21"1;1"01"1 1291 ~•I~, e_ :`rf} /;Y Y ° l{.,2'10{~'~L~~'+'. ~'Oi i"~#QQ'3'i~l~ f~~~G Q~ 1LnJ11fCL5 I io,I,e,C{ 9i fiC. tJt f C+?1 G -9 9 lu °Q14,C 9C)'"Tr l yrlC nC1 ~,,t j (3) All 6~iWnt`s`~hfc'e Wef& nul Ef;; u:; r;c+ri~ o+ It;E~y~9n 1 ffr r r.~ vC' I,':a.r"f'+,?f}f 9c1 12r.;' ~f1rJ[1 enno-1 L-) j frjfa (40TQ .o S ~!EfFr~! t: (n1i:,xrtoC7~r, i:rlF, (;0W+crn4 10 4~r't:'•rr`Iy F 1,d .~`+Ote,'rC'~ (,IL l~ f t"Vl'C CIS 0 tc 1^ .t f 4 1 f f by,4 't fi r' rtu bpla~ 1~ffdlapprr~~ ut ~ft~wo Instructions of "tN"`'fol itie' cZA31 ect`f F'i;n~Cft2n 11 bi~at6 stel at on n p Y g~ ti M s t i-,` ~ftot s ,~a,Y re $1 o ~ df sh, M "n l r a r {~°1, 1 D'„~vippths- `rnfit ~ `ap 'i,ca~ti' c1,t on` lst 9 ed rr 1 [I l f;Ih ,v F;-101jt tJ2 to fabricat'b iri!QQ 't ller d 'er ttos. ` ef, ~1z^ l bnr.St ` ~t'ulk~f e`1ef da'dh `ty i`r~c~lddfngcert fie4 copies 1 n1+ j.411'i liC)1 tRhi9 r h 1(i n(,r f,rj fii f cu 1Y i'1~1.11 d 108-6 b. High-strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers. c. Unfinished bolts and nuts. d. Electrodes for welding. e. Structural steel primer paint. f. Non-shrink grout. 2. Shop Drawings, Structural Steel: Submit shop drawings as previously specified herein arid as o ows: a. Complete details and schedules for the fabrication of each member, and for shop assembly of members. b. Complete details, schedules, procedures and diagrams showing the sequence of erection. 3. Pest Laboratory Re orts Structural Steel: Submit the following reports r tr p sate, directly to the Engineer from the testing 1 laboratory, with copy to the Contractor; a. Welder Certification: Shop Welders Field Welders b. Welding Inspection and Test Reports: Shop Welding Magnetic particle Ultransonic c. Field Welding: Magnetic Particle ultrasonic d. Bolted Connection inspection and Test Reports: High-strength Bolting, Shop High-strength Bolting, Field G. Field PaintintL: ield painting shall be as specified in Specifi- cation Item PAINTMG. END OF ITEM 108-) ITEM 109 - HOT-MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PPVING A. Descrietinn: Asphalt roadways and parking areas shall consist of a binder course, a levelling-up course, a surface course, or any combina- tion of these courses, as shown on the plans, each to be composed of a compacted mixture of mineral aggregate and asphaltic material. The paving shall be constructed on the previously completed and approved subgrade, sub-base course, or base course, all in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, quantities and typical sections as shown on the plans and/or established in the field by the Engineer. 8. Materials: All materials shall conform to Item 340 of 1972 Standard Spec iilic+atTons of the Texas Highway Department except that the coarse aggregate materials shall be limited to crushed limestone. 1. Paving Mixtures: a. The base courses shall consist of Type "B" paving mixture and the surface course shall ',n Type "C". b. Oen j and ',tability Test: It is the intent of this specification to produce~a mixture w_hich, when designed and tested in accordance with these !Pecifications and methods outlined in the Texas Highway Department Bulletin C-14, shall have the following labora- tory density and stability: De~~% St 'ui11t IT Maxt O~tT-n,um 94 93 96 [Jot less than 35 Nor more than 55 The paving mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of coarse aggre- gate, fine aggregate and asphaltic material. A minimum of tv1) (2) density tests will be required for each 6000 square feet of pavement and a minimum r` one (1) Hveem stability test will be required for each 1000 tons of Plot-I-lix Asphaltic Concrete used. 2. Pria~e Coat: The asphaltic material for prime teat shall meet the require^eiftsor cut-back asphalt RC-2 or MC-30, 1972, Texas Highway Department Standard Specif cations Item 300 and Item 312. 3. Tack Coat: Tre asphaltic material for prime coat shall meet the requirements for cut-back asphalt RC-2 or MC-10, ASTIR" D-597 and D-5980 latest revisions. C. Prime Coat: The r.urface of the subgrade shall be given a uniform applied, speified the 9En- primera coat pshallCbematerial B-2 hereof. o prime 109-1 oireer, with an rpproved sprayer at a rato not less than 0.30 gallons per sq.)5re yard of surface. All contact surfaces of qutters, manholes, valve loxes, structures, so required and directed by the Engineer, shall be primed. The prime coat shall ire rolled with a pneumatic tire roller. Prime coat shall not be applied when the air temperature is beloti: 601F, and falling but it may be applied when the air, temperature is above 50°F. and is rising. Asphaltic material shall not be placed when gen- eral weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suit- able. D. Tack Coat: The surface of the asphalt base course shall be thoroughly cleaned, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and given a uniform appli- cation of tack coat asphaltic material as specified in Paragraph 4-3 hereof. The tack-coat shall be applied, as directed by the Engineer, with an approved sprayer at a rate not to exceed 0.10 gallons per square yard of surface. All contact surfaces of curbs; gutters, manhole covers, valve boxes, structures, etc., shall he painted a thin, uniform coat of the tack-coat material. If so required and directed to by Engineer, the tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller. E. Sampling Pavement: The owner will have an approved testing labora- tory Urf11 cores through the completed pavement in locations designated by the Engineer to determine the composition, compaction, thickness, and density of the pavement. Samples for each day or fraction thereof may be taken, The Contractor shall replace the pavement free of charge. If tie pavement is Aefic;ient in composition, compaction, or thickness, satisfactory correction shall be made, F. Testing: The Contractor will be required at his expense to furnish contiguous plant, control of ti;;e Hot-Mix Aspnaltic Concrete Mixture, by securing the services of an independent local testing laboratory, suffi- ciently experienced and approved by the Engineer. END OF ITEM 109-2 ITEM 110 - CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALKS A Description: This item shall consist of reinforced concrete com- bined curt and gutter and sidewalks, constructed in accordance with the lines, grades and sections shown on the plans or ree,lired by the Engineer. B. Materials: The concrete shall be 3000 psi Class A, except with Type I Ceinent, and shall comply in all respects with the Concrete speci- ficati)ns as written elsewhere in these documents, and the reinforcing steel -hall comply with the specification for reinforcing steel. Ex- pansion joints shall be spaced as shown on the plans, and the joint fillsr shall be premoulded cork fill bituminous expansion joint ma- terial. C. Construction Methods: Concrete shall. be deposited so as to maintain a horZUf1td1 surface and shall be thoroughly and continuously worked into all spaces and around all reinforcement so as to form a dense voiO!ss mass. The coarse aggregate shall be worked array from contact with the forms so as to form a smooth, hard exposed concrete surface. The concrete shall preferably be poured continuous between expansion joints. If instruction joints are allowed at other locations by the Engineer, they shall be properly constructed with wood bulkheads and with the reinforcing steel continuous through the joint. All forms shall be made of lumber or steel, and shall be framed, braced and staked in a substantial and approved manner so as to insure per- feet alignment and grade. All forms shall be clean and shall be wetted immediately before concreting. Care ,hould be taken in removing forms j to prevent marring the concrete. All reinforcing steel shall be of the size shown on the plans and accurately held in place while concrete is poured. The steel shall be continuous between expansion joints dnd shall be wired at all inter- sections. The Contractor shall d% all necessary filling with sand, leveling, and fine grading regoired to bring the subgrade to the grades speci- fiad. Foundation course for curb and gutter shall conform to the require- ments of lime stabilized subgrade material. Thickness, line, grade and section shall be in conformity with plans and specifications ano as established by the Engineer. All concrete curb, gutter, and/or combined curb and gutter shall be monolithic construction and shall be finished by removing forms as soon as possible, rubbing exposed concrete with a wood float and then brushing transversely to obtain 4 smooth uniform brush finish, Suitable tools shall be used to form the radii as shown on the plans. 1I0-1 One-half (112) inch preaoulded expansion Joints shall be placed at driveways and normally at thirty-six (36) foot intervals through the curb and gutter. Expansion Joints shall be placed between curbs and abutting structures, such as sidewalks, buildings, driveways, etc. All Joints shall be constructed in a neat and workmanlike manner with tooled edges. All Joints through the gutters shall be sealed with asphalt, or other suitable sealing compounds. Curing cf concrete shall be done by applying a curing compound as pre- scribed under the specification for concrete; or by keeping the concrete continuously wet for a period of 72 hours. Curing shall begin iiirnediately after finishing. A delay in applying curing compound will make its use ineffective and t!: Engineer would in this case require a continuous water cure. 0. Backfilling: Immediately after the curb and gutter has been cured and inspected, the backfill shall be placed and compacted behind the curb, leaving the finished fill firm and at least one (1) inch higher than the top of the curb. Compaction of the fill shall be accomplished by moistening and hand tamping, machine tamping, or rolling with a tractor wheel, provided such can be done without damaging or displacing the curb and gutter. E. Concrete Drivewa s and Sidewalks: All existing concrete curbs, gutters, dr_Tv`eways and s -ewar`1ki removed or damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced with concrete complying with these specifications. The existing concrete which has to be removed shall be cut with a con- crete saw or cut at expansion Joints so as to provide square Joints between old and new concrete. New sidewalks shall be constructed at locations shown on the plans and at grades required by the Engineer. The proposed reinforced concrete sidewalks and driveways indicated on the plans shall be constructed of 3000 psi concrete of thickness shown on the plans on a one (1") inch sand cushion. Reinforcing shall consist of No. 3 bars or wire mesh as shown or the plans. The surface shall be finished with a steel trowel and then given a brush finish and cured as herein specified. END OF ITEM 110-7. ITEM 111 FENCING A. Gen ial ThisA tem covers the installation of a chain 'link fence arounT_f e periphery df,the 'southern ptrtion of'the wastOwatew''treatment plant site,, along'the'line's shown on, he Plans, The fence shall be topped with three 'strands of barbed wire on 45° extension arms; and'0all be 71-0" high overall when erected. The existing chain link,fente'along the previous south property line shall be removed, salvaged, and re-used in construction of the new fence. Consideration shall be given to'tom- ponents which may be damaged or rendered unusable for any reason in those salvage operations. No extra payment will be made by the Own r for replace.lent Y!'any aterials required 'to;readVe and rO.instal?'the ' existing fence. Mce 'shall include one 20'-0"'double 'gate id loea- tion shown bn'the Mans, B. Fabric: TF't lha111 link fence a`a11 be ziAC coated sUel chairs link wire,~9gauge, woven in 2" diamond mesh. The wire pickets sHO Vsta6d' a minimum tensile strength of,~0,000 psi based-on cross sectional area bf wire: r Bar"bed'tilirr shall'' be Glass' .3, ggalva"nifeQ cobted f!4= bint' paft'tern,'Wpo0d'bf tws•3trer184'of`12J)/7 ga'u a 1iAe'wii!ef with 141" ugge'biirVils¢'ate'dr'apprb~imhtely $I1'cent60s. he bgttoM tbnflo "r'iirb'shali bO igau'e galvanize sprin c'611'N@h'Sid "Aire; fastenW6 t %`iink' c w th ' ill=gau§ hog:r ngi fabr, ' 6- NO ciAtersI C., Rails,and Posts: Top ra 1 shall be ~'s~ - /,8" 0 D, g vdnized pie, 4~ei,4,f?.- OWL ndl ~e `fagti'~~fth~'bu>?sf~ee~~e;'~Ypli ~~~ipifkg~~~'atp east-r1' 1o4~ tii,e rift's stja1 861 alvetix d HyCdld n WE 0.0 pound# pei°fiin'r~ ~obt~ , r~ ;~-1/ $$tandafa w i H `Sc Vui 1,40 gelvariiz~d`¢i¢E,rs~pa'ced of fb' 'cei°l1`14'f'etr~=',F lc's'fial b >iedl'+ line posts with 6-gauge-l' l1V'ani`'ed`411,0: ,d 'Ti"'Cehtei~ V H$'1''-' posts for ends, corner and pull posts shall be equipped with 1/4" x 3/4" tension bars, 11-gauge x 1" wide tension bands, and 3/8" carriage bolts, bands on approximately centers. Braces shall be same material as top rail and truss dd'i} A line post back to terminal post with 3/8" galvanized rod complete truss tightener. Gate posts shall be in accordance with the following schedule. 20'-0" Double Gate - 4" O.D. Galvanized, 9.1 Lbs, per Foot D. Gate: Gate shall have posts as specified above, with a frame of 2" 0.)3, galvanized pipe, with pressed steel or malleable iron corner ells rivr.ted with 4 rivets per corner. Internal bracing shall be 1-3/8" O.D. galvanized pipe with 3/8" adjustable truss rods. Bottom hinge shall be ball and socket type made of malleable iron !;nges shall allow gate to swing 90° or 1800. Gate shall be complete +ith padlock- ing device, center rest, and semi-automatic catch to secure gate in open position. Gate construction shall be rigid, and free from sag or twist. Gate fabric shall be attached to gate frame by method other than welding. Latches shall permit accessibility to padlock from both sides of gate. S ~~j11-1 E. Erection; The fence shall be installed by skilled and experienced fence erectors on line and grade as shown on the Plans, Attention is called to the existing fence which is installed on the plant,site pro- perty lines and to the'fact,that a Iiviestock-proof fence must be moln-1i twined ' nd the-plant at all times dvr ngg the erection of thiCriew fence. the new ~ence,shall be installed l'-0° intide the prcpirty lines, and when it becomes, necessary to remove portions of the existing fence, prior to completion of the new fence, a temporary barrier shall be in stalled by t e fence contractor to prevent entry of livestock ;Into 'the plant'site, pgstslshX11, b@ set Posts shafl,bg let plumb and,i,n.Aliggnmgnt., All line in cpncr,et a minfTu(, of 9-inches d9, otor Ono 361.deep. Gatq pests shall ber se et in concrete a minimum of 12-inches diameter and 6-inches, deep. Straigght runs between braced posts shall not exceed SJ feet. Concrete shall be,cur,ed a minim4m,of 72. hours before further vyo,r;~, Is dpnq.on the posts. Top,ra~~l,and bot o~ rain o,rcin wire,~~all,'b@ Installatd,befgre ~ si< tl, ng l alnq y- Irish l'( ~e ~pulle,d.,taut clos .ea tori;c,, i' "ll ,§l' , filled chain-lint f bri~, ,bo s , o ail and bottpm riir@ S,h . @ i f I;tayt ~ en~~iecured t9 ~ p11 ~ . ppost~an wit i,ntervals,,not a~gre ,t r24,~nc,hes, on,c nter,s@. FOrll4 s.hM be securedd to end, corner,.pu},l, a>yd 93t~tp,Qst~,,;si„gfsErq~t~ev~ b,rs~;for the full length of the post. 1ith" I~fS(ftr11.1' tt a °J'~ 11fa! ! Barbed; .~)fr'1 llf. i.'~ffJI1 i "wir'o,il,.bq,jns~ a1,14d 4q!<s4PDArti"f~'9CPIS.dpovf,~Q fan¢e sts, . with Oac1`~F~tlod( ~41~,gdfl4u q~iecurely;f@seq@,~ to,,each sAPor,,,.9aE 1Q( Q~t~~rmel'i shall, a e,?te„ 4 s,4ff, arm:n~ em 4p!' 9A I y~ rh~~ ~itr@. to b r z 1"01 ~ ~1 p , f~OoY~ (thsl.;~ p ~efib@r t i r~rst''rand i pn !the Il Pqq" ,4, I Y' 2 j C(4 C, 'i a11get w~ b~rbe r I ( i 2 (7 91 i~f rr, ' ?l'~f:f''IL:r Z, f t'flf r7[)i1cd fIU17i1 ~I5,'fI' S e JI (I ~T~~fµj d f,Gix(' ',.'1,E fi%7 2t,11(A ,?2!V1, 24 rft' 1 IICfl~ I J ' :.fi{r,1.1 f.,I ,;it,r} j;o' `;KIQ Y,f,.";ii(If (ff'I 11 cf. ~6 f'1116;° [ , f1•f 1{! °1 f :.r~ h a r ir r .:1 C,i CJ .11 i t ( ' 1 Ir"..ia !,1 fr`.'.'t !If, I'J,,. .',11r 1e, f ; ~14 ,i.. C i_ , +r1 'I;I J .;1 1 ! f, t, (flr y.1.. .r,'1 1 11 ',':,;i r f . f t u r . f; r, i t r+ r I IlI', 1 1yI V'f! ff 11r' {11.414V iI ii f 1 1111 i lr.. ."'.'(}'1 i.l''IS lf t!,f ril I. 1111,y i'.j I15 f i l f, v f t i7 `C 0 1ift1 1111 lf,'if ')~:I,,ir~. tri f1f,t. ff , , i.1 f,~I f,d !II fr :i;r flair ''`'l ~+ll.(1 .;ri 1f,r! (1,`,1 I( i' y.'ile,:• f,f C!~f:{+ l'i(11lt. !..i 1. .1 I 1 I r, i I r r, tf r Ir. i01 fi iaf,.i ".I I, CiIl t •f! ! r.! 1 ti~11~,1 r1 J( Jl'f: {iflf 1?fr+! iI11Q1 !1'+1t 11r7£r frft 11 r!1 i~l,li' I!)fJ;l 1'f !II X11,'1 ftrrfil 1)1'.a e; 11GfIZ -1'1 1 ~iII1 f!i(ij° 1 Vfi ,"f'I i1b(I o, { ,d'11 11 f. O rf,f!? .if 'I i10 fi}1C, I . .'l t. 1f1 . 'iIC I i I 1 r1 r 'fll' -I,j ) f !r)t 111({Jf: 1'.r4 . f' I',ii I d)jt j 111-2 f-!If ITEM 112 - MISCELLAfwE_OUS METAL; A. Work Included: Furnish and install all labor,' materials equipment and acces- series necessary for or Ircidental to miscellaneous and orna- mental specialty metal word;, except architectural, shown on' the drawings or specified herein, including all ancr,ors, hangers, rods,-bars, brackets or fasteners required to complete this work and to connect to work by' others. Provide inserts for concrete where'necessary. Submit four (4) copies of shop drawings for all miscellaneous metals for Engineer's ap- proval prior to beginning any work. B. Fabrication: When a specific n,inufacturer's article or apparatus is speeded, 7t shall be appli . assembled, or otherwise installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications,- Insofar as possible; all items shall.be shop fabricated and assembled ready for erection. Fabricate articles to proper Shape with sharp lines and smooth surfaces6' Connections shall be securely wtldedr bolted or riveted and'Welds shall r 1 be dressed smooth on'exposed surfaces,, Thickness of metal 'nd contpunent j parts shall be=..of size adequate to withttah& strains reasonably anticio,. pated, for 'its usage _ Fr6vide l ugs j 1,,abbets'r• or bratkets t0, al low ,fors ,-n t proper 4 ssembly';ind"close,) fit's Exposed edges +aid; ends-of metal?shall be~ dressed r.iooth where exposed. Castings shall bo of proper`design and sound, and exposed arts shall have no blemishe!;. Remove fins, casting lugs,, orotherunnetbssary parts;,+'grihd,rugh eagag; ahQ 04W.for, fit er tbRYlnetlttip~rtt.ai2:'F11. .1'1'?. tr 1?~ Et1!?l zlr:fl9.1lh1 if,fllli(} with oth u Ifr'`_,`!(~ 01 of C. Material 111: 11 lilt I l'i i ( ~I'I! f(I rt f { ~:i o teal AollSha iv" ASTK A36; having a, minimUr yields strength not lgss'rt an T fps' .7 fSVhi.SiYI 2. Miscellaneous Steel: AST14 A-7. or ASTM A-7-52T. Plates and bars^the I] con to ASTM X2841,, vo,'i 1i "312 Cost; lteelys~Ganeral! Pu'roosel ASTM?A27•, Gredd,.65635,? t~~)14,)w ,r (t,J 4. Cest Steel, Structural: ASTM A418, Grade 80-50. Steelbiorgings:! (<ASTM, A235,~,Classl Clv+ Fi ors G.` ~ (~'1 fa l)fl f,j fir w.: 6. Cast Iron: Soft, gray iron, ASTM A-48, ,;lass 30, 309000 psi tens ilelstteng ; ,:Actessories and. connections-, she) I be,tteel:unless ! noted ~Othtrwisej,,t ~(~f, "!r, vf?'.?i ,i7ftf r' :7N t1 'IQ r[16t1~.t,! It, ri -i`i' i)ff of i f; ii 0) A ~7 1.0- iGa vanitin : Galvanizedimetals ~'the I1-canfoft tb,ASTM,A-,l?3,,',f,_j and ASTM.A- ijltli' Sill ~r." ^I{r IAi,l~~~l fi'a'.'U'1''~(i( If'. tf.}t}'I (J11 ~F., t!. 4L'irl ~,3{v (8. +~fel d_in9 1 ctrodes ~ ~1l4tFades fshbt l , be of the, tyke: regU*ed o for the purpose intended. Use 170 series for manual!Aet ireldirig1tfor;A07,, or A36 steel. 112.1! 9. Alumirwm: Aluminum shall be of an alloy suitable for the function intende , Finish shall be as noted on the drawing, otherwise shall be of, recognized indu wy standard for type of component, 18. Fasteners:. Fasteners shall be of the type required for., the purpose inters a and shall incl de rivets, screws, and bolts WIW washers and nuts. Structural joints shall have high strength bolts conforming to ASTH A-125. Generally, fasteners shall be of a metal compatible with the material to be fastened. ; 11. ~Shop Paint: All ferrous metals shall reccive one shop coat of Glidden No., 506 Liquid Red Primer, DuPont (equal quality), or equal; D. Miscellaneous Structural Fabricatiahr Steel componenttlshall~be shop fabricated of-Stand structura s apes, or bent plates to the designs, shown on the drawings6, Frames shall be, shop assembled•by weld- ing or bolting. Set fraines. in place plumb, level and square- in all directions and securely braced to prevent. displacement until built into constructioh~: Furnish and install loose'lintels for all masonry open= ings4 nd,as'noted on~theidrawings,'~ Liptels shallibe of the site+and desigh detb.iled and shall,in no case have less than sixl(6)Einch bear+. n i i ngs at each j emb,,, I ~ , t r r 'i Fabricate' romes, as, detailed iby,we]ding,. c E, ? Misc 1la s f a s~bolting or asteners u ng best modern practice►±!frames,shall be•true~ to dimension and shall be set plumb and securely braced to prevent displacement until built into construction. Provide welded,frarrdesp't each roof penetration for mechanical equipment, including exhaust`fains, ,flues'and ventilators... frames sha11l-'Wfield ;welded'Wots top chhrds of steel joist and shall be of sizes required by.-equi*nt r'Ptovidef holes in outstanding angle legs for bolting wood curbs. A:. _ t, . ~ i : 4; ~ Y. t V f r t ' l ! d fz r-, I i f i ' . : F. Miscellaneous Anchor___ Plates: Provide•:dlI Shd¢'fabriclsted brackets,rl anchors, and el pates necessary to be cast into job placed concrete or welded to'` &Uctural el&dnt3► Proyld ,lbo;c+angj pl>!te , straps, etc., at welded connections as necessary to complete all erection. H. Manhole, Step,~s. Manhole steps shall be of the drop front design, 16" w e, norm-skldr'606146'Alumihum,<'cohfordAng.t9,Fedetal,5pec. QQ-A- 200/8, and in compliance with all OSHA standards. IadderS::_r"Where IWderssart~Indicated oWthe plahs they,shall~~be,ofl width an3Teight shown, of aluminum alloy 606345. Ladders shal'~bP`r-~+ + 11ACO standard vertical ladders, or O'Keefe's, Enc.'s, Heavy Duty Tubular Ladd#r', bM BgUalt +;IRaVISewage+PUMP) Station! Udders shailrbe:pravided with a SAF-T-CLIMB as manufactured by Air Space Devices, In noYth'. l;l,r, Holl ^4ood, California, or approved equal. The SAF-T-CLIMB shall be complete,with galvanizedirail+with standard attachirig ,p-)rts*r,SAF-TrLOCK slew@,eRd,SA J-OELTLr'.Ijnt,, ,r~i t*:; rv), ,',a 112. T E J. Chackernd Flnor Plate: Where checkered floor plate is shown it shallot ya'~r.;ized steel. Lifting holes shall be provided in all floor plates which are not bolted in place. Steel angles which support check- ered plates shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. K. Manhole Covers: Manhole rings and covers shall be No. 90 (250 lb.) or No. Tr(295 lb.)_ Trinity Valley Iron and Steel Co., or McKinley Iron Works (equal quality), or approved equal. L. Stair Nosings: Stair nosings for concrete stairs shall be aluminum super grit 0142, 4" wide with anchors for casting in the concrete. Nosings shall be Wooster Products, Inc., Reliance Steel Products Co., or equal. M. Hin ed Covers: Hinged covers for Sample Boxes, or other locations where indicated, shall :-s Washington Aluminum Company, or equal, Type "B" Access Hatch of size indicated, Babcock-Davis (equal quality), or equal. Door shall be 1/4" aluminum diamond plate reinforced to with- stand a live load of 300#/sq. ft. with torsion spring to afford easy operation and automatic hold-open arm, snap latch and 1" drain coupling. END OF ITEM 112-3 ITEM 201 - GENERAL' EQUIPMENT STIPULATIONS A. Sco e: These General Equipment Stipulations apply, in general', to- all equ pment, They supplement the detailed equipment-i0ciftCbtions but in case of conflict the detailed equipment specifications shall govern, B. Coordination: The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for coord nat ono the entire project, including verification that all structures, piping, and equipment components are compatible.'IThe Con- tractor shall start up each equipment system and shall make all neces- sary adjustments so that each system is placed in proper' operation condition, C, Adaptation of E ut ment: Equipment shall be readily adaptable for installar on and oPurat on n the structures shown on the dedwings. No responsibility for alteration of a planned structurE•toratcorrrnc ste. other types of equipment will be assumed by the Owner,, Eg6Ipridnt''which requires alteration of the structures will be considered only if the Contractor assumes all responsibility,for'making dnd todrdind'ting all necessary dlterations.~ -All Such alterations shall W mddUa t"thd Cdn-~ tractor's expense. 0. , Patent Ro aloes:, All rRoyalties"'and!feet 'for patents`6verin~ materials art 'a as, apparatus, deViaA% drfaquipment'(as'I'disti6j~ilh'6d' frosi!processes)'rshall,be1mdlude'd'1n' pric6 QUotdd1by1igUi0rfff6t'Up` r n , 'r i8rs.1 1 f ff!~' iJ'h f 1(il ,.f F. r q ';1 ,tf f10f jh U1,1Sf E,1 Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee tali ,equipnlerit4lainst (a) fau ty or inadequate design, (b) improper assembly or erection defective workrnar:ahip -or nfaterfl'als;, and '(d) Makaige,' bieaKage l or other failure. The guarantee period shall be as defined in the Special Pro- visions,.. 1i?{~;; 1FiG.~.!1 il.'jJ f1J11E; tJlir'~ ~Hj ilifl~l I (1E1lC!I!; '1;1SpS i ~y,-, Ii~14:f1`• f.!+Y f'I C; ri_ ~;Ci Ci?1'Ci'j!''I tf!'Jf'ff. J [if Ili F. 1Jorkmanshi and Materials: All equipment shall be designed, fabri- tediian ~69sem a ~col ca~ance with tli best-haddarh fngi'rAring' and shtip practice. Individual parts shall bd Riairufacturbd tn'st'dhdaed site's any gages so tha: repair farts, furnished at any time, can be installed in vhe' f.ield6 Like, parts of,'dupi ieate units 'shall b` ,Intercb4bgeable. Equipment shall~noV have' been, in service att,anyitime- pridr°td delievey except esrregu+red. ^,y lteSt$.9f ?r 'r til f,i ,r f, if if'!!f lJ ri: ?nc f!9j,fJnil Materials, shallc,be suitable for- servicb conditions.(-, Iroh Cbstingf'shal!l, be tough, close-grained gray iron free from blowholes, flaws, or ex'-,.i"iO cessive shrinkage and shall conform to ASTM A48. 'Ifijfp' (JJl,lTOE",f1_'i "~U1 i(f ,'If(f'rJF.-ifjf i' t,',ftf.lt.~, r.,!J S•lifE'r; ,1, Except Whem otherwise Ispetiflsd, !s6,1Uctvra1'ahd` kii§%Aallimodfii' fabNiI'll ~v~ cated.'stebl "Used 1n items`oflbgittpp~~eiit `shall'tdNfol*1,tb,t`fist"S.t&Kda'dt,"df the AmeritW, Ih, titutklbf S1;ebl, tbn`structioh'i f All st6ctbe l' *ebdrs ' II sha)i be,considered ao sub,)ecti b shokk or'IWbratdoadf.`)Illhle otherwise specified, all steel which will be subm6w~e8', `11111 dh fh'pb'rt;r'1 during normal operation of the equipment shall be at least 1/4 inch thick. 201.1 G. Lubrication; Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems which require attention no more frequently than weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems ,shall.not require attention during startup or shutdown and snail not wa%te'lubricants. Lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer,.cross ref-renced with major oil company lubricants, shall be provided in suf;:cient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and totreplace all consumption during testing, startup, and operation prior to acceptance of equipment by Owner, H. Electric.Motor_3: Unless otherwise required by the detasied equip- ment specifications, motors furnished with equipment shall comply with the follows^g: 1, Motors 'hall be designed and applied.1o compliance'with NEMA, ANSI, IEEE, and;AFBMA standards and Ahe NEC for:the specific Aut'y im- posed by the driven equipment. ;r 1, "1 1 1, 11 2., .,Where frequent starting occurs, motors-shall be;deslgned for frequent gtortipg duty,equivalentito theiduty service required i~f .the drivel equipment. 3r , Unlests; Zognized and.defined by, the standards and codes for i~. `a t er~i tent,(l,utY ga. sta da , rd ndustr ractifoef a 11 mioi:ors h ll ratedft. f4r.,WJ1tinN4Q'uk~ 1 Y A s be dtltyrA.~, 4Q.!G~embierttri,.Moto tlte>nperefur ~r..ist rsbovd 40 C ambient on continuous operation at nameplate horsepower shall,,notfq exceed the NEMA limit for 1.0 service factor and Class r insulation, or Clas$,Afinsulatlon-if WSe~!+)r'if",:I'~` f' +FY7,i„)) s L' I,~ogr•4~sha11 4e,40signed, f„or,ful moltageMertinqllI,,'ttv,~l r;; .I,;,:.. , ~ L.{ !flf 5. Motor bearing life shall M based upon the actual operai<ing load conditions imposed by the driven equipment. Iib' ,L')•1f'79I :1'• {11'il 1(C,`;{li h {E ! f`' i,' Ufil'rl;,n,d'Ir,° J 00.1' I t f 1 r `r4, „bo eized,fon the al :ti tu a ail the',locatidn Whdre'r: the equiRt~'°;lti~ 9.t4.be-i.nstalled~j (frr'~ ; Syr-, irt~ ~,r} ,I ~r-1., t:,>~~> ~JIf:'fll'r flF~ .9r11(; yr,t !f, t"'tri>rft,u 2,f--i 'ffF,'I~?`, !ffl ! iS? Z~!CJf,l, I,rlb Z~ :I; .Mgtors lsh3l l be sized ,eo thatrol wider, maximVm Contidubusl load fl i i,naposed by, the drikpt equipment, .t>'ie motori nameplate horsepbwer for k .I'; continuous operation in 40 C ambient is at leastr15 piftentl,more thbn,i the driven load. Continuous equipment load shall not exceed 87 percent q11 sngtor.namepl ate, hor,sepowert,, whether, motor! service factoV it l,,.0 br, higher ; t 7 iCl (1f l',f ,f Vi, f ir'I liil., , Ilf,. It i~17oT11C1:~ ilf;rli E,fI 6 grSAI i'IrI, 4'1." 8. Where the detailed specifications call for encarrsuled motor windings,, tl~,!RRior`sf,hAl;.,;have A sealed 0%ulatign~systftm dadgned fI mgpq spkere enXi.r•~n]ngnt;thal► Psual .varnjshtrostonts can:Wthstand.l f , The lpola igi►,,SyktMshA1i 0GeRerAi,, lectricPPolysta,1 iAliisr,,; Chalmers,[1'i~,gxeaA "Opr~V,A,,Ootors :3vorse01.•-"'q Motors An,•thisrrcass mby.41r be _I4ti,0, 1o VI tagR robd., ,,+11t: 1 f f f 4~ r)I f1E 1 ~ f ? t I ^ . Ife ,r, m f.ltr;l .t,'f.lf ~1; `.,'i ilt`rI 1`1'.I"t,jEil','.I H~t ~(!1']I)fl'+t~l If~'.!'tllll 1;1i 201-2 r, r 9., Rotors shall have a clamp-type grounding, terminal inside "the motor conduit box. 10. motors,4ith,external Icond,tit boxes shall have ovarsiizedLcoA. duit boxes, it is tho,intent.of this general specification to allow the manufec turer's standard motor on integrally constructed motor driven equipment such as appliances, hand tools.. etc., that is specifically by model' number in which a redesign of the complete unit would be required for a motor with other features as may be specified herein. Unless otherwise required by the detailed equipment specifications; motor within the horsepower ranges indicated below shall be rated and constructed as'follows: a, Belpw l[2 HPi (1)~ 115 Ynlt, 60 Hz, single phase. I , (F, . (2)( Oripproofi or:,totaily enclosedi,. $4opliir' s optioh. r M' i~J~. ,~L r, la ~1,~(3) j.ft manently1ubricated seated bearing3. 1-i„ p ,,rv(,, ~11, "(1(, i, irli I(4} iBuil;t,in' manual - Fetettl, thermal ptrotett6Pj,,6r, fu-0hithid with integrally mounted stainless steel enclosed manual motor=-00'tload ile switch. C F,r'~1l'i;7 Aif i l TJL I"1 ~1 F'. ff,J C;~ ''t 1'i`i ~.i j l ~•'i ~ti :'1t'"1 ~~?(~il~~~'tQ~il.,'.~P~"i,' 1I1': '}{Ii(i~l= .I.!(i,~,r3t~~:f,,1[(I: 'i'11t~(.. .I f! 'ili.r~ L,`'; t,~, 1 : "!f Y.; tf; C1,f ~cf4l lG ?ISl llt~i r,' !1~i(i"1,,, (1) 230/460 volt, 60 Hz, 3 phasesr ~ , rll~l"`'? >tII~~(•] (i (1 (i11.'.1 "l S'` ~~h'i i~fi a'I 'U',' 1~" ;.`r' 12) i0ripproof of tdtaliyzenclosid~isupplierts,-optidA;i Or, yttii 22'O Df mu'11 r,,j ilr,ri .t1•I6un va0t,z r(3) SpeoiatlyaInsulated bfor, luse'AA daep',WeWMI b it 20 Cfr0 of ~zt~) tofoG, rl~~r,~ {c~~+,~ t~',Ght,grn t:~ss~nuv "j j i,n<(4) rperma~lently.lubhitat4d(stated,bearinglV, r ;,`°t `rny „,,I i4il12' ?11(ii:t;!C)F '1Ui1~[I(' flE ';',tt~I\145~G? ilFS .~'`J~~f!i,'J;f,Gi 47 1y1611 c. . ~l-4l/2LNPearid l Abovec, 1-) i1(R") it" jfj Jet,t11 (i) ~.''17r te,11% rvn:,~t rddt.()), 230/45Q 461dr; (2},rOr,,ipproot'dr:totally~MCldsdd;~'suppli~r'9~optldrl';,? 'i'' !aj9'i;1C4~7 14"1Ut.ru•+j Iliif nzgi'rf 2j rod 'I:'~J(th '.Jl11 Uri Ijit (4) Oil or grease lubOidat'4d.anttfOir,'ti6nLdr!6ii {lObrfJiJlI Gated sleeve bearings. y III<, s(4fl!1I', iu 1f "Iii} }(ry; 'fFl'('!(IE .~,_fYf'!'?!' '10 li~!4~? g11Vr'1+i~,7U ?~rf~fFl '.o ~CIi'il+~ (8)'•iYar+tiCal ~rtwtors~thallllhal~ell5+`yebr'd+iEFd'g~'-~if~'~11nIo+'I thrust a~;F~,h r+l,lvtl~1, i,r l,rir (i f~r+ ~1 (i suo -Ip 201 t3 =l a i I. Drive flri s: Eighty-fsevea percent of the nameplate horsepower rating o roc rive motor shall be at least equal to the theoretical brake horsepower required to drive the equipment under full load, in- cluding.ail losses An speed reducers and power transmission. The nominal input horsepower rating of each gear or speed reducer shall be at least equal to the nameplate horsepower of the' drive Wtor.'' Drive units shall be designed for 24 hour continuous service and shall he constructed so that oil leakage around shafts is precluded, 1. Gearmotors: Gearmotors shall be rated AGMA Class iI and shall bear an A nameplate. 2. Gear Reducers: Each gear reducer shall be totally enclosed', oil 1ubr1c_& eTj_ with antifriction bearings throughout. Worm gear re- ducers shall be rated AGMA Class II. Other helici spiral bevel, and combinztion bevel-helical gear reducers shall have a service factor of a. least 1.50. Each gear reducer shall -bbear, an AGMA naOtpl ate. 3. Yaria0lp.Spled;privesi Each variablo,speed drive shall have a service factor o a eau at maximum speed. A spare belt shall be provided with eoph vpd able;speed;drive (:nit.emolnying d' belt for speed change. Unless specifically permitted by'tho detailed equipment speci- ,fiGa~t•lons,,brp¢ket:,typ6 eountingrwill hot,+be accooteble, or variable sp"dAriYesl 't.-r l4Ut;Ey`I C ._'i?~:+fi (,'i? ~;'~1;1 nJ; f!•)hL1'i„!: If?9Jf!i f !Ir 4. V.-Pelt Drives: Each V-belt drives shall include a sliding base •nr ot~erl suitable tension adJustment. V-belt_(drivo;(_shall have a service factor c' at least 1.6 at maximum speed. J, Safety Guards: All belt or chain drives, fan blades couplings, and o.t erLaov nq or,arototing ports (thaii be tovered 6n M sides by a safety guard. Safety guards shall be fabricated from 16 USS gage or he4vlgr galvanized„arLaluminum,aladoshdetriteelf0 1/2 Wh mesh gal- vanized expanded metal. Each guard shall be designed for easy instal: r.` lotion and removal. All necessary supports and accessories shall be provided for eo;h,;guard.,,,..SupportsfandcAccossoriasr+.4ncl0ding bolts, shall be galvanized. All safety guards in outdoor locations shall be designed to prevent the entrance of rain and Idpipping',wdtdr. K. Anchor Bolts: Equipmenti;sypplien shall fsMish s0itable anchor bolts orb' each h'R em of equippmmeent. Anchor bolts, together with templates ors ttlnq•drsrifngst,sh411 be del(vered;•sufficlantly early to permit sett~ng the anchor bolts when the structural concrete is placed. Two nut$.,lhglI (Wfurnlshed,fom;each rbolt 611 ~ ~1+ ~ ( r~' E~) Unless otherwise shown or specified, anchor bolts for items of equipment mounted;gn•t $ep14tol,shA Ubulong enoughtto permit,1.1/2 inches of grout beneat t1h~e bsseplate and to provide adequate anchoragelinto structural concrete. 201 74 Unless otherwise shown,` anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall be hot-dip galk,anized in conformity. with ASTM A15~ and A385, or zinc plotO in conf6" ity with`ASTM A165, Type GS. U. E ui ant Bases: `A cast iron or welded steel baseplate shall be . provi3 Or ,dt, pump,'compresor, and tither item of equipment which is . to be installed,on_4 concrete; base. Each baseplate shah support.the unit and its drive assembly, shall be of a neat design with. pads for anchoring the units, shall have a raised lip all around, and shall have a threaded drain connection. Basepplates shall be anchored to the con, crate"base with suitable anchor bolts and grouted in place., 41 s' and Acc2 a r1 S. Equipment requiring.pjricdiF repa?r, M.. 5~ 1 T' androe S i! ei urn,sgd complete with al speclq too?si instruments;'and accessories required fors proper.maint nagce', Equipm@nt'l~ requiring special devices for lifting or handling shall be furnished complete with thos,; devices., N. Sho Painting: Steel and iron surfaces where covered under equip- ment spec fat ops sha pe.protectgd,,by paint or coattpgs applied in the oP ufd~. hiewill be~itnacc6 ible aftaer gssea}h1y, ~a IfhR ~ protecte~ f r' the i she o ,equ~ .fixpasR~;;SUCffacps She ?cbq,,, finished smooth, thoroughl; cleave and filled necessary to provide ''*9Fj,:, encs r1cfN !Pwir@ucer;, a smoo ~EUn f4dr~ hers r co nth ps starte ' , d d tither eI f-o ainsd or ens ose c6mps+nep4j ghgl,I:,b~ 109p; f finished with a high grade oil-resistant e:.~mel, ' trtt ~►1 J 1f''R~il~+}1 ~YJI~i`OJfi( 2~iMach'~+`'b'rli'sied;~an~ n~'ner~rousur>ac~es ci are not to ~p DgDt~g~7i shall be coated with rust preventive compound, Dearborn Chemfcafi "No- x- Id_~i 3411."Yi,QtI ~µ,t~Qlq :rig;~~E'lntat-`s~~?'~ E t~~ 0. equi`pment`Ishdiii De`t?Ox2~;'craforr~otherwise comple e y ens osed and.prRt~e mie4 exposure to stgrage. All equipment shall be'protec ed be kept thoroughly dry at all timei. 9 gps.t;fl?J,tQr„s,,, eleatr,tGa1 equip- ment, and other equipment having antlOiction or sleeve bearings shall be stored.,in,weatper, ight.~.4r@itpug,@j 0h :l tar,@; rN,. ,@.►~.@4 a... ,@ , p.@ ture at 'Best 600f. t ~l'i I s ry'6 i eI: AiprotC ~'ected ~,f't, againstmpa t,~~,'i',ab r.a s,I~iio;rl, Painted 'siur ;d,isc4lQraY racte' h am •c tion, and other damage. All painted surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of, ylf?n1Pjt srA.~i,be,repa;intpd to,;tho, sotIsfarti,on of the Engineer. "1 Q(?1 ti .~Af~~ ha1~ d P,rot~cteG,,~gains>z El ~t~tcAgyiptne0, Pqt '01 s, ind 1 as4Iati tto sture or Oate'r damage. Al space eaters provided n the egytpMentt<. shall be kept connected and opc ating at all times until equipment is plagpd hid, ,seryv Fq. t~f 77, '4r 1 '.}f i ' ;1 Ci1 iT , i„ E{? i:i'If 'l I~Li r,•~' ','(I1. YI' t, t i i. 11 E:~~~,I~.~V°t 201-5 , P. installation Check: An experienced, competent, and authorized represen a ve o e manufacturer or supplier of each it&,, of equipment shall visit the site of the -)o'rk and inspects -check, adjust if neees sat-y. and approve the equipment installation. In each "case;'tht equip- ment supplier's representative shall be present when the equipment is placed in operation.' The equipment supplier's represe6tativi:sha)1, revisit the fob site as often as necessary until all trouble.i5,cor rected and the equipment' installation and operation are satisfactory in the opinion of the Engineer. , Each equipment supplier's representative shall furnish to the'Owner through the Engineer, a written report certifying that the equipment (1) has been properly installed and lubricated; (2) is in accurate ali4n- menti`(3)~is.free from, any undue stress imposed by cognjtting:pipin9:or anchor bolts; and (4) has been o0erated under full load conditl h3 and' that it operated' satisfactorily. All costs for this work shall be included in the 'prices`quoted'by-equip- ment suppliers. Q. " 0o~e-ra-tio end Mairltenan a Manuals; For each type"of eAuipment indicated'in e~efit pined %t he u ,"the ecidI eht's4poli r Std l~ pr's- t~~ r~1 co grin par6 ah''opePation-arid'niainteRsnce 'nu Y g , _ ~ ;f~~• ; ..+itvi i fiipl r ,r~ ~7: . 1d ~pquI' eft f666116, 'normal opOrb AO'chiir;actiri,Rf . (~••I~i}.1 JfiS.'"i. t0 °)5E"1~,'flt~`fE t f~jfr ~r~i~2fflC~ Pus?entt aj,~eckjq Assemblyins>rAila,tion,f lirmsntod JC II,Jd l4.J eilhi.i lI ,.:y.f r-1. 3. Operating ihsfriuotidihs'&o startup; feu'fi4''andrYeif iefl`'ope a,-~'' tirn, regulation anY1 control, stutdo"q anj emergency 5an4•Yioq , c r., •r c.,.~~G' ''r1 [i141~, rr!ri P. fl., c.,(J t f!1:.' i~ I !,Jf1' 9 pp. l.c ~J yfl/it .fl ~r1t F;r, r")lJl`7 ~I~y i~(q'!''a ^.rrI^ar 'Wbrite~~16 "and/ fi'a(~ fenb''e~e~'1t1~1~r~~titlb'n's: ~i ~ i , ~n~~~•. 1 , ~r, 1~1~r4 ri ~IFL'11 .n1 1, `'J Jr l lj~r.... 1 x,; ~I1c1 J~. CI'~• a 5, wide Ito "tr OTesho4tiily y ! 'i , Pl,'r ~ri',J ) 1'it 1.:,1f. sr i ld';'i ~r (•fQ ,l 1"H "Y~f.. il.. ~.fl`'~f,. .I 1 1 r 6. 'Parts listdi'°' 6d pr'edicte'd 1144f `06-r i imtci _,to'`i` 7. Outline, cross-section, and Issembly drayri~ngs; engi~neerigg ,l,~ ditil4hd'wirincj`dia§raras. o. lp(; I) I3-n r. ,(i(~tt S. t Test 'data ram pe4'forlnanc'e'{c`urir'es', wHdre aO0116bile. r r, ri ~7 h The operation and maintenance m uals hall beiip addition to any, i F. stf fdtio~i5'or' Is' pd'cked {th" r'`ett hed tb rt1e ' Ji inert'.wheii~`l' fl del i'Yer'ed.,, ~t ~O~Jai it' '''~~1~2~by `11~'i~h~c Manuals shall be printed on heavy, firs y papers h size with standard 3-hole punching. Ora.,aings and diagrams shall be re- duced to 8-1/2 by 11 inches .)r 11 by 17 inches. Where reduction is not 201-6 practicable ',•'lae r drawints shall be folded separately and placed in. envelopes which are bound in to'the'manuals. Each envelope' shall bear ` suitable identification on the outside. Three preliminary copies of each-rhanual, tempgra'rily bound inlheav paper covers beartng'suirable identifidbtion,'shall'be"submitted I* the Engineer prior to the dace of shipment of equipment. After review by the Engineer, six final copies of each operation and maintenance manual shall'be prepar & and dielivee6d to the Engineer not linter Phan W days , prior tolplacin the equipment in operation: The findi'meii'ua)s'shayl'be bound in stiff2rtificial black leather; metal h I n ed' binder to Pilgrim Self=Expanding Fastt 6I,iainders, 3- tt st'+16 equivdl,pnt 1i1( ti i,i+Ir R.' Pi 'e.1lnsulatiand ,All exdosed pioin~,~~6=inEh sifefi'rtd~Sn~ ?er "w~i~n Will", s e U to( rectzirigf"ghal114 prdtected with' insGltbtiorti E1 t4` tric heating cables~shal# be16ttalled be,oath t*;infolatioh-'411iocl~1 tions shown on the Plans. Insulation shall be " Pressure"~cdvering as manufactured by-Owen3-Corningh'0 eigqFdil,qwithLUh Ner- sal jacket, secured with staple's OA 3~inth'c'dnte'rs.' Fitt'ing5 'and•valves, except unions, shall have Eagle Pitcher "One Coat" cement, figished with '8-duncelcanvas if!All lintulated'•'pipe"thall tie WithetL#i' tected with sheet, aluminum,1i,~ 7 9Vf6V ~3f{' "nfif ?Ci In eJrlEr:~ "Ipr 'Ns~9G S. Motor Operators for Valves: "IG [M,1110.?;i (1 .7i9~i!t,C;1119 bbc~? 0 9Vlzrst iii: ffLffz $511J:t ~r Jl~,ry(3i ,rlu(1~ rieral,;;o Oper%atdrs~ shath~. I+ld tr SN91,1ar quti ti ac e, ~l* (Lihii fd Ty '0 3 t, b0era`tolss rshall ti~nclltdt ~61~ 1Adt6>•~~~f~~~1~d€a'~JO3 ter, relays, power gearing, limit switch positron 1ifdilr' ii1t C(i(fW4b switches, heaters, local mechanical feedback lpotentiotleter~ Yot,-mdulaf.,valvos, r~stet4arillt,f~bL~filr M~tall~ridJ~' #rc8iffcontro}~statibn ,rg►cltot ixl>,s'irfgs', alkf'Ylddlc whoei.,, ..11W if rq.Lr rst quires;, all as a self-contained unit. The manufacturer of valves 9fiAW1 be responsible for the proper sizing of motor operators. Motor optrator fort.se'wfxbtatibn'valvex)-shall,move' WVe Jt)h*bgh.t91L'~ita~t'd In t 1essi,than'bne,((l),minute'rwr.,mofra1KVM,ithHee`(3)"aliliutes,~'i~H ds3''s~dti fled otherwise. . I ,,I Inc) Modulating type operator 1is11ttequftbd1bd dn4(1~ 20'' 4a#Ve<ln' the `raw wateh+ # { nee r~ Open-01 ose (:type' dperatol are rieL t red N tr 1r r; , Statiohin; pax` Pumps Stations a'nd,,two" (Z') 31 WVe9, 1n~ 'FdtilW S9-bdge~ M~r, rf' 'flit(, ],,f .+{i ~ft, i!i' {f~'1 J.' fF: I'1f C)J ~'y'ifVl fri°.[, s~j~I (J"U .C(Eflf_rG:(il;.i)iJc' ~b7f'1~:?~)f9 flf 2. Gearin . All gearing shall be of the generated type, pre- ferable a coin ationrof!spur,and;wott' gaaY04'or,-)helicbl Arkfl{y Mcy ~rol gearing as Indicated) by-) the specific 'app1•ictilow, Allrger 1nyf(9ifbll '1Wf of alloy steel, heat treated, except for worm gear . which shall be of gear bronzersuitable~fort tt:el spbc.ifiti rubb'i6g`,velocity.~f tealrit0hall'' ' be alloy steel~lheat treated,3f~:~! ~~.u. r,, sr'J ,a •74)2 5f •,~~r,r,,~,~ . f r d6Jfrjt k.1JJrr; A r(i~r fit. °1g,1,t,3,,; nfd6Jfl~ t. +i fr, bfaiit.teni fftri;, Valve, Operators for1900.-11rh Val vevi hall have'a.gebrhed 'wltli lfa'tr'iuw cal stops internally located capable of withstanding quirements of the valve in both open and closed position. The stops t'- f0S 201-1 shall be externally adjustable for exact position., The mechanical stops shall be visible from top of unit without removing cover. Ratio combinations shall be such to simplify chanoles in the field if required. Power gearing and,~ower!geAring encloswre shall be such to, qr ~t use of year around lubricant in ambient temperature of -440 F. to 3. Limit Switches:. Limit switches shall,be an integral part,of the valve operator, TF`y shall be of the adjustable typep capable of being set to trJp at any point between fully open and fully closed. . Limit switch gearing shall be of.the intermediate type of stainless steel or high tensile bronze. Gears shall be grease lubricated. Each ;vtl,ve Deer tor,shall be provided w1.th an open geared,limit..switch,having two, :gcrmal, y opgp and two normally :closed contacts,, and a closed gearWd limit switch having two normally_open,,and two normally closed contacts. i, w mit switches shall, he geared tq~driving mechanism and i'n step at. .a times,whether'An.power operation or manual operation. 40 , .7or u t he : ; , 40 valve ,operator shall. be-equipped with two torque sw c es, one for protection in the opening direction;,the,,< other for control of seating the valve. Torgue switches shall be responsive to load encountered in opening or closir! d~~~c 41on And stKk1 be -,adjustable zto desired operating'! chsrsc- ter.i;}c ;1;Qr~+lit~}pteotion!il~ould tfe pan ,ohstruatioi be met yin 'elthbhw di,r'~c,4o 4, Af1.i~~~v@;Fr4v~tilr1R,~f~F!?J [v;~ ~'r,"pia ~!`n?-1 f. +r.,~a .z\sfr!'1 ,•i5t y.'~t,`!.j '(!?Jih'r ftV~35v~f'd,~ fi:7fa#?{1i". ~fi~~rti>'~?r+'! ~f~>CE 3~:~f9 ,29h'~7fti~4 t14,;i+9 `ttgqr<lu~L;~i1,t~h ihAll Qa;,elnplo~+ec} eta [control predeter~ninea' AeeCing thrust. I ) r.4~el artCthrust shal Lb* independent of wear+_in ditk,4 .s"Vv iU "i~' Yrj;~f.'.lt~F•'i' r. V ~(fl! ~ri!i}f$?110'3-1{+`'ts G +'f, ~4 '[Wiflii! ,j6'I~,J ',~JC,'' 2lL~jf,r•~'fl Cit! IU "lfaf~ t9'~01+ 9 J '.G7 enCr R, ,r us l'~,&imit $xitchesfand +tomw switciisre,shalYbe of ho4s ,irr,a, enc oskreffntegraliwith,power cos"rtiner.t-of valve x,11 control. 0 ~'1 ~ A teMtnal, g,tr,ip s.rta,J,l be-, prov.ided,! n-rthe,;switch compartment;- 4ntrbl:~+," and switph cWpartments~ shit be,,shop.i.wirao, to, terminai'- strip complete t.„ and repdy,,fo~' fialAo'1nstal Atian: At. least; 4, spare terminalssshall be' supplied: All wires to terminal strip shall be identified as specified ' in the electrical specifications. I [';1 f( 1°i'I fi VF(!i Lill f `ll!.! I '!,II( 1(?;:' For power,,and,:controtcondyits,to the,operatori- there shill be two,1 1121' cpnOIt,ope.Rinos, one, foripower arrdone for•,,, cpntrolr. I,~rr 4 i L, Space #jegters, shall; be pr'ovi.ded<<in tfis, snitch,and oator3compartsents of wattage suitable for keeping the compartments ~ dry. at all=tihesi TWO - ? shall be installed dlso a suitable breather and drain. A schematic wirlog,diagram,s;t411(tW, sttashedrand: protected „from, ithe:environmentf66 maintenanc'e,u;e.i1, ~ ~r1ir;'(S~~l! r~(l h11Fit' c~111' ?!f t IL. 201.9 : For local control, there shall be pro- b. Local Control Station~VCst~ cove as shown in conrol sche. vided matics,nselector switches, pushbuttonsrand indicatinghlights. Switches and pushbuttons shall be provided with watertight boots, 1. Modulation Control: Each valve control shall be designed to be resoons ve ttoo`a two_- re, 4-20 milliampere control signal from a remote source. Position of the valve shall be proportional to the input signal; zero and span adjustments shall be provided to allow supression of range. Internal closed loop control shall be provided by utilizing the input control and comparing it internally with a feedbaci, poten- tiometer in the valve operator. Upon loss of remote 4-20 milliampere control signal the valve shall not close but shall remain in its last instructed position. All control components, except the contactor, shall be of solid state construction. The control circuit shall be of the plug-in type for easy removal and servicing. All co;,nections shall be identified and shopwired to terminal strip for fi21d connection. A control transfowier shall be provided in the control compartment for providing control voltage from 460 volt supply. 8. Lost Motion Device: Operators for open-close service shall have a built-in o ts-'f~"mot-on'device to permit motor to attain full speed before load is encountered, thus permitting a hammer-blow to be imparted to start valve in motion in either tn6 closing or opening direction. 9. Motors: Motors shall be NEMA 4 in accordance with H. Electric Motors. Furn s auxiliary handwheels of the declutching type. END OF ITEM 201-9 ITEM 2Q2 -BAR SCREENS A.' General: The Contractor under this item, shall furnish aid install two.( msa c anically cleaned bar screens suitable for operation in a. channel 4' =6" wide by 26' -0" deep from the bottom of Ve channel to the operating floor level. The bar rack shall extend two feat above the. maximum water level. Each screen shall, be of the vertical front clean pivoted Jam proof re- ciprocating rake and cable It pe and shall be of a manufacture which can be demonstrated-to have operated successfully and continuously in actual service for a sufficient period of time to demonstrate suitability for Its intended purpose. Each screen sh )1 Re capable of handling,;12 MGD with a,maKimcau.depth of water in the channel of 6'-6",.apd shall have a hoisting capacity,of,,, 1700 lbs. The equipment furnished shall positively screen and remoYe,debris,from the incoming flow by means of a bar rack to retain debris and a travel- ing rake tQ remove and„elevote M.7, materiAl so _retalpeO. Np Scregninga, oncg retain/~ed, shall l e ~ loved to carry ove to the ~doyrnstrgain ~~ide, of,; tl~gl bar raG,k•1 ,All pa+ra 9fr the lnc nisrR sall:,e amply, r for a1, res,50s'i, 4 t~ m-- oci mitt n I ~ ~4'i 4u#",, ~hq -fa~'riFatl,O ei'Ri t o_n o o,, ~ ar~ ~no, iZon-!1~e.rr (p~' cj{ t nuol,C n p~'` nn , i! : ~1 f r, rp9~.i Yr RTfY,T~Z17$.~P1'+ i ~C, , if>y ; ~F.l r„ t`h~~l~ rrli,7 StOTIUIfi?T~St`~1 9~ ''16 ' r I:~t ''+9~tt1E4 41#2~Jo #±(j 9ill(7tf rl +~p r{T pR~~.p zs,; f9 filGlfn , 1 Fen9 rF!a ~wi,th3llA, ~~31'i YQ ¢ cl,~ P~',f~~P. ~P ff;re Ii!1 4~3~1Voi;f., At °of#, wad' if~~~he ~r~ ,1, 11e,~eP_fh 9R;Fhe;oWni~tr m si is, 4 - 99 J did / rl jJ JU„ :o ..r .JRfI "1 t~ScJ~ ~ >l+~r~yfn,i t`• 1, F ' f 1 5 E~ .yn;r i; 1~ ypns~ t, gseny,, ►a pbat,, clta.r~r~~7 dru j„fi t dp~t ~:R a~t +,1 gtean a~g ?p~ ~~I ~ ~ 11x P ~'r ,,i r ,1"RRA., roPei f, ri z 1T►i9 ,11VA~,P~~ t3I99 1r9i~?p~i~l&ii v41 lJ`.11!fl"i;~,t!~ YIfU! fln17" (!ii(~+ flJf,J t;l f m Ifi1~t~') fii 6'1PC.ro f if ,~111C"~e,.l y 1 10 'r T 4 2.Li tt. f 4~4phitlgry P t,4fa 4414>strysI r comP9nenF.abP,Y, e, operat'i1g c ,:,j W d pg 9;, rf'lS$,, Ps 4~^bl, attac ed„ ,;the, r r sh be shop assemb ed and shipped as one gql rppe¢` a .3 1.llk r Jni..:)^ 1 t %h fl; 1ilf, 13~;,, B ckc Ijh.e, bar,, rack; shatlr,c ~nf,ist ,o,f stAel( b4r,sI 3/0,:inches thickby 2 nches wide formed straight and true,,,and,f or more sections and held firmly and accurately in place rwith 43/4pinch clear, op Ping; b ,_(peanliPf.w,gl4od',spacer i4t Path eX►d,:;: T1~4 bvr rack., sha ex e.6 ~(,T "~IAb~'Yg OR'J'6 ktg Pf"'A 0,00peifr P.4 fastgneSi. at~,Fithat point o a dead plate. The bar rack and dead plate shall be in- sta,ll,g !fR,~C c i rN~ th n¢r~AF1TP tio.n fXcepr th9t~l9wei'w,P91"k19~19f,.ithe,-f rack"w~ich t is j e, pg ip y p,9r,, thi; 06Vf4C.tl~er'.s, rpts?"nd4~.; C. 1, otioo~ ''.Thi a r}AcrR9 s9S,i ot1 tha1r,pe.c9nStrl~ctt¢ So„b? !"4edily re-; . ' fi IF g n'gp ~v4~I1 P11 5eiti9►lo wAth the,),pOr3,*nyfaptyi'ed of PAN ~pteria i. l 01'4pc4ir as r4auire,:djor th.ls-seppllca»,.; ~I . 'y ~'l 1• .s 1; fl 11 ,'i 'i '1 `d f IF f➢') i ri 'Y ff f _'f , •1 202-1 C. Dead Plate: The dead plate shall extend from'the top of'the screen ngs sc arge and shall be fabricated from steel with a minimum thickness'of 1/4'. sides of the dead plate shall be'lippeo to'p'revent screening's from dropping do oe sides of the rake The top of the dead plate shal' be attached to a galvanized 3/16" thick steel screenings'' trough as shown on the drawings. The 'trough shall be a minirqum of 21-2" above the level of the operating floor at the discharge point to the screenings container, and the trough shal_i be equipped with a pivoted lip plate` operating in ball bearings and 'supported by adjustable: shock absorbers. 0. Sill Plate: There 'shall be provided by the a sanufacturer';a minimum 3/8" Cock sill plate with dowel pins for positioning'the bar rack E. Cleaning Rake; The'cl~ iMng` Takla shall be welded 'steel 'cohstruc tion w t p o►t pints fully machined after fabrication ha"Ong' a }ninimut» material thickness of 3/8". The rakes shall be arranged so that'the rake teeth are not less than 16" from the upstream face of the bar rack when' descehdin The, rake teeth shall' b'e''curved cast steel 'tanstructiop' ir1 to hnt and bolted to tha rake' fehlria. ' The-tWb'' SHayl1 be not less 4, it- and bitbl 'the tap-red "self re11eV"ingg' de3i n ahd shilll 'adpt 'aD ' in' rel afidn to ~theT MW raW.A' 161fJeb'ntb(in d.'~ utbhfa sprin loaded wi 1 ope~e'te g per shall be part of the l'6614fca'V01r" include the necensary stainless steel spri~ ~ an be equi ed where rc~gliihedor`kii<h'1`/ 2M ,1c Y 'b1 e' r 'f 's ir~l'ir'ra~ a~ j All"h'r~dj `►te~si'.i Thls"'Fakt ih-&) u s ed°~f~T`a~ ~5e'df`t t`l wihg~'~t~ '~1 111: ` 4 o file sdree~'1lhd`tFf~'aift i1'ia eltlib3'ts'~bed bpy;~ r,. i mately 12 feet per minute (see note d). The rake assembly shall be su ported byy fepar ~8" diameter wire es which, all be, in i u adjUS'teble'tbs5(ssf, e'P'.b `~r'b rat! ~~''t~r'e`'''s''re ~'",~~~t1e~b a v T. all shail'bd~supi~tid'`i►~ t'1rOblds Zttt}e$'`'3'"th1l~'~rld'~l$" 1¢ and shall be fully machined for both ti?r 9sh$'fV]'CdnH'eW6WinWiMnne guides.. The ra~e mechanism shall operate in channel y ifes eac weigh-. ino WV l'ea'st' l borr'rfd~ fb3't "Th ry1 bk'e'' aaS'efhbl #h?y `ci` level' E shop sWbltd 1witK the het6`-A~~l 'lba~io'H'3ine~'aRd r'' ;iii `fitt ngt` and shipped as a self-contained Unit;'' tsgrarr~~ r,r,~ r The rake thalf h'kVe'arhlihimUm iIddiuf~'of6';'and' the'tegtl►'lpal penga t rate the, bW' Y4 W A" 1 ea`s 1-118" ! n , 4 r !~([)IE ~C~ (r~ 'P.~fi'tl"'F )fit ~ir'i~• vl ~'.ij f '.f I!ii :+i,.i c ,I Wipers",Shall be`ope"ratg'd by Wid'st'ee0Op"r$11e`rs'ho'irip tn~nim~r diaibefer'of 3" witl'the'r%6tlerrs *~oUlte In ball b b'►-ink' pi l W`'b}eck "'r f r1Z f! Fi6t!i` i,ir[. ,4 'tI 'II t,11 v ',,i the~druHt'~ h5tisN~1l ~tc'C1' ff~r~find. t~'1 r witlr'e` n M555 ' 'f 2=7/36o k tA''ki 3'b4ff teNi r 'd' r r, requirp~l','r The shafk_ ihell'iroidt ,,ln Mebse' ~bFic t!d'brOhleE'b bearings{ 'W "shall^3 ' pbrt'twe''lbtbf Vch,ed' 1dd~il% pur3 166a drurn•of~ Lath' Set kbyed''t6"tht 'shaft lvh'i1e`'th '6thIN 1i 'fre `'fdh TWted rotation controlled by the fixed drum. The drum shall be fully machined interrally and externally for the band brakes and the rope grooves. The r_tr 242.2 two inside drums shall be provided with friction band brakes e'quippe`d with 3/16" thick spring loaded shoes attachltd with brass rivets`wfd ` operating on machined surfaces. The drums shall be a minimum of 10" in diameter and shall sup;ort four 3/8" diameter 7x19 Stainless'''s'teel wire ropes - the drum rotation shall change the effective length of'the'ropes to control the opening and closing of the rake teeth. 'Hardwood rope guide assemblies shall be furnished and located as required by the manufacturer to keep rags from accumulating on the drums.. Hinged gal- vanized steel drum guards shall be provided by the manufacturer. G. Drive Unit: The drive unit shall consist of a speed reducer and an electr c~ 'rotor assembly with each bar screen having a separate'drive unit. The reducer shall be equipped with anti-friction bearings through- out with all moving parts in an oil Sath with the reducer complete in a watertight enclosure. Gears shall''be of.the, wdrih or helical,type of forged alloy steel with cut teeth to accurate` shape. All shafts shall run on roller or ball bearings. Via speed1reducer'shalV'1beM-'in ALMA nameplate and have a service factor of 1.25 and be'equippediwith a`steel pinion on the output shaft which shall drive thelbull'gear on,the drum shaft. The bull gear shall be a minimum of 29" pitch di anweter,and131r'fare" width. The gear drives shall have cut teeth iAdl 114'§&o a tlvanized still:gede and piniW guard'shall be'4furnishdd, ThelhoAj ve loa.ding motor shall be minimum of 1-112 HP, constant speed, 460 volt 3 phase, 60'Hertz inoA:venttlitedi:tg6iop#dlwith"IL'nbtoe-I bht0d') 11sPbPaka'an~d cnnAedtQdrtoFthe~4esr #e<Wcer tN~'ough'ta #i xible" 6a r' y eyc6fi~ ink: A` codpI16j guard1s 11 `be~farA 19h®d'%a!4 ~i>KM~i~Bct~ii~h tlhe?b a shall, be:proteotdd-ag4W v03erldidt1y rP@hit~~~61$y'devidie'!' o"' <<7bnu ;~:7rr.•'n~:,~• ;n71~9J L 01 p0vprp Lint Ja~or The machinery platform shall be fabricated from structural steel members designed to span across the width of the channel. The operating ma- chinery platform shall include the motor, reducer, bull gear, drum shaft, drms, brakes, guards, wiNT'ro0is4 id fittings. H. Control System: These mechanically cleaned bar screens shall be normal opera e y an independent motor driven time clock adjustable to give cycles ranging from 0 to 150 minutes. The control panel shall be enclosed in a HEMA 3R enclosure and shall include the necessary starterse circuit breakers, control relays, and transformers. The following pushbuttons should be included in the control panel: hoist, lower, re-set, manual, automatic, stop, run. In addition to the push- buttons, indicating lights shall be provided in the panel door. A float switch shall be provided as an automatic high level override. This float shall operate in a stilling well upstream of the bar screen and shall automatically start the screen cleaning mechanism when the water level in the channel reaches a pre-determined depth. Contacts in the control panel shall be provided for the following limit switches: a 262=9 rotary shaft limit switch designed to normally reverse the direction of the rake cycle. A slack cable lever overtravel switch which will re- verse the direction of the drive. if the rake fails to descend to the. channel bottom. An upper overtravel cut-off switch which shuts off the motor ifthe rotary limit switch fails to operate. All limit switches shall be housed, in NEKA 3R enclosures. 1 Anchor Bolts: All anchor bolts for the guides and screen structure sha]1 be stainless steel. J. Spare Parts: The following spare parts shall be provided for each screen: 2 WI re,ropes with threaded studs 2 Turnbuckles with Jaw assembles } - Spare' parts. for motors 1 - Spdre.parts for reducers 2 - Drum shaft bearings 2 - Band brake lining assemblies 2 - Shock absorbers 2 Matched:springs forsake .2 7,Wear_,f.lates;for:,the rake ,2 ,r$allt•bearing assemblie,sljar:trip rollers;and slgckrcablerdevice. ir.i!(( fV.! IfJ I. Yr, ~r r I.;'.~!1,~ , !gr', LJ(~ K.rrft, c nn,Cont g~r~,,;~Furni;h;;twQ~(2),screeeleQe!cartsr~3;:6ti:aid® xq r,i ~ep~XS v' ,e tghr,SP,fit undorAho sGree0ings:Qiiabar9e;p01nbnas sbp0ilr3s~~i,a~ ~h~M~.,i'e~fxg , cA3t8rst,and traek~wheelsfort~pos~Ofaninq under the ho-4xr4SVC4h;pn61~b13.1t1n4dsY1Ce3fQr~~ifirtogbtbe.'screene ings cart by overhand hoist and moving to a central container, ' :ii''. iS5'i~. t;.'1o;f'~U'1j% •'1' ijl,.rC"!'1b` 17~~ I~ffIG i Ir'!,b[E~ `,.'!9i!f(1✓GI'! ri(}~ !'1.'11. r~;C'Ji~' ~Il r r'fr, I,rr''r .,jjfir. t ~ :.:C~lll( lEt t f;ltlJt,(G , "irllfi"L7 _QFf'iTF,JdIv, :r'i tIl it r,r ,aE 1 r C'"! r a`i L~~C 1' i'.^. .i I i,.:^ iJ`1.". :1.'. '.I r .r r1t"..~ rll♦ .'C Lr 1r!, fig i r r r~`.I 1. 1•'~ r (1 .'r v•~ ~I''` tU 1, I!. .,1!,.. 'ri] i1 I' !If10,.%,!r... i'II~(If z_r ,1'rc•1 r...Y ~~1 11,'. +~F, ..h, )iic. ~fh,!~l rr r' k.'I) r1i!.` i`i l.•1'..~ 202.4 z cayf lop r• ITEM 203 PRIMARY CLARIFIER_S,Afl YyICtcENfRS ' aping sludge tol thickener as,tabuclu~ia ` A, ~eneiral: ,his item coYer5 nd primary andAnst lectors or Primary clarifiers and p drive me- below. Each sludge collector shall abovecomplete assembly ing the collector mechanism with fligive cage, access bridge, bridge` chanisms, influent diffusion well orts, center pier support, overload andvertiallcalanchorae s to carry sop partsload. will Na be Perms underwater bearing 'tea and a 1 gearing shall thecentireetanknfloordtwice 1 The s sweep scraper blades will be arranged to ion of the mechanism. per rcraper primary, Thickener larifier '.2 3 3p .0" Number Of ,Brits 70' -0 OH 0 meter, 2"/Ft, Bottom Floor Slope Fr, eboard , x 4'4" Dia. geltnri 'x 4 5.~7~.,Ft/Min. 16 feeY1el1, Di f. rinDeQo 6.6 Ft/$in ,9 0000 . Ft/ bs,; . TiP'Spee , J~04D;}8i Lbs. ¢ OQ~ Ru♦~, In I''~ f . T }tEf fP{t, (r~{ J`,E`)fl~`42~j^!fC'lr'~' ((S~c ,C4~~cr(~1f S,}I 1.`t Cr Qpf c,+ ,~Ca1,;steQl,i;sha1J ~ t C ~bri atio~,,1 W a A- B; ' ~Iite~ Ste, tiend met4lnshe116b manufacture an ' s.a con orm to t ce current eders ;phi Kngs s„ of. sum o TM A,i< ,iJJR- - forsr tb' AS 2. ,2. A. 4.,:roA•~~4 , I ~,p::castings,,sha13~ t9~ , 4. ~ ¢ ~ e { is ,,31, . , ~ , ,pesignv,:Fabrication aWd~ 0 4 Yw.a 4 all; SpP 9Pm 6.415C ;tame ,r, e; 9n qns•-,i,4p,Fi9n,6~ # r uTrus.~ armsr outgo 48. an' ~r.e Bf 5~5turpStg p $to Y~itf,~..t: ~he,sut 'a i, cagt ben er, cgly►u►,_ F. 1 eaft mator► torque of the device. 1 ' c ons iet'Ofpingon:gear'I sriroc C, Ors Z~tR drive, d§¢em l y,sha ket t Twin ;P;~1"i 9 dr.. e" n~uGU' 169 ~noy 14adlarm deYiCQ, drive. and drive , D pr~mar.Y 6 4~ , d00 Unit s~►al'l; be: designed, fot Dot A r, gip 4 .p ba e► si } ,9f th ecsfled 4tal torques sp~fot,the:Ahdi ~ aqd 40yi raE~19EaRe the pgiigv4W , R9 , vidua mechanisms. have,aF sha,l,l:b ly enc}ossd and>sho 3:,,. , Thebmoor ~of;~4ch,:drfor operation on 460 for opera. Ma ors s~ial~ be ambient with a 1.15 sea ed c 6n u ~j box. volts,. phase, 60 Hertz* industrial duty tYPe Motors shall be service factor, Class F insulation" ainl'ssend s~teel hields. Motors e corms on a(i cast resistant fan, ePoRelPan~e'XF, or equal. ~.E. Severe Duty, 203-1 All gears in the mechanism shall be hearv -dut type, best practice for high quality reductions drives. ousing sshalltbe of high qu-lity, close grained cast iron. All reduction gears shall be of the 511 bath type, with an external oil level Indicator 'provided. The gear motor shall have'an AGMA Class Ifeating and'narite plate. The gear train, including the gear motor, roller chain drive, worm, pinion gear, and spur gear, shall be designed to develop the specified continuous outp;it torque at a design stress not exceedingg 40% of the yield strength of the'materiat used for manufacture of Re'gears. Stress analysis computations shall be in conformance with the require- ments of AGMA's Standard 220.02 "Standard for Rating the Strength of Spur Gear Teeth," Standard 210.02 "Standard for Surface Durability'of Spur Gear Teeth," and Standard 440.03 "Standard Practice for Single and Double-Reduction Cylindrical-Worlm and Helical Worm Reducers." Other gear rating formulas, not in 0n fortaance with AGMA Standards, uill not be acceptable. The entire drive system shall safely withstand a stalled torque or twice the specified continuous output torque. Thi:6I`A,sphr gear, pinions, and worm gear shall be designed with an AGMA service' factor of 1.25. Each gear Motor shall drive a primary worm gear reducer through ;a'than'.; The worm gear"shall be Nodular Iron,' conforming to ASThi Spetif~ca I on A48-64, Wnn'411 greater'tha'n 217 for`' cast iron, or'R1SI' 4144 `s eel 4r nickel'brthie' The worm and '§liaft shall be nodular iro-,`$b.~_ { confohling'(WASTM Specifi6H6~ 53 geah!'se r r 67, or AISI 415rt stee1':~~~The"1d ' Vih11 be enc1osedIh;M~ re cast iron or cast st' ui with removable covers for inspection .The roller chaih sprockets or pulleys, shall bedesigned.to wit stand te Taal ed th of :M MedhanltM, ab- t611J,b Irbydfe# in't a o h "!''1i;''r 3c e~!f) Iu fit @ U frt~~~ 8 v f ,I The. Grorstir ~ ~ ~ • ~ ~ qua ggears shb11~ 61 tie, the- m~'in, tour, gT~ : sha V'shhil' be*4*e ad tb=,the'5'6hr geaK'11 To ' h o f al dance with44nufaWrer. !`a' Q ' in`;' c r'. f. be"st pac~'iteG.lrThe'''i'0 ~S~61l e4 fabricalted' fr m rioduler iron,AS*Sp6`0flh3inn A~S3~do!~'~~2~1} or forged' al loy. tte>a1- AISI 4142i'+4340; Or 4 i 50 heit`'tre t~'d Rockwell C. The Inner7and, outer hece3 6f1 the`bearih4,`iht %di6 'the rin if be'of'forged~steel,,,,AISl CI050, haVing'a'h tdhe4a''{hraugh61 df 2§0=300 18tinell,,land!a hrinink,tent IIeItteeh6th`,bf 12091000,10 1~W1th' 4d pwa pnd ' teeth hardened`to'554601ROC K611 C~"'A1 rnAteiy;~th ding'!§par 3h 11 p ` Nodula>1ron;180-o6Or-O3,iASTM A-6366b7`{%; 8rihill)1'with'replae6abje steel strip liners. t The ball, bearings,'shallr be, c'hrdmiuru' alloy'si4l nbt' 4ss +thari 1-114." ' diameter.., `i+, f 1 f ""f~ r' l I- j r1 203-2 i • f. C'` The turntable base shall be of high q,tadecast,iron or.`steel, and shah support Ol'the equipment. The top of the turntable shall forma plat The turntable base shall be of high grade cast iron or steel, and shall 14 support all the equipment. The top of thC- turntable shall form a plat- form to provide convenient access to the drive mechanism. Detail of anchoring the turntable to the center pier shall be submitted with the equipment bids. A shear pin for protecting the mechanism shall be provided at the gear motor output shaft and shall bo set at the torque specified for the individual mechanisms. The individual drive units shall be equipped with a two-stage spring actuated overload device mounted on the input shaft of the worm gear reducer., The movement of the worm shaft shall bl transmitted through a`linkage to a pginter visibly indll:W ng relative,. load'on a graduated scale. A torque indicator scale shall be provided and shall ¢e calibrated 0 to the maximum stalled torgye of'the, Individual mechanism on a grad-',, uated scale not `less than 41+ 1ong, and shalt be iuitable for outdoor mountA torque o4erload device'shall be provided consisting of.two', cam lim{t switches, rated 300 VAC, independently adiustable over the full tor,que rangE, Enclosed 19 ,a 1 ~ IA 4 englosure.. The first, lifiit a o :as v , ' flrs st4getorque ;ii reached. rie switch sf ill be 'a Form .c to 9p4 The second l{rtitt,Ili tch shall b6 a.Fbrm C.to op rats as the eco trol e torque {s r' ached,. Y EaB Vmf ' .M ' I* 71 , b; ~ 1. °for V ,So , functio~l5; i~44 dicated o .t .~flla!~~ .4nd 0109,411 d elsj~here.,, n these y, ° All mdirin"g'"paAs `b'f I h'A ~dri°i~ lunit' uaff b@ 4el`1 :1ulWcated ~f~h fh{9,h, quality lubrication oil, suitable for operation between 0 degrees f., and,14 , de r@es f Se 1s an4 dustF,s ielgs sh ll ,,4e prgVideQ tG protect i toe" e~r ' 'nd 14b ,,~a: , fd L,,{~ a{i' 011 i , gqar:< p 'r i n„ if nes+~;;llu s I" , ~ S e ~(e ndi provided 'W1 , I" i~ill [ d t 1 aY I a11, h catpt;b„arl a lbw ut'i d e ~1 r~l syster . ~~p! i'f? on `f h` ~ntrol. Q~4 e,^ fltiaj,r-Witch dgVtce .61c`h s a 1 ene 'fie Uahti ty ~df dfT sli 'aft station mounted at each mechanism. sufficient ~ la a it tn.,ser~ be pvided. PY . Ie! 1, ?;({su,fapturer, to. dill i;hf: unfle anQ ? i , vice.' 07 D. Tor ue Ca e' t tenker or, ve c ge shall 'be desi6rW' d'ofattie tha z f t)''- `oIl`eItij~g'.s e~ a'nism ~(ith,[ h s~~at~ s' a the • s full sta `t qye-0 members i~iMftied t'o``S(S 'fi't o "a1i~~able ~,'tress,ef ,irri t~e ,k t 4 ~ 1;u of tf~ 'AIS' Cpdg a a1'1 ~t~h `fro` t "a11 ga`g' ~h' b sctio{~ . ing c~ iiti l va~ Grins ee¢yeamid', ` -sVu 14 not btl ~ , ountedr,to 'thfe drive ~ r mn sT$T (1'; b~ E.brir~if~l4te ue~htl 1 Te,tty~y„Cant~p ftr4~t([~ ~~~4 n>{b C d ea 1a~te qot less, t{~ r 3hl~k h f rd'' ~ni Y" ~n , i,end` sh`illy i hevep t og fau~~n't`itce{~t~psg~A ie~hion w t simila]"` 1~ah a , , :,t~ "I OQdlk porti4~,.4,1'~, he , ~~~!~!1, open'i'~igs sHa~ be vid.J 243r3f-, , !.40 i unrgstr cted assage of f1ow into,th P e feedwelT. The column shall be desirstied to support the weight of tite entire mechanism resting apon',it and to withstand the stalled torque,of the drive. F. Feedwellc The influent baft74.shall be fabricated of 1,J4' thick steel p~~I.e w`ith:rim angle at the top and vertical stiffenUR"angles at ' supporting brackets. The baffle shall be fastened to the torque cage, and adequately reinforced to prevent deformation. G. Access Or id a and Handr ils; An access bridge shall be furnfshod, for eaaE ta-n and s a cons St of structural steel sectipns extending across approximately`one-half the tank diameter. The access bridge, shall be supported on the main spur gear housing which in.tvrn shall be suppported by the'steel center pier. The 36".wide, walkwa o the.bHd i shat l be fabricated' froo 3,116" checkered steel The br 90'sha 1 , be capable of supporting the entire dead load, plus"a rioad of 12~ pound$ per T igear foot without defl thg od Ciang to excess of i 3 0 f spanihe`ou er end of"tha.bt'i¢ $ hal l be se b HandrdiIs-,shaildx end alon bo s pported by the; ank wa)i, t g t~ es of, the bridge. wal,kyrAy platform, hall have 1-112" Schedul,e40 steel Pape handr4ll,j g J-r $.it n 1. ;lud ~ty ' tr'i nri C611e, t a rrmtatQd6I;h ,sfurae `tQ11 rl ~tor mecha'91im 's~ftiOn 4 01% cr s"s- a rt, a, t tru;s tXPe r s If b?~c or central `rotate rf -o ~ ar.shaT ,6 1?'1( u ar d n r I! I t,: 4 t y,.;, pp t~4 ,I,4 , T~, h h .s~ all' irk' , b u r a n drivel ~ r;i&m i;he~eih ~pur' ar~nis s rigidly braced and designed to transmit the stalled to ' <r~u~Rhh~ r nt;;nu' the drive,,4. it,applir~ s to Q e d' elapedt`tij the Aiifiat~ +lf. , ~1r d 9+1lfprnllydt.St►',1buted t~q all ~ r, t f1 ..T`1j (<<313f f.£, ~{.1 'e (t ; 1 ~i 1Qil !A i I. S(:f'Q r ~I ~ ~ i r!n( n y vJ r tl~ r A t►~ l tj !l I I' r S' u s ► s'st! ~T ow op d j'~ r i tfr el y es f ON 9 ste `i a to onJe~j sa s, S 'ts`)1, tE1ed o1 ids tG T hopQ bT ' 694+ 9 b.7 ? ith ad;~us.is~ le' Q s'tR giugp s'drf~►i 'b a i 'P ec"in s bras bdl qr i'n'" < , / belot,~ ff~el.d¢s c 0-41 .S~~1 so, , tp~;± 3f ,,lip ~J. Skimmers. `Wi`rhniihh s}~all `be" fug niA`od,.for th'e' 'rint~e4 but not of the sludge thickener, ne b Y' ed e ior more of the collection t~on~arms ' `41,1 4e~.EgUippe+4ith a surfdce iM ng bported ¢y' st uCtyrp 1 `St k , gechonjt T which ,sha 1 su ~a ~9► " e'~' attached~td' Creis rixed + 1/4'' s'ted iaetejAnfd~ haloqq? el t ~`P i 1th'f' ' Idly 'S f 1m nQQwb Ra5hA2l be,p'f baft~h 'reAr, tihe ~ff1,1~ n ~ ei~+' 1,yep feedwgl l; ~to, the ,scum width of the' ~cunl'~tr6~"gh. pq<uip'pe 1;~ e041:,.U POrtlgP ,$41~)J,~ ~~I' " the gi ith ne'prene wiping edges, and shall be constantly for~cgd a be adsta`b1e' 0 ,tnAt t e~st' b` the nttt's~ m 'f `!ilie Pjcee tangy+,1Ad sj31 11 rveg'tita bb lar4kJ ie ,sjdla~l b ,ip' ifk i'gn <~t ~ t t , ~~4±m~~ a `edge bsh: 6 1r~15a1t1d~dencao with''t' ea'n scum~t`ebub tie brttChi and,'s'helf'shbllbg~abr'~cat~dtbf'1~4"9s~te`~1~'~at ~chY~rt F, p'r'~° alr r~,u4h: END OF TY M ' 203-4 ,r ITEM 204- FINAL CLARIFIERS A. General; Under this item there shall be furnished and installed two ( nal carifier mechanisms. Each clarifier shall be substan- tially in accordance with the drawings and the following specifications. The equipment shall be for installation in concrete tanks 80'-0 effective diameter x 13'-0" side water depth, of peripheral feed design, as indicated on the contract drawings and in conformance with the follow- ing specifications. Units shall be specifically designed for the re- moval of activated sludge. This item shall include the furnishing and installation of the influent peripheral feed channel orifice tubes and deflectors,, influent baffle! Skirts, sludge removal mechanism complete with motor drive, andstee; bridge complete wit}; handrail and deck plates. ThP hydraulics will:be designed-to handler er basin) ..Min. Atie. t+Ax, R, eak If Effluent,F,low (MGp) 140 3.0; Return Flow (MGD) 0140 1.$ 3.0 6.0• , Mixed Liquor Flow (MGD) 1.4 4.5 7.5 4`C'-,' ` 1.5 10.0 The i►f'U@ t ! s +1 .~fflu~nt~ct►annel~ts 11;~ e.constr~ctsidxQf~,coacrtjtq aL,,i the,Aerip}►.,er,Y 0 0gAanK',0nshQW7;gnrAhq:cg0r.40Arawtngir,~, si ve, Tk~bngn fluent flow shall be unidirectional as shown on thei contract drawi1 0s;; The influent channel shall decrease in the direction of f!c;: in a geo- me r, q,-po,rtton(s4gh;th4t !ft reaQb#srat;specif,ied;const4nt,:wfOthj,and the;) effluit+lt:c_apne1L4I*1,1rrincr@aS°,i.n,thei.44-m-pution 00A.e001.46ntz49~; channel decrQa{e;,t¢ dSSur,R rPagpef'tchanneI,; vel.QCi,tfes i0i< l c5 F1tScav9eage and 2.41 FPS maximum, and a controlled head'.oss of 0.480' at the peak .sr hydraul.cFeondit,i.onrfr4►a1Q4 in,.wAter surPaceaQrlnf}.uent,thdnrlehrw4terr~ surfage:,c; The..snl►ii+nu~iinf}uenti-:ch4rmel PvelQCities-shall be-sufficiegtAo maintain solids in suspension. Orifices, with baffles, shall ,be A ocated W the floor of the feed than nel to prowide,equal1flow;distribution around the periphery of,the tank. The orifices shall be formed front steel tubes, furnished by the,equip- ment manufacturer; for installation by the general contractor. The length of orifices shall not be greater than the,flocr. thickness.,,,, Orifice tube spacing shall not exceed 6'. Exact sizing and spacing of the orifices will be datermined,by the maoufacturerr The orifice bdfflte EshaJlli be_rignsteucted ~o~f 3/16" thick steel plate , f~iI orming a`t"Vi shaped section.The baffle shall .involve no restriction,. less than •L.ie, diameter of ;the orifice, and -no greater, than-one diameter, plus one.inch4 ri r ~ ,1 204-: I I The influent skirt baffles shall be constructed of 3/16" thick steel sheets and extend 5' beneath the water surface, or a minimum of 1' belotir the influent channel bottom, whichever is greater. The baffle skirt shall be supported from the peripheral concrete influent channel floor. Sufficient clearance beneath the bottom of the baffle skirt and the tank floor shall be provided to permit operation of the sludge collector mechanism. The skirt shall be located at a sufficient distance from the outer wall to provide a distributing zone for the feed flow from the orifices. This zone shall be open at its lower end for introduction of the feed into the tank at a velocity not to exceed 5 FPM, The manufacturer shall be responsible for even influent flow distri- bution through the basin, and shall submit calculations showing influent channel velocities,•headloss, orifice sizing and orifice spacing prior to t h a bid; a Sludge Removal Mechanism: The sludge removal mechanism shall consist of a center r~fve mechanism, centAr pier, and'rdtating.ceAter cage. A manifold and header shall be supported and rotated by the center cage. The slowly revolving meebA nism shall collect the sludge from the tank bottom and carry it through the rectangular shaped„heaaor to the center outlet, the removal being accomplished by Hydrostatic pressure; The mechanism shall be designed to operate continuously or inte mit- teAtly 4*t is tspeed'of at 1#dSt `One 'r'aVoluftid;rt An ;30'ni Odtitlir, `LA'ar y r ` ; venti tHd maxUWAYro6ripileealI=sk'dr6fAM,heddEr"shbtl' A6t*A&',4d16`0' rPMYUri11'~r''.' 1) iI(~'3i14 Ito ? Zr.. I 11L1r j.?''ir~!(T ~ (f~i :i t1 C' ! I~ S'~{)rT ':~f,Y f!(;Ii ~J !'1 ~~.rill f!{ _ t jl Jll}i f~Cfsr ~ii(~fl ki~~J `17'j t,lf ~t1{ nrt'r C: Orive,Nchartisnit 1,~The HVe mecharli'Sm shall 'con"stst 'ofra'pritndOyI ' geaer,ri a riffI an trtterrs~pdiatt"reduCtt6+w unit`; p1u~ an' a ctdsed1 ffoal "feducttoA UAit`ddr siatin4rdf ra' piriiWa6d1l;inteedal `gdde,;1 7~ EH `.l fl;,i If (l'Jj ( 10 F F Q < <r,:, ! f i+) i ~ ~i'I t 1'.ti a f, t.rl f. , 11~JL' i A F, I , 1 1. l1 G The, primaryleedudtio 4aM t1shell be a speed'r~educ6►~`of tih'd~► from gea►~ f ,r haaVybuty'type ' rAlUbearirigs tshalV,ba r'of •'tha'andi+frid'tsiori ,type'ar4 Ji running in oit in a cast iron housing. FI I<<.~' The motor shall be rated at 3/4 HPitotally'enclosed, ball bearing, constant; speed; of'ample power for starting acid continuously,operating t* mechanism under normal .operating and conditions without overloading. The motor shalliconforniIto NERA standards_a'nd be'nameplated for operas tion on 460 volt,, 3 phase ,,'60 Hertz 'current. ri, I ffill! ( ' i;r' i r (l r The primary reduction unit shall ~ drive ,the, interr(tediate `~eductiort !Unit ' through a chain and sprocket arrangement. The drive chain shall be 080 roller,chaia;,cdnsisttrig 'of 'I" pitch,links~, and Having 6"average'ultiw` mate strength of t4 W. ~ 'Tha deNe'chain shall be dovered'with a,,r removable fiberglass guard. Proper. chain ten'sio'n shall ba provided for,[ by an adjustable steel base mounted on the intermediate reduction unit.' ?04-2 r The intermediate reduction unit shall be a heavy-duty, v)rm fear soeed reducer, oil lubricated, with anti-friction type bearings, The unit shall be mounted on a machined face on the top of the final reduction unit and properly registered to maintain accurate centers for the final reduction gearing. The final reduction pinion shall be of heat-treated steel and shall be mounted on the slow speed shaft of the intermediate gear reduction unit. The final reduction housing shall be effectively sealed with a felt strip to keep out dust. The internal gear, pinion, and large anti- friction ball bearing shall run in an oil bath. An oil filling and level pipe, along with a drain plug and sight gauge, shall be furnished as part of this unit.- A pipe with petcock shall be attached to the bottom of the main housing for purposes of condensate removal. The internal gear shall be split for easy removal and mounted on an anti-friction, ball bearing assembly. The ball bearing assembly, shall have a' minimum diameter of 42 - Tlie balls shall be,of the finest quality, high carbon '+chrome alloy steel i' r.nd shall run on replaceable hardened alloy steel races. Ill replaceasle races shall be 313" thick x 3/4" - wide. ),ll bearing shall be mountedfin acast semi-steel housing; The turntable] ntegr"ally'with the ''internal ggear, shall be of,ducti16 iron or cast-steel and shall support tWcentAr cage and scraper mechau The turntable, assembly shall be so designed that the split internal gear, i ill S'P diWsllr4M% mi y be re%ved w.itWUt 4 tftVing 'the' r The dMVd 1r4dchaniirh's'hall be desig4ed in 'aCCdrddnce,with AW SectioAsi 220,029 210.029 and 440.04, and have a life rating of 10 mill ion'cycles. At the ultimate torque rating of the drive mechanism, the material strdl,{ s,hall rioVWXde'ed`thd -eiaterial 'y1Aid'We4016 Ally i ti=friction beari44it shall 'have c 8-10 life rating of not loss ' than`lOoWO',96UeSr''oXcept`fdO'the lower bearing of-,the pinlon shaft and the bearing on the drive ends of the worm shaft, which shall have a life oR 100,000 hours. 0. OVerload Oevice: The overload device is mounted on the dritie head at theisFild 07 the 'worri'shaft `and 'consist9'of: A plate spring assembly raFp1um9erj Indicator 'dial,'two (2) micraswitchis (ona R.O. and ono N.G,~E'fadd a te-eminallblodk,'allenclosed in a weathartight, high grade, 'cast! iron housing, gasketad and mouhted,to,the mato gear housing, The endtthrust Oft he`wo H 'shaft !against the plate tpring actuatas the plurlgef; vihith K turn'moves the indicator dial, thus inditil the pressure `Onrthe,springi~.T it lit n, 6, It 204-3 A visual torque dial indicator will be provided and oriented so that it may be read from the walkway. capacity thethload drivethe The microswitches areadfu~h~dcono 1) tinuous1torquealarm of mechanism reaches 120aro and 2) to stop the motor when the load reaches 140% of the continuous torque capacity. The drive mechanism ratings shall be at least: Continuous Operating Torque 18,000 ft. lbs. 21,600 ft, lbs. Alarm Level 25 OOO ft. lbs. Motor Shut-Off , , Ultimate torque capacity shall be twice operating torque rating. A 24" diameter cylindrical:steel center,pier shall be E. ; Cen er Pier: late fhrnishlr supporting the drive, collector mechanism mounting p at(the upper end which shall be set plumb with the centerline,-,The bottom iof,thepier o have pots to,allowthe neda9shimae4s,leveled; ' collection pipe and 'grouted -in place: The pier shall - be fabricated,,of 1/4"-.thi,ck(steel, a template plate,and.shall be .whQrO4;to.Th ccoan r.eteurereshall providmo of (g) l" diameter anchor bolts. to accurate ilocate these anchor bolts. ; 3tri1 b r Ie(lr -n. <0' w ,7r~Ia l t;1c~hs Ont8r: Fage;iShall,:kelo€ q,) `alllr Ce elde tru rss construct on cbeoat,leasts3itxt3ngx~ 51 Y.~. - one bolted field splice. The n sections should 1 r,~Ihari.ngLs.reini>~t: <,~~r thiG~ne ~ '11t~17 'ill{ rcs1~,!'I`~ 1 'eil~~ ~ I' '!Jf'Ir'r, {1 1C+ ell Sf/+ e.' 71f;~ r I ti.. _ ~ti ~ . rt, e t { f Ill4."~: ~~ntr~ I th~.~i:~@~~. ~VtQ~a2~ The manifold shall bel,,Q9(%wr fitted with two (2) sealing rings. A bottom plate shall be securely dee hall anchored to the werets)tloQr-ard giv tedrin p~ ing+ 'The .manuf44tvrer ;8hall ,f_urnish a template t4 I4gc4r6t4lY `1QGQte', ~h8 anchor bolts: ,i. G. Header: The header, of rectangular-shaped tapered section, shall vary end te.from aln►Unifo m, sludge drawiroffnvelocities,throughouti and, shall= o provide. shall' be be f fabricated of 1/411 thick steel plater rThe la itudina aras3 The ileadin9 g sectional ails of the header.-shall ' be 'mo4nP , at fan: angle of A A grees ~wfth the tank bottom-to prOVide,a peaked headerzshall:axtend,,4ownward,a9 toiprovideraeflu dicing-vaneLas,an integral,part.Of,,thOLheaser,`andthe annertend oflthrgce.,intorjh4f4rgaggflt,;, influence of the orifice shall be provided for bolting to the center outlet manifold. The ade to header shall have a scraper of 010 gauge steel with aoprenee to the clean the tank bottom around the manifold, directing the first orifice. 204-4 At regular intervals, not to exceed 30", inlet orifices varying in size from a minimum of 2.5" diameter near the tank center shall be accurately drilled in the header. The design of each orifice shall be propor- tionate to the volume of sludge withdrawn, and the design of the ori- fices and header shall be such as to insure hydraulic 5alanc+a in the tank and uniform sludge withdrawal from the entire tank bottom at all flows. Maximum headloss to the sludge withdrawal pipe at the bottom of the tank center shall not exceed 1.5'. The velocity through the header shall not be less than 0.5 FPS at minimum withdrawal rates. Control of sludge withdrawal shall be external of the basin, and consist of a single operation for each basin. The header supports shall consist of steel, tie bars with turnbpclle;:and locknuts which shall hold the header in alignment in both a horl;oniral and vertical plane. A str46t4ral steel tie bar arm shall be provided for the attachment of the steel, tie bars. Sludge` withdrawal by means of individual,.riser. pipes .'shall, not:¢e,eccep- table... The"manufacturer shall submit calcula`tio`ns showing'heedloss through the hjgOer, mi,jitnum sludge velocity, orirf, ce„size, orificq,spacing ,and heaoer. dim hsioP; prier, to the, bid. if ,thq header, dey,iatgs ,from the specifie'd` j ~s p, thQ ~nanyfctprgr, shall inclu, e,~F► h s esign prgyi- sipps 4 4 to ; e l~"os~ r~R~l Ala S fCf' QI?: ie~f 0n IA i. I-_ I " da~.r; sLbmitted. Fact iti`es s 1 . pr~pgi~(e i sgro,4al ss,c,;hrr~ghr;ji.~, each collecting arm. Keai`rements shall be taken at tlhe mfnimusn, aver- age; ~til, A►ax1i.+'>=?~orO 1•,7,75 r' 1 t 1k 1 4 f; t f Y,' a T v r'h' rC t~ t, r t 1 }ii1 '1<y r t. r r11 Y9 ;[tl6i.f 111r! H.ir' ' ri ,ti 4QPposite,t#i¢ U{l tu~,.~eader, trNSs aria tqufppqd W1,tshlorr scraper, A. e3, set ,fed sRaceg Ao; 3hrJ P,# sot t@p 5~449q.:~OA thq,.40 ~oG bottom to a r pocket located near the center of the basin sha~~l,;l~@,,,~ provided, supported from the center cage and manifold and used for the skt""l^ ~,NPPor' r,~Ihq, a;+'R4 rah@1,T~ # , f~ tr.4~s ,~r►str4acttgn.a d sfia1,1„be of all-we dad steel construcfrton, w,itht. ers, havlpg„A,;/mirllin4n,s<Ihi .kIeSS,of, 1/411 t.I' 1 i EIf" The 't'ank surface skinming equIipment shall consist of a deflector blade j supported from the truss arm. A hinged wiper assembly shalt be mounted on he outer,pn¢,,of the deflector blade, The. hinged wiper assembly shad, be, so,construc'ted as to, forma pocket, for trapping the scum. The ~ hingad'~yrdpge~lgnt shall insure continual contaci and proper alignment between wiper blade, scum baffle and beach As each blade travel;; up the, beach. Th e'wiper blade, shall. have a steel wearing strip, on its, outer end which j conOc'ts {he scum baffle and 'a neoprene strip on its lower and inner edge. the wiper blade shall ride up the beach in such a manner that I 204-5 e~ the arrangement of the wiper and the beach concentrates the scum trapped in the skimmer arm pocket to minimize the amount of flushing water required. The scum trough and beach shall be of welded construction of 1/4" thick steel plate, shall be adequately supported from the tank wall, and have a 6" standard pipe flange connec`ion for the scum discharge 'pipe. 1. Influent Channel Skimmer: The clarifier influent channel skimming system s a consist of spray piping and motorized scum removal valve. The spray system shall be installed on the final 40% of the influent channel and shall consist of non-clogging spray nozzles, 2" diameter PVC pipe,`motorized spray water val,o 'for operation on 120 VAO, 60 Hzi., and spray 'timer ;GOntrols'mounted in a N>MA IV 'panel'.4 Thal spray nozzles" shall be directed to move scum toward,the motorized scut, valve as shown on the contract drawings. The systeie shall' operate .on 'a Water supply of 60 GPM at 40 psi, furnished by the general co,,,tractor. The motorized scum valve shalllionsist of drive; 'brass tube, thbe guide,,matual hand- wheel, water level sensor and automatic controls in a NEMA IV panel.' Motorized scum valve shall be for operation on 480 VAC, 3 phase,, 60 Hz. d, 8rid e:" An'a11-welded striaCt11ra1 stee' access bridge shall extend from t e wal l of'the tank to, d' boi' t, bityond.Ahd` ;titer pier, to' provide 7 e bridge shall, be desf~hed td spp'. convgnient-Access to ire drive 111 fif al por""ti iri Paddi'ci66,16' the' dedd `1o' dry ` " We to"tTd'Q, Is ~slfdb with'`a''def 1'~ct~itfr Eliot nek d irk' r3e06f~ fhb Ise, ' 4(1 ?J 1(z 1"7eEi~ ":Ili (Lf10 t'19.°i;~tlctill, A 3' wide walkway, with 3/16" thick steel ' Ifetk'eWIflridf• , A double hr flail consisting of extend ess over thA ~ the 1'-1/2 entire dipine bridt~,e lettt 41 hipk':fdi~'thi anIlt", d y,4r if P. ' not 1 " posts., shall be' fu~'nlshed Ib3/_6 &262 ct~rrer~ fd ' t1 side 6f tr rt, 6 Lt Uy walkway' El; ,f 10 ) it U c,,, (r afl~ Ir1'.{, ~~i~ SC~:~f~1!c^ tf 9t`1 ~'t7l r. K. General tltienil3: ' The' clahifW ri ekKOhi`i `1hill 61low }i "t.Z kb"rbB, draine t t ug hl th a headdV tb the 16VOI 0f the orific~+s: A' fi el draining fitting shall be provided by the contractor, in the sludge line, for complete tank drainage i, -pecial plug for this drain shall be fur': ished b'y the manufactUret All equipment anchor bolts shall be'Selvartited'9'teell fufMshed by tfip Equipment ManufadtUrtii',' and of a~Pte 'sizd,and st'rp6o~h' fio thef purpose intended.' 'All' badhor' bolts''shall'ti$' set' by't fe' 0ein' ' I c~ntrackar in, era aCCOi-dahce With' the manbfacturer`s" nstr it ib11S. All parts of the mechanism : i,be amp y proporti,(ned„for alI stre ses thl t may 'bccur''during `fatir'Ion A06c~'i;bh, 'and' iptgri~ tt6pt r ~O tinuoUs opera`tibn. who kma'si'lPip shall''be''b1` '+!~`e ih" I respeAs, 204-6 11 appurtenances, including electrical controls other than speci he,ein, alarm light, signal howler, wiring of motors or controls, cci - creti troughs and trough supports, influent pipe, wall sleeves, lui;ri- cants tools, general piping, field painting, field erection, and (ielo testing, shall be furnished by the general contractor. i ENO OF ITEM 3 204-7 ITEM 205 - FLOTATION THICKENER A. General: Furnish and it-stall one (1) 241-0" I.D. x 6' SWD dis- solve3 air flotation thicken(.-,- having a steel shell and concreL4 bottom. The mechanism shall be supported by a superstructure spanning the tank. The influent shall enter at the side of the unit and enter the flotation area thru a pipe leading to a central influent diffusion well. Float shall be transported by rotating skimmer arms into a float box attached to a peripheral baffle. Settled sludge shall be raked inward to a central trough for disposal. Pressurization system shall be capa- ble of delivering 300 gpm of pressurized flow at 65 psig to the unit at a total H.P, not to exceed 28. The equipreent shall comprise the tank shell, baffle wall, weirs, boxes, sludge and float removal devices, anchor bolts, and all nece$sary appur tenances for a complete installation of the type 'shown "op',the plans and . covered herein. All fabricated-4tructural'5teel shall conform t the ~requi em0't5'of; "Standard Specifications fo'r`Steel Bridge's and wilding," ,$;ll,M, be~I gnatio^ "-~6, A11 shop welding, shell confrom,to the latest stdnd4rds of the M er,can'Welding Society. Except ed!" ed i'ically iodicated'oth'r rlse''fi PIiSili " membews esig ~te #oF'4ubrfiei~ged se~~lc~''sh81~~ave'a Mihlmli~"~ of 3/16". B. r d U1+ii t: '~he'driJ tGpit'shall cdAs~l; } or hVe ~n $ HP `n rhf ;T P0 ~v I -6 ly.'qhidR' ~iI W. a"s~ ¢de0rh~vAnl d~ ct t~'4Y ar.~~~ ~ closed, h"a '03H1~''Ly~ gllar'd:F he`2i~t4e''sn l ern!` cal gqverlo d d v c with elect is 1, Ctd~ a m sor} d ar~brm~`~ ~~t~~ ~~ptac5 to SStQP ,the df~ p ' x U ~ ibuCf tf r ~e , r'. T3~gr and i ~ ri c ~ 1 . ~l''; f ~y' .;e '..q3 1 Cl~ !JI}.~ ~ ( 1 1 t , i • i a-.. The' dr'NS"elotor`? fiA~l`be'T~p d+id shall '80, des;grled fbr` ope eE b(r do 46b volt's "3„phb'se,' 6 'HeNti edr'nOnt: Th'e d>;iVe'corn r~ol shalt`. b$. w~red'~Cr" 110 volt, single phase current. C. Siud Wov A iiisherhechanis6 shall include,t''Steels; UdgQ;' remova r tee ak164 b)ades arsd~ adjustbble tou e9o'es,'j 0 blade! Obi 'be"prdperly 'spaced•.td in-urel :complete NBkfng ~f t~ebgtto' onto 'peO 'r6 Oldl:ibH. '0 D. Center Shaft: The steel,6e`hter "ihl ft all be a kheiduYi&'$0"sti'e'l pipe w t upper @nd donne ted,to he driv msche ism•.1;h oN h flait'ye q 11 . `YH sf)'afS 11 b 4r„iSht' +y1 qr►r;~ tab ,l$r, rake ~ ;rM4r AE t„ ~eN" d'q'f th phalt ~e a' furn~ h sh' ft 611 , r If ;,Oil' ,1~ • ,;s.d r: 1, t'•1 ,r iii;, ;r ti C ~ [ , 2051-1,. E. Float ke,oval Equipment: The float removal equipment to be fur- nished w th the mechan sm shall sweep the outer surface of the flotation compartment, and consist of six (6) rotating surface skimmers and a float box for collection and removal of floating matter from the flo- tation compartment. Each skimmer blade shall consist of a vertical, ad,ltstable, pivoted float scraper with neoprene wipers attached to a skimmer support. Each float scraper shall maintain contact with the flotation baffle as it 'rotates. Upon approaching the flat section of the float box, the float will be trapped and scraped up the ramp and into the float box. The steel float box shall be supported from the flotation baffle and shall consist of a, trough.: vertical steel sides,,and,a,ploping ramp. The sloping ramp; section shall' ,be,,fabricated,to form a section of, a hellx'sQ that the skiMM6 r blade remains in:contact with the rpmp at all times. The float bdx' shall be a minimum of 8'-0" long. All floate,~, so~ids; de. l11yered tq;,jhe float ¢Qy. ;hall be,cOnvey4p py.,, 11 gravity .t royg a; 6 gtharge p Per G thq;ta,*, pe,riph?ry,r c F'.` ` 7ark'Sh'ell 424 ' 0" diameter x 6 -4 deep, x ~/4 , t , l[;tgnk shell shall a prov ed. The tank shall be designed to be weO ed to a 6" g S anchgr0 hanne~ m del, Yn, ftank }Pgr.~ Rertpr~k h}ll in;l,ude; ah, ~p oortm4 ab fflp , 11 sh y 4 , ~ rt r., C , b` r . Y itd $tt 1, q F~ XR } a T F! bbard ~ p '4 l'~, r AI~kg 4,i-j ~r aat en h0 ,1:}n~4wt} I ~l i 1%, , l wis p Q ie. a ,'~PHI+ - $ S H:ic r irk ,,t r, r' I ? r2 aFw 1 i? + Ile~der` 8bx. `he"Wid4F b4 411 abr~caic~d o ~ r,r,}. i, and prova an 8" flarged connection for the r#aste ~aed pi e: t she a:lp pry,i,de ugt np, l h9e f4rEty`}!' pr}sspre,',~. e-,i~th"di 'e~r, t,e fos~~,p pe ait¢ r~na dq 1 pra~sur,i~wr~}q,,b~,r,§, ease ins.. ,~v44 l the (njll IPotation uni 'II r d Toe bridge sha h,span the tank and be,supp~rted by4the tank' Y+ dAa h l,l a desig 2d. t9 safgly with ~ano, 41 'n tin9,l¢ ds:, he~,W ~tv~ay sha~ bo 36,'.w a 311 .4t~} k}red,f oorp }kpri extending out to-provide easy access to alt aides o4 hp; Cg~t®r,driv.e,,,;.I, unit. Handrails of 42" high, 1-1/4r' diameter double row horizontal pipe an¢.~rr x 3/1¢ , xP? P~atss ~~hall ~~~,;Sn4 y~Q~ ~ ~p r All , S f ,r h,l a' iam~t rr S~ig elflu'~ p~pp 4 r x a A ,tan wd I) a sh t;g steal. Cg nilna ~ t Iritue di ♦~us The 5tdti00d ',di ig~`w> ih.p,lr,h@, p'r l.ed at the tank center, and supported by a s eel ro d ex ending 2054 k she tolthe withna lowlvelocity toafacilitategfloatmremovalpand collectionion K. Pressurizing Pum : The pressurizing pump shall be a single-stage, end suet ori, open mpeller pump arranged to deliver 300 gpm of liquid at a discharge pressure of 15 psig. The pump shall include a 20 HP TEFL motor directly connected through a flexible coupling to the pump. A coupling guard and structural mounting base shall be included. Pump connections shall be Class 125 ASA flanged, 3" inlet and 2" outlet. Pump shall be for 460/60/3 current. L. Pressurization Tank: A vertically mounted pres'urization tank shall be prov a for dissolving air into the pressurized flow. The tank shall be designed to provide a high degree of air saturation with- out requiring internal packing or internal re-aeration pumps. The tank shall be designed for 300 gpm and shall be 3'-0" diameter x 5'-0" side shell and shall be constructed on the basis of the ASME code for unfired pressure vessels for a working pressure of 100 psig. Use of packed pressure absorption tank shall not be allowed. The pressurization tank shall be equipped with steel legs, a drain plug, access manhole for inspection, sight glass, pressure gauge, pop safety valve, and an air inlet connection. Liquid level in the pressurization tank shall be maintined by a mechanically operated float valve connected to an excess air bleed line. M. Ai Co_prress~or: The air compressor shall be receiver mounted, capab e o a continuous output of 8.16 SCFM free air at 100 prig. The compressor shall be driven through guarded V-belts by a 3 HP TEFL motor. With the compressor shall be furnished standard accessories including pressuauge' pressure r,egulator, current. pneumatic constant speed control. shall H. Air Feed Controls: Proper controls required for metering and regL- lating a prnces air shall be provided piped together in an open-faced panel. Included shall be a pressure regulator, rotameter, pressure gauges, air flow control valve, required gate valves, and a normally closed solenoid valve wired to shut off the process air when the pres- surizing pump is off. The rotameter shall be direct reading in SCFM and 1/2" NPT,shleld. Inlet and shall htnslt be and safety outlet connections to the panel shall 0. Back Pressure Valve: A specially designed bark pressure valve shall1be -r-M- a TO ma ntain the proper pressure in the pressurization tank. The valve shall release the pressurized flow inside the flotation to prevent loss of dissolved air in~ exfeet ternal ~ pipingcandedistribution t systems. The valve shall be fabricated from a 4" cast iron tee with a stainless steel disc and positioner to maintain back Pressure control. The pres- surized flow shall be raleased in a conical pattern to intimately mix it with the waste stream. The positioh df,the back pressure control disc shall be controlled by a manual hand wheel, 205-3 P. Valves, Piping_and~Fittin4s: Interconnecting piping between the pump discharge and retention tank inlet and between the retention tank outlet and the flotation unit eAcept for the back pressure valve shall be furnished by the contractor. Miscellaneous air piping shall also be furnished by the contractor. END OF ITEM I I ' 1 I I III 1 . I 1 "i I ;'1 rp,d 1 f ?l I ! 1 1. :1;~ j 1 f ' 1 S i I ll, I :.,j1 ~,~i 'i-i (Il, t C~l~'i lf'.(1)'tl,r 1:J. •t'.f I (',i"~~ `~1r. ,Y~ 1 205-4 ITEM 206 - EFFLUENT FILTERS A. General: Furnish and install three (3) automatic backwash filters 16'-0" idth x 86'-0" length including the compartmented filter bottom, porous plates, filter media, cleaning mechanism, electrical controls, electrical feed line cable with suspension arrangement, rails with caps and anchors, and washwater launders with supports. All underwater equipment shall be corrosion resistant materials nr pro- tected with corrosion resistant coatings as indicated. It is the intent of these specifications to purchase a qu-,3lity product of the manufacturer's latest design, meeting the minimum standards set forth. Recent design improvements not covered by these spetificatiorls shall be presented to the Engineer for his decision as to their use.` B. Carriage: The carriage`'will contain or support motors, d~1Yo',_ pumps~acVwash' sUppor't frame and valve' washwater hood, skim,,,ing.de-. vice, and controls. All fastendrs on tie Carriage will be 300 Serios stainless steel. The'cArhiage frame 4111, .b6'o?',wedded, teal cof►etructiort'aljowirtg,a maxi- mum deflection of T/720" f i;4 nah w th4 ~a0,~b/ q ft. l1Ye tbad, ji111 welders are to be certiA by the'A► , 1 rave t,r H6 ~ tl' , ,~1r'Ch ere; p whtch at1 p i l IS' t u t t the drop i~+g`brf4e`l~n ~matd Al. int6'the it er te6k ~ q raT~,v~ .,kje 1-1/2 , 3 rail, V-6" high. A toe b6ard will be includes. I ' 'r.:'" A9{' 'tJ2receive 2;,+r~c,s The completedframe 'w1 f1 a comnerc 1 ;and -140 (wd-tsu '63T)w The frame will be immediately shop primedw th Koppers #621 any finish coatoo~w~th,Noppeq?9nk4t!era~~egarpgj,lf,,, r."W ;t''tg4r.; The carrl qe Ji`Ir ~drlve~,`by,.4 gear. reducer HJth.e"3%8 NFL rso.Zoc, zlhe drive,t~ia t w ~i;f~1: So p, 1041y meredtby,a;shopfappjjedPVC-~coreringt- Tha;_j,~14t; wllj Qriy~, dQMk1.e:,-f~l,briged ;wheal sr of,Jype130,4. ~r,tainless steel: All` beirings..gill.!baye..lubrtcAttorsr;fittingsii~,Wheel s~will be capable:bf Irinor.misaligrsnsnt,of rails by sliding on the,shaft.,r.. compe1satI49mfor' The support will be: attached to the,framt in.such a manner that'an ad& ,lustable pressure can be exerted-by the valve against the backwash rl strip:: All fittings and springs will-be 300 Series stainless steel,,,, Attached.to'the. loweh end of° the backwash-frame (vilj be' i hX)dn 441ve: The valve will be so mounted that' `i'ti'Cantihdepdhde tly_1f6llbVa''6y regularities of the matching backwash ;trip. This flexable movement 6nd will'bB'dontrolleb'by,'additiohal~~300 S rie5',~t4lhle;<3s'teel s4 fit'tings;~' Tee~v dye 4~i11'.laftach to'(sc eaille go`P~C i T~` `o ~ ehn'~'.of i/.• h /i if It :,1~ ("I,r~~r,'~~r;1 It... [ (.~rr cit. 1. I:~. if. ; I rG rrtr: ;7, :r i a Flexible hose connection 4ith a 300 series stainless steel end con- nection. The P'JC piping will connect to 'he bach,•asn pump and will include an adjustable bypazs valve. The backwash and wastewater pumps will be capable of pumping at a rate of - 7,5 gallons per minute per square foot for will each be fioflviter vinyl ester ster against a constric- tion fo-)t TOH. The impeller and housing with Type 316 stainless steel shafts and trim. Couplings will be totally enclosed. All motors will be TEFL for 3 phase, 60 Hertz, 460 volts. Each pump will have a valve to enable the correct pumping flow rates to be achieved. Tht wastewater hood will. be coated the same as the backwash support frame., It will be designed to permit the even lifting of the filter m3dia. The hood width will equal 1.5 times the cell width. A Schedule 80 PVC manifold pipe will be Ans:alled above the lifting space for the full length of the hood. It will capnect to the wastewater pump by of a coated cast meehanite mounting block. Beneath the manifold will designed to level the top ,laye of r' ~bd,chgz i chain ahaCklef mounted on 'a type 304' tatnless',;tdel•supp4 C _ capablb'of moving freely inn vArtida q'rectlon.,, The hold wil, o iti,oPa sP , that the,wa hwater pump; will,allgt liqui4 +~ii~ i be. . Jf0om it , i'd p. • e he h0od~t¢ ~iltly~ ,ag~ t~ the apper )u~facC tpe; dr E, ;a;x A fasteners Will be 300, series .stainless stee,1 All 11fittl,ags and ; 'pi~lAg:wi.11 ibe' Schedule CO PVt: - Integral with the carriage and washWdtCr hood'01 be a free-flobting'~- automatic skimming device. The blades will be fiberglass reinforced plistiottrtd ma ;hial~o allawil~~be dlfsoted to 1tl eaiitatFa tollktidnt;t' Floati ng ng mate paints of a vertexfturd:'r+hlCh~it•►ii11 ~''ouinped to' wafttt 6eh 2~di,e~ .ontro sc 16-tach1dledttiond ; tontraliscumivo'lhume raeftved.' Theedevice3will skime 50 gpm, at a 10 foot TDH, 460 volt,'3 The pump will be a trash type, phase, 60 Hertz.motor, :Controls will-be 'mounted it, the main control panel And wills include a,counter, to permit the device to'operbte after preset 4fine'+h_ R carriage hasat Meled al predetermined~distanceatton t o..R~egin af>~er ila4le. laa.,pe va Manual oper4tion 3h¢l1 a a The c rr,14?e 401 cqn ai<n- ytQQrnetic controls for the filter. oporation ; intlu in4 the al toalat &';s mminqq,,deYtCe. the coptrO 40x will bq,.a NZMA , 40 1 Yype 302 stainless steel enclosure. The controls 4111 consist of electrical apparatus suitable fir controlling the operation of the ,h wiredsh and,reand adysfor~gperation~ism, and will be completely assembled 6-2 The control panel will be provided with a hinged door. Therc will be mounted on the front of the panel door, hand-off-auto+natic selector switches and indicating lights for each pump motor, carriage motor, aid ,kirriing device. Motor, controls will be magnetic contactors with theroal over-current protective devices. There will be furnished a four wire electrical feed line cable and a nylon-trolley type suspension assembly. The supporting cable will be of 318" diameter stainless steel aircraft type stranded wire, with galvan- ized turnbuckles and fittings. There will be provided a 5 ~ole circuit breaker for disc%nnecting all motors at th• carriage assembly enclosed in the control panne:l. Included in the panel will be control relays and a timing device whereby the pump motors and carriage motor, at the option of the operator, may be actuated by pre-det2 mined increase in hydraulic head, or by,a timing device to control thO nterval bf'each working cycle automati= rally. Hydraulic changes in head will be sensed by electrodes mounted bec,eath the.carria§ei- These pr6bes will hotbe'djrectly cbhne'tted to d power source: -'Probes will _*al 0-Wcapable'of g1ving a';,igh Ito I W'n ing and.preverlt'"Operati6n'6 f,the 4chanii0 at-a'preset`low* 164il.~oint.' The controls and timer will b4'io led Wjthat the Washin§ cyEle, whin actuated, shall continue for one complete pass of the.filter bed,, The carriage shall not come to rest 6tileri~ than at either end' of the, fi,ltOr. The`"off-1;401"'of'the washin~'dyC1i,W1l'be tQntrelled p}► s resets timer with a range df three Olinut6s t6 twea houet. When the:timAr times'., out, the itrotors'will be 'actuat±d. quring `the ''anytime", the.ti,ner'gill be star±ed by a'relay actuated frM. t~}e electrode circuit, with prres-, ponding resetting Qf'the timer. See KIMMIN(i DEVICE for,other cop rolS•, C. Filter Media: The filter media will consist ef,a layer approxi- matelY deep f'high ~ra'd"'silica sand co'mplying'Oith.Sections ~Ii' 2.29 and '5, of the Standard specifications'for`Pi1feririg'Aaterlal kM*. Designation: 8100-72). The sand will be well 'graded, and'ieaterial showing abnor-nal grading will be rejected.. The particle size distri- bution will be determined by'SCrednirfg through standard U.S. Series sieves. ''The percent size will be determined from a plot of the per- centages of the material passing each sieve, against the rated opening of tf.e sieve. The 10% size or effective size will be between 0.60 and 0.55 millimeters. The uniformity coefficient (ratio of 60% size to 10'Y, size) will not exceed 1.50. D. Washwater Launders: There will be furnished cement asbestos tiyash- water aunders waTuminum mounting brackets and cadmium platedi.rype 304 stainless steel' a nchol^s.' 206-3 E. Influent Ports: A sufficient number of 5" diameter cement asbestos ports will be furnished per the drawings. F. Ca.,ialge Rails: Rails will be 30 lb. ASCE with splice plates and steel anchoFF-I s, The equipment manufacturer will supply Type 304 stainless steel caps to he field installed over the rails, Carriage rail stops are to be included. Rails and rail stops will be shop grime painted. G. Backwash Strip: The equipment manufacturer will provide a plastic- type strip against which the backwash valve will sl!de. lts surface will be of sufficient strength and durability so as to last the life of ' the filter. The strip will be fastened to the backwash channel by means of countersunk Type 304 stainless steel fasteners. H. Filter Beds: Each filter bed shall consist of a series of lateral partitions w ch will divide the filter into a multitude of 8' wide com- partments, per the drawings, and each compartment will be arranged for connection to a separate backwash port. The partitions will be at least 20" high'an,d wi11 mount on at least two leveling strips. Between the lateral partitions and' po ove the ports will be placed a sup porti pg A,eck for the filter media,gonsistinglof porous plates approxi mately la thif The porous plate will be properly sealed -to,prevent media 5eaks. Each compartment will be filled with an 11" depth of filter,mgdWsuppl,i,ed.by f,ho equipient Manufacturer., a To 10sure compatibility.with,con rote the cell sheets will be.fabr_icated by the pull-ertruslon,pr6gss us~n4,glass fiNrs fgr.reinforcirg.(rnini•• mum 40% fib@r) and a polyester,, nderO Formed with the cell: $beetsc , shall bq the bAttom Supports for, the, porous pion s,and-a,stiffening- section at the bate Q? the sheet, Aules for attacfinent will be factory rune}e4 or-' drilled'.. Each shgqY shall be selfsypp sting. , cell_,, .sheets . 061.1 'attach to the end'section by nylon hammered fittings. The cell slree ;'shall r,esf,.on`factory,prezpunched channel levelling. strips. The cell sheets are to'¢e fastened directly to the levelling strips using self-tappingscrew$.• The filter outlet section shall,'be fabricated by infection molding using a polypropylene or other suitable plastic resin. Each section will be 2' long and will, include connection slots for cell sheets, filtrate cone section, backwash valve surface, levelling adjustment, positive means of connection to the adjacent section, and shall be capable of withstanding the fell weight of the out'Eet concrete wall without deforming during construction without additional support. The filter 1r,fluent section shall be similar to the outlet section except it will be a face section of sufficient. strength only. 206-4 1 All bottom supports for the porous plates will be integral with the cell sheet, and end sections. Th? hold down support:, shall he angle sections of material identical to the cell meets with the hold down leg no greater than 5/8". All fitting holes will be factory punched or drilled. Tu prevent media leaks to the affluent or adjacent cell, the porous plates and the cell sheet connections to the end sections 011 be com- pletely sealed with a proper sealant/adhesive supplied by the equipment manufacturer. The equipment manufacturer shill furnish any sped ,3i tools required to facilitate construction of the filter parts. I. Erect;on: Materials for the filters will be shipped in "kit" form, with aTT parts and sub-assemblies to be erected at the Job site. The largest and heaviest piece to be handled shall be the backwash carriage. The assembling and erection of the filters requires strict adherence to all drawings, proper alignment, and watertight C,onstrvtti,on. Excluding the work and materials for the reinforced concrete tank, the assam bly of this equipment involves the following procedyres:and operations: i 1. Arrapye,for a,factory adyisor to be at the site prior to starting installatfori"of filter'. the'`ifl'oor'Setting IeyelIliig And ,anoho,rln4,the steel levelling strips to 3. Starting at the center, sqt the firs,t,,two I sheens. assure squareness' "of, ;these cell ~hdets.. r r 4. Utilizing the spacing tool, apply silicone adhesive/sealant and an outlet section and an influent section. 5. Using the levelling screws on,the outlet section, assure that it is level and square. 6. Installing remaining cell sheets. i. Installing outlet and influent sections with silicone adhesive/ sealant utilizing the spacing tool. Work alternately to ear.', end. 8. Checking Alignment. 9. Grouting of the filter bottom. 10. Setting the porous plates, caulking with silicone sealant/ad- hesive, and assembling the hold down angles. 206-5 , 11. Placing wooden forms for the concrete walls. 12. Pouring of concret; malls. l3. Sett'.ng and levelling the carriage rails, anJ placing the ?04 stainless steel rail caps. 14. Placing the carriage on the rails, adding the sub-assemblies consisting of two pumps, one clearer box, backwash piping, and washwater pi;)ing. 15. Assembling the suspensio.i arrangement for the support of the electrical feed line cable, and connection to electrical source. 16. Adding filter sand. 17. Installing washwater launders mounted with brackets. 18. Checking motor rotation, clearances of all moving parts, and setting two reVersi.ng stops. 19. Lubricating' 611 bearings and reducers. 20. Final 'adjustin '`of control Valves, 5ettfnq ofr$lectrodg;„and timing device for the operation. 21.' Havinq'factory'advtsOr insp6tt filter and inftruct, oper,~;ting i, personnel. M -:At the cdn'clusion of the filtdr installation work, anti 4s soon as water is available, the filter basins should be thoroughly d(sinfec- ted,by chlorination. END OF ITEM i .I.K 1. Ceramic Domes: Ceramic air diffusers shall be dome shaped with a nom n~ alameter of 1 inches, thickness of 3/4" through the active section and height of 1-112". The base of the diffuser shall be smooth and flat within .060" of Total Indicator Runout. The following dimensional tolerances shall not be e.-ceeded: Diameter: + 1/8" Thickness: + 1/16" Height: + 1/8" fhe diffuser dome shall be composed of crystalline fused al uilina (alumi - num oxide) with a suitable ceramic bonding ^iaterial. The individual alumina grains shall be thoroughly Joined together with the bonding material to form a strong, uniformly porous and otherwise homogeneous structure. All domes shall be substantially free from any material soluble in sewage carrying household or industrial wastes of ony,character and from. any loose, unbonded material which'may affect their normal.aho proper, operation. ~A11, domes' shall be' substantially froe"¢f cradS't' s'dit P4, chipping', spall ing,` or btheh 'struCturnl efects. 11 4lpmei ~h~ substantially unifOPfn" throe'jhou`t'i:heii~ ' eKtire'syrddt6re"a'ii~'fr'E . fp rh holes and impervious maters 1 w' W n may cailie unequal air'diftribution'.' The diffuser domes shall have substantially copstan and tMuti.h+of thb' "e""rgent' diffi seQ' it bobbles 406: active=,set.tivid , ,~r P i r r 2.' Flow'Coritrol Devicer''Each 'dome diffuser'assembly sfiii'in corporate a meter n 'or ce uf'13/64" ndi►inalI'diameter'. This'fl, trot deviceshall be made'froin"brass"'or aCefal acid hail b, pe*vbple tp' facil100, cleaning nr remoVliig foreign rnateHa1. L;. Diffuser Pi in System,, All diftoser"pi ing todpl,ing,'and'tee5.` shall e-broads from itfip s~fZiidd' pOI.Mny, CfiQride' (UPYd A11 su~ On and tie Gown hardware 'sh~iil i;q``nipde fr'o'm UPVC-except f'grl the tie dog nuts and bolts which my3t'be'De'lrin aditnl ' or 1appr6Ved,egyal.' "All pipino,`fittings'ahd essocixt46,hArdware shiW •be`su'pplied by',the inane-' factur,r of the dome diffusers and shall be designed to be installed in the flild without solvent welding. All solvent welds must bR factory assemb'.ed and tes,ied'prior '~t6 shipmisnt: 1. Pike All piping will be 4" UPVC suitable fo'r use fn sewage treatment.- Minimum wall thickness shall be .090". Standard pipe leigths will not exceed 12 feet. 2. Base Plates: Each dome diffuser shall incorporate a matching PVC base prate nntegrally bonded to the piping system. The base plate will be threaded to accept the flow control device. 207-2 y 3. Gaskets: Gaskets suitable for withs.canding the action of sewage shaTT De provided to effect sealing between the ceramic dome and the base plate. Gaskats will be made of natural or neoprene rubber and of proper durometer to effect the necessary sealing. 4. Expansion Joints: All piping couplings and to fittings must incorporate a me-, anTc_al_ xpansion joint. The purpo; of this joint expansion is to eliminate stress buildup in the piping network. No solvent welding of pipe laterals will be allowed. 5. Mounting Provisions: Support systei,; must bn designed to allow movement of piping to avoid stress buildup. Support, mounting, a,ld tie down provisions shall be adjustable to compensate for variation in tank floor height, but not to exceed 1-1/4" total variation. The tie down system shall be of su.h a nature as to be easily installed on plain flat concrete floors. Each tie down fixture shall have a demonstrated margin of safety of 10 against calculated buoyant forces and shall be tested in accordance with 6. bb ' Mounting Tests. Maximum spacing of support and tie down provisions shall be six feet. D. Air Header Supply Header System (Stainless Steel) 1. General: All air !leaders, supports, and told downs shall be as shown 'on F contrazt drawi-h'gs. ''The cohtractor shall supm,it detailed fabrication and installation drawings for the 'approval df'the 'owhe prior to manufacture. The header system will be supplipd,by the manu- facturer: oU tfiW, dome di ffu'sers . 2 . ; P i e a. Material: The submerged header and downcomer shall be type 304-L stain eT ss;steel' 'Pipe`thall be rolled"from previously an- nealed and pickled sheet with a No. 1 mill finish and automatically welded by the'inertGas Shielded Arc Method. Minimum wall thicknesses shall be as foi3lvls:' O.D. Pipe-Sixe'Wail Thickness (in. 24 & 20 .140 181 14' , .125 12.75+ 10.759 8.625 1109 4 3/8 .089 b. Length of Pipe: Pipe length shall not exceed 30' nominal. c. Eccentric Reducers- Eccentric reducers will be shop welded to adjacent pipe lengths, to'tonfor'm to 30' nominal lengths so far as practical. ' 207-3' d. Tolerances: (1) Wall thickness: minimum - 0.875 x nominal (2) Ovality: ± 1,51 specified O.D. O.D. Diameter: 4" nominal ~ + 1/32" 8"-18" nominaT = + 3/32", - 1/32" Over 18" nominal = + 1/8", - 1/32" 3. Pipe Fabrication: a. Welds: (1) All interior welds shall be free from burrs, snags, or rough projections. (2) Final outside shop welds shall be wire brushed and passivated. b. Fabrication Tolerances: 0 ) , 4lstnce from boin.of main header pipe to bottom of tee ,Shal l be. §-1 %q(!" i r 1 i • ! S " % , 4 ' p . ' . t J fj i t ( ~ ~2~ the centerline of the horizontal leg~of the;tees ±;r shall not vary more than 1°44' from being perpendicular to the vertical centerline of the header, and also shall not be more than 1044' from perpendicular to the horizontal centerline of the main header. 1(3) Tolerance on all other dimensions + 1/8ar1 (4) Expansion Joint3: Header joints will allow for expansion and will be Style 38 as manufactur?d by Dresser Industries or approved equal. Mid-rings and,followers will be of type 304-1 stainless" heel. Bolts will be stainless steel type 304 with nuts of the 400 series stainless to prevent galling. Integral fabricated expansion ,joints can be used with approval of the Engineer. (5) ins ec ion: All headers will be inspected at the point of manufacture. Headers not meeting specifications.shall be re-. ,jetted. (b) Installation: Headers shall be supported/tied down . as shown on the deta ed drawings and shall be leveled within + 1/40 F. F-iannu-f~acturer's Tests: This item governs the testing required of the Equ~pmen 4nu acturer prior tir approval as a source of supply and. the tests required during production as quality contral. 207-4 r.. 1. Oxygen Transfer Test: Concurrent with bid submittal the Contractor will-supply Ma rom an independent testing laboratory , showing the performance of the diffusers in clean water. Minimum oxygen transfer shall be 27. at 15 feet clean water depth at standard con- ditions. Dome spacing, permeability, average air flog rate and all other properties for the test domes shall be essentially identical to those of the full scale installation. A minimum of three test runs will be made. The technique and rF.sults of the tests shall be certified by the independent laboratory. 2. Quali_y Control Testing: Prior to initiation of production, the Contractor sha s-u- rr~i t fur the Engineer's approval a testing plan designed to insure consistently good quality and uniformity of the diffuser assemblies. A sampl,.ng plan shall be included. After testing, all diffusers tested shall be mtrked with their test results. The following are tests which must be included. a. permeability Testing: Ceramic Diffuser domes shall have a design mean pe rmeabbii~liity rat~rig of 15 scfm when used without flow con- trol dev,Ige, an,j shall e•p rN ablq;over their, u;tive svrfogq The perneability r4ti~ef,n-00 as, t,he" mber c?1'',g446,fe@t,;p£ air,.pQr minute a't 10 F, and 25 pcir:Mt relativa humidiiy::r~his:h will pass through one dome under 'a differential pressure equivalent to twq, .inches .gf water c41 um~, Di f fusgr; mus, t@i,te4 ip •a "m main- tattrie,dt,.y0' 5°F•Od, l¢g5~0,~ ~rglalilve lftyIL:, Diffusers Shad: be tested 1n„a,R1en `designed,,to gi;ye.05per,cgnt,cor~. fidence that the true mean Permeability=ratiing,~s-,wi W n;11-17,sc6s.,' A test plan Designed to meet the above •requirements shall be submitted by the Contractor for the Engineer's approval. b. Uniformity TeTest~ingr; All Al ffusers accepted for permea- bility shall be randomly sampled to insure uniformity. Uniformity is defined as substantially even distribution of air bubbles with the diffuser is submerged and operating at 1.0 scfm. One diffuser from each 500 shall be tested. c. Strength Testing: All diffusers accepted for uniformity shall be randomly same ed to insure adequate strength. Adequate strength ,hall be defined as the ability to withstand one full turn (after hand tightening) of the securing bolt when the dome is properly mounted on the PVC base plate. One diffuser from each 500 shall be tested. F Acceptance Testing and Inspection: The Contractor shall notify the City ~n writ ng when the installation is reedy for inspection. The Contractor and Engineer shall agree upon a time for Acceptance Testing and Insp:ction, The Contractor will then carry out the tests and in- spections to be witnessed by the Engineer. 207-5 1. Mounting Tests: Support and tie-down provisions of the UPVC diffuser p p ng s a T`be tested to insure that they have a margin of safety of 10 against calculated buoyant forces. The support and tie- dowri system of the rVC header piping shall be tested to insure that they have a margin of safety of 2 against calculated buoyant forces. Upon installation o° the supports and prior to installation of piping, all of the supports of each type shall be tested by the Contractor with no less than lrr,' of the supports of each type, chosen at random to be sitness tested by the Engineer. Each support chosen for test shall be attached to a level which shall be placed on a fulcrum. A static load shall be appliel to the opposite end producing a vertical extracting force on the support tie-down equal to either 10 times or 2 times the calculated maximum buoyant force to which the support tie-downs will be subjected in normal operation as detailed above. 2. Inspection of P_ipin : The piping shall be inspected for proper joints, suppoorts- and tie-downs, end plugs and drain relief valves. 3.' Level 'Test' ' -The tanks shall bd'fl6oded with clear water td the' top df the Tome iff u$8t tt a f~amh ivel 6'f t Ao6es 'shill `,ihe6 be chetked-to tee'that y R'04 thin + 11; ci 4t UA'rf6rYnit` and `Lebka s' Tr tt: 11ie to ks ►vill tie flooded vjith clear watery to a dept o Tj'~fho r6bdvi tfsa d6mes. The: 'aii'com'- pressors will be turned on and air $$upplied evenly, to, all :headers. The, surface of the'water"All'theh W visu'aily`irisp4cted to; sed that a+►1;'_, flow-is `uniformly'distributed 'acr6ss'tlie tanks.;' END OF ITEM`-, r 207••6 ITEM 208 - GRIT EQUIPKINT A. Oescriotion: furnish and install a degritting system as shown on the p afi-s."-1ne-system comprises three (3) cyclone grit separators and two, (2) screw type dewatering classifiers. The cyclone which is in- stalled in the center of the three unit shall have a special fabricated gated type grit chute so that grit may be discharged to either of the classifiers separately or simultaneously. Classifiers shall have chutes as shown for discharging the grit through the floor to outside grit, containers. 8. Cyclones: Each cyclone shall be 10" diamete.- for 210 GPX at 10 PSI inlet flow and approximately 12 GPM underflow. Each Cyclone shall consist of a heavy duty cast iron involute feed chamber, a shell consisting of both cylindrical and conical sections,. vortex finder and apgx assembly. ,rack section of the cyclone shall be completely lined and protected from the high' velocity grit by a replace- able neoprene liner. The Cyclone shall be so constructed so any section liner, an be replaced: i,pdepenjentl,y,,. The' vbrtix fi6? f 0,411, fie. made ofd abra;16n. resis.tont,, jron ;alloy, and, the r[~,bpI eh lip ed;beC'shpi 1,b Z . i(t di^O~teier.r A hang; and cl+{ic]t di s Op c1 . sh4i 1'. be' prp,v 00,.tetwe r} the, PeX., yli,tNlut O soon, net ing ahypip n4 b'n the Cyclone i sel ' Each Cyclone SFa)l o`e tapped for 1/4" inlet gauge connection and a diaphragm protected pressure gauge shall be provided. The overflow shall be tapped for 1/2" NPT vent con- nection. r C. Dewatering Classifiers: The grit dewyt.^rAng units shall consist of a settling compartment fabricated from 304 St. Street with a screw conveyor for grit removal. Screw shall be 12" diameter and of iroper pitch and construction for removing as much as 36 c.f. of grit par 24 hours. The settling compartment snail be of such dimension (wil.h a full flared top) to effectively remove 100 mesh grit from an inlet flow of 270 GPM. Th: dewatering unit shall be constructed so that all maintenance can be performed without the need of draining the settling tank. The grit settling tank shall be constructed of steel plate, suitable reinforced and mounted on steel supports at a slope of 3-1/2" per foot. The tank shall bc. designed to provide a settling compartment where grit separa- tion md. take place. The depth of the liquid in the settling compart- ment shall be regulated by an adjustable weir fitted at the end of the settling tank. Regulations shall provide a maximum full depth of 1501 o,' the spiral diameter. The weir overflow shall discharge into a laun- der o,x equipped with a scre,.Ned pipe nipple for connection to drainage. A tank drain shall be provided. 208-1 The grit shall be rpsnoved from the bottom of the settling compartment and discharged by means of double ribbon, 50% pitch, helical conveyor. The helix shall be made up from preformed heavy steel flight sections welded to the shaft and fitted with replaceable wearing shoes. Wearing shoes shall be abrasion resistant and mounted on the flights by means of countersunk stainless steel bolts and nuts. The spiral shall be bedded in sand so that no wear occurs on the tank. The spiral assembly shall be provided with a manually operated screw type lifting device, complete with hand wheel, attached to the lower bearing assembly and so arranged so that the entire spiral shaft can be raised above maximum water level. The upper end of the helix conveyor shall be supported in and driven by a Cycle Drive reducer, which shall be connected to a totally enclosed motor through a constant speed V-belt drive. The entire motor and reducer assembly shall be pivoted at the shaft center line so that the spiral assembly can be lifted out. The submerged lower bearing shall consist'of a single row roller bearing which shall sup~grt radial loads and a double. row ball thrust,bearing.,, The bearidgs- shall' bE~ 1hou'setl, _in a 'wafer tight enclo's`ure s' Itab.1g, for . 1 compleat'61ytubrtierged ~ operation' foie grit service. lt.'s,h~l _ pe sptta69e, for p7 ssvie ~ubricatioit' b~:rt a'nt Df externajl jc rmQght''d 9NIe' CSe, fittin g,;. t, ~ r 1 C~ 7 l t '1 i Y . 1; ~ f r f [f ~ l ~ ~ ! 1 ~ i 1 1 7 , r ~ END OF ITEM 208-2 ITEM 209 - AIR BLOWERS 1_ General: Furnish and install two (2) :entrifugal air blowers, with motors an accessories, as indicated on tha plans and as covered herein, The Contractor shall schedule delivery of blowers so as to be on the job site a minimum time before actual installation d startup. Take pre- cautions as recommended by the manufacturer to eclude internal cor- rosion or bearing deterioration before use. ''anufacturers shall state the actual Brake H.P. required at operating conditions. Blowers which have a Brake H.P. greater than 137.5 H.P. ~ill not be approved. _ 3. Com ressors: Each compressor will be capable of compres.•iq 3000 SUM o a r to a r discharge pressure of 7.5 PSIG when operated at an elevation of 560 feet and 100' F air temperature, When volumetric capacitis reduced by at least 30% each compressor under specified inlet conditions shall: l~ 0egelop at least 5 PSI p0es1di'e`ahove'spEcff~ed rii3chai'gel' pressure, 2. Not be in surge. E1 ~I f t'(IQ 0: ~'I°f r .•;'1f 1(~. (i :fi i.. ~i ! h All compressors recr,,nmended will be based up6A,rdata"prev1ddslJ"e9t!' blished by tests it accord with the ASME Pgwer,Test Cgr~e for`Ceptrifugal,. • ComprasWsc W exceptions to'thefe requiremirits will bee' allowed: Each compressor will be of the multistage 'Centrifugal type, with out-' board mounted bearing construction in which the impellers are'`keyed to a heavy ground steel shaft and supported by anti.friction type,bgarings_ Compressors` wil la b'e of the type fn which the dia p hragiij is Cast. Inie= grally with th`e'''ca'sing tpfas'sure dpffmu~t''`operaf,ir e#ifig'iendy. ",Two`'` piece fabolcated const'rJction With'ft'oe ppiidk rq i' no,,. acceptable. Where the compressor shaft passes through both the inlet and outlet heads, Or seals will be provided to prevent leaks ayyea noncohtamihati'dh of t e hii ~i gf and,to ass re ~`be'~eplaCeablQ without having to discdrln'ectInlet bof cdisc~har9 ee piping, Inlet' and outlet connections shall be ASA 125 pound drilled and tapped flange pattern and be an integral part of the heads. Each complete impeller assembly will be dynamically balanced, to insure mechanical operation of not more 'than l.5 mils total amplitude of'vibera tion when measured on the bearing housing'apt 'de'sign speed, The COM- pressor manufacturer will submit a certified test report attesting to the date and place of dynamic balance and the accuracy achieved. Tip speed of the rotating assembly will not exceed 530 FPS. 209.1 Each compressor will have two antifriction bearings which can be lubri- cated, inspected or replaced without disconnecting any piping or dis- assembling the compressor. Lubrication will be accomplished by mean; of constant level oilers. Bearings ti,ill be sized for a minimum expected life of TO years in accord with Af3MA 8-10 standards. Each motor-compressor unit will be mounted on a cotrunon structural or fabricated steel baseplate and be furnished with an approved flexible coupling and coupling guard. S-jitabla resilient fcundation mounting pads will be furnished. To insure availability of replacement parts, only those compressors whose normal standard of manufacture include these features will be considered. G. Motors: Electric motor for driving blower shall be horizontal squirrel cage induction type 150 HP, 460 V, 3 phase, 60 Hertz, 1.15 service factor, and shall be designed for full voltage storing. Motor shall oeprate at a speed not to exceed 3600 RPM, Motor shall be designed in accordance with applicable provisions of the NEMA Standard,Puklication,,for.Mot¢rs-gnd,Genprators, M~1^1975, with subsequent revisions thereto, and particularly in accordance with Part 20. Large Apparatus Induction Motors, all subject to modifications and additigns as,hgrein.,set 9rthr Motor windings'shsll be full Class B insulated. Insulation shall re- ceive an epoxy resin coating, which may be applied by spraying or other suitable method. Motor,$ hall operate continuously At rated voltage and frequency with a temperature rise of not to exceed 70°C. above a 40°C. ambient mEasured by embedded detector when operating at.100% of the rated horsepower. The 10cked rotor torgVe sha11 be not less than 100% of the,ful1 load torque greakdown.torgpe:shAll be not less,.than,200% of full load torque.' The locked rotdr KVA per horsepower, shall, be in accordance with NEMA MGl-12434. Motors shaillhave terminal` housing in'whic'' there is adequate ;s pace to terminate 00 V. wiriO connections as shown on the Plans. Motor rotors shall be balanced to within an amplitude peak to peak of 0.003 inches, in any direction. Motors shall be subjected, to standard commerciai tests and certified copies of test datu, together with a certified statement of.compliance with minimum specified efficiencies shall be furnished to the Onwer.. 209-2 tor Ideal ,shall be houseans-AlliS, Electric Machinery, Genkt.al Electric, p Accessories: Furnish for each blower a vibration sensinq device , • ones (i9 circuits delay vibraticn pilot light and suction and discharges as a 01ass spool 125 pieces flanges, rowers~ j Ends l shall be flexible of blowers. Ends shall be as a Class 125 flanges. END OF ITEM 209-3 ITEM 210 - AIR FILTER A. Description: Furnish and install an air filter of the two-stage high efficiency type, 3'-0" wide x 6'-0" high for 7,030 cfm as shown on the plans. Filter shall consist of an automatic renewable media filter and replaceable high efficiency filter supplied by the same manufac- turer. The automatic renewable media section shall be of the vertical type, utilizing glass fiber material of progressive density and progressive fiber diameter having a minimum depth of L" when operating in the air stream. It shall consist of a 65 ft. long roll of clean media automati- cally fed onto the face of the filter and re-rollea into a dirty roll after it has accumulated its dust load. This automatic section shall be supplied complete with an initial loading media; drive; control box con- taining a timer to regulate the rate of media fed; a manual advance switch; a media run-out switch; a media run-out indicating light; and a metering stiiitch to regulate the amount of media fed - all completely wired per tie National Electrical Code and contained in a NEMA 1 en- closure. The high efficiency filter portion shall consist of holding frames and dry type replaceable filters. The overall efficiency of the filter shall average not less than 93-97 percent on atmospheric dust based on the Dust Spot test method. The initial resistance to rated air flow shall not exceed 0.64 inches of w.g. All components and media shall have Underwriters approval. Furnish one (1) extra roll of media. END OF ITEM 10-i r +r'°w'T~iyn q' ITEM 2 • DIGESTER COVER a 1} one floatin( cover, of the ar- 'A Geleral Under" this item furni.h type"Tn cated, iOr an W- O" diameter digester. Cover. shal l be thereby ranged to float directly uPOn the liquid contents of the tank, maintainedttoeassurefgastcon- providin?/4" positive su of all, materiali minimum bottom chord g lP, veyance to the gas dome.. -Cover whal) be designed to receive a weldedr M i es 'which steel plate roof and shall be made up of GOVbric red besd Ibl es to sh;.Pll be ccommodateeae ousingflontainingn gas Top mixing compressor and all appur- a tenances. All`structurat steel used in.floating cover equipment,, 8, Materials: shall comp yy with ASTW No. A-16 Specifications as amended to date. C. Loads and Stresses; All ?lazes to be included in the fl ouralg minimum thipkness, All' struc cover and' op~si~~? 0f o. ' for the,f)oating 6dt O'be, self beers hall,~e de5lgn d.to,lem tde,. ,h o sib loadin s memb suppdrtiftg when resting in a,~ emPtY tank, with m~xi~+~? D s. 4 Q.. as follows: Y , !t•, r S~~Qe ~r (Jl C, Qt~ ead' load,., 4 Q 'lo d • , .,4 ~ 4~ve s~w and vStu t, f a F ..t l' f fA { ~r ;~azllnum { ~d i4 e` tres N „ 61 4 it Y g , rtN'i "k C`fica~ for; f _ 4;.,r5 it C1 hN~2~ p'l ~nt ,ter 3 t p'' t t t. r , (v~, ,y 51 t i~{3 IIf ` lli.hcuan ~ U ~'ctili'e~ sE3a1i sGi r~,r!'i,7 ~I~iTl'i v a[II Ceti prl'orttb''fabi'icatt0~~, ve loadings. usses, based on the abo „ U5~ le~ the tr i.Aq t art, no t o r~ "Olt e i rr tt Bed, us~~~f 4~ ~U tlr 1 a qulati~5~V~onte'nts:u~~~~~e~ r` as st'r~dcti~ral theratber' , k4 dig bers shall come in direct Corittltt wit eted floating .hl compl larger as practical . These L, Fabricated Asseesubas$am>~1 form cover c 8 s pp shall consist of eighteen (18) rim plate assemblies, eighteen (18 truss assemblies, and a gas dome assembly. Ceiling plate sections, support nd appurtenances shall be purlins, and miscellaneous connection members a unassembled. to ai All rim sections shall pba es ° with stiffnessetorthe Lion of the the cover er chord from the gas rim. Each truss shall comprise !eaand ncludeuthe required supporting dome connection to the rim Q. thet c interconnecting members inthea vertical pland•of~theetrshall usses b for an space between the upper f-ll radius of the cover. 211.1 1 E. A urtenances: There shall be provided, in addition to, the main assemblies, a pressure equalization unit, two (2) 30" diameter entrance hatch with gasketed and bolted cover, two (2) 48",manhole with bolted and gasketed cover, four (4) 36" diameter mixing tube wells with gas ti ht ga.sketed,connections for l2" diameter mining-heating tubes, two (2~ 8'' sampling wells with gas-tight, quick-opening covers (one sampling well to stop at the ceiling plate and one sampling well to extend to the bottom of the rim plate), nine (9) top rollers, eighteen (18)'bottom spring guides, a 24" gas pipe housing, and combination pressure and vacuum relief assembly of the unit weighted diaphragm operated type. The weights provided shall allow adjustment of the relief pressure in increments of 1;4" w.c. and shall provide a full 4" diameter opening, F. Welding: All shop welding shall be shielded arc welding,and;con- form to-- tfi a latest standards of the American Welding Society. G. F_lotation Wei ht: The installed, weight of the floating cover, in cluding roof, digester mixing appurtenances and any required"ballest shall be sufficient to'.provide'.a static gas pressure of At'leatt 81Y.o. A minimum p" f>"eeboa d Sl}A{) ; be m4intat6a,d to the tpp of tf}~, upper rim , angle' under' a11''co'nd tons. H. Te t ; After.ereCting the floating cpyer and,welq'ing"tha,ceiling plates a ',rfih "Over steal}'be tested;f~r,~a~rtl f~tnaSA,by~1 ling the tank- with'~ater ihd trapping•air beneat the veil ng p ate., All weldinpt ,4m ,qh 11. ;Joked for leeks by;jjns of a soapsuds solution and any' eak gelded, fter'the'a1r test, he cover shall be floated On- liqulo_ p¢,~]l„Jq rtejteO fq,,w4xgrt ghtn . I e,.1~ 1a1a~y.watgr- fdl',Cpn9tat; ~1 g tpe~.t's r81} 4rh33ha;hh$C,O►lr,C or,ter, testi6g the' ceitin~ ;+fate 'td Nor plates shall' be trelded j~,p acg tested for gas-tightness by pressurizing the attic space to b w.16. wg141d ;ears shall 4e.fheckeyi;fRr le~ks:,~y,'?Ign$r,of s4~p4.s4tUt,4~# ahd- by leaks`rMllded. I, Walkwa ; A walkt patntayd, hall, Jiprme~ ,by.spreoJJpg.a ,;oai~se.,aand yn,;,., 13pectbri' an~`m,~intena C~4` wi ate rten ca r v r n in I r I, j, E, L'1~ ~•'.-1 ~ 'I(li ~,..f `:t.i't ,1' 1 fl.1ii i. 211.? ITEM 212 - MIXING AND HEATING SYSTEM FOR NEW DIGESTER A. General: Furnish and install a complete gas mixing-hot water heating system of the internal draft tube type for the new digester. The system shall consist of Jour (4) internai mixing-heating tubes; a housing mounted on top of the floating cover containing gas compressor, valuing and all controls; thermal generator with controls for installa- tion in the digester control room; together with other accessory items shown or covered herein. Mixing energy inside the digester shall be applied through multiple, continuously operating, horizontally dispersed mixing tubes, They shall be arranged to create a minimum disturbance in the extreme lower central portion of the tank, so that heavy inert non-volatile material can leave the system as rapidly as possible, minimizing interference with the digestion process. When operated in accordance with manufacturer's ;fstructions, system shall be designed to avoid stratification of vola- tile matter within all,active areas:of the digester. In order positively to.avoid any.build up of solids along the outsider: walls of the digester and to achieve a dispersion of the mixing energy t .rough the; horizontal !dfinension,of~the tank the mixin§,Aubat~Trust, be ar,r,,%nged.,outwardiyctrom the:center;of the-tank at:noA ess th6n one+halfr of the,radiu s ifour,(4),mixing-tubes shall be`provided, located as shown," on the plans The system shall be so designed and constructed that•j't complete mixing tube rem)val through the tube wells shall be possible witholt loss of !.digestertga,sipressute;,'andiassuming 4$uil safety precau tiQns, fgr an,ari4~gf;explotiveeandt~poisonous-gasses Systems vhith`.in;r, duceijjj 1 their mixing,;action at: th4 center ofEthe-tank'or:,in the upperj)< two-girds .of,,the tanIkAepth .will, nop)r ibe,,acceptable. i~"7~ 1 I', i.~J ~;Jr 1C E'1 Il~t 'Fa.. .1 .t fit: ~'7IC."~ tit x•11 r i~l.~~P,. 'Because the equipment housing will be located in an area where operation, of the plant is accompanied by the presence if some digester gas es- capingtfrrm;the~optn!,edgo ,of.;a ifloating.-cover,, the locationsshall The confl4aro "yd;ar.Ous Location; Glass 1t4DivisionA'4:as~definedoby; Natiggol llectri; Qode,of;that N40gnal~Boardtof.Firo'Un4erwr1t#rs;:and 70 all. equipment'shall ,be desfgnfld:aCCOrding]y,. , For iinstallation,sim plicity all,Systo%.xoritrols; anj Ane,ttgn indications, will cbe:located,cn'1,., one side of the housing, as more fully described below, 'I Fif c. ~i;_tla.; !',lit: 'i., •i (~r''; 2<<`:111 i!r ;t r~i.t iG'.i ft' I . ',o B. E,o i Th,e gdst.compressar, gas andshot.and;celd,wat6r valving, contro s _And all tinternal.j)iping ,and;wiring }shall be factory;astembled in a fabricated steel housing for mounting 'dn' -06'digester Over wWo,- shown, The complete assembly shall be factory tested. •s(i;~ !{tl atlltC~i~fi `~ifU(iy~{ ij['~? rir.~l f t: ,rfPr, F- ,f, The housing:shal_] bii insulated internally,} and 1argeopenings (shell Abe ,-i provided on both.,staos oft;the housing'ttd afford'dasy accdss(to-all equipment from above the roof deck. A removable cover shall be pr0videdi with exit ventilators. Entrance ventilators shall be provided at the bottom of the unit. 212-1 The gas pump shall be a positive displacement rotary 10~e type, air cooled, designed and rated for long service, continuous operation under the installed conditions. It shall produce a maximum of 30 CCfM per mixing tube, at the installed operating pressure and conditiohs:. The pump shall be driven thru static conductive belts, by a motor for 3 phase, 60 Hertz, 460 volts; meeting the hazardous location' requirements. Compressor gas pumps reuiring an oil reservoir, will not be acceptable. C. Controls and Instruments: A combination starter and circuit breaker with manna handTe in cover shall be provided for primary power dis- connect. It shall be mounted on the outside of the equipment Housing and shall be explosionproof, Class 10 Division 1. A connection shall be provided at the housing for the power supply. (Supply cable and con- section by Contractor) Two dial type pressure gages with stainless steel elements shall be mounted on the outside of the housing. One gage shall be connected to the compressor discharg6 and shall read from ) psig to 30 pSig. The other gage shall be connected to the suction lire at the compressor and shall read from 30" w.c. vacuum to 10P~w.c, positive pressure,:,_ A ping service valve tupplied•by,manufacturer,shall`be mounted.bY cony tractor in the suction ~11ne 'outside the-,housing. , A flamt! arrester shall be mounted in the suction,t;.ie iriside:the'housing, and a flame'Check'in the return line: A low-,,pressure.safety switch with steinless~ste'ol"disphragi,shail tie' 7 provided+to shut*wn.the:compressorA n: the,.avent,..the'suet idn IVW*prsij sure at the the, compre4sor approaches 1"'w:t.+gaga pressure: .Srmildr`1,F, Protection shall be provided: for high, pr fissure 'Safety shutdoaln. '-The ' control circuit shall require manual reset for both high and low pres.. surest-. q+. A manuallyioperated bypass connection:shall!be provided to `retu m"aI1`60 part of-,thee.gas.directly to -the -'gas dornel to assist in initial stakup of a new digester prLventing'temporary low presSure'surges~frnni shut- ting tWsysterAAowri, ~11his bypass shall lals6"0efthit a Separate clieckout of the compressor:contr+ol=safety equipment;'from'the tank 'equipmdnt.' .Jp On the controls surface of the housing, an explosionproof box shall con. twin;+an ON•OFF~switch;!alCOMPRESSOR+RUNNING indicator light;.a HI-LO PRESSJault+.indication light (and, for systems with'internal digestdr' heating, a HOT WATER AJMPING light);, 0. Gas Pipin9 Contractor shall nrc-p . .P 9 ..ide all connecting piping and Piping7n`suTat~tln froraLhousing togas dome and,to wells foil the mixing tubes. ~Stlction I ine shall{be`,24 diameters Return line shall be 141/2" diam ter, . 212-2 Discharge lines shall be V diameter. Suction and bypass piping shall be itched down to as dome. Discharge piping shall be itched down to tube w s. gas piping shall be Schedule 40 steel p pe.- The opera- Mg pressure drop from digester gas dome to compressor suction.connec, tior shall not exceed 2" w.c. The mixing tube assemblies shall be long tubular devices with a nominal internal diameter of 12", operating as submerged pumping devices and surrounded by heating jackets. In order to avoid the catching of rags and debris, and the clogging or partial clogginS of the mixers, the mixing tubes shall be designed so that THE INTAKE END IS CONICAL: and without any no.nting obstructions located at the bottom end of the Tubes. The entire mixing tube assembly shall be mounted from its top end, suspended from th:., digester cover. Each mixing tube assembly shalt be mounted in and be completely re- movable thru a 36-inch tube. well. Mixing tube construction shall be one-eighth inch mild steel. The manufacturer of mixing tubes shall furnish a thermal generator with sugsyste~ fuel_ 4nd water contrQls, systems in.igrlock controls :to prevent heatir<q when mixing tubed art not operatin9s W ,dAgester,temperatUre~ . sensing peans. i, Heating surface, water and'sludge rtemperatures, and water bnd sludge r velocities shall constitute the basis for calculating heat transfer. As desi9r1$$d by,, ! mairl♦fagt irjqr~% the ,kgtal, syeism shall be :capable of r mii.nteinin9 ~ggesherr., op js$ ng telaperAtu~ Q vihert:the 4igester :detention r r_, time is 15.2 Cis, the temperature.,of,th4jagCslu4ge,tR tWdigdster ' is 55 OF, and the ouidoor ambient temperature is 200F. r'Jr ."r„t r . Digester temperatur@ ~,1a,1J,:,4e fnai,noined in the 93n97°F rtnge,at all r° tirggs,< Primary tgmper,~tu,re Son,tral shall be,.sems.iti,ve aquastat mounted 7 ',)ru the digester wall . Iirs , i0.nsiti.v,ity shaEll, be -t; .1124F; rits differen-+ tial no more than 2°F, it, shall control heat by positive control of the hot water suppli,04 co,tM,>nixi g,tubes~ Maximum teaiperaturi; of the water shall 6ote'ccee4 lb¢°~.,,a ,.surfaces Jn, contact with ;the sludge. ; Only the-inter nal;.surface, of the tube shall be ',confIdered in calculating it heat; transfer cap*hilities,. ji,j . r .,r f" F . Bailer: Boiler sWl have a 'rating of 1,118 M Btu/hr. with a gas consume- ton of approximately 2,288 cfh of sewage gas and 1,458 cfh of natural gas. The boiler portion shall be of welded,Scotch marine dryback construc- tion, carrying an A.S.M.E. and National Beard approved stam, with fire tubes having a minimum wall thickness of 0.105" . To simplify normal servicing of fire cubes and fire box an easily opened, refractory lined access shall be provided at the rear of the boiler; it shall contain an inspection port for examining combustion flame while operating. Boiler shall be equipped with combination teppf:rature-pressure gage, low water comression aUt-Off check and fill valve with ner, ...E. relief valve. 212-3 Boiler shall be suitable for and be equipped to burn either sewage; gas:' of approximately 650 BTU heat content per cu. ft., or utility gas of , 1000 BTU heat content per '^.u.ft, Boiler-shall be equipped with an induced draft fan of adequate capacity to remove all•gaseouis'pr6ducts , and maintain a normally negative atmospheric pressure in the 'combustion chamber. A barometric damper shall be provided to minimize the effects of transient stack pressure aid stack temperature variations. The BTU output rating of the boiler shall be consistent with the Stel Boiler Institute standards for "Table 11" boilers. A minimum of 17 sq. ft, of heating surface shall be provided per 100,000 BTUH output, but in no case shall combustion chamber volumes be less than 2.5 cu.ft: per 100,000 BTUH output. The boiler shall be 7quipped with a gas-fired power burner, The blower incorporated in the burner assembly shati be desigcid to cause 'efficient combustidn by producing turbulent mixing of gases and atomization of li- quid particles. The burner shall be capable of operating efficiently on either type of gas at a manifold pressure as low as 1" w.c. gage pres- sure, and up to required operating pressure. All gas lines to the burner shalt incorporate lit 'pressure regulators 'Off,the positive shut., off, 1100% i l ockup type; : tb control the' pr'es'sure at the `burglar: •F' Flbv! `O'f gas shall be controlled by motorized hydraulic pilot and main gas Val~ie's equal to General Controls Type H, and approved by Factory Mutual Labs-.•r for shutoff serviCft ; di tye Ynvided in'eaeh;•gb's',~pply'1inff'ahd +`dy-Na utoff,codks shall D amdnd+port-cdck dtovided•at the bdYier 'A' clieok'valt~e''lh` -b4-- prd'j vided;iin thb Inewinglsewage 'gas Ifhe.' Gas flame detection shall be by flame rid .1 Ignition shall be by spark-, ignited gas pilot burI Contrdls stAll' be `provided for kVt Aih9g auto matically sEwage gas, utility, ga's'vi'br a' blend 'df 16he two', i# 3.2 fns?it' ion as'to utilt d-fully the available s`I 01s. Boiler shall •ba provided with ell neces'saify' o0erPktrihq' controls', spfety devices; sensing elements;i blowers and riot-wq c`r'cietulatiHg' ppump. of' t~,,I proper? ca'pacity'and head for c`irculatin9 alhteN to,the'mikihJ4at,bg tubes, and all other appurtenances necessarylfor 'aioOMOlete',Insi:allatiohf as indicate The unit shall be factory assembled? factory wirep,and factory-Ited, END OF. '1TEM rl. r 1Q i I L f iIoif 1<.,,. f'. 1 1 z1Z?t,. • .:AIL, i ITEM 213 - SLUDGE HEATER FOR EXISTING DIGESTER AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. ,General; This Atem covers the furnishing and installing of one (1) nudge eat exchanger, sediment trap, and a thermal shutoff valve at locations indicated and the removing and reinstalling of ar, existing 6 waste gas burner and controls, 6" pressure relief and flam> trap, and a drip trap as indicated. r: B. Sludge Heat-Exchange 1. General: There shall be supplied and installed one (1) di- gester heater- a 3 heat exchanger unit, having a sludge heating capacity of 750,000 Btu/hr based on heating 150 gpm sludge recirculated from a digester operating at 95°F. The boiler and heat exchanger must be an integral unit of a single manufacturer, designed for a working pressure of 30 psi and constructed in accordance with the ASME Low Pressure Heating Boiler Code and shall ha inspected and stamped by an inspector holding a National Board Com- mission. .,The complete unit shall,be as.marjufactured by the Pacific, Flush Tank Division, RE7(,.Chainbelt,•.Inc. Ralph B. Carters'.or equal. 2. .-Sludge Tubes:. ,The sl ugge.:tubes ,shal i, be -standard weight steel pipe held,.. n pos t on by multiple gasket joints so arranged-that,leakage will be to'atmosphere.'f:Sludgd:tubes"shall be completely remvabl`e,for. inspection or cleaning~nrj4he.exterior, heatpUsL[Oface of the (sludge tubes shall be at least 85 sq,ft. Standard 4 inch flanged inlet and outlet connections shallrbe''providedr 3. oiler:'i Al1.-~ surfaces -exposed :to <fire!shatl be ~water-tcQol ed and shall a -readily accessible tfor inspection and maintenance:,, Fire tubes' shall be +095'1 Q01--steel, bo"ileritubes•, expanded in place an&,it i beaded. r Th6,exh7iu5t' breeching~shall+•be~readilyi,removabld for'access)'for fire tube aleantngi,icThe,dombined heating ~sur.faee' of :the:combottiodio- chamber, water-cooled back and fire tubes shall not be less than 249 . C ,,e Sq•ft. I ` ? ! _f 4.. Insulation and Paintin : T.he,shell.shall be insulated with a mininam of - -inch o insulating matE.•ial protected by a sheetmetal cover. , All:,,exter,ior.inetal;surf,aces.of the chit-shall .A''painted with a rust-inhibiting paint before 'he insulation is installed. The ent;re"',4 unit, after insulation is installed, shall be painted with gray enamel, 5. Induced Draft: Air for combustion shall be provided by an induced,dry ansure complete :cor'tbustion of Lhe fJel and the operation of1he:furnace under,ia negative, pressures Induced draft .fea shall be of a capacity in excess of maximum air. irequirements,for,com- bustion. ')r~ ~."1f rl' `.i h(i,~,}L S I 213-1 6. Safety CrnttoIs': Flame safeguard and programming controls, with transistorize amp fier, shall be provided by equipment listed by Underwriters Laboratories and approved by Factory Mutual. Flame fail- ure shall automatically close main fuel supply and gas pilot valves and sound the alarm horn. 7. miscellaneous: The equipment shall include an expansion tank of sufficient capac ty for the heater ane, heat exchanger with water level gauge, overflow drain and vent. Connections shall be provided for make-up water and drainage. A pressure )auge, pressure relief valve, low wat(:r cutoff and a temperature actua-ed high limit thermostat, in addition to an operating thermostat, shall be provided. Indicating thermometers shall be provided at the inlet and outlet of the sludge tubes and on the boiler portion of the unit. Water circulation pump, adequately sized, shall be provided, with the discharge arranged to produce turbulent transverse circulation across the sludge tuLes. B. Burner Equipment: * The fuel burning equipment shill; include the necessary ccesso es for the burning of either sewage sludge gas or natural gas or a mixture of the two gases, The burner shat ".burn -sewage sludge gas only, unless there is-insufficient supply.-Haturil gas" shallf then automatically blend in to make up the deficiency, insur ng auto- matic utilization of all available~sewage'sludge gas. Three has peis- sure~regulato0s, a low pressure check valve on the sewage'siudge gas J supply,11nei•r;nd adjustable gas 'orifice valves "shall be provided. Ignition AOansvorftr'shAlYbe provided,at the f r11 .'l,'f'! ::.OD L1 ~!'I ~ I'J~`1 f.t 1;11 - ~r'I '..~fl _t i.. 171 .1 1IF.'~. 9. Electrical Controls: A control panel shall, be provided on which all electrical con ro s shall be mounted, including branch circuit breakers and rnagnetid'startees-fot!the digester recl;culation pump 'and induced draft-4an motors,, flame safeguard,and programming control's,, alarm horn and gwpressure .switch.-.<Alli electrical controls! shall be Hf.MA cType A "enclosures, "and all' exterior wiring steal l be enclosed An t' conduit:1 rotors shall:be(furnished with open dripLproot enolbsure.i 10. Tagged Outlets Shall Be Provided For Conrectlno To:, a ".:.The main.pow6e supply, 3phase; 60 cycle, 460 volt AC, f Fbr The control circuit supply, single phase, 60"cy6e, ,16 volt A C j ~ , > 1 , rl! c. The motor of the digester recirculation pump, tdi ' A'normally open contact4n the magnetic starter for then rawlsludge'.pump,1ao insure operation of, the digester recirculation pumps.' when raw sludge As pumped.t,i 11. Digester Temperature Controls: Manual control of the digester) temperature s a e o to ne yb on-off control of the water circulation pump for sludge heating, of the digester recirculation pump, and of the 213-2 operation of the burner equipment in conjunctlon with the boiler opera- ting thermostat by means of selector switches mounted on the heater control panel. Automatic control of the digester temperature, within 1/20F, plus or minus, shall be obtafied by means of a thermostat located at the inlet to the sludge tubes of the unit. The water circulation pump for sludge heating and burner equipment shall be automatically controlled by the temperature of the sludge passing the thermostat. A repeating cycle time switch shall be provided for periodic starting of the digester recirculation pump, with coiitrols so arranged that the recirculation pump wi',i continue in operation until the digester heating requirements are satisfied or shall stop after a sho-' cycle in case heat is not required by the digester. Selector switches shalt be provided to allow either automatic or manual control of the digester temperature. C. Low Pressure Check Valve: Valve shall be of the free swinging pendu um type and-s-5-57 hang t;n true vertical position under zero gas flow condition. Seat ring and pallet shall be removable. Constructior shall be aluminum body and cover with removable aluminum seat ring and pallet and stainless steel hinge pin. Valve shall have 6" 125# ANSI flange connections. Valve shall be 6" Yarec, Inc., Figure 211-92, Whe-atly Company (equal model), or equal. D Explosion Relief Valve: Furnish and install one (1) 6" Varec Figure 70, PFT qua`1_%_de_T or equal, for 30,000 SCFH at 1/4" w.c. loss. E. Gas Pressure Indicating Gauges: Furnish and install four (4) gas pressure-05-t ng gauges mount din a panel and wall hung for indi- cating Digester Waste Burner, Sludge Heater and Boiler. Gauges shall be PFT Model 790, VAREC Model 217 or equal. They shill have shut-off and vent cocks flame checks and shall be connected by 1/8" piping to the various services. END OF ITEM 213-3 ITEM 214 - FAXING SYSTEM FOR EXISTING DIGESTER A. General: Furnish and install for the existing 80'-0" diameter x 21'-1"-3W(5`aigester a gas. mixing system of the type utiIiting an ex- ternal compressor furnishing gas at a controlled rate thru feed lines to diffusers mounted on the digester floor. Prior to any work being done on this digester by the Contractor the Owner will remove the sludge to as low a level as practical by hauling to a land disposal area. It is anticipated that the level can be drawn down to ap roximate,_y the side water depth, leaving the 9'-4" deep conical portion -io remove to an approved location. All sludge and other I materials shall be completely removed, the floor clEaned and left in i good condition for the work to follow. ' Gas mixing equipment shall comprise twelve (12) 1" stainless steel gas tires through the digester wall as shown, including gas cocks; twelve (12) gas diffusers mounted on the floor with connecting pipe runs of PVC; gas manifold; gas filter and compressor; flame trap-shutoff valve assembly and controls snd spare parts. 8 CjI2rssor: Gas compressor .shall . have. a -rating of 150 CFN.'ftoa gas displacement against a pressure of,18 psig with suction condi~ion9.of 4 ' psig and operating at an approximate speed of 192 RPM, Compressor shall have a m1nimwo1l5 HP; 1200 RPM, explosion proof:mOtor With;YFbelV drive., guard,; pressure gauge,;pressure relief valvis`.setzW 18 psiyaand_4hutF6ffr. valves for,tiotoke and.discharge_.asidcof the .cohpressor;,, r i6~fi c. I;r~'•' ri„.I i" .'r ~if. ,'rai ~ f~. C~''1 f,. E,'l YI (ii' il~J E r; Lip type shaft seals shall be :'utilitedctoielimiAaterthe pOssibilityfof;aa gas leakage. Compressor shall be equipped with an automatic regutati'n~)type 4f:lubriii-1 cation system with oil %vel indicator in the oil reservoir. The system shall alsoAnelude,an oil real aIming,devicel,fori,removi6gfail,fentfiMad~Cr onfthe discharge side.:of t W doM prdssoh.fJhere'shall?be included air.q,#` metallic.oil.filter with the oiling system.~t i-,•i 1JI[ff r!.' 411 compressor working -Parts •shall,~ be of -special'cast 'irof,,! Machined'ahd ground torsizer.: y_ °IC'I i''1 i`'. 1f.'. 'fi' jL .f?.~~"1~ .~f r F r i.'~. ..'r 'i/{ There shall be furnished a 0 to 30 psig pressure;gauge with'a141/2",-ill;'{. dial for the discharge line of the compressor, and a compound gauge foi the intake of each' compressor to`!indtcate.r rom`30":'water-vacuum fto, 3011 water pre5sure. i There shall W. furnished with, cdmpeessor-:four,f(4):dxt.,aIsets 6fisprings, one (1) extra set of slides; one (1) compieteiset of gaskets---one;l) set of seals, one (1) relief valve diaphragm and "0" ring, one (1) blade slip,,er,tool; and one (1),ompressor( drive~Wtor;~ ! f 214-1 f r. There shall be furni hed with compressor a complete closed cooling system which shall ir-Jude a coolant pump and fan, the pump motor steal' be 1/6 HP and the*fan -otor 1/4-HP, both for 115 volt, single phase, 60 hertz service. C00lInL water temperature shall be controlled by an immersion temperature control i;, the coolant outlet of the compressor, making contact on temperature rise. All motors and controls shall be explosion-proof, C. Gas Safety E ui ment: Furnish and install on the inlet side of the compressor one 4 ombir ation Flame 'Crap and Ther,7al Shjt-Off valve, with three (3) extra fusible elements; one (1) 4" Sediment Trap Assem- vaiveoto be)installedionethe,c)moressorbdischargedtorprovi 4" motorized shut-off when the compressor is without a powersupply;vide a poslti;a 0. Gas Meterin : Furnish and install for compressor an indicdting type gas meter or measuring flow of gas from the compressor. It shall indicate flow from O to 150 CFM, Orifice plates shall be of stainlecs steel for flange mounting. The orifice shall be designed for gas flow- ing at a maximum of 18 psi and 180-degrees F. It shall be in accordance with AGA and ASME requ!remeats,:Meter shall have the necessary valves for properly installing and testing the complete meter assembly. Fm balan,ting,g w flow from the compressor between the twelve (12) application points furnish and,install in the twelve (12) 1'! gas lines as shown orifice plates and.orific6.flanges; for medsuring,gis flows of 0 to 15 CFM normal and 25 CFM maximum, Each meter shall have valved 1/4" copper pipe 'leads to a,.Wall mounted flow meter.: E. Gas Difflisers: Furnish and install on the digester floor as indi- cated: we ve-. Wdiffuser units. Each diffuserishall.be constructed of cast iron and shall be apprdxi• matelyt1l' square with`an.:inter'rlal depth of 12" The unlit shall be open at the upper end and closed at.the bottom. Each unit shall be equipped with a 1" inlet pipe designed to introduce gas into the diffuser. The inlet pipe shall extend 2" into the body'of the diffuser and shall extend at least 1" beyond the wall of the unit on the outside, and shall be located 1-3/4" above the bottom of the unit. Each unit shall be equip;.d for floor mounting. F. Controls.. Furnish and instc)ll yhe following controls for the compressor: One (l) gas line low pressure explosion-proof switch, open on pressure deorease, requiring manual reset. l One (1) gas discharge, high pressure explosion-proof switch with manual reset, to open automatically on pressure increase. 214.2 One (l) gas discharge, higil temperature explosion-proof switch with manual reset, to open automatically on temperature increase. G. Testing: After field installation is complete the Contractor ;hall test tie-system for satisfactory operation. Equipment not operating properly shall be repiaced or altered to insure satisfactory operation. END OF ITEM 214-3 3 ITEM 215 - CHLORINATION EQUIPMENT A. Scope: Furnish and+ install chlorination equipment comprising two (2) 2;0lb/day chlorinators for compound loop .ontrol; chlorine rasi dual analyzer,, indicator ,,;d recorder; and auxiliary items'as covered herein. Equipment shall be as manufactured by Wallace and Tiernan, Capital controls, or equal. 8, Chlorinators: Chlorinators shall have a maximum capacity of 2,000 lbs/day with gas fed under vacuum from the remote vacuum regulator switchover system. Vacuum shall be controlled by a spring opposed diaphragm regulator to close tight on loss of vacuur A spring-loaded diaphragm actuated emergency relief valve shall prev;nt pressure build. up. Springs to be of tantalum alloy. Chlorinators ;hall be housed in a free sta6ding fiberglass plastic housing. Chlorine flow meters shall indicate flow rate to 1,000 lbs/day. Provide an emergency `_+y-pass valve. Conversion parts shall be furnished to con- vert to 2,000 lbs/day,in the,f6ture. Chlorine el'ector's'Ha11 64"m8d ted as shown near the Contact Sasinslt. shat' be equipped with a spring loaded check valve to close tight cn loss of, vAcuum.,~;;~. r,, f l`,', Pra id a s 4ctb'r itr~kt~ irk 000 h18 i ati s;o, er~nit.u>li,r >he% 4'l Y~ i n the cok~gund" ~oGp (cbFi i 21..fro fio an resf ual) inod@ a~ ~ to f automatic dosage ce,rtrol works mounted as shown. Automat'cl dosage con_ - troller shall ad ust doss a rep1uirej, y d tRr dr ven, Pqgn ,1,( , ~ iomat~n Dositi 'ad~JSt,rren of 0-1. ,r4 IIt o,ft,) i 'rte fe d, with a Y "Fprce t inpu ,flow signa~lE~ ,F!a .,~h ;bNi4?€ f rat's mio.~,.5,Q_Per~pitJnR►i4!_, flow signal. L, J! irl 1 . 1 J r T ] i i f i I r f J R, r f' C. Residual nal ze'r Chorine residual analyzer 'shall, i* of,,the amperometr c type with copper and gold.elegtrQOos;to,,measure total available chlorine in a range of 0-10 OM.~ Elegtrodes snail, be ¢qn- tinuously cleane4,.m~GhAnieally wiZ, plor,c rdmia material moving against both electr,ide surfaces. Analyze shall be autolnaticAlly_tem- perature'componsated over a;range,of.40-90;099.. f, such that temperature l change in the sample will not affect cell output.;, , The analyzer, so,A11 hAvq;.a. grjv,i,ty,,f;)ow, control, system for maintaining a , s constant hood o,f ;ample iflpv(, and olutic^ feet thrQ'ugh Me,!oe,ll Suffer ; and Potassium Aodioa.roagws,,AhalI W fed,jrom two, separate storage bottles throp,gh two ;independent; rg0rY ,Ya),ves.,, Rga9ant bottlw shall, have a seven day capacity. Furnish a one year supply of reagant, Chlorine residNaJ,,shal1Ibs, mg/l ,P a*xP rna;, o+pv near; liana), ,ghAll.t~ ~,re-+_i,ronsmittg4 to A rgmotq , recorder 'located in th"e ~dmihl~tratiMh' Building. 215-1 Chlorine C linden Switchover §Xstem: Switchover system shall com- D. prise two vacuum regu ators, one ;IT switchcYer module, and other (TT appurtenances shown. The vacuum regulators shall be connected to a ton manifold ass,anbly'as shown in the drawings. Each regulator may be equipped with'an inte- grally mounted chlorine gas flow meter, and a chlorine pressure gauge. The chlorine fiow meter shall show which chlorine source is in use. The vacuum shall be controlled by a spring opposed regulator which shall, close tight on >>ss of vacuum. Pressure shall be prevented from build- ing up in the system by means of a spring-loaded, diaphragm-ar*uated emergency relief valve located in each vacuum regulator. The SO tchover modul shall be vacuum operated, switching from an empty chlorine cylinder to a full cylinder. There shall be no manual reset required when switchover has been made and the empty container replaced with a full container. The module shall ;,7e wall mounted and operated on a spring loaded toggle. The,switchover rodule shall be, factory set and shall not require field adjustment.` E. Leak Detector; The chlorine gas leak detector shall be df'the solid slate wet or dry type s ecif,ic to c}lorlne gas. The detector sh'a11 M `ri"ual1y ,reset' dnce t e lea~'yh s baen c ecteA ajd $ ialI bpf / nig•,r_, iru_ r„ fail•3afe ~e i A co,.%Cact 'tlgs'ulreshall lye,,id4d.~fdr .sdnsol^, lfenctiot}ss _ l~o fan- or blowe'h 'shall be e<I~i.r+i3d to, `traitsmi~ c11lo it gas, to the.. 9pSOr', The ch16"inp leak detecrtdr as b minimum shah 'col airf'the folloxing• High impact SIBS plastic case to contai,r the solid state r, '61ectrdn0cs l'ight` ` Lori Oloeine'lpvel' warni ng h High chloride lel4el+ alarfr. g t,, two single polo; doub/l o' throW Urtactl clo`sur~es rated a 2 ampsi 120 VAC Qaskete'd'doo'r with obsorvatio'0''windoN and magnetic door catch lit Remotely located solid state Sensor OM- eat+~lhg 'a pa,rat+~: c~ ; F, ` Qas 'flask"and Repair Kit`: A' air••ta"nk-'type` br'. P f6rhishOd"and ChtorinedServlceeabthe erU 5 plot6 tt cy n ar1ss all` Fe - cabinet. The u`nit'Shall be ap'praVed fo Burea`J of Mines,' and Shall be'supplie1d lwi" bile' 30-Minute s tyre cylin- der. tir~, sup tut,'e' Institute. Th'e' Ore chlorine{ ton` contaArior' leakage'repa~edib stn`e ~Cf. suiV, piled e. kit'shall be type B a defihed ond'app y,,. i . 215.2 r r G. Gas Manifold Valves and Fittin-qs: Eight chlorine gas manifolds shall supp pp essary isolating such as nipples, str1p heaters, and etc. shall be seppliedhbyethers. Necessary piping chlorine manufacturer. All other valves and fittings as shown on the drawings shall be fur- nished by the Corr ractor. H. Diffusers: Chlorine solution diffusers shall be installed in front cha thethoriizont ltopenechanneledesign, andmshall beeconstructeddiffusers of material. Each diffusor shall be four feet in length and provided with the neces- sary uniform perforations to dispense a minimum of 2000 PPD of chlorine solution. The diffusers shall be 2" OD and be supported in the channel by end brackens which are resistant to the chlorine solution. A verti- caliriser to be with rther2" chlorine tsolution eline ffrcm thelchlorinatored to control room. Furnish also a pipe type diffuser as indicated for chlorination ahead of the filters. 1. Recorder: The recorder shall be a 1" circular or 4" strip chart with pressure sensitive ;seer. The recorder chart shall be positively locked to the drive bye magnetic retaine. with piercing prongs engage the chart. The recorder shall have the following components: High impact ABS case and door wiU scratchproof window Synchronous ,drive chart motor Servo drive recorder with heavy, spring steel pen and acetal gear train Solid state amplifier of residual 5 imps, 20 VAC or contact. 5 amps, 28cVDC,ritches High halGw ve a adjustable shall and J. Chlt, ine Gas Vacuum Gau es and Loss of Vacuum Alarm Switches: Chlor re gas vacuum gauges an ass o vacuum a arm sw c es s'aTl be integrally mounted in the control disconnect switches. vTheualarmmsignal switches shall be equipped shall be transmitted t~, the remote panel. END OF ITEM 215-? lTEht 216 -RAW SEWAGE AC{0 RETURN SLUDGE PUMPS A. Scope: under this item furnish and install vertical, dry-pit, mixed flow, centrifugal pumping units for raw sewage and for.ret~rn activated sludge as tabulated herein. Pumps for both raw sewage and return sludge shall have a 14" ANSI 1254 suction and discharge con- nections and integral suction elbow or rigid base support as shown on the drawings. Riw sewage pumps shall be complete with vertical shaft- ing, pillow, blo%7.ks, flanges and motor drives with st'pport bases as shown, one (1) unit (5,500 GPM) to have a variable speed drive and three (3) unit (5,000 GPM) to have fixed s^eed drives. Return sludge pumps shall have a motor support for direct mounting of the motor tnd variable speed drive. Pumps shall be Worthington Type MN Fairbanks-Morse Yodel 5740, or equal,. OPERATING OAT; Minimum Acceptable Service N;pad < S d Oriq r Effirienc Q +I FT RPM (Type b'HP) _ent 705 Variable. ~&4 Raw 1 5,540 58 58 : - 708 t r flxed e r 84 Raw, , ,1 4Q4 ' :[s S[^ ~'l'1x,~ i51~t. '{Cif , r Retyrn »,ro ~2 r, 5t,~5A0 , 20 ! IL +,,18751J. Yariable1 ` r. 76'rv Sludge r ~ sir Pumps: ; A t ~ n : Jhe'purrp casing shall•ibe of,?the a6e .pike volute' type with rttegral discharge,fIari9e land'atranged!astshoivn~an.the drawingsr. 'ft-shall be made of, close gra ined 'east "Iran confarmirsgttdr c ASTM A278 Class 30_and of sufficient strerigth, weight "and thickness-:ta provide accurate.itlignment and prevent qezcessive',defleetion, The casing shall be designed to permit,the removal of the 'rotating assembly without disturbing the suction or uischarge connections and provided with a large handhole-to perrnit inspection and cleaning of the pump interior.i[,The handhole cover shall be, bolted and its inner contour, shall match; the ,ontolur of the ~iasirig. t Three d ifting eyes shall. b© i' furnishe4 tv facilitate handling.,r ,,,r rr~! f -'ri,. ~ 1;1Sf; Each casing :shall: be, hydrostatical lye tested to one• and brie-quarter, tirWs the mogimtnn shut Of pressure and provided with three-qua:•ter inch vt~nty' drain and gauge conneotions.,r t ~.li: a"r. "j'i ~rr1 f'11. `_i i~ [i.hl ?1'.~'."iii. r':.[fS: `.IUL. , i, •,.i1 IrU i, , r.' - ~ 2. Suction Head: The suction head shall be of the same material as the casigng ante's fined to provide equal flow distribution to the impeller.' eye o, .W shall be proOded4ilth'e, flanged jconnaction~ a hhN hole ,wi,th,4rpnovsbla,cover, and, a,one4-half,irWh gauge tap tonriectionvI 'r. ! 1 " .!if f ~fE'l!)'l U!1 Ci'I't'+] ,;i G4 D 1;1.1 3, t_►rReIIer: The impeller shall be single stage end suction mixed flow en osed type with a minimum number of vanes and shall be designed to prevent clogging and to pass 3" inch solids, trash and stringy materials contained in sewage. The impe;lers shall be made of close grained cast iron conforming to ASTM A40 Class 30 accurately machined and polished to remove hollows or projections which might encourage cavitation. Each impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced prior to assembly. The impeller shall be secured to the shaft with a key and contoured lock nut which in turn is secured by a locking screw. The arrangement shall be such that the Impel 1er'cannot be loosened by torque from either for- ward or reverse rotation. 4, Weariinn9.~R.iin.4s_: Removable wearing rings of unlike hardened stainless steel shal► ~e furnished on the impeller and suction head and arranged with the wearing surfaces normal to the axis of rotation. They shall be securely fastened to prevent any relative rotation,,and de- signed to compensate for a minimum of 610-quarter inch wean: The im, pelter ring shall be 13% chrome steel and the suction head ring shall be 171 chrome steel and exceed the impeller ring hardness by not less than W puints Brinell: 5. Pum Shaft 'and Sleeve: Pump shafts shall be of heat treated alloy stee o su c ent'sMze-to transmit the full driver hors,lpower with a Iiberal'safety factor and shall be accurately machined over 1tha;' entire length, The shafts.shall be protected from wear in the stuff%41< box by a hardened 13% chrome steel shaft sleeve sealed to prevent leak- age between the sleeve and the shaft. 6; -Stuff.in Boxs-1-The stuffing box shall be cast inte#ally with the stuff i~tg x. ea ,,desiggn.~u ifdr a minimum of fivd rings of packing in addition to,a bronze seaticsge and suitable>for clean water or grease sealing, The stuffing box shall be readily accissible'and provided with a removable bronze glo,td to facil'tate packing replacement (or mechani,, cal seal as specified). The stuffing box head shall be tapped for a three-quarter inch drain connection, shall be of 'the tapered roller type ' 7. - Benrin S:, Pump bearings moon ed in a removable cast A roh frame.,The beatings shall be a0thged to elimina'4e all radial'pla! and designed for a minimum 610 life of, 100,000 hours in accordance with AFBMA. .The bearings' shall: be' grease lubricated and provided wit!: tapped openings for addition of lubricant and draining. - Suitable, seatb shall- be'Provided, in ;the' bearing 'Wers to prevent, the entrance of coutaminentsi, i The bearing-frame shall be ar- ranged to provide for the axial adjustment of the Wearing rings by the use of jacking screws and removable shims between the bearing frame and t stuffing box head.' C. 5ho .T stinEach pump shall be fully tested tin water in tne' menu acttr~er .s's op in, accordance Withi the Standards, of the MydraUl is Institute to determine compliance with the rated conditions. Certified text curve* shall be subod tted for approval prior to shipment, r' 216-2 D. Certified Dvawin~t Ce*tified prints of the prop";sed equipment sha11~6e furnI sFQor' 4 aPr0vaI These shall include it combined ele- vation drawing shcwing p>.mp, driving equipmert and co:,plings,; a pump se~.tional drawing witfr a 11st of materials, a proposed jerformance curve ant ',t)parate driver prints and data. E. Variable ,.Speed Drives; Variable speed drives shall be of the eddy current coupitn9 type nsfsting of a stationary frame, b constant spied and an adjustable speed member, bearings, bearing brackets, and housing, and such other components a; are necessary to provide a complete opera- ting unit. The stationary frame shall be of steel or cast' steel construction with. baffles to direct the c6oling air'to the rotating mer:bers. Each mag- netic drive shall Le of the self-cooled air tyre. The constant 'speed ring member shall br: of steel construction with adequate exterior sur- face to facilitate cooling. The adjustable speed magnetic member shall be r&?und with.Class,F in- sulated magnet wire. The shaft oktinsion of the adjustable speed member shall provide for the mounting of hearings,.coligctor rings ano the speed sansing;devicb. The air gal? between the two rotating mmempers r,hall be,.laintainod.ac- curatAly Lmianv'of internal bbII "aAd rol160 bebt; whlch S He11 b~ gre,tise *1ubr'lcated ! Thi Vertical rlr4itf itiie' 10W b'odNir(g'3 td be„fu,H10d ~N li yi ~Qxt.t weight of these tolitin~ rtie+nbdrfs ari iKall'`tie`'suitab~e''f r 1n i6ierr~ t thrust loading due to intermediate shafting, p mp rotati,ng,part±s of, hydrauifd"~loa'ding: l-Th'dtldAfr bedOi'r'I"brp'dket` ~iq ,,be"' ,salt strength to properli support the lord im oied J6 it by tfle bf it 6AW components. It shad provide mountln99 space for the Orus.t aring housing which swill also Molud4' a Collec£d1~ 0 '6g Yn6lb'!'ui-eTitmd0 . type brushes, brush holders and caps, and''g@al^i4i~ pickup. The speed controller !fora each' magnet e'ldrise''s►io11 'be` of the",sf icdrl controlled recti'fier'typo 'des'igndd toYegulete'the dutp'ut spend, to within'+' 2% of. thejinaylmuA output'';9p'eed'bvbilable at a}}y'¢reset speed point. The power'- input shi~l be' 230 Jolts'; 1''ph'ase1`'60 Hertl'. '`The ' output speed of the magnetic drive, shall be a0justable by either a manual! pbtent'ib~etee 'ar Vin' aVtdkiic !sstei having 6ri, but'¢ul of 4 20 ma. Into 800'ohmt. Cbkrblloe5 which 'regtieie"i lput``powor, ekce 1149 3, amperes at :30 volts, 1 phase, 60 Oertz, shall be equipped'frith'h'mag- netic contactor suitable for remotp finer izing the speed controller;. CaWa"dttf'r lcbi l 'vol t'age' shat l be 230` vol S'l `1 pha~l3, 60' He, ~tt . t'her'e shall the mounted in the con'-e'.ler cabinet a LOCAL-REMOTE selector switch, manual speed pot ntiometer, a.1 speed ipo1 ator. T elLO~AL REMOTE;°selettt'o switch'A1hd"0,bmbte' spet,f' bi>~r{a1'sh~ 1' de "aft' ted,i'1-om„ t'o controller f'ore'thb RetLrh 5llldgrs'P(,4n'ps. 216-31' The following speed contrcllers sha1T be grouped Into free standing control centers:, OESC.RIpTION PUMP DESIGNA110N Speed Control Center SJ Return Sludge Pump Station Speed CcntroT Center S~ Raw ~;ewage Pump Station Speed Control Center 5F shall be NEMA 3. S~~eed Control Center SH shall be NEMA 1. Speed Control Centers shall be ~~ee-standing with each speed controller housed to an tndividuai steel cell with tndi~~ldual cell door. Control centers shall have an apprgr.imate size of 90" high by 20" deep, with a maximum width as shown on the plans. Units shall be front ac• cessible only. All Speed control centers and cabinets shall be thoroughT~r cleaned, bonderized, and primed with a rust inhibiting primer. All painting shall be with enamel, which shall be baked for a hard, durable finish, Color s►?all be ANSI-49 medium light gray. . All outgoing leads shall be factory wired to outgotng1.terminal skr.ips and permanently identified. Magnet c,drives.shall, ~,,E1~c~r1.c Maphin@ry Mfg.: Company ArtM1 SpRed,~ Ideal ~leCtriC 6'~Mfq. ~o. , or approved equal . 1f the eQu.lpnlent,of r,,-; another manufacturer is offered. proof of experience with similar equip= m ~ ~ d ppe~r~t,i,~g s~,tixfa~tgr,lly, for; ~ Par14d Ot at .least yeQt,s1 S~tp'ee',aurn, ~,f~$ ,~o thQ ~~ati;faction of ter .Owner, , ; : : F. r'i, l~;~pr~`shd11 be,,,~r} gen~ra~ cornQllana3wlth~'tem~2Ql Gen$►" ~ qut~~~ .Si<,iP41atr1oris, ; . . a t~tgr~ ,~sti~jll 6@,14~~~~09~r,, ,w~~th~~+,~pi'dtQCi<ed~ ~NE~A Typo I Viand,with rodeR:.,;~ screens a'Qr:~the,raw.s~wag,e-Pumps.,;; ~ ~ , Motor windings shall be full Clays B insula:zd• Insulation shall receive,,a~ epoxy resin cgal<ing, yrhich may be applied by spraying or other suita4le m,e~thgd5. ,Motor,s,,shall~ operate continuously at rated voltage, and frequency .with.;a ,tiempQrature, ,r1 s~ of not to exceed 70°C. ; above _ahlbiant w►;~r~ ape~^Ati~ng a,t ;11.5 ,pf, the ,rated hor4epawsr.. << ~ • TemFera4~~~r'~ r ~e of ~}gtprs ,below 5~0 ~iP~,shall be measured by ~resiftance.. Yemppratµ~'Q_ r,~~e '~f ,motors, 500, Np ~,nd ebpye, shalt ; be men;ured by. em- ~ bedded die .~rtitor. ~ , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ; . The lQ~ked rc.lQp ~curre~t' pt` ~'tors~ shal~T bg~ in accprdance with NEMA MGI.r. , i, a FS~tgr,s~ ~~►~}~l hAVe d tru11~ 1oa,~~et~fi,~~ency,Of,,not 14s6.thdn ~7.~~>;.~ All: motofiS sha 1 ~~ave a fuyl loa power factor of not: less than 751;, I 216-4 t~ f'; The locked rotor torque shall be not less than 100 of full load torque. The breakdown torque shall be not less than 200% of full load torque. All tiiotor bearings shall to of the anti-friction type. Motnr bearings for vertical pumps shall be designed for thrust loads imposed by the pump. Bearings for all motors shall be selected for a 10-year average Association life in accordance Waterr-cooled bearings M shall c not e be permitted. values. P life and t Space heaters rated 120 volts, 1 phase, 60 Hertz shall be furnished in all outdoor motors. Any lubricating oil required for electric motors will be furnished by General Construction Contractor. Motors shall b,: Allis-Chalmers, Ideal, General Electric, U.S. Motors, Westinghouse, Electric Machinery, or ,iproved equal. END OF ITEM 116-5 ITEM 217 - PROGRESSING CAVITY PUMPS A. General: Furnish and install at locations shown progressing cavity pumps as tabulated below. Pumps shall be complete with a welded steel base plate (with drip lip) common for pump and drive and with motor drive as tabulated and specified. Coupling betwetn pump and motor shall have a coupling guard. The pumps to be furnished and other significant data is as follows: Me X'. No. Average Max. Min. Motor Type Service Req'd Ca ' Pressure Speed H.P. Speed Drive MNT (M) ZRP'1) M Thickened Pri. 2 40 20 225 5 900 Sinale* Sludge Speed Motor DAF thickener 1 40 20 350 5 900 Underfloor Waste Activated 1 75 20 350 7.5 1750 Mech.** Exist. Plant Variable r, Recycle Digested 1 30 20 300 5 1750 Sludge Sampling 7 5 15 400 3/4 1200 Single* Speed Motor Scum 4 40 20 225 5 900 As Above *V-Belt **Flexih;e Coupling B Pum s: Sludge pumps sl,: i ;i4 ',o progressing cavity type consis- ting of cast iron bodies, too' irome plated rc+ors, buna-N stators, stuffing boxes with split pack,J,q ;+id and split lantern ring and with bearings designed for a minio}um ,0,000 hours, B-10 life. Sampling pumps shall have cast iron bodies, #416 stainless steel-chrome plated rotors, buna-N stators and m~chaniral seals. C. Variable Speed Drives: Drives shall be preassembled units inte- grally constructed of motor, belt case, and gerring and shall be Reeves vari-speed motodrive as manufactured by Reliance Electric Company, General Electric, or equal. Drives shall have a minimum speed range of 5:1. Variable drive must be capable of operating at the maximun rated load and RPM, Motors shall be Out; Master A-C; 46U volt, 3 phase, 60 Hertz; NEMA Design B with class "B" insulation, totally enclosed - fan cooled,to 2~r-1 owl provide full rating at output of the variable speed drive. Shaft rotir r vi gapesurfaceslofbrotoruandestatorashsllTbe epobraxytcoaion Air 9 protection. Belt case shall be extra-tough (XT) construction and sizsd for 24 hour, 7 day per week duty with service factor of 1.5. Enclosure shall have a cast iron main frame and cast iron inspection covers,, protected on interior with corrosion resistant coating and finished on exterior with alkyd enamel paint containing sinc chromate. Provide a drain in the lower part of the main frame. Drive discs shall be steel or cast iron with faces treated with Master/Reeves Chromalife (chromium). Shafts shall be and di seals at frameibearingtadreas.t11Beltsshallrbegofuheavysduty tensile prenorde construction, static conducting. Belt tension spring th=ll he contained in a self-contained cartridge assembly for safety. Bearings shall be double-shielded type ball and tapered roller bearings. Gear reducer shall be extra-tough ( XTwitonstructin factor man ufazture by Reliance Electric Company, p continuous duty. Gears shall be in accordance with ALMA Standards. Enclosure construction shall be as covered above. Drives shall ba Manual N6nd Wheel controlled with speed setting;indi , cation. I END OF ITEM f ,f 217=2 ITEM 213 - RECESSL.D IMPELLER CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A; General- Furnish and install at locations as shown on the plans htivy duty, recessed impeller, torque-flow centrifugal pumping units designed for pumpi,ig sludge and grit. Pumps shall be Wemco Torque-Flow Model C, E or 1;PSC as specified, Mor- ris HS (equal model), or equal. Pump; shall be in accordance with the following tabulation: PUMP TABULATION (1) (2) (3) Location Return Sludge Primary Sludge GAF Thickener Pump Station Grit Building Number Required 2 2 2 Operating Service Waste Act. Pri. Sludge Transfer to Sludge to Cyclones Digester E s Temp (°F) 100 1,10 100 Orientation Vertical Foot Horizontal FCJL Vertical Suspended 'Mounted -Mounted Capacity (GPM) 175 270 100' TDH (Ft. } 36 31 37.5 Pump Size 3" ',Jekb q" Wemco 3'x it Neriico Typ Model E Model C Model WPSC ,Speed 1170 800 )170 ' Suction 4" Flg, d"•Fig. 3° Fig.' Discharge 341'Flg 41 F19. 3, FI Drive 5 H.P. Motor 1-112 H.P Motor 7-11e j Method of .jingle Speed Pulleys an4 Sir4gl~'gI:eed Coupling Motor "V-Belts 'Moto~ f (ril rf(1; 218-1 - f, i (4) (5) (6) Location Drying Bid Recycle water Digester Contra; PCTp Station Pump Station Building N,imber Required 2 2 3 Operating Service Bed Decant Filter Backwash Digested Sludge "ransfer Tamp (°F) 100 100 100 Orientation Vert'cal Vertical Horizontal Foot Suspended Suspended Mounted Capacity (GPM) 80 300 150 TDH (Ft.) 32 60 r. 33 Pump size 2" Wemco 4" Wemco 4" v::mco Type Model WPSC Model WPSC Model C 1170 1750 800 Spend 21 Flg. ,4` Flg. 4" Fig. Suction Discharge 2" Flg. 4" F19411, F19; ; Drive 5 H.P. Motor 15 H.P. Motor 10 H.P Variable Speed Methq¢ of,Couplir.g :Single Speed Single Speed Motor Motor B: PuiRs Under 2 and 6 of Tabulation: Pump casings shall be 2-piece vertical IT spl t type, wtt in et esigned so that impeller can be v4ith- drawn without removing discharge casing and/or disturbing discharge piping. The casing shall be constructed so that it can be reversed for opposite rotation. Casing shall be of close grained cast Ni-Hard of suitable thick- ness,for abrasive service. Thhe7/case for•i8knwithshall be 1/2" 0r, 2e' 0*c9/16" for '111, 3/4" for 4" and 6" , The,pump shall be c(implf)tely open from suction to discharge r+ith no wparing rings or impeller faceplates required. All internal clearances shall be equal ,;to,the disgharg~ 4igmecer scwthat ail,m9terial ti,nich will pass through t:i6 discharge will pass through the pump., The impeller shall be of the recessed design, constructed of Iii-Hart and shall be mounted completely out of the flow path between the pump inl:t and ions throughcthegimpeller, Thesimpellerhshallibe babbiatedetooa tapereddshaftlow 213-2 and secured by an impeller bolt and locked against reverse rotation. The impeller shall be of the cup-type design such that blade ends are surrounded by an integral rim which shall direct the flow to the center of the volute, minimizing partical impact and reducing wear and degradaticn. A removable wearpla6e of Eli-Hard shall be provided back of the im,,eller designed to direct flow from behind the impeller to the center of the vol- ute for maximum p,otection to the casing. The shaft shall be of AI5IC1141 (or equal) steel, and shall be protected throughout the packing area by a removable chrome-plated steel shaft sleeve. The stuffing box shall contain graphite impregnated asbestos packing rings and bronze or teflon lantern ring arranged for either water or go-ease lubrication. The packing will be retained with a split adjustable gland. Any leakage will be retained within a drainable reservoir. The packing housing shall be a separate piece bolted to the bearing housing for ease of removal. All N1-Hard material shall be 550 By inell hardness minimum. Bearings shall be oil bath lubricated with oil reservoir sealed at 'either end to prevent entrance of foreign matter. The thrust bearings shall con- sist of two angular contact ball bearings mounted back to back ,'preceded by a single raw angular co'ntact' ball' bearing 'for' maxirttJm protectidh frotn' all thrust loads. The bearing housing will be equipped with a pressure venting device and oil fill, level and drain taps. The common pump and motor base with adjustable motor mount shall be fabri- cated steel, suitably constructed to support the full weight of pump and motor. Provide deep drip lip with drainage connectiuns at each end. G. Lumps Under 1 (3), (4), and (5) of Tabulation: Pump casing shall be constructed of cast iron materiaj~and sha]T-Fecompletely open from suc- tion to discharge with no wearing rings or impeller face plates required. All internal case clearances shall be equal to the discharge diameter so that all material which will pass through the discharge can pass throuq:, the pump. The impeller stall be of the recessed design, constructed of cast iron material and shall he mounted completely out of the flow path between the pump inlet and discharge connections, so that the solids pumped are not required to flow through the impeller. The impellc,- shall be keyed to the shaft and secured by an impeller bolt. The lower bearing shall be heav/-duty type, locked into the back plate by press fit and shall be of b,•onze or rubber "cutless" type construction. , - 218.3 The rubber bearing is serrated to allrw for rater lubrication. Inter- mediate bearings shall be bronze or plastic encased in a bearing retainer and shall be furnished for every four feet of column and shaft extension. Each pimp 'shall be furnished with individcal lubricating lines to the intermediate and lower bearings, which shall be lubricated with grease. The upper or thrust bearing shall be of a single collar piloted flange bearing with tapered roller bearings for grease lubrication and shalt be enclosed in a moisture and dustproof housing above the floor plate, The bearings shall be sealed to retain lubrication and exclude dirt, dust, moisture and airborne abrasives. The bearings shall have ample capacity to support the weight of the shaft and the impeller. Thi shaft column shall be steel and shall enclose the pump shaft. Flanges shall be accurately registered to prevent misalignment with any length . shaft. Distance from pump mounting flange to pump suction shall be as shown on the Plans. The pump floor plate shall be fabricated steel and rugged enough 'to ac- commodate the unit with the discharge, piping which shall be bolted to the plate to avoid strain on the pump casing. The coupling between the rotor and the pump shaft shall pe a flexible s.oupi,tng..; D. Motors: Motors shall be for 46p, volt, 3 phase, 60 gertz and in ac to:;e~ra1 quipment,stipulattops. cordanC with Itep 201 END OF, ITEM -218.4 ITEM 21, MISCELLANEOUS PUMPS A. Vertical Turbine Pumps 1. General; Furnish and install vertical ttrbine pumps as shown on the plans and as tabulated below. Pumping head does not.incliide pun losses. Approval of pumps submitted by the Contractor will be contin gent on meeting specified efficiencies. Pumps shall be Peerless, Ail is- Chalmers, or equal. Service No, Ca acity_ Head S eed Stages !rotor Min.Effcy GPM 7FTj RP-T Hydro- 1 50G 155 1760 3 30 80 Pneumatic Tank. Thickener 1 325 40 1760. 1 7.5 75 Dilution Water Motor and Pump Head: Tne iCtor and `pump head shall be the unit .dri,;e.coastruction,. Ve thrust bearing ,shall havn;ample,capacity to carry the weight of all the rotating ¢arts.plus the hydraulic,thruct of 'the pump impellers, and have an ample safety fact r,.,.. p thls f44tor, should be based on an average life expectancy of five years operation at 24 hours pi'r', dfi Tho,mgtor,shall be,of iafls_.full;,yo;. g2 artfn, ver`~ eal hd21oI Skaft,squkw el c~aqe i,raducCion tYye.a~~~ .ha 7drm,to the tanda'rd 61 the American Institute of tlectrical,.ninacrs,rPn The motor shall be 460 vglt, 3;pha$er;gqq cycle, not,more;theti t7§p RPM at 'no load ariatha 11 1 ll be,;'0 proffer sixe,,to drive the. pyrpp cont-Inuously ; under, the tool '-heal specified aitth 'a temperature rise of not mere than , 460C. 'abgve the argbi,ent; t$mpeatrrr.e. A s itdble base, of `high 9rad4,c4st.irdn or,fab,k atel steel shall b@,I prov;tdeq,for,mounting the motor, and Wifii discnarge elwq having above ground., flan9 ',di~charge,outfet'with a cgmpanion flange„threaded for.81 and 10 standard pipe. 3. Dischar a Column Assembly : ,1he.tgtaj,length of the dls;hzrge column shad be as shown.---TT o shall be Burnished in interchbrge- able sections not ove:,,ten feet in l.enrth, and shall be connticted with threaded, sleeve type couplinggs. The N int•; ara to be butted to insure perfect.alignment`,after assembly. The .line,shafting shall. be turned, ground and polisheu precision,shaft- ing of ample size to 'operate 'the pump without distortion or vibrftiun. The shaft shah be fureished in interchangable :ections not over ten M-1 r feet in length and shall be coupled with strong steel couplings.machined from solid bar steel. A non-corrosive Journal shall be located on each shaft at the bearing point, with the O.D. substantially flush with the shaft 0.0. (nece;s not to be deeper than diameter corresponding to the riot diameter of shaft threads). The column assembly shall have bronze guides fitted into the pipe coup- ling and retained by the butted pipe ends. Each guide shalt contain a water lubricated, cucless rubber bearing designed for vertical turbine pump service. 4. Pume Assembly: The pump bowls shall t-- of close grained cast iron having a minimum tensilat strength of 30,000 pounds per square inch, free from blow holes, sand holes, and all other faults; accurately ma- chined and fitted to close dimensions. The impeller shaft shall be of stainless steel of not less than lea chrome. No so-called rustless iron will be considered. The impeller shaft small be supporCed by a c(imbinat'nn of water lubricated, fluted rubber and bronze bearings. The'impellee:%hall be of,bronta,'accurately machined and finished;'an& mechanically balanced. Thcy'shall be securely fastened to th'e,impeller, shaft with a tapered'4ushing.' ` E ch boil Stj$11 t¢vd'rntse~an impeli,er `teal r~ng`tfiMt o Qieverlt slippade`-of'rater b tkebn'bdwl acid iller, iii impellers s he adjut;tAtio'by "'ins of a nut ir. the'pump Read. R.' Chemictl`Soldiio4 Oum's: Furnish aid install i6 the 416,' r Bu11.d ill fiw" 2 'me r,n pur.¢3'fu, .feedirlq'a pbl,ymer splutio~i', pblAer , ap~HxfnAely''6600 cps hdd diluted 60 'per ce':tt) ;t'o the flota ion thfck- ~ner. Pume shall be Model 712OH-S-Y' Hydr`at'ube Mee !t , ~ing 0uImps'as !manu w factured.by PULSAfeeder Rochester- New York- AK Cyno (equal, model), or equal. Pvnp h6ust^g will Ue ductile iron with 316 stat,nles'S'sfe@( vilve as;Nlr,blies''Nypalon'Hydei uce; Nitrile'primiry di'aphrdgFS'utilizing an ethylbne g;ytol/water' int6i'mediat'e fluid FstWeen th'e primar~~ diaphragm and Hydratube. Piston diameter shall be 1.25' for A maximum capacity'oir 21.4 GPH at 70 Strokes per, minute. Motor shall be 1/2 HP, 1725 RPM. One'(1) of the above pumps is a spare pump. C.' 'Suns Pumps: Fuen ish and install sump pumps in tht Raw Sewage Pump Station r mar't' Sludge'ahd Reurn 51u'dge ?urip Stations, Digester Control Building, and Mc,t;er Vault al I as indicated. Pumps'shall have'ai'dis= charge capacity of 40 GPM at a total head of 25 ft. Pumps shall be submersible rjoulds`Modil'SP'3882,'Pcabody 2arnes Model SF 73, or oq'ual. Motor3 Sha11 0 3/4 HP (min): 460 volt, 3'phase,' Gil Hertz.. 0. Der:aterin Pum : For dewatering plant structures from the SjXrm Vlater~iivers on Box furnish one (1) submersible, portablz dewatering pump with mourtiva stand. 90 Deg. flange and hose connection x'45" 219-2 elbow; 20 ft. of 5" hose and 20 ft. of power cable and lifting cable. Pump shall have 4" suction and discharge. Capacity shall be a Flyght 4" CP 3102, LFE (equal model), or Pqual, for operation on 460 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hertz. END OF ITEM III 21'r-3 ITEM 220 - HOISTS AND MONORAILS fcr the Digester Control Room one A. Digester Control Room: Fuual (1} ,obbins and Myers Chester (equal model),y or equal, Bantam Army Type Trolley Hoist, Plain Trolley Model, for 1-to capacity and 20 ft. lift. B. Bar Screen and Raw Sewa a pum Station Hoists: Furnish and install at the bar screen insta latoon one 2-ton hoist for handling screen- ings and one (1) 5-tan hoist for the pump room. The 'noists shall be electrically operated as manufactured by Robbins S 11eyers Series F2 and F5, or Dresser industries' "Shavi-Box" Hoist (equal model), or approved equal. Hoist shall have a thermal protector to prevent motor burn-out, and a free wheeling spring clu .n that eliminates bac!lash. Safety features shall include weight-type upper limit switch, low-voltage control circuit, full magnetic controls, automatic load brake and mag- netic disc type motor brake. Hoist shall be factory tested before shipment with a load 25% greater than the rated capacity. All steel be l for 460 fully y, scored 3-phase, r 60 h Hertz entire power. without overwind. rope Hoist drums shall shall Ho C. Gantr and Hoist: Furnish one (1) B. E. Wallace Products Corp., Chester equa mode , or equal, tri-adjustable (span, height and tread) of 3 -ton ft. Furnishtalsonac3-tonscapacityahandahoist and trolleydfors12nft. 10 lift. END OF ITEM 220-1 i I ITEM 221 - METERING P, General: 1. Scope: furnish and install all equipment for complete instru- mentation and controls, comprising venturi tubes, flow and level trans- mitters, flow and level instruments, new instrument panel, control switches, ga+rges, and all other appurtenant items as indicated on the ' plans and in these specifications. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that tho3 instrumen- tation is an integrated system and as such shall be furnished by one manufacturer who shall provide all the equipment and appurtenances regardless of manufacture, and be responsible to the Contractor for satisfactory operation of the entire system. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of the system manufacturer's service personnel during construction, testing, calibration and accep- tance of the instruments. ; The supervisory service of a factory-trained service engineer who is . specifically,trained on-the type of Pquipment herein specified shall b©, provided during construction.to.assisi° the Contractor; in~th'e'loettibn of I sleeves; methoc% of~,instailing conduit and special cable; mounting;, a piping, and wiring of one of each type of. device, and the 6ethbds of;! , <j protecting all of the equipment prior to placing it into service. Upon complet,ion:.of..irhe installatibh, the services 'of the above service eh~ gineer shall• be: prov5ded, for calibration and; start up of. the equipment'"l< and instructing the operaring for calibration and start up of the,Equip~-` ment and instructing the operating personnel. The manufacturer shall provide sufficient, service to place the'system-in satisfactory'opera• `le tion r , . = No forr,of enu rgy,shell be_turf*d on: o,,ahy_part of the instrumentation,' system prior to receipt. by, theEngirter of,a certified stater~eht~of ap-, proval of tho installation from the Contractor containing his supplier's authorization for turning on energy to the,system, 2, Shoff Dra~w~~~ing s.'~Sub+iit the required shop drawings to the Engil. neer fre approvalbore fabrication or shipment to job. Submissions for approval shall Include (l) component manufacturing data sheet indicating pertinont data and identifying each component by item number. and nomenclature as indicated on the drawings and in tne'speci~ fications, (2) component drawing showing dimensions, mounting and exi-' ternal connection details. The data sheet and component drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the distribution indicated, in tht General. Specifications, (3) a system piping scher^,atic and wiring sche- matic. Component identification on the schematic shall be as describers above. 221-1 All material submitted for approval shall be contained in one subrnis sion. Partial submittals will not be reviewed. Sales bulletins and other general publications are not acceptable as submittals for approval. Operating and maintenance instructions and parts lists shall be fur- nished as set forth in the Special Conditions. Operating instructions shall also incorporate the system schematics which reflect "as-built" modifications. Special maintenance requirements particular to the system shall be clearly defined along with the special calibration and test procedures. Special tools. These shall be a kit which shall contain special size wrenches and other types of tools, not normally available, which are necessary for assembling, disassembling, aligning and calibrating the equipment. 3. General Design Criteria: All of the equipment shall be the manufacture s-latest arvi proven design.- Specifications aid drawings call attention to certain features, but do not purport to cbve'r'all~ details entering into the design of the Instrumentation system.- The' completed systers: shall be`compatible with-the' functi,ons requihed and'the` equipment furnished by. the Contractor. ~ i',; raj^.; C' t All electrical components of the system thalVbpera'e orr~120 volt, singlephase, 60 cycle current,,except as btherwise doted in!the speci+ fications. Al l controls for. remote el ectrical ly operated equipment' shall' be coin plete, including all necessary auxiliary relays so as to require only wiring and connections to the equipment contro! circuit. All contacts for control of remote 'electrically operated equ'+;>ment shall be rated hot less than 10 amperes on 120 volts vnless•otherwtse'specified herein. Allrnecessary fuses or switches required by the instrumentation mbhu facturer for his equipment shall be provided with equipment. All in- struments requiring an internal power supply shall have an internali ON- OFF switch. The drawings and specifications Indicate the energy sources that will be provided. Any other devices necessary to obtain proper operation of'the instrument; system from these energy sources shall be furnished with the instrumentations This instrumentation system supplier shall be responsible for input,; ' output isolation of all incoming and outgoing signals from this system.. 221-2 , Components shall be finished to the manufacturer's standard for the service intended unless otherwise indicated in the specifications or on the drawings. All differential sensing devices, such as flow transmitters, shalt have a brass bypass and manifold with the device. All components shall be tagged with the item number and nomenclature given in the specification. 4. Factor Service Man: The supplier of instrumentation shall furnish the serv ces o a actory trained service man to assist the Con- tractor as may be necessary in the installation and ad,iustmelt of all instrumentation. 5. Spare Parts: The Contractor shall furnish one year's supply of charts an n for each recording device. The Contractor shall furnish all standard recommended spare parts sent. indicated in the manufa:turer s, instruction manuals, f in the system. Wis I the Po. owing non-st The Contractor shoal l also fur, ' andard spare.. P,te. One of `2ach type Ofet::hed Ors' printed 'ci rcui t board 2 .One -dachty•pe;df''thp`r~ ah~vQ ai ~ltanismr, for annunciator, 3. Ohe-half dozen: Indict hg Ttp 4, One'-hai`f dozen^ indl`~aigh~5 forcontrg an sWi,1:0 modules' 5. Ond box of fuses. 6, :One serVq"peiltioner-.`or oc h type resejver;.,. r 8. Venturi__fubQ_F1ow Meters:' , 1. General; Venturi tupe'flow, meters steal) consist of,a Univer- ; sal Veotur Tu e, wlth''a deposit-resistant.interioro, two pressure sensors which,ooeNate on'a hull '-b4lan4e Principle, and a,differential.pret5ure transmitt6r whlth 5hall.tra W S to differential;presgure intP.4p jutput signal 6f'4-20 ta. Venturi tube f1QV me,~er silall.be B-I-F, A Uhit of General.Signq;> SBF Flow'Metering System (tonsisttng of Series 180 UVT.Veni;uri Tube, Modell 258.25 pre3iure Sensors and MoQdel 251-08 Electronic Transmitter),,3adger Meter Manufacturing Cofipa~y.(EQual model),, or equal. 221 -3 1r V, ,x 2• Tube: The meterin3 primary shall be of t`e pressure differen- tial producing type utilizing pure static pressure sensed at the inlet and throat. Devices amplifying the differential by causing change in direction of the flow at the cross sections where inlet and/or throat static pressure is sensed shall not be considered. The inlet section shall be comprised of the cylindrical section of similar diameter as the pipe in which the ligh pressure tap is installed and shall incorporate a hydraulic shape employing at least 0.5 times the throat diameter. The low pressure tap shall be installed in this section. The outlet cone shall be truncated having an included angle of 10 degrees. The differ- ential pressure shall indicate flow change only. Devices employing entire or partial Pitot effects, amplifying differential and introducing unwanted noise shall not be acceptable. The tube coefficient shall be . constant for pipe Reynolds number of 15,000 and greater and ;ndependen.t of beta ratio. The tube shall be constructer. of cast iron, AST1 Tenta- tive Specification for Gray Iron Castings,for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings, Designation A126-61T, Grade B. The throat liner shall be constructed of bronze, ASTM Standard Specffication for Stem and Valve Bronze Castings, Designation 861-63. The ends of the tube shall be as indicated in the tabulation. The entire tube, excepting the'throat;. liner acd vent bushings shall be coated es indicated in the tabulatioh-'' The metering element shall not have depris collecting cavities or an- nu)ar charnberS,' blit''shall have a single pressure connection at't9e 'inlet and throat. In additinn,,vent ports and drains, shall bo included a a 90-degree plane to"the'meterin'g tap. 't'he manufacturer shall'turnis a certified flow vs. differential curve q manufacturer shall furnish cacti'fled'dbtaIsu~w'n'tiatlnube`'propor-The tions and performance. Tjhe, dota,shall .fnnclu~e,coefficient,values and tolerance; effects'of upstream co'n Nueatiahs; head loss as a'•function of the velocity head expended; and proof.thpt 6oe,fficient,is_independent of beta a6d l ine size. The' accuraey'shal l` be` 0.75% of actual rate of. flow corresponding to the differential produced, over the range in, iI- Gated in the tabulation. 3. Pressure P i7p robe Sensors: The probe sen$grs shall operate on the null-ba anncce p`r Z p e amp Dying a nozzle-baffle which operates to maintain within the probe a fluid pressure,,changes which are.exactly equal to the pressure changes being sensed. A bias mechanism shall'be incorporated so that the, internal pressure of thk,probe is controlled at some constant value 'greater than the pressure being tensed. Th sensing diaphragm shall be held at nuil'6y an ingat•¢xhdu;t re ytap oobe , The unit shall 6e'all'it:ainle5s steel.:construction. N actuapiUr},flu shall be supplied by a miniature gear pump vfqhich is furnished with the unit and requires 117V, 60 Nz., 150 Watt power supply. 4. Differential Press re Iransm ter; 'Th¢ transmitter shall, 66" actuated by a`Ti~'-fiu `d ed n t e c'1 ppeielloWs assembly having seals which prohibit defoOmation'o' f the,bd jow$ due to'overlpad. The bellows shall be contained in a forged brass housi;ig designed for working pres- sures up to 150 pstg. The assembly shall have integral temperature 221-4 4 T p 1 compensation from 30' to 140' F. The maximum scale differential pres- sure shall be as indicated in the tabulation. The transmitter shall operate from power suppl ed through the double-conductor transmission line that carries the signal current. The motion of the bellows as- sembly shay' be mochanically coupled to a precision, linear differential transformer. The motion shall be rectilinear and there ;hall be ro fulcrum points in or coupled to the moving assembly. The control system within the transmitter shall be.,,)f the null-balance type, and the signal current shall be developed by an integrated circuit. The output signal shall be: 4-20 m.a. do into a load of 1000 ohms or less The electronic circuit board shall be contained in a casting forming a NEM 3 encljsure. The transmitter shall be furnished with a mount'r►g flange for floor stand or wall mounting. The transmitter shall be finished in corrosion-resistant enamel. The accuracy shall be with ± 0.5`0 of maximum flow rate over a 5:1 range. Venturi tube flow meters shall be as follows: Tag Size Max.Rate BETA hw Location Service M.G.D. TOTAL RAW SEWAGE FLOW;; FE 36" 1135 B 80" Raw Sewage Flow Meter Fl.-~yl Vault RAW !SEWAGE FLOW TO Oto PLANT FE-2/ 20" 14 B 160" Raw Sewage Flow Meter FIT-2 Vault RETURN SI~UPrit ~OW,TU'AERATION P.4SIN {0 4 FE,12'5 ,8 120" Aeration,Bpsin~No. 61 FIT -3 Inoue, Neter Ydulrc I RETURt}.SLOQG~ FLN TO AERATION BASIN NO:. ,7 FE-4/ 12" 5 8 120" Aeration Basin No. 7 FIT-4 Influent Meter Vault WASTE SLUDGE FLOW FE-5/ 4" 0.5 3 12011 Waste Sludge Flow FIT-5 Meter ,Vault C. VA r Flo ubes. The,motering,prlmgry,shall k of the pressure dif feren -a, pro ur ng typg, 09signed, ,for, i1olgr,tio,n,Witltin the pipeline and utilizing pure ,,static pressure sense! alt the,throat section: the inlet section shall, incorporate a hylraulic shape employing at least,two vend contractae to condition the flow profile before it enters the throat section. The laying length of the throat shall be at least 0.5 times the throat diameter. The low pressure tap shall be included in this 221-5 working pressure up to SCO psig. The asseTbly shall have integral ce,nreoature cocr ensatlof, from 40' to 120°F. The maxiIum scale differ- ential pressure shall be as indicated in the table. The transmitter shall operate on 117 volt., 60 Hz through an internal switch and fuse module. The output motion of the differential pressure a:~ombly shall have a torque tube seal and shall be mechanically coupled to a precision rotary differential transformer having minimum reaction or its actuator. The input linkage shall have a self-locking range adjustment'. The rotary differential transformer shall have micrometer type zero adjust rent. The ad output voltage from the transformer shall be rectified and applied to a solid state I.C. (integrateei circuit) fef!:;back stabilizing. circuit with temperature compensation. The output ,lgral shall be 4-20 ma do into a'load of 600 ohms or less. The electronic modules shall be contained in a`NEMA 4 enclosure. The transmitter shall be furnished with a mounting flange for floor stand or wall mounting. The accuracy shall be within + 1% of maximum scale. The transmitter shall be a B I F Model 251-01, Foxboreoqu(equal l midel),reading approved equal. The transmitter shall be equippd (e indicator,mounted to the external face of the transmitter cover and read in units as jndic~ted in'the table. MdX.Olff.Press Inches H•r0 Ra'ri e Tam, Service _ "tl 24J, CFti FI#atioii'8asin No. b Air-Flow Flt=1 `Aei'£ftioti t#an Noy f'Air'`1=1bx . ~0~~ ",QalG~ Sb;'CFI4 ~s N "'=5 Air Flow FIT-$;. Aerafibn'9,as 4. NOTE The existing Foxboro pneumatic transmitter for Ae-Ai ti ore` Bat ins' No. 1-5 Air Flow shell be removed and replaced with FIT-B as specified. .-The existing priitiary metering element is a 24" 304 stain lets' steel 0, fice plate designed.tq measure flow over a p.to 12,500 CFhl range at.a 10" water Jiff~W tiA,, 125°F., and 21,9 'ia stdtit~~resSur , i:. F. tri Char ec rders: The ,receiver shall be actua$ed_faJ a 4-20_JR made s 3na~ as' Ad sated, n` the'tapulation.. `fine electronlc.circul shall be of solid state domponents. The electronictirct s hall in - ' clude an I.C,,(integrated circuit) ampplifier,which,receives the dc.1nPur. signal. The amplified do signal shall drive a servo,positlorer by means of a closed loop. The servo shall drive the various reaaout devices as indicated. All components within the receiver shall be, of modular , construction with 'each circuit carre plugged intd a mAther board which ' shall be wired directly to an internal terminal strip with Golor coded., wire., The circuit, shall be equipped With `zero 'and'span adjust-rents. The necessary dC Pot.~er supply shall be an integral, part of the receiver.. as required.' the entire mechanism s`h'All be'mounted'on4 slide tray with all components completnly serviceable from.the front of the instrurgent., Internal wiring, shall,'include an on-off $YNitch'ah,d fuse.,.The,case shall be steel with-molded'o,astic door bezel containing a ciear plastic dooF 221=~ bezel containing a clear plastic Aoor and magnetic latch, The upper border of the window shall display the service legend and the lower border the function, both engraved on whit? lamicoid with black' letters. The case shall be equipped witt, do integral mounting bracket for moun- ting to panels and consoles. A test cord for servicing the receiver while removed from its case shall be furnished for each set of five or less instruments. The charts shall be of the 30 day strip type nomi- nally 4" x 4" and driven by a synchronous motor through a toothed belt and sprocket which prevents "slip" or "walk The chart carriage shall. be removable from the front of the instrument without disturbing opera- tion. The inking system shall be of the capillary "fine line" tire, The pen indicator shall lift free of the chart automatically when the chart carriage is withdrawn for chart chgngirg. The pen shallhove an, integral indicator. The indicator shall r1tr, vertically beside the chart and be nominally 4" long and have silk screen processed black gradua- tions on white background. The multiplier for readout shall consist of. the addition of ciphers only, The graduations for chart and.indicatiog scale shall be as indicated in the tabulation. The accuracy shall be + 0.544' of fall scale over a 10:1 range, A second circuit with positioner :.haP be included to respond to a second 4-20 madc input, measured varia- ble signal to drive a second pen and indicator aa,,tabulated':below.,.;fhe chart shall have .dual graduations with each fun.:ion identified by colored ink and-proper grjduations as indicated in the table. The accuracy shall 5e + 0.5% 0 full scale over a 10:1 range, The case .,laying length sra1T not exceed 20". Th necessa-,.4larm ,swi.tches or. yOntrol ontacts shall be furnish44 as. nd ca y t , j t. , r the ta~uT. tion and ; drtveiitby the servo,Rgsitionerr e;rec 1ver,,s1.be Q,I, Mode). 257`=01 (single pen), 8 I r Mooei 757-02' dual pen), roxboro (equal model,s),.,or; opproveri.eggal. Tager ;No-of Pons FIR-1~1'otQlRaw Sewage Flow . 0;36 MGQ FIR-2 Raw Sewaje'Flow to Old Plan 0-14 MG0 FIR-3/ Return Sludge Flow to, Aer. Basin,No.6 -S MGD 2 FIR'4; Return $ludge.Fl.ow to Aer. Basin No. l ; MGD 007,5/ Apr. Basin Nu, 6 Air Flow 0-2000 CFM 2 FIR-6 Aer, Basin No. 7 Air Flow 0-2000 CFA; FIR-7 'jaste Sludge F1oW 0-O,S MGO l FIR-B; Return Sludge Flov('to Asr. Basins No. 1• 0:7 MGG, 2 FIR-9 Aeration Rasins'No '1 5 Alr'Flow 4-120000 CFM *AIR 1-1/ , Aerat'lo;i'5asir, No, 4 D.Cn, 0-6 mG/L 2 ; AIR72 Agra;ipn Sasin'No. 0-55000,MG/L 221-8 Tag Service `Jo.of Pens *,AIR-31 Aeration Basin No. 3 D.O. 0-6 MG/L 2 AIR-4 Aeration Basin No. 3 M.L.S.S. 0-5000 11G/L *AIR-5/ Aeration Basin No. 4 D.O. ?-6 MG/L 2 AIR-6 Aeration Basin No. 4 M.L.a.S. 0-5000 MG/L *AIR-7/ Aeration Jasin No. 5 D.O. 0-6 MG/L 2 AIR 8 Aeration Basin No. 5 M.L.S.S 0-5000 MG/L i *AIR-9 Aeration Basin No. 6 D.O. 0-6 MG/L 2 AIR-10 Aeratioi Basin No. 6 M.L.S.S. 0-5000 MG/L I *AIR-11/ Aeration Basin No. 7 D.O. 0-6 MG/L 2 AIR-12 Aeration Basin No. 7 M.L.S.S. 0-5000 MG/L AiR-13/ Return Sludge Pump Sta.No. 1 M,L.S.S. 0-5000 NIL 2 AIR-14 Return Sludge Pump Sta.No. 2 M. L. S. S. 0-5000 Mir'/L 2 AIR-15 Residual Chlorine 0-10 MG/L 1 AIR-16 ,Primary Thickener No. _1 Slu49e_Density ;.0.19M,- ,2 AIR-11 " Primary Thickener No' 2 Slud9e,,Oensity ,0-10 ; AIR-18., FlotationJhi,ckgngr; S}kd9e Density Q-B~ l *Shall be equipped with fully adjustable NIGH,and LOW.41arm,contacts. G. Receiver ndi;a_t._orr inQ receiver shall be actuated by a 4r20 made sigt~a Tn, .ect,root C clr6uitry shall be of solid-state components. The el4ctrgrl1c ircuil;.shalI include an I.C; (integrated, circuit) Om-pii.fw w0ch roceiv. S:the do irlput;si9na ~ The;4mplifie,,do 09nal. s5ali drive a seeVo lbosi.tioger'.~y means,o a.'closg¢:looP. The, servo., shall drive the ,VA ribus readoQt,,devices s indicated, All components within.,th~ reCeiver shall be, ,of Modylar construction with each circuit card Olugged into a mother board which shall pe wired directly tor an 1nterr.a,1 terminal steip with color coded wire.. the circuitshall be e,iui ped with zero and, span adjustments. The necessary do pOvjer supply shall be an integral part o` the receive}, as required. The entire mechanism shall be moynted on a slide tray with all components com pletely sGjviceable' from -the -front of the instrument. Internal wiring shall include an on-off switch and fuse. The case shall be,stetl Oth molded plastic door bezel containing a clear plastic door and magnetic latch. The upper border of the wiq o`+i shall, display the.service legend and the lower border the function, both engraved on white lamicoid with black letters. The case shall be equipped with an Integral,nounting bracket for mounting to panels and consoles. A test cord for servicing the receiver while ~ "vnd from its case shall, be furnished for each set of five or less instruments. Thq pa?itioner,shall drive a 270'.indi- cater pointer over a'di,al length,of approximately 6". The dial multi- 221-9 MMMMMAMMMMEHM" I. Integrator - Totalizers: The integrator shall convert electronic signals to a pu s- -e a n the frequency of which is priportional to the input analog voltage. The pulse train shall drive a stepping motor coupled to a counter to provide a totalizer readout of flow. The inte- grator shall include a zero drop out circuit which can slut off tha counter at pr.:determined low flow rates. The input shall be any of the standard SAMA electrical signals. Input signal and input impedance shall be 4-20 ma do into 250 ohms. The totalized output shall be dis- played on a direct reading seven-digit counter. The ,'ultiplier shall be in even multiples of ten; i.e. x 0.1, x 10, x 100. The unit shall be contained in a Nema 1 plastic enclosure. The enclosure shall be mounted on a white lamicoid faceplate over an aluminum backplate with separate removable top and bottom service and function identification strips engraved as indicated in the tabluation, all set in a black elastomeric raised bezel. Accuracy and range of totalization shall be 0.101 of full scale from 100% to 10`; of full scale. The ambient temperature effect on accuracy shall be less than 0.01% of full scale per degree Farenheit, Line voltage variation,of 105 to 125 volts AC shall have less than 0.15% i effect on,accuracy. The integrator s,all be a B i F Model 257-20, Foxboro (equal model), or approved equal. Integrator-totalizers shall be as f,illows: Tag Service fdctcr Counter`'X FY/FQI-1 Total Row Sewage Flow, 10,000 n gals'., FY/FQI-2 Raw Sewage to Old Plant Flow 1,000 = gals FY/FQI.3 Return Sludge Flaw to Aeration Basin No, b 1,000, gals FY/FQI4 Return S1urige Flow to Aeration Basin No. 7 1, 1 11000. • gals, FY/FQI-5 Aeration Basin No, 6 Air Flow 1,000 cf,~ FYIFQ1,5. Aeration; Basin, No, 7; Air Flow 1,000 CF;: FY/FQI.7 Taste $1udQe Flow 100 = gals FY/FQI7.8 Return Sludge Flog to Aeration, Basins No. 1-5 10000 gals FY/FQI-9 Aeration Basins No. 1-5 Air Flow 13000 = gals J. , Ratio S a,ion: The ratio station shall be of the electronic solid state-des gn. tie input signal shall be a 4-20 ma do representing 0- 100' of the wild variable. Manual adjustment for 0-150ro of a muliplying factor of 1 shall be provided. The output signal shall be 4-20 fia dc. The ratio station shall be designed for panel mounting and shall include a manual ratio adjustment knob with graduated scale and a process input meter. The accuracy as a multiplier shall be + 0.54 of output signal span.. Process meter accuracy shall,be +2.5,, The ratio station shall: be Taylor 1300N, Foxboro (equal model), approved equal. Ratio station shall be as follows: TagSery.);e FFK-1 Total ,Ralr,Sewage Flow Ratio 22111 K. Low Signal Selector: The selector shall be of the differential type"f_n_WnicF tti puts are co-,pared and the solector passes the lower of the two. The input. signals shall be 4-20 ma dc. The snitching shall be of the snap acting typ' with a fixed dead zone not to exceed + of s'Ignal span. The circuit board shall he mounted in a NEMA. lA enclosure designed for rear of panel mounting. The signal selector shall be a 8 I F Model u5P-08, Fox~loro (equal model j, or approved equal. Low signal selector shall is as folloi"gs: _ Tag_ Service FY-14 Raba Sewage Flow to Old Piant Selector L. Manual 080n Station: The manual loading station shall generate a 4-2 ma do output signal, and shall include an ante ral indicator (0- 12 MGD) to show the output of the station. The manus loading station shall be of solid state design, with front mounted set point potentio- meter. The unit shall be designed for front of panel mounting, and shall be Taylor 1340N, Foxboro (equal model), or approved equal. Manual loading station shall be as'follows: Tas ;Service HS-1 Maximum Flow to Old Piaht Set Point M. Indicating ~Receiving Controller:" Controller shall be solid sh t8•" electron c-i , With a 4- ma do input and output signal range, and shalt have proportional (5-300%) and automatic reset (.15 to' 30 minutes COn#,' tinuously adjustable) control action. They shall also "have the follow- ing features: .(a) an automatie•manual switch with 6lanceless-bum transfer with two speeds of manual'control, (b) a remote-loyal swlCho, ~c~ a 0-100% output meter, (d) a deviation meter or process indication; 3input-output isolation, (f)'hlgh4low limiting adjustment of output`' signals Each controller shall have 6 front mounted nameplate and a set point dial, engraved as listed below. The tontroller shall be Taylor Model 1311R, Foxboro (equal model), or approved equal. Controller shall be as follows: Tai_. Service 01al FIC-1 Raw Sewage Flow to Old Plant 0.12 MGD N. Summator: 'The sunmator shall be of all solid state design. The input signal`s shall be 4-20 ma do "which shall bt directly propWl opal' to flow. The inputs shall have facilities for scaling, the surming amplifier shall have feedback to the inputs. The output signal shall be 4-20 ma do directly proportional to the sum of the ir~puts. The summator shall be furnished with its own power supply module. The accaracy shall oe + 0.5% of output signal s an. The summator shall be a 8 1 F Model 258=05, Foxboro (equal model, or approved equal. 22112 i Suninator shall be as follo,vs: ?a~ Service FY-la Return Sledge Flo.l to Aeration Basins 'lo. 1 5 0. Instrument Panels: 'urnish and install complete free stana`ng in- strumenC FaneM77or counting instrument and control corrrpunents as shown on the Plans. Instrument Panel No. 1 shall be in<.ta11~;d in the Adminis- tration Building, Instrument Panel P!o. 2 shall be in,talled in the new Return Sludge Pump Station. 1,e panel shall be fabricated of 410 Gauge hot, rolled steel, formed and welded for optimum rigidity and strength to the dimensions indicated on the drawinas. The arrangement Gf the components on tie front of the panel ;halt be as indicated on the drawing. All electrical ,firing within the panel shall be colored, coded, bundlti ar bound with plastic slip lock straps; and terminiateJ on a numbered term,nal strip. All wiring shall be Old AWG stranded with 1!64' Type '•n. Thermoplastic in- sulation. The wiring di4geam for the panel shall be across, the line type with all extermii'cQnnections properly identified by number and fun:tion. AlI eIcctrical connatAllons;'Wit hI In the'pane I shall be terminated at .the bottom of the panel terrtinaj'boards, w! th all external connec ions pro- psrly'ident led, for field oorih ctIon. tle trical' p pr within' h an shell 'ss,i bu h`; "K'_ t e,t_ p gg,o~, ?i~bn~t iw,itF,r elected;~ coPdanrze iE6 16,.a ~~eod l'r,gquirem2nt5 and moun ed.in he , ' rgar<o I'll panel: 14 1(!0 watt-lbm! jhO,d plea util lty, out g~t ;shall be insti]1ed irl, the rear' of the''panol. Eo fotiJi ate, s vj e, work, fol l;oriir!q fabrication t e pa&sis shall 'bo`_degroased, onderited, finished smookh with epoxy filler' acid sanded,` sprayed with a rust inhibitor and alkyd primer, and finished in Plextone air-dry enamel to a color selected by the Engineer. Instrument Panel No. 1 shall be a free Standing unit with side panels F and open rear sccess. The panel shall be furnished,with a full height, Ofdsure panel'•finlsfied to match the pan.', front as shown on the Plans. Instrument Panel No. 2 shall be a free standino unit with side access doors hinged at the back. P; Level Ttansaiittoes`'- The Co6tractoe shall furnish and install at the loca"- o s shown on~the Plans a complete liquid level transmitter system. The primary sensing device shall be a heavy duty admittance type.: Ir;el'' Probe complete with itt ercon~nerti . ,n9 cable an,4 :will 6 'oun' ' . tin 9 bracket suitable for mounting in open channels or wet, wells. The elec, tronic transmitter shall operate on the 'admittBnco prirlc(p1s using bath electeital ca'pac take'and rQsistarce'ite- accurate liquid level mra'surq mgnt. Tf:e transmitter shriil have an dutpQt of ,4-?0 'ma. dc, dno,a tempera tune range Hof 0-160°1. The tra`nsmittpr shrill ha`ie''a,'face lrounte,d,iri i,'i cator with''a linear scale calibj.4te'o, t,7 read in feet as tabulatel be;aw., Trahshitter shall be suitable fore operation on 120VAC and shall be 221-13 housed in a NEMA 1 ggeneral prupose enclosure suitable for back of panel mounting for LI-3, 4. & 5. or a NEMA 3 weather resistant enclosure suitable for wall mounting for LI-1&2. Level transmitters shall be Crexelbrook Universalevel Series 508, Wesmar (equal model), or approved equal. Level transmitters shall be as follows: Tag Service Range LIT-1 Aeration Basin No. b Influent Level 0-2" LIT-2 Aeration Basin No. 1 Influent Level 0-2" LIT-3 Final Clarifier No. 1 Sludge Well Level 0-4' LIT-4 Final Clarifier No. 2 Sludge Well Level 0-4' LIT-5 Return Sludge Pump Station No. 2 Well Level 0-4' Q. Levet T e Flow Transmitter: The Contractor shall furnish and insta a the location shown on the Plans a complete level type flow transmitter system. The primary sansing device shall be on admittance type probe which is characterized to match the flow over the effluent weir in the r`1crine Contact Tanks. The probe shall be coated'with,a chemically inert material and shall be designed to slide into a mounting track, which it fastened to the channel. ,The probe shall be Jvrnished complete with tine regUir0d length of interconnecting cable to the trens" matter. The transmitter shall have'o'l near,output.of 4-~O,ma.oc pr 1. portional 6' flow,and-e_,¢spoose.t'irwO~,a ppr,0064toly,•20 1 ~_ii*, n s. r; The trdhsMttir1h f 1l q hiv$ f e uerseb. in¢i toF' with 1r1g r, scale calibra ea~tb'riad. s''ta u 4d loW: le shall, q4 su tablg for operatl n on'12 VAC~e d 'shell te'hdusod'to. EMA 3'weather re-,!, . sistint end osur6 Suitable for handrf.i) mounting, Flow.transmitl;er, shall'be Drexelbrook Open Chanr+el Flow Measurement System, Wesmar (equal. model),-or equal. Flow transmitter shall be as follows; Tag Service LeveS Ranc,~e „F1 w an e FIT-9 Chlorine Contact Tanks Effluent Flow 0-5" 0-12 MGD R. Dissolved Oxygen Analyzer: The contractor shall furnish and in- stall. a complete automatic Dissolved Oxygen Monitoring System consisting of probe, readout and'0 trol module as specified herein. The dissolved oxygen probe Shall be of the galvanic tell type,and shall not 0equire membranes or electrolytes. lThe cell shall consist of 'a silve14 amalgam electrode `and an iron .electrode. The, ce11 electrode shall be continually cleaned by means of a rotating grindstone. The grindstone shall be driven by a motor that is A ntegra', to the probe. The probe shall bo equipped with an, integral, sample chamber which p.s cillates to effect coristatn e4change of the solution sample. the c,eli- bration stability shall 6e'42.5% for 60 days. •P,robe shall, be'furn,IS* 221-14 1 complete with mounting pipe, handrail r+c,unting bracket, and submersible electrical cable assembly. Probe shall be Great Lakes instru-enta !odel number P76-1-1, Neston aid Stack (equal model), or approved equal. Transmitter and readout m%dule shall measure dissolved oxygen in the range 0 to 6 mg/l. All readings shall be automatically compensated for temperature variations over the range 32125°F (0-50°C). Readout shall be by means of a 4-1/2 inch, dual range meter with mirrored scale'. Selection of the high and loco control points shall be by means of two adjustable setpoints ,ohich shall activate alarm lights on the panel as well as control relays. Relay contacts shall be EPST and shall have a current capacity of 5 amps at 115V non-inductive load, tlectiCnics shall be solid state and on plug-in type printed circuit boards for easy servicing. Transmitter input signal shall be 4-20 ma, isolated. Trans- mitter shall be housed in surface mount, fiberglass NEMA 4 enclosure suitable for handrail mounting. Transmitter shall be Great Lakes In- struments, Inc. Model number A176, Weston and'Stack (equal model), or approved equal. Transmitters shall be as follows: Tag _ Ser)rice ; AE/AT-1 ~ Aeration Basin No, 2 0;0: x` AE/AT42 i; Aerati6n Dasin,Nd.'3 D:O,I i AE/AT-3~' Aerati¢nUsin,No$ll4 D.O:,! fr.r„~. .r AE/AT-4 Aeration Basin No. 5 D.O. L=' AE/AT-5 Aeration Basin No. 6 D.O. AE/AT-6 i , 'Aeration Basin No. 7'D.Or' S. MixedLiquor Suspended Solids Analyzer:' -The Conttactor shall furnish and.instal l.where shown on the p a s;'Ah'a0tomatic suspendd solids analyzer capable of continuously measuring suspended solids concentrations between 500 and 5000 PPM with an accuracy of 5':' of in- dication. r Each isyotem shall consist of a pi ube and electronic indicator/controller. The probe' shall- be ,furni.)hed with 'an energy source, t0 Sensors, PVC, f extension shaft, and areat;ierproof junction box aAd shall, be corlpletely sealed against moisture. Probe shall be furnished witf suitable moun- ting bracket for wall or handrail mounting as eequiroS: The'electronicl indicator shall have a digital readout with 10 PP11 resolution at any , reading, and front panel function switch to select OPERATE, CALIBRATE; POWER OFF, and either of tvio probe checking functions. The output of the indicator unit shall be a'4,20 miIIlamp! dc"signal.' Power require- menus for the unit shall be 115 'volts; 60 hertz'. Analyzers shall be'' KEENE 9300 Series, Siospherics (equal model),' or 'equal; in a NEMA`4 enclosure suitable Pr,r arall or handrail n~ounting as required. Tranmitters shall be as friIow- Service AE/AT-7 Aeration Basin No. 2 M.L.S.S. AE/AT-B Aeration Basin No. 3 M'.'i.S.i. 221-15 _ Tag Service AE/AT-9 Aeration Basin No. 4 M.L.S.S. AE/AT-10 Aeration Basin No. 5 11. L. S. S. AE/AT-11 Aeration Basin No. 6 M.L.S.S. AE/AT-12 Aeration Basin No. 7 M.L.S.S. AE/AT-13 Return Sludge Pump Station No. 1 M.L.S.S. AE/AT-14 Return Sludge Pump Station No, 2 M.L.S,S, T. Sludge ~DensityTra_nsmitter: A Sludge Density Transmitter system shall be furnished and installed at the locations shown on the Plans. The principle of measuring density shall be through the use of ultra- sonic energy. The system shall consist of a pipe assembly and a transmitter that can be remotely located. The pipe assembly shall contain the transducers fabricated from type 316 stainless steel a flu!,hing valve, a drain port and a NEMA 4 Junction box with two interconnecting cables enclosed in flexible armored PVC conduit. The pipe sensing assembly shall be schedule 40 carbon steel, fully glass lined and have a 150 lb. ANSI flange on one end and a plain end. The control unit shall be of the continuous read-out type with an adjustable electronic setpoint and a DPDT-10 amp relay.--Meter read-out shall be in percent solids. Output of 4-2D mA into 0-1000 ohms shall be provided at the control unit terminal block. Repeatayility shall be 2% of full " scale. Meter display outputs will be proportional :to percA4Et salads, The edge' wise meter "light sludge", "heavy sludge", and "power" 'sights shall be internally mounted and will be viewed througgh°a transparent window'bn the hinged Coyer of the NEMA 4 enclosure, All necessary controls shall' be internally mounted. The controls shall include a power on-off switch, zero and span caiibra tion controls push to test switches, set point adjust and a damping selector. The required length of two single coaxial cables enclosed in fle N Ole,armored PVC conduit with shielded plugs on both ends shall be provided for interconnection of the pipe section with the control unit.. Sludge Density Transmitters shall be as follows: Tag Service Size Range OX/DT-1 Primary Thickener No. 1 Sludge Density 6" 0-10~ DX/DT-2 Primary Thickener No.. 2 Sludge Density 6" 0-1011, DX/DT-3 Flotation Thickener Sludge Density 4 O-8: U. Annuciator: The annuciator shall be 18 point (6 high x 3 wide) solid state unit arranged on the instrument pahei as 6howh on the plans, with engraved windows. Spare windows shall be blank but modules shall 221+16 be completa and ready for operation. Annuciator shall have SILENCE, TEST and RESET pushbuttons and be complete with all power su?plies, alarm horn and necessary accessories. Annunciator shall be Panestat Series 73B63, Rochester (equal model), or approved equal. V. Rai Sewage Pimp Level Control 1. General: Furnish and install a complete bubbler type level indicating ana control system to provide control of two (2) existin raw sewage pumps (ore fixed speed and one variable speed) and four ?4) new raw sewage pumps (three fixed speed and one variable speed). the canplete control system with level controllers, indicator, end all control components shall be the product of one manufacturer whc has experience in manufacturing equipment of this type and who shall assurre unit responsibility for operation of the complete control system. The instrument manufacturer shall supply the services of a factory-trained serviceman to check the installation and instruct operating personnel in its use and maintenance. The control system shall function to start and `stop and to provide a proportional change in speed of the variable speed pumps, and start and stop the fixed speed pumps as the ievbl rises and falls. Pump changes shall take place as outlined in the tabulation below. Air supply for the Lubbler system shall be from the existing air com- pressor in the existing, eaw sewage purrbp,statian. The controlrsyitem shall include a rate indicator witn adjustable restriction and an air regulator/f lt6 leti:' The"rate ndic'ator'shali have a rang: of 0`to 2.6 SCFH. A bubble pipe shall be installed in the existing raw sewage wet well and in the new raw sewage wet well with appropriate val•ving to provide-for level control from `either oet'well' 'A spare `bubble pipe shall also be installed id each of the two wet wells~as shown on.the Plans. 2., Level, Indicator A level indicator shall bo furnished and installed tondicatTel of raw sewage in the cor`rol'band. ln4' dicator shall have a nitnimum 6 inch nominal 'diameterl cirCular~scale~with uniformly spaced graduations over a 270 degree arc.' Graduations "shall read directly inifeet from zero to five.' Indicator shall W flush mounted on the front of the control panel. 3. 1 Pupk Control; The pLmip control sys tern shall Include all tiro - necessary Tn6umat-T and e*,eotronio.cvi¢ondnts with fully ad,)ustabld control points td perform the control 'steps as follows: . r 221-17 Wet Well Elevation Purrip Operation 538.17 High Level Alarm 538.00 Start Fixed Speed Pump No. 3 537.83 Start Fixed Speed Pump No. 7 537.61 Start Fixed Speed Pump No. 6 537.50 Start Fixed Speed Pump No. 5 537.33 Variable Speed Pump No. 8 (or No. 4) Maximum Speed 536.00 Start Variable Speed Pump No. 8 (or No. 4) 534.83 Variable 'ipeed Pump No. 8 (or No. 4) Minimum Speed 534+67 Stop Fixed Speed Pump No.' 3 6.14.50 Stop Fixed Speed Pump. No. 7 534.33 Stop Fixed Speed Pump No. 6 5347, Stop Fixed,Speed Pump.No. 5 $34.00 Stop.Variable,Speed,Pumo No 8 (or'NO.4) The control system shall provide a maintained control contaat,f6r each of the six (6} pumps. The control system shall also'provide a 3.15 psi pneumatic speed signal for the existing variable speed pump, and a 4.20 ma do speed signal for the new variable speed pump. A selector switch shall also be provided to allow manual selection of either Pump No. 4 (variable speed) or Pump No. 8 (variable speed). The selector switch shall transfer,the stop-start and the speed control signals:from one pump to,the other. Adjustable high and low level alarm contacts shall also be furnishedin the control system to provide remote alarms in cafe of. high or low wet well level. All components of the control system shall be mounted in an enclosed cubicle type panel approximately 24" wide,. 24"'deep, and 84" high with front access door mounted on full.length piano hinge. All necessary switches, indicators, pneumatic devices, electrical devices, solenoid valves, relays. etc. shall be mcunted in or on this cubicle with all connections mounted, wired or piped to terminal strips or bulkhead fittings. Control relays for operation of the six (6) pimp starters shall have a minimum 10 amp, 115 volt contact rating. END OF ITEM 221-18 ITEM 222 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT ANO TOOLS A. General: This item covers the furnishing of miscellaneous items of equipment to be used in operation and maintenance of the completed wastewater trearment plant. All items shall be delivered to ':he plant site, and any item which requires assembly or servicing shall be un- crated, assembled and serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Electric Motorized Fork Lift: Furnish one (1) battery operated, electric motor powere for it, complete with batteries and charger, and equipped with an attachment for handling round 55-gallon barrels. The barrel clamp attachment shall be capable of 360-degree rotation for dumping purposes. The Fork, Lift shall be Clark Model EC500-40, Cater- pillar Tow Motor Fork Lift Model M-40,'or approved equal. C. Truck Cab and Chassis: Furnish one (1) truck cab and chassis suitable for use as a carrier of a loaded, five (5) cubic yard scow end dump body. The truck will be principally operated in slow and medium off-,road speeds, with occasional t~,yhway speeds, The truck shall be a current model ,.prodgceq 4nd Rgyipped in accordance with the'MS'U fadturer's'tdverd sed standard design and equipment fea- tures, to which has been included at, he,:prQ,„QQ~C,tipr) tiq~,~4C,,,pY acpep- table equivalent quality standards,'a I- reqular, 6piional and Special features itemized within this specification.-;,, ' The truck, must comply with all applicable Federal and State j,Ppllution and Safety Standards, Data sheets supplying the following 0ormation shall be submitted for appro-?al: 1 £ngiria: a. V/R or 6 cylinder; truck type b. Cubic Inch Displacement; minimum 366 cu. in. C. Fuel: Regular or Unleaded gasoline d: Atr CleanerStandard production type. 2. Transmission: a. Manual b. Truck, Type c, Five Speed; Fully synchromeshed 222-1 d. PTO Mounting Capability: Right hand !ide e. Gear Ratio: as recommended by truck manufacturer for the operation described in this specification. 3. Rear Differential: a. Single Speed Axle b. High Ratio for Of`-Road Operation; maximum speed of 55 MPH 4. Front Axle: a. Load Limit: 9,000 pounds b. Spring Capacity: 4,500 pounds each c. Steering: power assisted 5. Rear Axle: a. Load Limit:•18,500'pounds b. Main and Auxiliary Spring Capacity, 23,009 pound ' - ~ Grdii•sV~h{tfe'}~ei~„ht Rats` - ~i a. 27,530 pounds 7. Brakasi ' a~f 11 Air b. Air Parking Brake: Spring actuated 4 erg a W iu`pply fails, and reserve tank B. Wheels: a. Type: Standard production, 5 spoke steel cast b. Size: 200 or as recommended by Federal Regulations C'nassis: a. Cab to Axle length: 60 inches b. Factory installed double strength frame 10. Tres: a. Size: 10.OOx2O.OO or as required by Federal Regula- tions 222-2 b. Consttvction: t;ylon or Rayon, 12 Ply rioting c. Tread: highway 11. Fuel Tank: a. Capacity: Standard but not less than 18 gallons b. Mounted position: Not to interfere with the 8'x5.5', 4 cubic yard dump body installation 12. Body: Exterior: a. Standard Cab b. Rear View Nirrors: Two West Coast Types c. Windshield washers 13. Body: Interior: a. Seats: three passenger bench type b. Heater and Defrosters Factory 14. Electrical Sy-steairrf, c, • i4, r , a,- , Volts.1 1welvr; , t b. Battery Capacity: 55 AMP JI c. Alternator Capacity: 50 AMP 15. Paintin : Truck shall be manufacturer's standard whittr in color. .16. Manuals: Truck must have one set of manuals which shall be delivered w+'t_he truck. There shall be a manual for "Servicing and - Repair" and a manual for "Parts". 17. Installation and Deliv_: The truck manufacturer shall de- liver the truck to the be6uppller for installation of a scow end dump body. The bed supplier shall deliver the complete unit to the project site. i1 ? D, Scow End Dun 8~. The truck chassis specified under paragraph "D" aFoove, s a n equipped with"a°fl & (b)'cubic yard ScOw`Er►d Dump Body. The body shall be suitable for use as a carrier of tdlids`,!r~- and semi-',iquid materials. The dump body and its effects on the truck must be madeito cdmply w`ith'the Occupational Safety and~Haalth"AdmiAis- tration (ASHA) and''ali other safity'standards.Ogg4 ired'by'1nw 'Delta' sheets supplying the following informatlon'shall be lubmittod fdr re- view and approval: 2' 24 1. Construction; c+ a. Hoist: double arm with 7 inch cylinder, double acting b. Bottom: sides and ends, S-gauge high strength steel C. Sides to floor radius: not less than 2 inches d. 6 inch radius where sloping end and floor are joined to prevent wet material from lodging at that point during dumping operations I e. Top rails: flanged f. Side braces and corner posts: box tYP° g. Cab protector: three quarter, steel, 3/16-inch or equivalent h. Dumping Angle: 40° minimum 2. Capacity and Size: a. Water volume: Four cubic yards without side boards b. Forward volume: five cubic yards c. Inside dimensions: Eight feet long 3nd,tbt`.'1ess-.than six and one-half feet r,:de 3, Auxiliary/Safety Equipme~it: a. Heavy Duty Power take-off, one speed b, Hydraulic pump, appropriate for specified c, PTO and hoist controls: Mounted inside cab'with"safety lock d. Mud guards installed rearwaiu ^f rear wheels e, Back-up Alatm: Horn type f. Stanchion bar: Designed to hold body in raised position during servicing 4. P inting: The unit shall be the wanufacturer's lten- dard whit. n color. 5, M nu ls: The unit must have one set of manuals which shall be de)iYere¢ with the,truck. Thera shall be n manual for "Servicing' and Repair" and a manual for "Parts". 222-4, ,Aeel Loader: F,jrnish one (1) one and one-half (1-1/2) cubic yard kheei 4oider suitable `or loose material truck loadin-l. The loader shall bn a new model (1979) loader produced and equipped in accordance with the manufacturer's advertise, standard features, to which has been added at the production line all optional and special features outlined herein. The loader must be of a make and type for which fa(;tory author- ized services and parts are available in the Fort Werth/Dallas area, and it shall comply with all applicable Federal and Strtr. pollution and safety standards. Data sheets supplying the following information stall be submitted for approval: 1. Operating Features: a. Capacity: 1.5 cubic yard b. Operating weight: 18,000 pounds without added counter weight or tire ballast c. Drive: 4 wheel d. Operating caparl`y: 5,000 pounds Q full turn e. Tipping Load: Straight, 12,500 lbs. w/o tire ballast or added counter weight (2) ' `Full 't,rn, A 1,'000 Tbs. @J'5° w) 0 o' ti're ball a st or added counter weight (3) Width over tires: 80 inches (4) Turning radius, tire- 17 feet (5) Dump clearance: 8 feet, 10 inches (6) Preakjut force: 17,000 pounds (7) Travel speeds: 0 to 17 mph f. Boom and Bucket: (1) Fully hydraulic Mn boom (2) Twin, double acting boom cylinders (3) Automatic bucket leveler g. 10-hour continuous operating fuel capacity. 222.5' 2. Engine: a. Diesel: 1, 6, or 3 cylinder, liquid cooled b. Horsepower, SAE net: minimum 85 0 2,400 RN c. Cubic Inch Displacement: Minimum 325 d. Ooerating speed: 2,500 RPM or less e. Lubrication: Pressure, with full flow filter f. Engine Instruments, cab mounted: (1) Hour-meter (2) 011 pressure, with audible warning device (3) Coolant temperatu,-e, with audible warning device (4) Ammeter (5) Tachometer g. Air cleaner: Oil bath or dry dual elements, h. Starting: Direct electric, 12 or 24 volt i. Alternator: 30 amp J. Governor, type: As required to restrict engine RFM to manufacturer's specified limits k. Cold Weather Startiq Aid: Glow plugs or other 1. Side shields M. Fuel Grade: #2 n. Fuel Filter 3. Transmission: a. Automatic, full power shift, 'j. Torque converter c. Ranges: 3 forward, 2 reverse d. Gauges: Temperature and rressure, in cab 2226 4. Front and Rear Dr- v- a. Front, axle: (1) Fixed (2) Planetary drive, inboard or outboard b. Differentials: (1) Standard or torque proportioning, rear (2) No-spin or torque proportioning, front (3) Travel disengage, front or rear c. Rear Axle: (1) Oscillating (2) Planetary drive, inboard or outboard d. Steering: (1) Articulated (2) Twin double acting cylinders I 5. H draulic System: a. Full flow filtering b. 30 gallon reservoir or high capacity auxiliary cooler c. Pump Capacity: minimum E GPM 6. Brakes: a. Front and rear: Hydraulic b. Power assisted c. Adjustable parking brak 1. Wheels: a. Size:, Approximately' 24 inch, appropriate width b. Type: Standard productlon~for wheel loader 222.1 B. Ti r•es: s. Size: 14,5 x or as required to rr,eet loader operating ?iyht b. Construction: 12 ply c. Tread: Traction cleat 9. Bucket: a. Type: General purpose i b. Capacity, SAE: (1) Heaped, 2.0 cu.yd. (2) Struck, 1.5 cu.yd. C. Width: 86 `nches, or not less than loader width over tires 10. Special Features: a. Full cab: (1) Complying with OSHA standards (2) Right-hand and left-hand doors, with locking handles (3) Windshield wipers, front and rear (4) Heater and defroster (5) 360° vision, with safety glass (6) Adjustable, cushioned seat with backrest (7) Gauges and instruments in full view from operator's position and fully lighted (8) Ignition switch and safety f'asher (9) Horn, air or electric (10) Horn type back-up alarm (T1} Tool box.with tool kit and grease gun (12) Rear towing hitch 11. Color: Manufacturer's Standard 222-8 12. Manuals: ^uaIr :ire 'ouIred' b. Set vir nj c. Parts F, Motor Grader: Furnish one (1) motor grader of the 12,000 pound class for use 3n c'fean'Tng sludge drying beds. The unit shall Le << new (1979) model motor grader, with the Tanufacturer's advertised standard features to which has been added at the production line all optional and special features specified herein. ','he grader shall be a make and model for which parts are available from a factory authorized dealer in the Fort Worth/ Dallas area. It shall comply with all applicable Federal and State pollution and safety standards. Data sheets, along with catalogs and descriptive literature, supplying the following information shall be submitted for approval: 1. Basic unit: a. Total weighs , without scarifier, added counter weight or tire ballast 12,000 pounds b. Six wheel, with tandem rear drive c. Blade and scarifier assembly, as specified in 5 d. Full cab, specified in R e. Frame: welded bor. sectinn and channel f. Length: 19 feet g. Width, outside tires: 6 to 5.4 feet 2. 0peratinaFeaturQs: a. Travel Speeds: (I) Variable by governor control (2) 0 to it mph turning radius: 25 feet Controls: full hydraulic, variable speed 3. Engine: a. Type: Diesel 222-9 CvIind?rs: r 5 Clio in r_'1 j15'~'9( iilnlrl'j 'i. `lorsEPC';er: ~1iniCiu-I 5:, SAE net 1551 PPI e. Cperatinq range: Governed to manufactarer's specified operating RPM f. Lubrication: Pressure, with full flow filter and bypass relief g, Air cleaner: Cry, dual element; with restriction indicator h. Starting. Direct electr;i-, 12 or 24 volt i. Cooling: pressurized, with thermostat and fixed bypass j. Fuel filter k. Cold weather starting aid: Glow plugs or other 1. Muffler (exhaust pipe equipped with raincg%. if verti- cal) M. Instruments, cab mounted: f (1) Hour-meter (2) Oil pressure, with audible warning device (3) Coolant temperature, with audible warning device. (4) Transr-ission temperature (5) Mnmeter 25 gallon fuel tank 4. Transmission: a. Type: Power shift b. Ranges: 4 forward, 4 reverse 5. Blade Assembly: a. Fully hydraulic b. Moldboard: 222.10 (1) 10'x16"x.62" (2) Replaceable cutting edge (3) Replaceable end bits c. Blade Range: (1) Side shift, 15" right and left (2) Above ground, 12 inches (5) Pitch, 36° (4) Shoulder reach outside wheels, 40" right and left d. Circle: Bank cutting angle, 60° (1) 48 inches diameter (2) 139° rotation turn e. Scarifier: (1) V-type, (2) 5 or more teeth, 1"x3" shank (3) Replaceable points 6. Front and Rear Axles: a. Front: (1) Truss type (2) Wheel lean, 15° b. Rear: Rigid C. Rear Drive: (1) Dual differential/axle, or single differential/chain (2) Oil tight differential, axle and :hain housing d. Steering: (1) Front, full hydraulic (2) Parking, mechanical, dry shoe. 222.11 7. Aheels and Tires: a. 15.00 x 19.5 (10 Ply) b. Tread: ,Motor grader c. Demountable tire rims 3. Special Features: a. Full Cab: (1) Complying with OSHA safety standards (2) Right-hand and left-hand doors, with locking handles (3) Stand-up height (4) Windshield wipers, front and rear (5) Heater and defroster (6) 360° vision, with safety glass (7) AdJustable, chair type seat,'with spring or torsion bar suspension (8) Guages and instruments in full, view, from operator's position and fully lighted b. Draw bar or towing hitch at rear; towing ho o:, at front c. Ignition switch, key locking d. Horn, air or electric e. Back-up alarm: Horn type f. Tool box with tool kit and grease gun g. Foot operated accelerator-decelerator h. Vandalism prevention kit 10. Manuals: a. Manuals must be delivered w`th motor grader (1) Operating (2) Paris' (3) Servicing 222-12 G. Miscellaneous Tools: Furnish the following list cf tcols and ^is- cellaneous equipment: I . 3/4" square drive socket set - Sears No. 9HT46305C, Snap-,gin x426-LDH, or equal. 2. Soldering gun - Sears No. 9HT52855, Snap-on cR250, or equal. 3. 3/8" variable speed electric drill - Sears No. 9HT1149, Black & Decker No. 643-6, or equal. 4. 1/2" electric drill - Sears No. 9hTll49, Black & Decker No. 361, or equal. 5. Extension L«dder, 16-feet - Sears No. F?ORY40742N, Johnson No. 1316, or equal. b. Standard Stepladder - Sears No. F30RY40256N, Johnson No. 1106, or equal. 7. "C" Clamps: 2 Each 4" - Sears 39HT66674 or Williams 3404 J 2 Each 8" - Sears 89HT66678 or Williams 8408 8. Rubber mallet - Sears 39HT4578, Snap-On 3BF620A, or equal. I 9. Vice - Sears 89HT5197L, Peed 34C, or equal. 10. Twist driil bit set, Sears f9HT6705, Snap-On #DB-129, or equal. 11. Screw extractor set, Sears 39HT67372, Snap-On 8E-1020, or equal. 12. Industrial type drill press, with electric motor - Sears <9HT24613N2, Walker & Turne-.- 819762, or equal. 13. Bench grinder, 1•HP, Sears 39HT1936L, Snap-On #BG110003, or equal. 14. Pullers: a. Two-Jaw Pullers - 0-3" - Sears #94T46941 0-5-1/2" - Sears =9HT46901 0-10" - Sears 09HT4692 b. Three-Jaw Puller - Sears 39HT46902 c. Equal Priller - Snap-On interchangeable pullers set 3CJ-105A. 222-13 15. Dial indicator set - Sears =9HT3866, Snap-0rt Set ,1O. C:4-260, or equal. 16. 5ttndard Dial Calipers - Sears ,-9HT40172, Snap-On JC:1 212, or equal. 17. Two Each 36" heavy duty pipe wrenches - Sears :(o. 9HT5567C, Snap-On -PW-136, or equal. END OF ITEM 222-14 ITEM 223 - PIPING AND PIPEWJRK A. General: This item covers the furnishing, installation, and test- ing oar cast ?;id ductile iron pipe, fittings, and specials; steel pipe, fittirg5 and specials; concrete pressure pipe; concrete drain 1+na; ;iay tile sanitary sewer pipe; manholes; small piping; and block- rr- ng, all as shown on the plans and provided for in these specifications. The plans show sizes and general arrangement of all pipes and appur- tenances; rzsponsibility for furnishing exact lengths of the various types of pipe for proper "makeup" rests pith the Contractor. Excava- tion and backfill of the trenches shall be as covered under "Earthwork". Pipc work for plumbing, heating, and air conditioning is covered in that part of the specifications. B. Ductile Iron Pi in_9.: All iron piping shall be ductile iron, and,'" except as otherwise srnuwn'on the,Plans, shall be provided with slip-on joints below ground and flanged joints above ground. Fittings, except for flanged, shall be mechanical joint. All iron piping shall'be in accordance with ANSI Standards, Grade 60-42-10, with thickness class for depth of cover shown on the plans - minimum of five (5) feet. Governing standard sped M cbtibhs-ere°aacfollbwa: Ductile Iron Pipe ANSI A21.50 and A21.51 - flari46d Pipd` AM 15 A21:15 Slip-on and mechanical joints shall comply with ANSI 1. Joints: 21.11: 1oTtsW*ieChAnRhl'Jointt shallrbd"C_rrosive resi$tant,steel alloy. 1 Flanged joint dimehsiohs, bolt hole pattern•and bblt size shall comply with ANSI A21.10 and ANSI 21.15' If`-fittings are Wbe' '00 `At e4vat6d't6fip6r4tureS,` such as-iteam. lines, the flanged shall civnnly with ANSI 816.2,' uniesft`dther,096 speci} fled. 2. Fittings: Fittings may be ductile 'iron or gray iron' dAd'shall comply witF~AN I A21.10. All fittings 12" in diameter ind smaller shall be of the short body design and Class 250. Those 14" in diameter and larger shall be Class 150. unless otherwise specified. 3. LininZ; All iron pipe and fittings 3" in diameter and larger shall have ,'cement lining'cohforming to ANSI A21.4. Pipe which is to be buried shall hav an outside coating conforming to ANSI A21.51. 4,'° Inttallationf':Iron pipe~and f',ttings shall be hAndled in such a manner as to avold shock. The pipe coating shall be protected inO W as possible. Pipe shall be kept ,ree ,;rom dirt and other foreign mat- ter. Pipe and fittings shall be aligmid and maintained in the required lines and grades with joints centered and spiigotsihome. All pipe wall defP#.ve. damaged, or be carefully inspected for defects and.4ny 223-1 sound pipe shall be rejected. All field cuts shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without damage to the usable sections. Flanged piping shall Le erected in accordance with the controlling ~ dimensions shown on the Plans. Each piece of flanged pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove dirt, rust, grease, and othe• foreign matter, and flange faces shall be thoroughly wire brushed to insure even bearing for gaskets and mating flanges. Individual runs of piping shall be brought to true grade and alignment by means of erection bolts and drift pins, without "forcing." Hangers and supports shall be installed and adjusted before flange bolts are finally tightered. Minor adjust- ments to meet connections to pumps and other fixed installations shall be made in the "mechanical joint" or "take-up" provided f or that pur- pose. All connections to pumps must align perfectly before installation of flange bolts to those joints, to eliminate stress transmission to equipment. Flange bolts shall be,installed with flange bolt;f,, one directi,5r,. Flange bolts shall be tightened, each ir, turn, at a uniform rate around t'Ee joint: C. Steel Pipet 1. General: Steel,-pipe shOl 11be;in,aCcorda,ice With,tbe following specifications of the American Water' ater Works Association: a. Tentative Stonjard;Specifications for Fabricated Elec- trically Welded Steel Water Ppe, Designation C201. .Tentative5kandard Speclficatign5nfor.MilU 7yrr4,$teel Water'Pipe, Designation 0002. G~ Stondard.Specifig4tions for Coal :Tar Enamel Protective Coatings for Steel Water Pipe, Designation C~03; d... StendaCd;$p cifisation$ Jqr, Fie),O,Welding of,Steel.Water Pipe Joints, Desfgnatinr.C296► ; e. Standard Specifications for Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings, 0esignation,C208.. 2. Working Pres~zsres: Steel pipe shall, be designed for a working pressure of 50 psi. 3, Pipe Diameters: Pipe diameters shall be as follows: Oia- meters for 4' through ",shall be the nominal inside diameter and diameters for 14° through 36",,shall be actual outside .diameters> 46 Minimum Thy: Pipe, shall have minimum.thickneSs as 223-2 Thickness in Inches (Minimum) Diameter 50 psi 4' .175 6r' 188 8" . 1 ffi 10" 1813 12" 128 14" .188 16'0 .188 18" .250 20" .250 24" .250 30" .250 36" .313 42" .313 48`• .313 Minimum thickness of reducers-shall be for.the diameter ofilargest. end. 5. Seamfs Girth seams, except in; fabricated:bends;>sha11 be .a minimum distance of 6feet apart, r7he`anguldr change•atimiter rrcld >An el bows'shall :nt exceed 151degrees,: The.magitpOm nAber. of;ilongitudindi seams shall_be ax:followsi done seam Ifor. 64.mto, 2041 two sebmsr,fph 2Zri- throi)lh,481'1ii .i I ':lI r', r'.. F .'3 .0 t ti iii i,-~; , 6. Shop Driwln ss-, -Complete ,shop. drawings'shall be submitted In accordance with information and Special instructions to Bidders". . 7, Anchor Riinng~s, ! Where shown, on. the Plans; anchors rings shall be supplied on pipe through concrete walls. Rings shall be of 1" thickness for pipe up to 30" and 1-1/4" in thickness for pipe greater than 30". ~~O. ,iPd e.COnnectionsl, PiNe'shallibe~connected by butt. welding, flanges; or ctau c ouplings, w indicated-on the Plans, Ends'-shall be prepared forrthe.particular type of connection to, be used., Flanges for. pipe shall be in accordance.with ASA Stand,+ri, for Steel Pipe Flanges, drilled to"ASA Class 125. Victaulic Couplings shall be as manufactured by the Virtaulic Company of America, Elizabeth, New Jersey, and shall berStyle 17. 9. Interior Cnatings: The"interior surfaces of all :tee) pipe, fittings and spetia s shall be sandblasted (SSPC-SPiO) and given a shop toat of TNEMEC x+66 Hl-Build Epoxoline to e' dry flint thickness 'of 6 knils. -,n~ !r• ..i [Ire rff 2 1-3" Pipe which will be installed undrurground shall be given a coat of primer followed by a not crat of coal-tar enamel into Nhich shall be bonded a single layer of asbe.,tos felt wrap, and fl nished with a coat of water resistant white wash, a•il in accordance with AWWA Specification 0243. Field or shop welds in pipe or fittings shall be located so that the interior surface at the connection is accessible for hand patching of the coating. 10. La in Steel Pie 4" and Larger: Steel pipe shall be in- stalled wi anged-ends, couplings, welded connections, and strew connections, all as indicated on the Plans and proviOd in these:speci- fications. All piping shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove dirt, dust, rust, grease, and other foreign matter prior to laying, Pipe in'trenches or otherwise shall be brought to the required line and grade and'heid securely in position while all connections are being made. No disalace- rien: of-the pipe which would cause undue strain on the joint will be.-." perrsitted. Flanged connections.:shall:be'made'by.,means.of,ereCtiOh boltsA nd drift pins;+-Without, undue., 'Iforcingr,;and;with no,rE_•traint on the'ends of the pipe" or', fjtting which would' prevent pressure', from., being evenlyr,and 4, + unifoltmlyl appiled on the,9a9ket.,aThe:.9ipe,,or fltting+must<,be free Me,;! move in a+.y direction while bolting. Bolts shall be gradual ly;tightn,,, i erred, each In turn, at a uniform rate around the entire flange. Flange bolts,>shalljbe •installed:Kith-bbltrheads,~inionfd direttlon..~c,i. a a-.:ilia ~I7~)f~ l'I,'•r."li {fr 9: 1,',na of lt~1 All field welding of steel pipe shall be done %:i r.ccordance with the AWWK Spec i.fication, Designation1V0b,r,111eld Welding„of-SOO fWator,Pipe r4 •1 All steel pipe connected by screwed fittings shall have all burrs re- moved+b~'rsWng gHbr:tolthreading fl~Scr& Joints shall be Mde with gr phite,ahd oit,or aniappprbvedlgraphite.compbundj appliedito,male thread only.' Threads shall be1fulI(cut,'and notImore than,these - threads on the pipe shall remain exposed. Caulking of threadrd points to pre- vent le.W kill notlbe P#Hnitted. "Unions,shall,4be provided where:re4. quired for disconnection. Changes in pipt sizes 3hAllbe hlde'with,,f,f reducing fittings; the use of long screws and bushings is prohibited. Alltplpinq shbil-b':"supported from toncr .ate structures asilndi ndlcate on,,. the Plans or as recl'uired for{Pr4pet, instalIatioh., ' Y 0., nc~re..te Pressure Pi if) :t Concrete lpressure!pipe will,be Rein- forced / #xrete~a~erpe~ 4.i Steel; Cylinder+type r Prostressed according to AWWA Specification 0301-72 as~rodifled, herein-., %Al shall be~ designed for internal working pressure of 50 psi minimum. Plastic end , covers shall be put on the pipe before shipment from the pipe plant and shall remain intact until the pipe is laid, 22374; I., Construction: The pipe shall have a welded steel cylinder with steel, an spigot type point rings welded to the ends,of the cylinder. a A core consisting of, d lining of concrete either poured or centrifugally spun within the steel cylinder, b. Reinforcement consisting of high tensile wire wound. around the outside of the steel cyli.nder at a predetermined stress and securely fastened at the pipe ends. C. A coating consisting of.either: (1) A dense mortar applied to provide at least ]/8 of an inch covering over the reinforcing wire, or (2) A cast concrete coV6 ing the outside of the core a minimum of 1-1/4 inches as measured from the outside surface of the steel cylinder: d. And the self-centering joint with a preforfe!ed gasket Iof rubbe,, sodesigried that the point will :be wat?r fight under, a, l cordi- tioMa' df service. ; to tion: It y th '.,te t X 4 dll;ferQus metal be ro- ~ 4~f fe,+. 't11A4"U 7 ~t 2 U • tecfld'.4~po ' 6 ww appl lid caWt 'ng ' a dQto e} f`~C1~.. a p -cu ti4i gas; d t1. not interfere with installation shall be shop a Y1 e~ Shbp applicat~,,orn of ceR1e t tnol'tpt^. 34;' S{m Lhiokrlf~ ~,~►~a,,P; u, for protective r, 1 oat"ir ,,+!`11e1i;aped,Aotl~'ei!' oricgr cq~,t~ g Rf specs, ;go .~r ! j.f11~ j V 'I C,t S 1'! her(+~'7+EY4 ~~G f f' f, f en r coatin a!~d where Where I t 1 c pad ;@ p y~ e, a gin R14 1,1 V, In eel h rr, q° p royg¢Jequ yV WY4 t 0 sea , p yy~ p ,turer 4i manufa .,6Stl,.~I "81tu!n 3. M06, and S QCiia 1s! Th44 mbhUfacturer shall'furnisfi all fittings.en3 -e a re,qu gd for 4 4rej 4n4sr proj4s,, "P . sp, P' C{= hY or and eatep or su,r holes, tsi gel. ta$t p a' tar, . Th ~~,tY ~ f tit I i I s..,f1nd a<1~s faces oft a furn s h by the. cov rigg t o i f" fits 410 s, sh'4 eg;~ 13. n manuf&Eur nd~"eSir tp~ QOX14~e.. 9~er,~r' hall'e and details V'.6 t i~ec s t 3 ad sUtl a to: h .,aov );4f th nish~d b~ 1:hV Mn'd 1 3 ~ The fittings and specials shelfO p i n i a l re ec s with tie require- ments QQf the At A t d d;,C30 an 3Q3 as,appl, apla fgr,,h ,typgfAnd ~j q $ 4 clasil ire`,4 ire f y'desl d` 4: ~v d b bit, e t st i Ab ~11e' !fhi~ium` h 4st~e1 ,ihy eti6nesses~f dard, Irk addil~ o t and/or maximum hoop stress requirements governing the steel thickness in fittings and specials under AWWA Standard C303, the fittings shall also be designed to include all reactive loading requirements. s ';'s 223-5 a. Plastic Sealit, Compound for Welded Joints: The plastic Joint sealing compound sha be cod app a pre ormed ready to use plastic and shall be furnished with'an appropriate primer. The sealing compound shall be packaged in extruded ropelike shape of proper size protected by a suitable removable two-piece wrapper so designed that,one wrapper may be removed longitudinally as the compound is applied to the Joint sur- face, without disturbing the other wrapper which remains attached to the compound for protection. The sealing compound shall be impermeable to water, have }sigh iariediate bonding strength to steel, concrete, clay, etc., maintain permanent' plasticity, have excellent resistance to sag gang in vertical and overhead joints, water, acids, and alkalis, and have no undesirable odor or taste effect on potable water. The compound shall to applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. S. Tests: In addition to cert0ica-4ion of all, applicpble tests required by governing AWWA Specifications, the following tests, or certification of tests, will be required: a. Concrete' C tinder Fittings ,and Specials: The wld shall 11 be inspected an the comp eted cy n er teste for t ghtness 6y' oice of the folhowing methods. (t Ay'dater pressdre test as provided for' I *,-l of the pipe. ii under ]0 pt" finds r~. kitip ~0,~ jfe~a,~ s "fin the wend with ~a S6 ft hp' 3o ut1011' ~rS ~ ~ f,t?2 11,E ff h, ' "'d' pin 'tAA Me' h6' I1~J wce , fQr, lf~~~1~,htng~ _S h in spc$ta~l' ahd' t h Ve' i en hydrostatic test may be examined by use of visible dye penetrant system meeting requir6:" ments of A;,TM E165; ho ever o11ar rinf rce+pept d 1 Q~ner }p.f; „ welds sh'il'l'„~O'"testeld` Y'„inr~~cing1~a4,,,phlhh'~bt wqJ the collar and C,y11`60r `end It hi tkljh4"fns',) h , c welds y i'twtdht, 'S'o1 uti In : Th 11 b e`r' `reslr {h' ri h a~slgrrat~Wdls` and)b!~'''4tn s ey.4~ fir testing of weldf for' under 10 psi pressure, if the Owner's representative is not Sat fled dye enetrpnt method of, ' ' teptipQ,for ~ptey , tig,~ esf~,~ with the P r!T 1f'. f 1l 1 I 1 ' ' The 'f`ret, t6 t ri`ct ve thy' dye ~6wnn'that c1 a pedf a<, a IpQm' , tams dh s thhf 1 pt ~fN , 1. ate 5 ;,E l,. peretUr of'th it 1n thy. Is 3~ it ~0 r h 1 3 he ` the" eii'Bt f: ' led , ` o 5 . t + degree e ~ ~Pqj f be &1'1'6 ~d ftir' ap `i' btu n f D d ti< en~~, a Cif t1,,: 1m;er rein' h~e!re~s 1 4'' 0:{ 2ct'a ih Z ernpill► h 4.1, e,r A . eg, cI ' d the t~t„ref'ed.Vxt1,t'ev,ftt Ong,oli,minrire ¢t , S41 ' 9 tike prtjiQy I tamp, the Each'o,i, k~' of p tai', M , T ~r a err.,. laborat0 y. i Qn~, ,p 1,d; `tss,s rs,,~T~~ 4i 1 14 1 a ♦ p., 1 1 i.-? 1 7 1 { (1 1 11 ~ ' ,1r n i. ' t , J, Ir ilc.; o~„r' - 223.6 ,lect to the City's approval and all of its work subject to the City's approval, through a frequent check by the, Engineer. The cost of labora- tory inspection of pipe manufacture shall be paid by the Contractor. b. PPi~i wp Drawings; The manufacturer shall furnish the'pUrchaser with detaileddesign drawings of'pipe and ,joint, including the seal, These design drawings shall include details of all specials such as flanges, plugs, outlets, taps, insulator kits, bends, closures, etc. Drawings shalt include all dimensions, tolerances, material parameters, etc., which affect specific design. Prior to installation of the pipe on any project, approval of the design shall be obtained from the En- gineer, Approval by the Engineer does not relieve the manufacturer of his responsibility for the design integrity of his product., After' completion of-the project, the:manufacturer shall furnish the City with a complete set of properly amended reproducible drawings covering ma- terial ;furnished on the project. 7. Installing Concrete Pressure Pipe: a. • Descri ticin: Concrete cylinder pipe; fittings, specials, and valves are o e ns a l ed at .locations shown 'on 'the pl aris 'and as specified: All of~the requirements of the specifications under'the Item, ''+Earth- work" , ;,govern for, the! exdavationi> embedment and backfillirtg of tedriches fori:layin ?Ad vylinder.+pipew4itting's and specials. All pipe shall 63 ?ai,d pn :Otnu.l ar elnbe'dmeh't, inatbrial ib,, a Handling: .Pipe', ftttipgsr valVes'and other` access sories shall i be? iia a o, and+ distributed! at! Lthe,'site of the' pr`6 by the Contrdctor;~ thoy,shall~~atrall~+tit*s9 be handled Kith,carelto`avoid shock.- Under; ho;'circLmstencgs shall they:be droppedr,;,Pipe heridled'on skidways must not be skidded,on rolled-agaihst+'pipe stready on the i ground. Pipe shall be placed on the site of the work parallel to the trench, alignment ahd~with belI ends facing tha'direction in which the work wII1proceed,P.unless otherwise J'directe& ,inf1 ; Th:;Colhthhctor,thh11,6refully observe the pipe for drackirig and check- ing of the;.inside lining` and should cr'hcking clccuF' in Oe',inside lin- ing the.Contrattott Oail tako immediate' steps` to protect the pipe. Any jointlof pipa)thaV has shrinkage-cFatks' Vth a lnaximuif Uidth'of thirty MIV (,,030Y in the+lihside llhin~ shhll',ba+'repaired by the pipe manufac-tune'rtby~* prd4ed,hhetti6dsl if, W the, opinibnVi the tngineer, the pipe is not suitable for repair, then the pipe shall be rejected and removed from the project site. biiG43'100 I'ify rh(1C1 I~i 1c'f~(C:; sGll :111'U; ~Proper implementsrl. toolsf equipment and facilities'shall, be provided and used bV•the Contractbr'. for, Safe and coh4hieht pIYosetutlon'of the,vrjO, All plojti fittingk~Ospe tih1s, valves that V bo,loti/ared"int) the trench!by Mean$ of.; a~r0da+bbom",,crane: ahdloth'er s'ulta'ble whine and' not to be rolled or dumped into the trench. The "side ')oom", crane, 223-7 etc., shall be a sufficient size for handling the pipe, shall lift and lower the pipe at a slow rate of speed, and shall be capable of -stopping the lifting operation at any point without producing a shock or other- wise jerking or vibrating the pipe. The hoisting cable pipe claFap shall be connected-to the pipe in such a manner to prevent damage to the touting. The aiethod of connection shall be subject to the Engineer's approval: Before lowering into the trench, each joint of pipe 'shall be inspected and.any unsound or damaged pipe shall be rejected. The pipe shall be kept clean during the laying operation and free of all Sticks, dirt, and trash, and at the close of each operating day the open end of the p ?e shall be effectively sealed against the entrance of all objects and especially water. No,pipe shall be laid In water, except in an emergency and then only upon permission of the Engineer, c. Pi De Jointing General: Before laying eac'ijoint of pipe, the bell and sp aot rings ssFaa17i be thoroughly cleaned by brushing and wiping. If any damage to the protective coating on the metal has occurred, it will be required by the Contactor to repair such damage bgfore,the,pipe is laid. The damaged areas shall be thoroughly cleaned and immediately following the cleaning, the metal shall be painted with the same material used originally in the manufacture of the pipe. Sections of pipe shall be tightly fictO together and care shall', be e orcis,e4 to. jecure true alignment and grade.,. Where pipe is bein; laid the gakket ,shall. be placed, on: he .spigot ring and the spigot ertd of- the pipe shall then be entered into the belU of-the adjoining,piper>and, elf forced into position. The gasket and the inside surface of the bell shall ba lubricates with an approved lubricar[v (flax soap) whith will facilitate the telescoping of the Joint. 'The Inside Joiht,ftcess be tween ,ends of, the p';pe iseotlons- shal l nave a, minimum opening cs three quarters :O/4'I),!inch !ano as mihifruar of one quarter (114' inch.l No "blocking up" of,pipe or! joints wili,be permitted. d. Exteri r,joInt: The exteriorJoint slid! be mad, placing a burls? joint wrapper around the pipe which will be held 1n place by means of two metal straps. The burlap wrapper shall be seven (711) 1aches vlide..and, heflmed on each Side.., The burlap' cloth. shall, be of such length that it will encircle. the pipe, leaving enough opening`- between the, ends to Allow the mortar to be poured inside the wrapper. The straps shall, be of sufficient leNth to ercirele the pipe and se- curely fasten•.the wrapper to the Joint,.i The turlsp wrappers, shall be similar and egilal,,to,,tho" manufactured by Mar-Mao Mar,afacturing Comte, parry, , The grout used for pouring the joint shall consist of one part Portland cement, !ASTM spec.,t-150, Type i) to two pants of clean 'fine, sharp (plaster) sand, (conforming to ASTM specification C-144),and mixed to the consistency of thick cream. The.Joint.shall be filled with this. g,•out from one side it onalcor,tir►uous,operaiionuhtilr the grout has 223-g shalldbenrodded withr efil f"iexibl wire0toisettle thelgroutf the joint, it e. Interior Joints - 16 Inches and Over in Diameter; Upon completion of bac r ng o the p pe trench.-the ins' a oint recess shall be' filled with a stiff cement mortar consisting of one part'of cement to two parts of sand by a qualified workman working insi0e the pipe. Cement shall be Type II or Type III with the modification that the cement shall contain not more than five (51) percent tricalcium aluminate (C3A). Cement shall comply with ASTM Specification C-150 and sand shall conform to ASTM Specification C-144. Prior to the placin4 of mortar, any dirt, or trash which has collected in the joint 'shall , be'cleaned'out and`the'concrete surfaces of the joint space shall be moistened by spraying 'or 6ru'shing' with a wet brush. Tho' stiff mortar shall be rammed or packed into the joint space'and.extreme care shall be taken to insure that ao'voids' remain in the joint space. After the joint has been filled, the surfaces of the joint shall be leveled with'the interior:surfaces of the pipe by troweliling or brush- ing.' Careful inspectidn'sh'all be 'fiade,df IBeery joint to`insure a it ooth cdrt tinuoLs'interior surface. ",The 'interior 'of the pipe shall"bi 66ovghl)" cleaned and any obstructions removed that may reduce its carrying city., fvllowi~g completion of p1pe11pa pro9resSiv?1y;Or-in sections, . (I If I includ ifi ~ 1cdiiihlet~idn ;i33s,i,d ; Lit~s 4n~ r,rtnsr~ns fn{ fq,Is,~ be possi le d~+'br'acticabl , t d-'fiche Shall 'bi#? k ~t f fii ~f filat f. Interior Joi is - (IInchas a dLs in 1 r Joint shill' be' ina yU tesn 1wt_ D_p, s~cement ,br~tarcbri{ incf o bneof',two PfrtAfter the spigot has been ppushed lb- pldce; thoint Rio a s4it dtl~ljY' and neatl finished by. pu1`ing a,"rat" t. P fy t riDe• Cement shall '-l r ~tl wtt tr~~ ►o if1- <<: comply' Wi ~i A5114 'SpoII'6i,i' bn t catip;t th'at't)fe`cemerit'`Shal~l cont~, 'nc,,~dhe h~a'r'fiv~.`~5#) d~u aW1n ri , lnate'(C$A c ,f $and 5x11 cori'forrti f(trl ' ASTH pgdifIC V1, } calcium 1 : C t ~ r r L. '`1 144.'' r Prior to the placing of mortar, any dirt or trash which ha,N collected in the joint of pipe shall bi cleaned out and the cbricreta''surfa'ce's'of the Joint space shall be moistened by brushi.n with ,a wet, brush..,,~n anlount of mortar 5).,bhtl to `dxceas' bf, the' amouh Meduih d `to' ;filly ~the )o~int _ 1. ' spacer sha11~'oe'bppIIW'td~ tl , bel l Careful inspection shall be made of the joints to in ire, ,a smooth con- tinuous interior surface. C~ 66tfbhally' the CThtraAtdr will b4 required to remove a corn 1 €ted pint for inspection. shall`'be` thoroughly tl `andd acid a`ny'bb'structions removed that hay r,educa its carrying capacity. Following completion of pipeline proghs!i 'ely or in sec~tons incluQin~ cofnplet,hsn tlc~ibj~tia~hePl{~•.5~13nsbpeecepotn, in'sArar. ~1 A be~6' PIO p~ p- fillddrith'w t~r. i'i l f ~(1 h(,(o• 223-91i. r g. Protection of Ex o___p sed Metel: All exposed ferrous metal shall be protecte y a m?nimum o one^(T'T; inch coating of Portland Cement mortar coating. After placing, care shall be taken to prevent cement mortar from drying out too rapidly by covering with damp earth or burlap. Cement coating shall not be applied during freezing weather. For large diameter flanges where it is impracticable to use a cement mortar coating, ani where directed by the Engineer, two (2) coats of "Bitumastic 50" as manufactured by the Koppers company, or approved equal, may be used. "Bitumastic 5011 :hall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. h. Patch,: Excessive patching of lining or coating will,not be permitted. arc `Ting of lining orcoating will be allowed where areas to be repaired does not exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. In genera?, t.3re shall not be more than one patch on either the lining or the coating of any one joint of pipe. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, patch shall be made with a mortar of one part Portland Cement and two parts clean, sharp sand; all mea- surements to be of weight. Pipe thus patched shall not be installed until the patch,has,been properly. And adequately cured and unless ap-, proved',fgr laying by the pipe manufacturer',s inspector 3.^. by the ,k t q r, r, " , I 1 k 8I c to CoOgrgte, bl4ckinng; s?la,t,I p{1 aCed, ea , a horitQ,ntal. and ye~rttc~ll nd agai t',un a curves. ` 1 s R,; ,'150b~i cQrscr'e r drle of cQrigret# reguire4 ConCrgte s hiil , lie C a s, ~f d ainst, shall he baled, 0/l tt}e pi a Px'ess},r,af sp h bearing Ag.. unQi,;tUrbgd ear„off„20b~ li?r, tn~e• , Pi Tech' clan; ;sorv~es o a 4Stq Y ;tr,tne aying Vii. lS qt snot be pipe 14Yfng tec n .c of 1 C ntirac+; du rinerallthe pipe Pine suRPi require4 as a part of ~h s'for' o, a ed by the, make available such person periodic assistance as ren::ir Owner. in C ~creta ' p a s~al1 confo tothe ire:Aein1`prc,eQ tpncrete sewer, p p ATM'' SOesig- current spec ication for feinforced concrete culvert pipe, nation C16, Class 111, with the follow1n5 additions: a All P.Ip4 shall be machino jade, b Walll tj h lckness sha11 be as )isted„ip AS, C,7'7 ,'Vta le Ii f .vleli ~ ~ ~ , ure C. ,A 0 '0011 be star cexc be reduced i n a~ 4~ti4an a wi t~ Oet, pd, p, e'. untransported scribe'd not O less i than o12~continuous hours. Pipe maybe be to NNW to the job at any time within three days after the prescribed steam curing period provided it successfully meats all physical load tests and other requirements. d. Connecting joints of reinforced concrete sewer pipe shall be manufactured on accurately machined metal rings of heavy design to insure accurate and concentric joints. 'hese rings shall be left on the pipe sufficie.ttly long after manufacture for the pipe to hold its true shape. All Joints shall be mane with 'a flexible compressure type rubber gasket. The form type and size of the gasket shall be Press-seal, Type 41, or E1-H as manufactured by the Goodyear Tire and Rubber Compan;, or equal. The Press-Seal rubber gasket shall truly conform in size to the spigot end of the, pipe and shalt be firmly connected thereto with an approved rubber cement compound for this purpose. e': The Owner shall have free access to the mar.ufogturer's.. plant while prdductidn`is in progress and my at any titre refuse to accept pipe made when the plant is' failing to follow the stipulations of the specifications in regard to workmanship' or failing in provisions to in;-re a'uniform ' product' cof my with the PiMissable voriAtl0n5; gf the spec)fications as to size pipe, The Owner' may reject pipe' if adequate means and methods are not,provided so a$ to,,insm the manufacture of a prod6ct``df:4nifo 0 4ua11ty, A f. 'Ili pipe thatl be'tested 8ndinspected~ at'tAepdint df,,, manufacture in accordance with the ASTM test requirements and shall bear the tnittaljar name ~f,the manufactur rA t~hR a to of mfnufa;cure and the'testin laboriatori!y ,`stenip of"ap~ Val f ; i 2 Qi Ala' "in f' (n le lingg rf 6berr ask ipt,t~r~cr' to tee,: a 1'~ care stiall a eke 1 ,6, handl i64 the pp ~ ,6 3g~ , d s gait ' the , .c ~R rubbef ` askit 'And bnl`~ `Qf tk `pi S ~ oX@P all''dlrt:edc"6r~~btr fori~n'mse~. tr CAP p1yoote,r1q~:>*Q t r bells 6r+1~06Vo k d- the q~ts' d4' ~ ` he ~ g ~Iv: A, 4. , 9, y , v , G Ct other ford igri'rtia£fei' Whi.gh r!~ma~in' ,s~'~i~n e n~~t ~819~t, a f.r_. tight jot."` ft*a& t'ely,bi 're 1 .Pl , .,t, a ~rgp,Yet C,pelj.f end df 'tHe`pr'eceding pipe h11 b~ `Cgaed',w~, . 4br C,a+1 g mar d,l. , flax 'sdap dy equal, i'p~rd by he e99iri ers~,for the 0 urD4~e, M,nera lubriC'ants will not be',po rm ttg¢. The pipe stipl`t `thin'°bd'a`ssert614d by pU31?tn' or"~VlIiiq,ao3ei;her,wi1h sufficient forc'e`'td'cig'sq the spi.d46.td, pp t a,pe n e 4r~ completely Woe; 4nW siY'es `la'rger than 5in diameter;4tie lnsidn annular space provided for that purpose shall be heteIy,filled:wjth a plastic portland cement mortar to effect a dmooth hydraulically cleai flow. 223-11 F. Galvanized Steel and Wrought Iron Pipe and Pipevirk: 1. Materials: a. Galvanized Steel Pipe- Unless otherwise Indicated, all pipe to be ASTMS- or "Hot-Dipped Galvanized Buttweld Ste,A Pipa, Standard Weight". b. Wrou It Iron Pi e: Where indicated, furnish genuine wrought iron pipe AST , 'extra strong", and galvanized to meet req%iirements of ASTM Al 52. i c. Fitt in s: Fittings shall be ASA 516-C, 150# malleable scriwed fittings ga vanized to meet req,;irements of ASTM A153-61., d. Flanges: Flanges shall be 150 lb. American Standard for bolting to cast ron flanged ppipe, fittings, or valves. Bolts and nuts ASA B18.2 hexagon huts for 126A,f1anges. e.' unions: 150 lb, malleable ,iron galvanized bra.- s seat,, ground joint, eqU co Crane,#12ep! f.` Han er upoort~: Crane' ~~O1R G, Ring and Soc6e fpr.-, pipe 3" and above. Crane #2-C an clamps and 0eri:orated straps for pipe 2"~~,nd IF s• ~SuppOrt5j hall ba Cranq 02644 Adfustaple Pipe Sup- port$. s a rt 1 'installation: Pipln6.04 0 §61supp0tid 4t. in •rY0 ,gf,0o,t.,rE: more than ee centers and it changes of direction an `as required to give prgpgr, support tQ,prejg,91 sagging ti Wall,brackets.shall Ike. used where r!84 ie¢;„Al} ru ~3 y, I pin,~:t ~t ,wh s.t4es 4nd;0u1ri@1;s_shall, 0 1'1040tio 4 laq AV p pes s l be,gyt acgyir,4tikly,c' . to he4 r eh~9 ~it o11sheQ 16 th 'fi,gld .a~,d s.t{a 1,,b4 ,wor,ke4 jAto -glace with Q ! i n q ~1!6r4,i q;) ',Rioio9 ~ Aii r. , cuttin 4q4 ~4 or 1s tiii~edd n fha,i,l 4 >~ka ed4 e qua ~u►~r r_. ~ drew o(nt 1 ba mad ,wit? graphi`td' aryd`"oi1 to0I, _ o p,Rr4v d .graph t'q, pouP a P,,l,1a 0 to mal t~ireald on1~ thrtfgdt ~01 c4t', and, Fo mote, t $n,thre,e thr2id-"n'the'04 6',sh.'411'retVn-j$ppsed., Ca Jki6g of (fire4 ?,o pints to`stbp or preVdht yaks `wil sot be permitte~, Untont shill be pro . vided where required for d' onnestion. Chbnge.°in pipe sizes shall be made with reducing fi in. h use f, ong,§cr ws and Aushtng is prohibifbd ."Ali~i'~~' ~/~'~'r~au~d.'~~1~' ~aj~~llel w1+h ,the, line-s. , of the'building't,nle~s' r .rlerviis tisdi_'sti y ~}ldwli ; r noted oo.Grawing5,. G.' and_fittin' 1. Copper= -Pipe: Copper pipe shall be Types K, L, or M, hard drawn copper tubing with Type K and Type L being used at points where rigidity is necessary, Tubing shall conform to the American Standard for copper water tube, ASA Designation H-23.1. 223-12 2. Fittin Fittings for all copper pipe or t.ljbir►g shall 5e "Wrought Copper older-Joint Fittings" as manufacturea by the Crane Company, or,equal,. Valves in copper pips runs shall.ee Mueller Stream- line Valves, or equal. 3. installation: Copper piping shall be handled in such.a manner tr prevent atten rg or distortion. All bands in piping shall be by use of fittings. Ends of copper tubing shall be cut square, with the burr removed from the end of the tubing with a file or scraper. Joints shall be Prepared fluxed, and soldered in accordance with the instru- ctions of the manufacturer. In general, all copper pipe shall be laid out square with the building without diagonal runs. Where copper tubing is run oo tgalls or ceilings. it, shall be-anchored by, means of copper,. , straps of approved manufacture. Depending upon location, copper pipe shall be of the type: or class necessary to provide true straight runs and a¢equot~.rioidity for Any unsupported lengths. Copper 0 pe'shaII'be supported on 4raII.brockets to such position as will_ allow one straight connecting piece to' the equipment it serves. Union shallt a provided for,eact} eSytpmcnt cpjnectiorl. r ; ,1 `i~toiklbls: Aipi00, ljer 1c411g4 vr,,,09 the Ql'pns, sho)1 be ~ Type I, Po yv ny loride, Schedule 80 Pipe. r •r ~ ;n+ ' .r f:I [+ir 4:a e F ng.fhall, l Y1 fin' h~ {acation '.ir►dicgS$dtc i ; PY iR 0 J by Pil:a. with i~~ A&!~ t ppppr; z.r,gtq a Qa4;n9 1'R4Q9+4!d?e$" rt; t' r•..lei~. ci?n$~i^0,si~1. a±rq~fCed .at locaSiOrls;;hOwfl: alal'4akd,li E19r, t,.Q, A~~r. P,e"Pa x Rt r4N9h',@ C9t1CreSe_+fdll,:;r,ri 6 er± ca n er, pi _ 3. testing: All PVC piping shall be tested, before backfilling, at 100 psi ,or one hour, and all leaks made good. I. Chlorine Gas Pi.in: Piping:fr~r_oh),grine gas from gas source to chlor%nator-"s s a e w~tii screwed connections. Pipe shall be black double extra strong (XXS) seamless steel pipe, Grade B. and shall con- form to the requirements of ASTM Specifications A 106. Fittings extent unions, shal) be forged steel, 2000 CWP: unions shall be forged steel tongue and groove flanged, suitable for gas service, Crane No. 1589, or equal, with lead gaskets. Cut pipe shall be reamed after threading t.nd threads shall be washed with trichlorethylene to remove cutting oils. During installation, cutting oils, grease and other foreign matter inside pipe and fitt'ngs shall be removed by flushing or pulling through each length a cloth saturated with trichlorethylve ur other suitable chlorinated solvents. Pipe Joints shall be sealed using Litharge and Glycrin, carefully ap- plied to male threads only to prevent entrance into piping system. 223-13 Piping shall be adequately supported and shall b.e sloped to provide drainage. During installation care shall, be taken to prevent water entering piping. After completion of installation, piping system shall be purged of moisture using dry gaseous nitrogen and shall be tested for leakage with nitrogen gas under a pressure of 200 pounds per square' inch. During leakage test, soapy water shall ba applied to outside of joints; system shall be proven leakproof by testing for 3 hours at the 200 psi pressure. .ter chlorine is introduced Into system, it 'shall be rechecked for leakage using a clot`r'soaked in. ammonia water.' J. Victualic Couplings: Victaulic couplings, where shown for con- nectiori of cast r-on piping, shall be Style 44, as manufactured by Victaulic Company of America, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. VictW It Couplings for connbction of steel piping shall be Style 77. K. Concrete Blockin : Concrete having a compressive strength of not less tan 1500 psi at 28"days shall 'be used for backing' of' all fittings. Bends of 10 degrees and greater, plug , pnd,all tees,_,crosses,,etc., shall be blocked with concreto ai a rust b3eking.. Blocking shall be placed bdtwies' Solid gr6hd'and tho`fii;ti~g's1to be anchored; the area if bearing on the pipe and on th@,ur~ di.~ ur4gd ground , shall be as scheduled on the Plans or directed WA M' eer.' The ,.}~ntess othe.rwtse directed, bylso,placed~that,t~Oe pipe blocking shall and fitting= j81frts'will be-~cce~Si l6, or t4~$ µe airs. 1.1. ' 1,.4 y.l i trf'Y (11 (I 111 ''~;'l li' a . v N. Testin : All pjpin shall bg t sted for leaka g,,befgrj 4e~ing 4Ila pldcdd t W@ ito"-andII IOW M e gbq 6 "ViY~,1,iri~f s~~jl b+ ; tested! UndEr` tF "°aittiiiable hdad wiifbh,t du 06 tg op" ralf a ¢r~d' pre; sUrti''tisie5rat one'dndOne~halfth+d`the'maxthiG`++►"1~~ ~Pre$,z oft line,[[Testt-aha1) be''ftr CdUNtion`bf oche F.buf'~ittsh' 11 be rf 'esse ' 1 by the Engineer. r. ~,l ,..1 , I-0(J~~ . 'G '1(.71 V f t11 1 _ - 1 _1 ,i ..li I.Y~ ft iif~~(nf'~~~~~11 rf r'l -,(r ~I{. .r(it(n. i•!(7 ii.r n 1f ~r71~f ~17 1 i 223.,l 4 1 ITEM 224 - BUTTERFLY VALVES A. General; Except as modified or supplemented herein, all butterfly valves nc uding operators shall conform to applicable requirements of AWWA C504, valves shall be short-body type. B. Valve Construction: End flanges shall confrom in dimensions and drilling to N B16.1, Class 125. Valve discs shall be constructed of alloy cast iron ASTM A-436 Type 1 (Ni-Resist). Shaft seals shall be of the chevron type. Valve discs shall seat at 90 degrees with the pipe axis. C. Valve Schedule: Butterfly valves shall be designed for the opera- ting conditions -nU service requirements in the following table: No. AWWA Service Size Reg'd Class Operator 1. Air Blower Suction & Discharge 12" 4 25 TNMO 2. Aeration Tank Drops 10" 4 25 TNMO* 3. Return Sludge Lines 10" 2 25 TNMO 4. Return Sludgy Pump Discharge Lines 1411 2 25 TNMO 5. Return Sludge Pump Suction Lines 16" 2 25 TNMO 6. Final Clarifier Sludge Lines 18" 2 25 MO* TNMO - Traveling Nut Manual Operator MO - Motor Operator * - And Extension Bonnet D. 0k erators: All operators are manual in accordance with 11.3 Manual operators the Standard Specifications. END OF ITEM 224-1 ITEM 225 - MISCELLANEOUS VALVES A. Scope: This section covers all valves, except where spFCific re- quirements are given in other,sect•ions or on the plans, 8. Manual Operators- All valves, except those which are equipped with power actuate operators or are designed for automatic operation, shell be provided with manual operators. Unless otherwise indicated or speci- fied, each manual operator shall be equipped 0th an operating wheel. C. Chainwheels: Unless specifically requirei Lo be equipped with other types of operators all valves with centerline more than P-6" above the floor shall he provided with chainwhEels and operating chains. All 4-inch and smaller eccentric plug valves in such lo0t,tons may be equipped with a chain lever type operator provided sufficient clearance, Is available. Each chainwheel operated valve s~all be equipped with a chain lever type operator arovided sufficiehti c earance is available. Each chainwheel operated valve shill be equipped with a chain guide which-will peermitha id handling of the opperating c'nain without " aggin" of the wheel and A `also p rm t'reas90$ le Si g pull oh the chain., Operating ch s4.1 bgg v y;pl ',d,'wfi th i rl ,bad, skill be looped. to extend to within"4 feh o the floe;, beiow'the valve. D. Wrench Nuts: Wrench nuts shall b~ p;-dvided on'all'buried valves, on al'[Iva ves w ich are to be;operaiead. through floor boxes, and where indicated on the drawing.,, lfrless'dthei'i4fie dirLkied, all wrench nuts shall comply t.Ith Section 20 of AWWi C500. Not less than four operating keys shall be furni6e8`f)r operation of the wrench nut operated valves. E. Lever 0 erators: 'Unless otherwise indicjted'or spt%eJfiedr P14 and ball valves s a e leer operated. Eight switable opei{atiA flyers shell be furnished for,edch type an4'size of lever operated valve, e/,cept when there are less than eight iever operated valves of the same type and size, and aperrAifing, lever, shall, be furnished No each valve. F. Rotation: Unless otherwise required by th,i Owner, the direction of ro'cat one of th2 Wheel, .wrench qt, or lgye,r to open the valve shall be to the ,feft (cduriter~ygr_~:',Se) Each yai'v'a body or operator ih4l_l have cast thereoh tile, Ara UV ar~d pan'arrow ;indicating the direction. w open. e; 0.' Enos" Unless oth~eirwiyse, sperif.ied df lindi~ated, on the drjwings, all 3 incisor larger "buried valves shall have push-on op mechanical joint ends, all, other, 3 1pch or larger v~lvps shall ha, ej,,~angp4 ego4s a; l all 2-1 /2 McW 01 small e'r` val Ves shill ha re thr'eided 'or s0-1 der 'ends. Menges shall bgg AWS1 ,1251 b. Posh-op, and miechapi,cdl jointr, shall, conform to ANSI A? "ll 'o r r, t 225-1 H. Unions: A union or flanged connection shall be provided within 2 feet o each threaded end valve unless the valve can be otherwise easily removed from the piping. I. Sho Paietiocl: All ferrous metal surfaces, both interior and ex- terior, s a be shop painted. The valve manufacturers standard.paint w4'1 be acceptable providing it is compatible with the specified field p,.inting, J. Eccentric Plug Valves': Plug valves shall be at locations soown on the plans. urn sh -wit type of ends shown and other auxiliaries re- quired. Eccentric pluy valves shall ba of semi-stlel construction with robber faced Plugs'aiid shall be DeZurick Series 00, or approved equal.. Plug valve 'shall have a port ar6 of at least 80 per cent of the cross sec- tion of the connecting'0191109, Shall have nickel alloy,body'seats+ and shall +iave stainless steel i;;, bronze bearings. Td tally gnclosed worm gear over toes shall be provided, on all,12 inch or largo 'valve3,ahd ph',smaller, yya Vas,.wherg ~ndicated,or where the vilvas ari located to that chiin,whe91 6peatid,0 l$ provided, Valves 12" and larger,,sh~alj;,be Os,Iislfed, betoW:, r . Lai`' . r.F 1'' is ( i 1 S1 tag 1, ( 1 d i Primary C1 ri Oil Piaimai'Y`C1 2ro iI 1f. IIk'J Aer3Cfori'Ta'hk ~ti°:~ ; <<;~ Flow MetE r~~YaU,t'' Ifl ICi 'V , 9 r I.l (Ire .r i i~~( ~,G; Jf ^I R~1) '!9l'(fl f f, it i h(V) t 1 ",'t Q[E. EA'`~ tiiehd'e`d ac'tJaid'rs'1:~' 2''•6~'abovd` fi'MsheA >{r'ade. r M Motor Operator lp'ht K. d 'e Va 1'V , s~nl"SS' oth ri~i' (e Spdci tpd ,3,. inch a „l arger,.gate , "ralves g a AWWA 1 @, a'lve~ small~~^ 't ~.n 3 _ir~c11 ~itd and', all gatelvalve'snstalt'ed in' 6rti~al lies shill b solid wedge typg; 11 1 1.11 other gate valves shall be double disc type. Gate valves installed Inside stryclfres sha 1 be ri do stem type with t 1 s~ea1 iE8 rifeo,gate, ~ Valves 'lhall u6' norlri ino, i1 i;d th, 0-rind stle ,rsp l ( ('r..'. threaded edd Va(1'vet' `13hIal'1 6e 'Cra~e` qR UPI i,hr sI 47-V, 'I of.. ~ggJa l I .l ~1~(4 ,Ftra ;q[ f n:' 'f. `lily (,<i ~ i c!y! r ! 4~ i r', 1 1sf t . t. Wl'VjOvdif' T e bf chec~''&(valve shall be as 6 red 1ierein or, qs, indicate on the`drawIngs. Valves on raw sewage, primary and 'thickened Mudge, digested sludge and scum lines and elsewhere as shown shall be 225-2 of the unobstructed waterway, quick closing, spring loaded type and in- creasing or equal end size as indicated. Check valves shall be Ameri- can-Darling 52 SC, Ludlow-Rensselear H-342, or equal. Valves in air lines, circulating water lines, pump discharge lines, Return Sludge Pump Station (except as noted) and service water pumps and at locations indicated, shall be Mission Valve and Primer Company Duo- check, Valve and Primer (equal model), or equal, with body material of cast iron, Buna-N seal material, flat face ends and stainless steel internal trim. M. Globe Valves: Globe valves, where indicated on t'e drawings, shall be Crane'No. 351 Walworth (equal model), or equal, with Arnerican Stan- dard Class 125 flanges. Globe Valves for screwed piping shall be equal to Crane No. 1. N. Slide Gates: Furnish and install where shown on plans stop gates and guides to-Wmension and detail indicated. Gates shall be one piece 1/4" (reinforced if necessary) with lifting handle as manufactured by Washington Aluminum Company, Inc., ARMCO (equal model), or equal. Guides shall be Typa T-1, extruded aluminum. Aluminum for gates and guides shall be 6061-T aluminum alloy. 0. Hose H drarts: Hose hydrants, where indicated, shall be 2-1/8 inch Mueller A-24039 Fl ush Type America:i-Darling (equal model), ur equal, with a 2 inch screwed inlet and 1-1/2 inch hose nozzle outlet with cap and chain. P. Stoeaan_d Waste Valves: Stop and waste valves, where indicated, shali~be-eeH-8340 or H-0341, Crane (equal Model), or equal. Q. Air and Vacuum Valves: Air and vacuum valves for vertical pump installations sha. b-e-YaTve and Primer Corporatinn Series 140 or 150, as indicated, and with screwed inlet for 3 inch and under. R. Knife Gates: Furnish and install on raw sewage pump suction lines handw ee operated knife gates. Stem and gates shall be of stainless steel, bodies of corrosion resistant cast iron. END OF ITEM 225-3 ITEM 226 - SLUICE GATES A. General: Sluice gates shall co~iform to AWWA C501 except as modi- fied or revised herein. Sluice gates shall be of the rising stem, cast iron, bronze mounted, rectangular or circular, type designed to be bolted to a wall thimble, unless otherwise shown. Stems shall be of cold rolled steel ASTM A108, Grade 1018. Stem guides shall be cast iron, bronze bushed, mounted on cast iron brackets. They shall be adjustable in two directions and furnished at sufficient inter- vals to properly support the stem. Completely assembled gates shall be shop inspected for proper seating. Seat facings shall be machine,J and wedges adjusted to exclude a O.C-04" thickness gauge between the frame and disc seating surfaces. B. Sluice Gates Required: The gates to be furnished shalt be in r,ccordance 0tFi t Zs o owing s.hedule: No. Opening Type Head On Location Req'd Size Closure _Gate d eg rotor Tn ss Raw Sewage Pump Flush 35 ft seat Crank Operated Station 4 36"02" Bottom b unseat Floor Stand Chlorine Contact 10 ft seat Crank Operated Tank 30" Dia. Standard b unseat Floor Stand Storm Water Div- 20 ft seat Crank Operated ersion Box 1 21" Dia. Standard 6 unseat floor Stand M.H. No. 3 1 21" Dia. Standard 15 ft seat Crank Operated b unseat Floor Stand M.H. No. 3 1 15" Dia. Standard 15 ft seat Crank Operated t unseat Floor Stand C. Operators: Operators shall conform to Section 20 of the standard specir 5a_t_i--ons and of the inclosed gear type, pedestal or bench stand supported, and crank operated. D. Anchor Bolts: Anchor bolts, of the hooked end type, and nuts shall be of 8- stainless steel. END OF ITEM 226-1 ITEM 227 - WEIRS AND SCUM BAFFLES • A. General: All necessary Weir Plates, Scum Baffle P14tes Lap Plates, Cover-PTates and S66m Baffle Support Brackets shall be suppled and installed as shown on the plans inGlDdirig the prim'sry 4nd foal clari- fiers, aeration tanks, thickeners, filters, 4nd chtorine'contact tanks. They shall be Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Resin, matched-die molded to produce sm3oth, resin rich surfaces, free of voids, porosity, exposed glass, cracks or crazes. All edges shall be sealed in the mold. Laminate will have Type "C" (chemical) glass surfacing mat, 10 to 20 mils thick, with a silane finish and a styrene soluble binder, on both sides. Rekluired thickness will be achieved using the appropriate number of piles of Type "E" (electrical borosilicate) giass'mat with 'chrome or j silane finish and a styrene soluble !),finder, Glass content of .laminate will be 28 + 3% by weight. Resin fillers shall be 40 + 2% of the resin mixture. Final laminate thickness shall be within 11% of the nominal specified thickness. Weir plates shall be 1/4" nominal thickness and color shall be white or turgoise. Weir Plates shall be' 1-1/8'° high 'with notchel 2-5/81' 'deep' X ' ' 900 on 6° centers, the shall bb' u ~4i -l14/8", long sect+.ons.~ Each''Tio'' Platy shall be provided With (2) 2-61/E" ;square mountirtg holes''at' 20'''I o.c. (round tank) or (4) 2-l/21',squ6re'mounting''holes at 12"'o.'c. ((rec- tangular tank) to provide a minimtna of 2" vert Cbl o'r' hAritontii 'ad~tist ment. Weir Plates shal! be mounted with 1/2" diameter tainless steel anchoN Dolts: and f~uare'E1 'r~fia'ss Coi/ei" Ply;t',e I p `Jpnt;`§~ioht"c'it'-} cuitin4i £nd6! of-Wei1~ Plbte3 'shall; ba tkJr*4d With 6 47 4 ,h Plates to allow for horizontal expansion. Sta`ih4is 'S'teel aNchor 'b0i&` at (12" o.c.) (20" o,c.) shall be furnished. by the Weir Plate supplier.,, i Lap Plates, 6"x12", shall be providedd A`3 'regr/i"red to secuw 't~r~' end4' l~f ' the 3affle Plates. Staiple steel hardware tq se ~+rp,9aff)e PI~t to SuppZi•t Si"at#ets:ahd o Lap ibte5 s~i4~1' t " j FFni'l rld' by Fie Sc~~rriArff if PlaWIUOOJgr 16`t l'cum VOC f 'n :°IJU`)T r✓4 Scum Baffle Support Orackets ii,ude from Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Resin shall be provided and installed at 40" o.c. (round tank) cr 36" o.c. (rectangular tan;:). Bracke,ts,shali,,O 3/16" thick, a minimum of 4" wide and shall be slotted to alloR far at'least 1-112" vertical and horizontal adjustment to compensate for inaccurate anchor bolt location. Stainless steal anchor bolts at (40" o.c.) (36" o.c.) shall be furnished by the Scum Baffle Support Bracket supplier. When it is necessary to adjust lengths of Weir Plates or Scum Baffle Plates so that they are nonstandard, all machined or cut edges thus exposed shall be se.biled with Polyester Resin. The fiberglass lamirate shall have the following minimum physical properties: 227-1 it- Test Method Tensile Strength 14,000 psi ASTM 0638 Flexural Strength 25,000 ASTM D790 Flexural Modulus 1.0 x 106 ASTM 0790 Impact, Notched, Izod, foot pound per inch 15.0 ASTM D256 Barc%I Hardness Minimurri, Barcol Impres- avg. 40 for-Model GYZJ- 934.1 Slater absorption, 0.1 ASTM D570 % 24 hours .Average Coefficient 15 x 106 of therrel expan- sion-inch per inch h Per OF 1 Procedure used in determining the above properties shall be in accn.^d~, ance, with the AS1'M $tanda ds, Part, 279 using the method. designated above. Np Mines tizsts,shall ~z made on the resin rich, surfaces, of the test saMPl0 (St c0up"01S s~l,l be, 'Prepared in accordance with the appropriate A$'rp1!, ~'tesir, method i, . !r,,• it ft!! t, '~!,t :1.; .i~l~.? I,iir l Mai~fdc rrN) Ili 11~001if? • i}.t!pr I ~i , i rle ,,a A n~j into ; 0 COntlnua,4J oual ity,.Cgntrol pro9~a ,4r►ri,, r„~ t1hosirelpest91 ,i fUrp, s tv,the Fngtl lr certified;res It u ,s 9f the icy p 11 a r9 ,.ed. YI"rl it I1 {_!~~11I, I .!'1 I'1 r'irk' r ~f, r~ r. L~1.5 Weir Plates ai Scum gaffle''Ptates fabricated from plate stock with cut, edgas,, ngtc,hf's.r,€t•G,,wi1aSc4P.t001*.a r4 1 _ r ~ , ' ~ , ; ~ n ' t.r r,. ir't (.r I i . r ~ r ~ ~ r i ? 1 ~ r~ ~(eirti~iatas, .$Cum Ba~fler!P~,at'aibergl dPd~ ~ ass Puln r be as"produces! liy l4arminster F company, su sidlary.,of;FiSSherr fr and Porter Company, Southampton, Pennsylvania, F. B. Leopold, or equal. T I' l 1 ' 7! 227-2 1 1TEM11 228 - MOTQR OPERAT RSQ FOR VALVES A. Genera Operators shall be E-1-M Type EB, Limitorque lype.SMB, or equk_T, he operators shall include the motor, reversing starter, re- lays, power gearing, limit switch gearing, limit switches, torque switches, heaters, local mechanical position indication, motor brake apo feedback housings, valves, and stem control potentiometer tation, switch moduldting floor u stand x if irequired, whallsaslocal self-contained unit. Thy, manufacturer of valves shall be responsible for the proper sizing of motor operators, Motor operator for 90 rotation valves shall move valve through 900 rota- tion in approximately one (1) minute. B. Cvstruction 1. Pow.' G arin All gearing shall be of the generated type, pre- ferably 4 cOm inat or..of,spur and worm gearing or; helical and worm gearing as indicated by the specific application., Al cea 1ng shall be of alloy steel, heat treated, except for worm gears which s~all be 6f gear bronze suitab'le,for,the specifio,,rubbing vglooity. Gearing shall.be mounted on Anti-friction bearings thrQu9hoyt,',, Wgrms shall, bq,alloy,stool (heat- treated, Vr1v,a operatgr,s r or, 6°1.torn va~ve;still have a g?arhead with; henica}{ stops interrialiy'loc ted capable Of witfi$irarl~ipg.,fp]1.t0rq R eguire,+nertts of the valve in both open and closed position. The mechansca~ stops shall be v f?cible .Erorf top, 0i ;,pit without ,remgving cgver. , ~mp~,i tfi laid `.rr; orit pkitto cq(pbjnatior45 shale s.~4h,to,,:llfy ch4r~ges6 e,,€tjf~ quired. downer gearing a6$A 26 Ar gearing enclosure sh l~ hc,.,ggdsS~ p p F use of year around lubricant in ambient temperature o~ F. to 140° eduipAe ~~ttp,,,an~a~xiitarY ldrlq- Haftd'w~e~e~j~ Op'erato►s shall be whee~ of tl"i- ~ k utching type to provids for actuation of the valve in, the event of power failures. Handwheal mechanism must be of the noncointidental type. The h4ndwlleel,shall, not rotata,wher the handw4pl is in usek Lott Motion Device: Operators For open-close service she]l'have i a built-in Tost motion device to permit motor to attain full speed be'6re load is e,ocoultere4,, t~u$, permitting a ;rfrer.-blow ;t4 be impartod,to start valve ';ln motioil in 6,i,t en tiie,Closiag.,or oPenjrtq direCtiAnr., 4 t+bt`6rM6to'r s`ha11 de designed for operation on 466 v9 lt,.,3' phase, 60 eiiz power ana shall be specs-Mcally designed for valve operla- tor service,ii1 cor,p4 ive.ptrno,spher„e.; Rotors;shpit,be lnount,ed on anti 9 f 4 i i~gtor5 ~h4 ( !dA friction' bea'rin s o t e p e-ly~rfpat t,y~e,,,. lhve N, Class 8 insulation and ha. Y be capab~ e of developing a r nniang torque 228-1 ,~~■■ttrrr~tl M 1 equal to 40" of the rated torque without exceeding the permissible tempera- ture rise of 80° C., measured by resistance, over a 40° C. ambient. Motors ahall have a duty rating of not less than 15 minutes and shall be capable of operating the valve through two (2) cycles against foil unbalance pres- sure without exceeding the permissible temperature rise specified. Motors shall be suitable for operation of valve under maximum differential pres- sure with standard deviations of voltage f,-equency as defined by NEMA. Motor enclosures shall be NEMA 4. Motors for use on modulating operators shall Le equipped with an electrically operated brake, which when de- ener-gized shall prevent any travel of the valve operator. The brake shall not prevent handwheel operation, but shall prevent overtravel. 5. Limit Switches- Limit switches shall be an Integral part of the valve operator Tt- ley sTiall be of the adjustable type Capable of being set to trip at any point between fully open and fully closed. Limit switch g,,taring shall be of the intermediate type of stainless steel or high ten- sile bronze. Gears shall to grease lubricated. Each valve operator shall be provided with an open gearO limit switch having two ~?6rmaily open and 11 twt normaily+closed'contact:,.and a q'lospd`gg'AO d lirtlit ~wltc~ myi ng,two normally open, and tw0'nnrmally closed"Contacts. r 3: Limit switches'shall be'gearted to'drivln ''mechagism 1n a step'at all,times whether'in!N+ 4r`operatlon bi,'mahdal open tibn. i F. ~Tqr ue Switches: Etch valve operator shall bq eq ipped with two tbrque's,iitc-W, n rr~pr¢t14tijoh 19 th~"ooehiIa'Ct~Q tfl'e~other' for' cdntr~o~ bf ta t no 'the Ve'fVP. i Torque switches shall berespe'Aflye''61°ad`encOunt6red1ih oper`rih'g'or closing irection and shall re.4ddusta4le to, desired operatingg charaeter- lstits t~' errkf t Gr`otectibrr snduld'6n''ob4trucf~ or1 `tie r"If11I 'fi'hir' dire ~I rr111 1,1r'I ,r I'r. r'f'1 on,af Va ve't~avi, r iV,:1 ,,t 1 !f~ '1f !r=. "Li f 'f 'I•( ~ rfiJ~ li'. ' I'` 1 r Closing'T torque switch shall be employed to control prede ermined seating r 1 1 rust. ►'ail~l"an8 th~ruit shall ke'indep~£nde6t of weatrrn4isk or seat ri ngs; 7.''` Switch' NOusirl~ Cfmit'swifche's aria t0q'ue'swit6'es' shall be'' hou ad in a FIEM~ 44 erjclo ure Iptegra~l with power ,com grrtme t, of valve . . Fan rbl. A tet~Wf 'Jtrfprshall'b4'{pro'vlded'iA'`switch'~onpdr,t ',1 ft t. 91 it;Ols' and switch coa:pa'r~t4nts sh'all' be ` 60''wfFed "Co' t'er'mfnal'r rip", 6mpietd and re dy for fiel,; installation.,, At feast j spare +tgrmin~al,s,shall be supp}f:d, ,r Fdr 'poW61A,'aNd °rontrof ' dnduits to tt'e CbQrator,''ther'e"'shat l 'be' t`wo . conduit t++!'ni!1~s;''~one 'f6r pow*0'arj one 'ftl~' cohtrbl'.' :,''l'','`''' ~ I I'" 22a-z Space heaters shall be provided in the switch and motor compartments of wattage suitable for keeping the compartments dry at all times. There shall be installed also a suitable breather and drain. A sc cmatic wiring diagram shall be rttached and protected from the environment, for mainte- nance use. 8. Local Control Station: For local control there shall be pro- vided in the limit switr'h hosing cover as shown in the control schematics, 1 selector switches, pushbuttons and indicating lights. Switches and push- buttons shall be provides with watertight boots. 9, Modulaticn Control: Each valve control shall be designed to be responsive to a two•wwre,-20 milliampere control signal from a remote source. Position of the gate shall be proportional to the input signal; zero and span adjustments shall be pvovided to allow suppression of range. Internal closed loop control shall be provided by utilizing the input control and comparing it internally wi*h a feedback potentiometer in tie valve operator. Upon loss of remote 4-20 milliar,ipere control signal the valve shall not close but shall remain ir, its last instructed position. All control components, except the contactor, shai-I be of solid state con- struction. The control circuit shall be of the plug-in type for easy re- moval and servicing. All connections shall be identified and shop-wired to terminal strip fnr field connection. A control transformer shall be provided in the control compartment for pri- viding control voltage from 460 volt supply. 10. Floor Stand: when required, operators shall be equipped with floor stan~'7e motor operator shall be mounted on a pedestal of cast iron or fabricated steel of substantial proportions with ample base area to distribute load evenly to the supporting structure. C. Care of Motor 0 e,rator~ s_During Construction: The Contractor's atten- tloo ,s MrKM,i eed to t e necessity or proper care of motor operators during the construction period. When devices equipped with motor operators are received at the project site, provisicns shall be made for housing such devices in a dry place !nd provision shall be • ide for the electrical con- nections to the devices s,% that space heaters will function. D. Facto r~ Service Man: The supplier of motor operators shall furnish the services oT_,_'aaGtory trained service n3i, to assist the Contractor as may be required in the installation of new operators. E. Painting; The operator mechanism shall be supplied with a factory finisF consist+,ig of thoroughly cledning all surfaces, a prime coat, and the manufacturer's standard paint finish, providing it is compatible with the specified field painting. F. Schedule of Motor Operators Service No. Reg'd-,- Size ape Control Butterfly Valves " Final Clarifier Sludge Lines 2 18" Open-Close P1~ Valves Flow Meter Vault 1 2011 Modulating Waste Sludge Pump Discharge Lines 2 3" Open-Close I ENO OF ITEM "i.i 'I I lr j' f.,+.x.14'. 'f•K ilr ?IE'.l (G.i I ~FI .'~i t'..'r+,~ir: l ~ r+11f1(~"1 ~ i 1,. 'ill .,11't'. .11 I t'i. _ + } lilfV. r(+i S J~it f )1 1, r 1+. ;P.'11f'•.. 'IMP .H.' 'f f.'i ? If ar, ref: f 1. ,I I'. I .If ' ?~.f ITEM 229 - 'OLYMER TANK AND MIXER A. General, Furnish and install one (1) 60" diameter x 4'-6" fiber- glass ianc or polymer solution. Tank shall support legs, level gauge and piping connections as shovrn on the plans. The mixer shall be portable, clamp mounted, gear driven, of ample size to accomplish thorough mixing of the contents. END OF ITEM 229-1 ITEM 301 LANDSCAPE PLANTING I A. Scope of the Work: Furnish all plants and related materials, super- vision, labor equTr6e nff; appliances and services necessary for and incidental to completing all operations in connection with the planting of trees, shrubs, ground covers, turf and other such materials in accordance with these speci- ficatltlns and the applicable drawings. B. Standards: The following documents, used as sttindards, are to be consider---d a -part of these specifications by reference,, 1, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature, "Stand- ardized Plant Names", Second Edition, 1942, 2. American Associat•;on of Nurserpen, Inc., "USA Standord for Nur- sery Stock", Z 60.1-1969 or latest edition. Available from: American Asso- ciation of Nurserymen, Inc., 835 Southern Bldg., Washington, D.C. 20005. 3. "Manual of Cultivated Plants" by L.H. Bailey, latest revised edit- ion. C. Samples, :Tests and Inspections; 1. Within thirty (30) days following acceptance of the bid, the l Engineer is to be notified of the sources of the materials required or de.• siredlto W inspected or' tested.' 2, The Contractor will be responsible for all certificated of inspec- tionof plant materials that may be required by"federAl, stold, or other authorities to accompany shipments of plants, 3,," Analyses`and'test9 of materials; if required, such as fertilizers, peat moss, insecticides, etc, ~Will be made in'accdrdance with the current methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. D. Plant Guaranty and _Replacement: Plants must be guaranteed for a minimutn one 'year planting, acid Mllst be alive a6d % satisfactory growth at' the'ehd ~of `the'guarahty period.' Any plant bbviousl'y' dead 001' be r'emoydd'by ,'ontractor after consultation with the Erigjiiieer, Repldcement planting will be done as soon as possible, even if within the guaranty per- iod, at the time agreed on by the Engineer and the Contractor. E. Planting Materials: r lr j2MC iI Existing top soil at the site is to be used. 2.' ~ Coatneh'cial Feetil'i'zer:' A'1"fertiIiiers 6us', conform to all appli- cable state e fff zer a s, Ito 'be del ivered i'►i orig1nal unopened 'con., tainers,'land must be'uniform'ih cempbsition,"dry, and free flowing. A complete feetilizer'with a' Nitrogen-Phosphorus'-Potash analysis of 6-12.12 ' and 21-0.0 i4'fo be used in all grass areas L. . It i ; I I i[I 'I r 1 1- 11G,tI. .1 t'. i 1 1 3, Mulch; All mulch will consist of horticultural grade, nugget pine, redwo-o ,`-fir or cypress bark.! NO of sticks, 'stones, clay 0r1 other' foreign mat,erialsi 3/4"-l" graded size, and of such character as not to be easily 'dis'pla~fed'by`Wi'hd,; 301- 1 4, Prat Moss; All peat mnssFwill be of horticultural grade (fine shreds), Cana an or German stock, of the fibrous type and is to be low e content of woody material and free of minerals having a pH ana.fsis of from four,(4) to six (6), A moisture content of not more than thirty (30%) percent, 5. Sewage Slud9e; All sewage sludge is to be a' leant one (.1) year old aria-Is o e acquired from the treatment plant', stock ails as directed. b. 'ter: All water will be furnished from the rffiu(!nt water system by the Own: Nose and other equipment required for the distribution of water must be furnished by the Contractor. 7, Sulphur: Sulphur will be iron sulpha%-e (Fe'14)0 8, §y2sum: Gypsum will be commercial granulaten agricultural tyoe. SO- r t; planting soil sterilant will be methylbromide gas, F. Guaira and WrappinMaterials; 1, hose: Two-ply fiber bearing garden hose, not less than" in- sido diameter. 2, Wire: Galvanized iron or steel No, twelve or ten (12 or,110),, gauge. Turnbuckles must be galvanized iron. k Stek~~es: Nominal two by, four (2" x 41') inch:lumberia three (3); feet in rengh. t 4,, Wrap in MaterA first quality double.layor, wrinkled, kraft tree Wrap four, o s Jci6) inches in width, G. Plant MatArlais; .1. - i~arra c u re : The % c0 entlfic and QaTOp naves of 1 is hierein spgoifigQ corl Qrw,w, t the approved names In ti z `n and."Manual of C,ultivatLd plants" Names,ofVvar,ieties '!Standardized notrincl~dePlnt da~hereins' confom,gsnerally;with •names accepted it thcr nursery trade. 2. _Qua lity and Size: All plants midst have a habit of growth which is normal for the spec ems and`must be sound, healthy, vigorous,, and free from insect pests, plant diseases, in,iuries, and after effects thereof. All plants must a ual;or exceed the measurements specified in the Plant list, which are min?mum acceptable sizes. All plants must be nursery grown unless otherwise specified.- All pla,rtts will be freshly dug; neither heeled-in plants, nor.plants from cold sto,-age. will be atc,opted, -,AII nursery grown plants must.have been transplaRted or. root pruned,at,least once in the past three years. Al) plants must be typical, gf,their. spec,ieN or variety and have a normal habit of growth.. Trees which have had;their. teaders cut,,gr, have been so damaged that cutting is necessary, will not be accepted, fr, ,,rr H, UigiM_and andl~in Qf ,Pjant Materials- 1 Plants designated 40 bI B", b~aI 1'~d and bur appedo ;n thePfiant,L l,ist 301-2 r are to be adequately balled with, firm, natural balls wrapped'with hurla), 2. Container Grown Plants- All plants grown in containers which have been grown n 9re6n ouses or under lath must be "hardened off" and acclimated to site conditions prior to delivery to the site. 3. Protection: All plants must be handled in such a manner as to avoid unnPCessary`i~~amages 'of any kind. The roots are to be especially pro- tected at all times from drying. The balls of balle6 plants which cannot be planted immediately upon delivery are to be covertd with moist soil or mulch, or other protection from drying wind aril sun. Bare root plants must be watered as necessary until planted. 4. Labeling: Durable, legible labels stating In weather resistant ink the correct plant name and size, as specified on the drawings, are to be securely attached to all plants. i 5. Shipment and Delivery: The Contractor will promptly notify the Engineer in advance of the time and the mar.ner of delivery of all plants, and will furnish therewith an itemized list in duplicate of the actual quan- tity'of plant mateM als in each delivery, to expedite the required inspection at the point of delivery.' A suitable method of handling must be einnloyed to insure 'the careful, workmanlike delivery of heavy balled plants to preclude cracked or, "mushroon;ed," plant balls at the point of dellver,y, 1. Plantin Operations and Methods: 1. Time and Planting;' ` Plahtih'g''o'perations X011 be condocted Under favorAblxi weather condi'tT-6ns during the, seasons which are normal for, such work'ar deteiinined b'jr accpp'tea fpractite sir}'the local a►~ea.~'' 2. Obstruction Below Grade, or, N erhead: Any normal size rock or other underground o s rue on will be removed"to die depth necessary to permit proper ~ljnting ac'cording to Plans and' 'Specifications. ' 3. Protections: The Contractor will be respo+isible`foe proteetioh'of the Owner'Is proPe`ray 7ncludinq all adjpcent structures, underground utilities, adjacent paving and CUrbihq,`, etc':°,"and adjacent lawn areas.', 4. Excavation for Planting: All plant pits will be circular in out- lire with vert~al sl ?1 cdlnical bottbmt.' The minimum depth of the 'pits for trees will be at least two teet'frorr, finished grade and as'much deeper as necessary to allow a minimum of six inches of firmed prepared topsoil under the ball or roots. The minimum denth of pits for small trees, shr0s, and other plants will be as deep as necessary to allow a minimum of six inches of' fiemed,prepared tbp<oil under the ball ne loots; ilinimun diameter of these'pits'will 60 one' Yoot'greater than the ball; container,,or so1^ead of the g. Pl'antingg,areas:are' to be excavated to a depth of eight (A") inches and backh 1d with'too soil and soil amendments in'the proportions specified below. All excess excavated'soil and debris is to be removed and disposed of per instructions of the,Engineer. 6,' following dXcavation Of the planting areas gypsum is to oe anplied to the bottom of the excavation at the rate of four (4) pounds oer nne hun- dred (100) square feet and thoroughly rototilled in. Then a two (21') inch 3013 laypr of peat moss and a two (21) inch layer of sewage sludge i; to be spread over the entire planting area. Then backfill the remaining four (411) inches with topsoil previously excavated aid rototilled the Brea to tPo roughly mix the peat, sludge and soil. The completed soil mix is to consist of approx- +rnately twenty-five (25%) percent. peat moss, twenty-fii)a (25%) percent sewage sludge and fifty (50%) percent topsoil. 7. Siread four ;4) pounds of 6-12-6 fertilizer and four, (4) pounds of iron sulprate per one hundred (100) square feet of planting area. 8. Soil Sterilization: After planting soil pre{-aratior use methyl. bromide gas under a po yelhyTene cover at the rate of ore (1) pound per one hundred (100) squire t°eet of area with a minimum exposure time of thirty (30) hours. If the soil temperature at a six (6:) inch depth is fi•'ty (50) de- grees faienheit or l~ss the exposure time must be doubled. 9. Setting Plants: All plants, excepting groundcover plants, will be set one an3:rine h TfYo two (14 to 2) inches above existing grade. After pits have been dug for bp.lled plants and container grown plants a miniirum of three (3") inches; of firmed, prepared topsoil will be placed in the bottom of the pit. Pre[-ared topsoil will then be placed around the ball and compac- ted carefully to avoid injury, to roots Viand to fill all voids. Broken or frayed roots must t,i cut, off cleanly., When the pit is nearly Filled with , soil, edd water alit{ allow i,t to. soak away,. o rill the pit to finishedd grade. After the ground settles, additional soi will be filled in to the level of the finished grade. Contain_r grown plantS•wiil be set, in similar manner and will remain in their containers until Just before setting fn place, Set the t?ldrlt~~ at;l,ighthy,,d,bove: firiis!i, grade. r r;; 10, Setting ~r~,d_P~lu~r b_i_n >spes. , All trees wil be 'set p7`umb and backfilled w ITE approve aroaso firmly tampednto place, All plumbing must be,dcc.onplished by, adjusting ball 11, Mulching: •'AlI plants,wiII 'be mulc,60 After, planting.%i.th a one 0 inch (trees - 2 inches) deep layer of mulch material entirely covering the area, around t!ac,h plant. 12. Pruniilq: Each, tree will bi primed to preserve the natural: shape and character o he plant, All Arun ng pliI1 b`e done after delivery to the site, under the Engineer's supervision.. All soft wood or, sucker g wowth and all broken or;badly bruised, branches shall be rrmoved. Pruning cuts over three quarter;(3/4) inch in diameter w,il,l.be painted with tree surgery paint. J: Turf Plar+t. tng: 1. All ifreas to receive turf wlll, be scarified to a six (61 inch depth, raked to,true lines, free from gall unsightly variations, bumps, ridges, or depressions. Remove all sticks, stones, roots or other ebfectional mater- ial. 10-10-5 fertilizer will be appiied at the rate of twenty (20) pounds per one thousand .(1000) square feet. ,A.five (5%) percent chlurdane dust will,be evenly, distributed 3t the rate of two hundred (200) pounds per acre land raked into,the top two inches of soil, 2. Grass seed will be harvested within one year prior to planting, free of Johnson grass ..or otlie, weeis,to thr, imiis Allowablo,under the Federal i 301-4 Seed Act, The seed is to be hulied, extra °ancy grade, treated wi:n fungi- cide, and have a germination and purity consent of not less than 85%. The seed 071 be uniformly placed with a Brillion Seedercultipacker at the rate of two (2) pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet. If this type of equipment is not used the seed must be rollird with a lawn roller. 3. Time of Plantin : All planting of warm season grass is to occur nu earlier _tYa_n_A_p_r_fT st nor later than September 30th, K. Maintenance, Replacement and Guarantee: 1, Maintena,7ce will begin immediately after each portion of lawn and each plant is planted and will continue in accordance with the following requirements, 2. All new plantings exce t the turf areas will be maintained for a period of at least forty-five (45g days from time of planting or until it is clearly evident that all plants are sufficiently recovered from transplanting and in healthy growing condition. Maintenance will include insect and dis- ease control, watering, weeding, cultivating, mulching, tightening and repairing of guys, removal of dead materials, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position and other necessary operations, All weeds within the mulched area around each tree and in each groundcover and shrub bed must be reinoved as often as required, 3, Turf post planting maintenance will begin immediately after each portion of the grass area is planted. All grass areas will be protected and maintained by watering, weeding and resodding or reseeding as necessary for at least thirty (30) days after planting and for as much longer as is neces- sary to establish a UNIFORM STAND WITH COMPLETE COVERAGE OF THE SPECIFIED GU SS, It is anticipated that ra m n mum o two mow ngs w occur before t- a-grass areas are accepted by the Engineer, At the end of the thirty (30) day maintenance period a final application of 21-0-0 fertilizer will be applied to all grass areas at, the rate of ten (10) pounds per one thousand (1000) square feet. L. Clean-UP: As planting operations proceed, all rope, wire, burlap, empty containers, rocks, clods and all other debris must not be allowed to accumulate but will be removed daily and the site kept as tidy as possible at all times. Any excess excavated subsoil or topsoil will be placed where and as directed by the Engineer. After plantiog operations are finished, all paved areas which may have becc-ne strewn with soil or other material will be thoroughly cleaned by sweeping and washing if necessary. 301-5 u c e a 4J •ro N `O 'C al x ro c Sa•. ` 1 L •N 4~ O 3 f 41 co 0 4J 0 E C oc r- w V r' z a c c c c c u cp m fa Fr- v m I U U U` c) C~ C-0 to W co to a 0~6 W pp`irr, ao th~ a _ V N ! a c 4J 4J 41 V / W L). l1' iyyf 4 Ns 1 t r LL 44 4 z LL G.Wl LLJ Lei E ` a o v N-- dl Z 1, y 1, ro ~ 1 N C 4 ~10 C Ss. \ N i' 61 ~ O'.' 'I'' L Q A I ~7a~.J r 1 C' ` '1 [1'r i If 1 'Q M ~f Q ro to •r •r~ to z •E L l I;o d t 01 I c CL drill l9 r• ' NJ y. I~ ~yC pp co i M ; r 1 p E 4) L. LL. L ; .r : O A i ' i, w 41 VI o 11 S.i 0 N ro r+ v+ F- w to a a o d c 7i L U u U .4-3 V 'r Iv 4) •r i Ly XX •r t •r' 9 4) •r I "a 0 y d) a) LA } rrvv r x > x O C t9 _Q 00 7+ ro o r v aii a~ +0 V N A 'O Cl C) N 4- M c u a) c C v CL EF t Rt co cj a W U- C- Iii x x ro VI ..r °,......,..,-....a^..1 v....l..r...ov..«..i,,...w.r... ..,r♦.. ....,.e.rN•+r,4 ,c leer l 7' etc W/ jt M~ cam. On Srr,,o~h f~a~~dv i •eca Svb, jac r 7c 5~~ ~ ' . ,6cSin 4bova /a~ 6r.,nch + And 5~~/0% Every 3 r°' W 3 P, L o4 Do wn o Togo Of 100I5011 Ti'CC, ✓r{a~%) OA1wo Or 6'~-o4r. ' ~vvlecl ?cs 7~0"( • 101-1),,o v,• dlle,- one' Tw~Jred T W~r/•ran y /ns~vac~.o/~ ~ ►•c.r,=S:~;o/oin~ ~ S range I?i ^a (,yo~c¢/~ ; 'f 1 2"eQ A'Y4 A6,4 ! ~o1h.o / czlCSt/`7iOlt / fi Tf UA.ti7fiA $ni/ Js • ~h Fi•ooc•-da/ Ss~r,l~9 E CAdo ;o 114, /%n 1f~~0>Or 6J x ire I' TIEK r ' ra: 1 L3E~IfTMEZC T, w,*-177 a A, Work Inzluded: Furnish'a11 labor and material, eQ`uipneA and inci.. dcntd~s•neCessar~ o install 411 poured roof fill aM reinforcing resh as specified herein. B. Daliver and Storage:' All products shall be delivered to the. site and stored at ocatians provided for this operation. All cementious pro- dectEd wilf1mom l b the stored o weather ralsede platforms above grade and shall be pro- C, Cold Weather Precautions: 1. When it is anticipated that the temperature will fall bele)w r degrees F, within twenty-four (24) hours after pouting concrete, heat tue mixing water to between 75 degrees F. and 120'degre~ls F. i 2, When the t%mperature falls to below 40 degrees F, after pouring concrete, the• deck sh+s11 be protected by covering with curing membrane the filrst.,,fight after the pour. Remove the following day by neon, 3. Ailmma erial cshall be ontainingaiceashalldbe frost. No fro- zen :en material or U. Test 1,, % Thd ConVaetor'shall provido fot 6Ahdep'endent laboratory, ngree- able to the Engineer, to male the tests cailod for;k'and shall 0lude the, cost of these tests in his proposal. The testing lak•Natory shall send tht~ee+{3)'; t'o~iE~7`of 'a11 tiest"rerort<.l to tba Engineer and two &A pies to i1O the Contractor, 2 '`'Festiog's)iall 1# 4k~ follows: Cniressivo,Test: A minimu» of six Y1. x' Vicylinders taken for 28 day tests onTy as 4irechtd. i b,l /"Field Qe~~sit~i Didttrtnination; One test' beeggl1inning, with firet, bat`oC If 'adfu?tt-M-a 137V Vii;jUlr'e~` o nfol'k4) tbddiCional test..s sh-secon~ test will be required on second b.tch. Four a required at various times as directed by the Engineer. Field d(ansity tests first de; ' ;hall' be, made by wei hinig fres! cony hete at,' tho hixer locatioo, terrnirie the ekaot Murreldf`a cylindricai G,)ntainer: -Fill with fresh ror+- crete and weigti, subtracting weight of cout,ttiner and divide by voluaye., Toe result is the wet density in pounds per cubic foot. The mixture shall be wiiftt t''i p-otllI& pe'r` cubic, foot' of thr sjnclflPd value beforo' plating c,n' the r6of `de'cK, ` E, H Ierrial 1. Portland CE+rent: A standaNcti l>;'bnd of hr;Qrican m,+tx,factu`red Port- l,rrd COpienf a ~lng GffT-150, Fyne I. c! s,eving 2. Per"1i0. e9atdi", fkpartd€,d pwarlite a loo&e density of 302 ~ r or~r 0007-,7 1~ 74 to 1?. lb. per cubic fee+~, 'aievo Onalys,is as,, pfrrfoimed according; ro'P,ST C-332, Group I, shall conform to the folloWiligi U.S, STANDARD SIEVE NO. t RETAINED BY WEIGHT (CUMULATI E*o tilNIMIRi_-- - 0 15% % 60% $ 15 16 30 40% 80% 30 757, 95% ' 100 90% 100% 50 3, water: Clear, clean and free frcm oil, acids or other deleterious substances,. generally potable. 4, Air Eotrainin,z Agent; A standard solution or poawdered material recommendedFj-tie manufacturer. 5. Reinforcing_Ilesh: 17 gauge Ili inch hexagonal gelvatiized mesh. 6 Expansion Joint Material: A highly' compressible glass fiber, 'Merl- gla.s PFO 4 Series, or approved equa . t Corcre, te,Mi xture: n oven 1, The perlice otnandta thermal conductivity range ofV0a61~tay0~7'. 30~ p,qunds per cubic fo 0 and 344 psi, and wet der~s`ty IC, c~crnpl'e5tiuq strR,n9th;`ihall be,bet'r+een 3 ~ . ; shal) ,be~ 455,;- pounds per, Gubig .foot. Th,,! t,onurete mixtkit~e shalt be dab-mlxei ortiansddle tyP,e'oY; drum • type com.:rete mixer according to the following p p i:e+nent Perlite Water, r!' MrJntra;ninr7 Agent 1.94-~':tr.,bag 5 cli,ft, 1, gal s. 1 >im: 3. Place rater in mixer first followed by air entraining, ac(ent, e- mi res at ito in'that, 'hee ►~pro4er m wet thoroughly isfr'eached, -Sluripy 1~j to 3 mi st~all be 3 nutes at 40 RPM until 311, min' ~f,unl and 7111, maxim+an. ; G. Expansion, vloints Install one-half (t~) inch thick etpansion 40irM. at fill p;arapets,• rcuf apenings, and at all Junctored of roof surface `0 ver- tical surface Installation Rei,nft~rcing; The galvanized reinfrrrcinq mesh sliall~be installea-at rl-gNf a`ngT6 Eo-tie structural supports with no nnet laps. - laps shall be & minimum of six (6) inches and shall be wired together fit 24 inti, center maximum. I, Instal lation,,Peiftji q Con rete: 1. Merlite con: e.te shall bo conveyed froca the mixer to the place of final depoflt by r=.t~lcd's Which will prevent se~irogation or -losi of material. the At ConPtLhute3 and conveyors sha~Ie ,eaofcadc';uatevsize to irsure point of of deposit-, 7-2 a continuous flow at the deposit end without seoaration. 2. Cepo.it fresh concrete a;ainst concrete in place and build to pro- per thicknes:',, Place and screed in a continuous operation until each section is corn lete,.. Yary thickness as required to slope deck as indicated on the p drawings, ohs,, minimum thickness of roof deck shall be two and one-half (2)5 inches measured from the top of the corrugation. Deck surface shall be s,creeded to uniform and smooth surface without troweling. 3. Corcrete should cure for three (3) days before constrciction loads are applied. Roofing should follow as soon as possible after three (3) days. i i 302-3 ~.~.r..rrra~lmrl~► iTTE _ PRECAST PRESTRESSED CONCRETE A. Bork included: 1. furnish all materials, labor, equipment and ether services as may be necessary for the design, fabrication;; delivery and erection of precast, prestressed members in accordance with tte plans and specifications. 2. Submit four (4) sets of shop drawings to the Engineer showing erection plan, reinforcing, dimensions and d:stails. Shop drawings shall show each member identified with a standard mark snd shall clearly indicate de- tails of fabrication and erection. B. Design The design and fabrication of all precast, prestressed concrete units sr1aTT se in accordance with the latest recommendations of the ACi. f ASCE Joint Committee 323, "Tentative Recommendations far Prestressed Concrete". C. Deliverv and Storage: 1. Units shall not be dlivered to the site in advance of construction schedule which will allow rapid erection into place: Where necessary, Con- tractor shall provide an on-site storage area, Units ,t•~11 be stored above f grade on wood runners; one on top of another, separatc76 by additional 4 x 4 wood runners,, 2.: Precast prestressed concrete members shalt bo,handied,=transported and erected in a naat,and workmanlike runner .Snd:.,in strict.accordante-.With manufacturer's prestressed members during handling and erection. 'un';I 11 , E0( i i , {)'ll r ; r' D. .1olerancet: 1. Cross sectional dimensions of sections t,. less than 6"-------------------------------------- 1/8" 6" -l8"--------------------------------- -3/16" 18" - 3u"------------------------------ t;„ 3/81, 2. Overall length--. 1/3per. 10 ft. 3. Camber: The neximum difference between adjacent uni*s after erection sh-aff7ot exceed'.3/8" for spans up~to 40 feet, or, l/8" per )0 ft. length fot:spans ovkr 40 fe,ft. E. Materials: 1. Cvnoltc Aaerican manufactured brand of Portland Cement, ASTM C-150, Type `T17, Lightwo~ht A rEyatrsm Clean material ;onforrning to ASTM C-330. 3. Coarse Agg_r-p tEh: Clean, hard material cconforminq tc the re4 quiremr;fmts of 1~1°~1~'n-3M for toth fine and coarrye aggregates. -4. Water: Clean,3nd free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkali, or organic ii;6t r•. I 303.1 5• R inforeiingj New billet steel bars,, 60,000 psi minimum yie'td' strength, conforming o; a, "Specifications for Pullet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinfor- cement", ASTM-15. b. "Specifications for Deformed Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement with 600000 psi minimum Yield Point'', ASTM A-432. C. "Specifications for Minimum Requirements for the Deformation of Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A-305, 6, Welded Wire Fabric: Steel mesh reinforcing conforming to "Stan- dard Spec if i'cal: afi ns~sor_~'reT3ed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforce- ment", ASTH A-185, 1 7. Neoprene Pads: 60 to 70 durometer hardness neoprene of the size noted on the cc a Ugs; otherwise, not less than 3" x 3" x size for each bearing leg of double tees, F. Concrete Desi;ln: 1, A'sand and/or haydite-'lightweight structural concrete having an air-dry ve-.ight not exceeding 110 pcf, r,r a hardrock struct!tral concrete mix having an air-dry, ;weight not exceeding 150 pcf; either having a minimum compressive =trength of 4000 psi at time of Orestress release a'nd,5000 psi at 28 clays; when: tested in`accordance,w;th~ASTII C-39, ~ 2. A minimcan of three (3) cylinders shall be made of each concrete pour and tested for compressive strength, Manufacturer shall,-seledt a qual- ified testing laborntc,ry approved by the Engineer and shall pay for all G, Fabrication: 1; All-prestressing strands; reinforcing st+hel, wire mesh and weld plates shall be accurately placed in position before concrete is poured. .are shall be taked to keep'strands free of form oil or` other substance harmful to bond. 2,; Strands shall by Individually streSSed~to the predetermined ini- tial tension by properly calibrated hydraulic',tac:i,S. and the total initial force maintained until the roncreto has reached the necefasary release strength, Minimum release strength shall be 3400 psi as determined by tom. pressivc cylinder tests made for each continuous Sour. After the r-b"dase strength has been dbtained,-the tend' n in the strands shall] he gradually releaseu end strands cut off. 3,; Provide all steel anchor plates, inserts and other e;nbedeed items and anchor securely during concrete placement. Install shear connection plates 'at the~O:rd-poi6ts for spans up to 40 feet and at Quarter.points for spans, over 40 feat; ^4, 'Concrete shall be manufactured, plated, and finished in accordance with "Reamxnended Practice for Measuring, Mixfr,g and Placing Concrete", 303-2 ACI 614, latest revision. The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F. or above fron the time placing commences until the curing cycle is complete. Doable tees shall be steam-cured with tops exposed to a fully saturated humidity at a temperature not exceeding 160 Degrees F. 5, The surface of the prestressed member to receive a concrete topping shall be finished rough so a,-, to increase the bond between the member and the topping. The formed surfaces shall be normal plant run, i,roviding that no structural defects, major and Unsightly imperfections or ho,•eycombing occurs. H. Erection: 1. Prestressed units shall be lifted into proper position and spaced to allow for proper setting. Set units on neoprene bearing pads as close as possible to final position. Do not overload any part of the structure by stacking units on top of one another. 2. Field weld all connection plates and shear plates as soon as pos- sible after erection. 303-3 17E1~1 At PRECAST CONCRETE CHANNELS A. Work Included 1. The work required under this section consists of'a,~l precast concrete channels, channel erection and related items, necessary to complete all work indicated by the drawings as specified herein. 2. Submit four (4) copies of shop drawings for the Engineer's ap- proval prior to beginning any work. Shop drawings shall show setting plan, reinforcing and details. each channel shall be identified by a standard mark to be listed in a schedule. Bi , Delivery and Storage: Channels shall be delivered at such times as wll expedite construe on, as directed by the Contractor. If channels are not Immediately :erected in the constrlcticn,'stack channels above ground on wood runners and with wood runners between each row of channels. C. Materials: 1 Co Cr to Haydlte lightweight Oncr to having a millittiuai cpmOve`streh, th of 4,QUO'' t 2 da yni g e-lld'jed at' s weight of' 110 pc Ys ~~nd ma~t~fi ill r ;'''GemWht~or0itj'd ekehi}f cgii ohr in 'ta A$m qTO 0;' Ty e' II. A mfnimum of (6) 'sate'! 'of cer ent per cliblic Yard t<i' cont~ used in the mix. „ ~'3. A re aEe~l a,..: Coarse'AS:N MMA` r?'aximll s,i zri: Pi he - 'AS'•TM`~03 Splitting' tensil'e'rit"io ~'s'p'~shall' be equal td l greater than 5.5. 4. Reinforcing Bars: New billet steel conforming to ASTM A-432, grade CO. - 5. Welded Wire Fabric: Wire mesh reinforcing conforming to ASTM A-185 for we- eT sfeel w3i e-Tabric. 6. Cold-Drawn Wire: Wire conforming to ASTM A-82. D. Design; Channels shall b2 designed and certified by manufacturer's engineers to carry in place dead and live loads, as well as stressed im- posed in handling, transporting or erecting of units. Manufacturer shall provide lifting points and shall provide any additional reinforcing necessary to withstand these stresses, 304-1 .'ti,V, d a~ e X15 1 } 1 . 7 nl Now id 40nstruction, ' fabricates: in molds of.rig E. be cast free of elements shall designed to withstand all stresses an Precast a shall be reasonably to detail and dimfabrication- W forms ished item accurate d during of the fi }aced to wear vibration require nce to insure surface app ears reinforcing bars accuaftbarsp of channels sh all have cover at sides and bot•om 2. Legs concrete devices, insure a minimum of 3/4 sh and install all nC110 yrnecessary as 3. Manufacturer shall furnish the type and q uantit metal plates, or other metal inserts _quarters minimum of the drawings the middle threecom;letely filled detailed on along prior to placing Provide grout keys Grout keys a allregate 4' of each channel flange. each side Portland channels fine 99 ' the' with a rich mixturefill over be steam cured to assure ultimate strength the concrete floor 5. All channels shall b prior to delivery' ins ection, i ht to inspect F. 5ho Lbri cation Engineers reseoes the f I An inispen_ r, through its his, own expense MaY aQPOt Qrs ivall0 , The +ne . d at - as he consid des rica 10+1 p,~ocedures aet form ,]ch tests s fabrication is i+A LaboratOrY to P er no ice when de t lesting the engine innpis iv 1~eA abriO ,al,l s t '1$Gtedu di?t.ti? r f " Th fabrira4°r- S 2 @ is ith man6- to ~ i,n arid'shall., steall be in . ~GGai'; ,dance undirtjken. channels on WHO Sur'faces a1igWed Installation }acing directly f Chan ne`, shall form a G. ErEom endations by p 19f Surfaces,o, 3 Q,. in vertical dimen- le v' han 1• broken channels rovedethd.s. at facturFr s r haries more t Cracked ,4r and leveled by app Any channel re3ected,.,, vel surface, chann1 Will be„, ~ Sion ov,3r.• an ad~acent will be rejected, • 304-2 -.MASONRY A. Work Included-. l, Furnish all labor and materials, equipment, scaffolding and inci- dentals necessary to complete all masonry work indicated on the drawings and j specified herein, 2. Cut masonry units es required to work to or around structural members or as necessary to install work by other trades. Install reinforc- ings, anchors, ties, clamps or bullt•ins as the work progresses, i B. Submittals and Samples: 1, Submit color samples for any glazed materials for color selection by Engineer. 2, Erect a 3' x 3' sample panel of concrete masonry, show,ng bond, thickres3 of joint, tooling and mortar color. The sample panel shall be constructed at a place that will pernit protection until all masonry work is complete, The sample panel, or st^ccessive panels, shall be auprovcd by the Engineer prior- to beginning ;::y masonry work, and when approved, shall be used as a standard to judge all masonry laid on the project. Masonry work not equal to the sample will be removed and re-laid. i C. Foreman: Contractor shall place on the job a thorough],,, experienced and crgpetent foreman, who shall be in constant charge of the work covered by this? se.tibnunt;L crmplete, ,He,sha11%suoeryisp~al I ~work.tod spe that it is carried out in strict accordance with the plans and specifications,. D,'• Scaffuldin Providr.,', erect, and maintain scaffolding,os„necessary for this~wo*V7 lnakei~it,,available, for other;trades..requ,ir.ing'pK,eCatio'n Qf,wrprk associated with masonry. -All scaffolding shall!be of;good.,snnstl,uctien,,,,~ sturdy and shall conform to all government ordinances and regulations, and shall ber,constmZtedior erected-in e7 safe and substantial +POnner. E. Storage of Ma Urials: All cement and lime products shall be stored in tvatertf`gAisie& w_TW froot's ,elt..'Oted a minimum of six (6) inches above ground. Masonry units:shall be stored on raised ;platforms., During freexinq weather all masonry units shall be probicted with tarpaulins. Sand shall be stockpiled in a dry spacc'in such a manlier to prevent intrvision of foreign materials or excessive water,' r F. Cold Weather Protection; No masonry shall be inst.allo_d.when outdoor tempera ure s_eTow e reef F, Hasonry rray be installed at tempera- tures between 40 degrees'arrd 26 degrees F,,:if the Engineer Is approval is,: obtained and the following precautions are folloved: a. Contractor shall maintain mortar temperature between 70 de- grees'x. and 120 degrees F.: by heating mixing watbr, or sand, or both as required to`accomplish•this 'requirement., b. Maintain the air temperature on both sites of; the masonry 305- 1 F. b,y protecting It not less than 40 degrees F. or more than 160 degrees F ' with tarpaulins, insulating blankets, or heated enclosures for twenty-four (24) hours after installation whenever the outside temperature falls below 32 degrees F. at any time. G, Materials: 1. Portland Cement: An approved, standard brand, of American manu- facture, meeting A~TM--pecification C-150, Type 1. 2. Lime: An approved brand meeting ASTM Specification C-207, Type S or N slake f and hyuure tquicklime 5acfor cording ktommanufacturer's directions. N. and 3. Find A re ate: Well graded and free af i±4rsorganic matter, meet ing ASTM Spec' cat on -144, passing, when and ned on sieves as follows: Sieve Size Percent Retained 8 0•'S% 16 0-40% 30 30-65% 60 60-80f 10) 85-98% 2C0 10096 4. Water: Frosh,i glean and' free,fromInjurious oruani ^ matteIr or, 7'!_= 1 minerals, 'Waterprroofi~hg t Masten Builders, "OmiCron" , or A. C., 4o)T "Hydras titeor equal, edt3td tt. water bt rate oft 1-Oound concentratc4 to each cu. bic, foot of~cementitiobi ftAtorial ceinent and lime., 6. Mortar Intt rlI Color: t'kirtar color shall be a non-fading mortar color consisting -oTTnorcanc compounds of approved brand. 1, Concrete Masonry_.Units CCMU~: Lightweight cement block, autoclave concrete maser~ry,un~ts' cor:forn3ng to ATM C909 Type 1, Grade N. 8. Glazed Structural Units_(GSU_: Prefaced, smooth glazed surfiiced units manufa-66T, ra with facing material conformingdtoaASTMdCn126- to ASTM C-90-66T, Grade e POI; 61T, Grade G. Unit, shall include all accessory units, coves, inside cor!. ners and other shapes as necessary to complete the work. Units shall also include full face units ano'Type DA-3 brick scored units, 9. Masonry_rRelnYorck~ment: a. Horizontal reinforcing for face brick and back'-up shall be a trussed type reinforcing fabricated of No. 9 gauge: galvanized steel burs; as manufactured b Dur-O-Wall Products Company, rapproved e equal. Reiwall forcing width shO l be approximately OAo inches less than thickness, Provide prefabricGted corner units at all corners and tee sections 305-2 at intersecting partition;, Reinforcing shall oe in^,talled in mortar joints at approximately 16 inch centers vertically, Truss~td reinforcinq shall also be placed in all concrete masonry partitions, b, Where bark-up joints do nct course out with face brick, use ad- justable full loop wall tier fabricated of 3/16" diameter steel wire, con- forming to ASTM A-82, one tie for approximately 2,66 ,q'jare feet', c, Other wall ties as shown or as necessary shall include cor- rugated dovetail an:hor slots, galvanized and 4" round galvanized "Z" bars having 2" legs, H. Mortars; 1, Mortars shall consist of the following: iYRe Strenq_th Use M 2500 PSI General use below grade, high comuressive 11 strength S 1600 PSI Reinforced masonry,cavity walls,ceramic veneers N 750 PSI Gencral,use above,grada.; 2, Mortar mixtures shall conforvi,With the following; , ~,i rl Type M , rJ =pt,-. Portland. Cement 1 ipt i Masonry, Cement i Type , I h 4 pt. hydrrsted l ime, . , , i • type S or i pt, Portland Cement ~ ~ A parts sand 5 parts Sand= i Type S -*j ptriFr,rtlr,,ild Cerie,nt s~pt. Portland E 's Ptc::,fma Putt o rl Cement', 4; ts, sand y r Pto Masonry;Cement, 1,YPe,tl. P 4.~ pts. sand Type it 1 pt, Portland Cement 1 pt, Lime Putty 6 pts. Sand Naterproofing "*nlortt,r color *Apply l lb,'waterproofirg compound concontrate to each cubic foot of cemen- tious materials. - "Color is selected by Engineer. 30 Mortars for inte ior,glazed materials shall be mixed Vsing white Portland Cement, white sili sand for white mortar and integral mortar for colored mortars as selected the Enginertr, IMixing Mortarse i, Materials, shall i accurately measured by volume, and in no care shall mixing time br less ti In three (3) ninutes following the addition of all the ingredients, Mortar shall he mixed in a mechanical paddle type drum mixer, 305-3 2, Do not use mortar whic}i has set after mixing for e-parlod kxceeding one ,lour. Mortar on mortarboards which has stiffened due to evasoc+ration'may bc: rctc~npered by addirg a small amount of water and mixing vrith trowel. Do no use mortar v,iiich has begun to set or which does not regain its con- s•ister,cy h,y lightly retempering. J. C,ttinand Fitting; furnish and nytaint,ain a masorFrY on the site during al'f'masonry work and saw-cut masonry units as necess,ry to fit, around all structural elements, to fit, built-in, to mairtain bond and cours- ing, or as required by job conditions, Cuts shall be neat and clean and units shall be cut to proper size to maintain 3/8" thick mortar coursing. K. Masonry Erection, General: 1. During construction all incomplete walls shall b:; protected by covering top with a strong waterproof membrane, extending 21 inches on either side of the wall and securely anchored, ilhere interruptions occur-, previous masonry work shall be cleaned of all loose mortar, swept clean and lightly wetted. 2, protect all exposed surfaces from mortar dri;ppine)s as work pro- gresses. Wipe exposed surfaces with burlap bags, Protect adjacent surfaces from mortar splashes. Clean morte.r from finish floor slabs. 3. Cull'out all damaged or discolored masonry units which will be exposed to vievi. Where face brick is a blend of colors, mason shall care- fully mix the varinus shades 0- avoid,an actta ulW on of the same shade in one area. CiO pped units may be used in hidden work where the damage to the u6it',is'minor,iadd,doeslHot 'Afi'ect'the strength of tiW un1t." Nd damaged s+jrfac;es shallba exposed to view. 4. Build Wall fleshings, blocking, inserts and fixtures. Build around iping, conduit and other work to be hidden within masonry. Insure that all trados hdW6rk-in place before p~oct~diiig wi.;r work, Install all embedded itws`sucli'as bolts, shelf angles,• anchors; sleeves, plugs and lin- tels. 5. In ro case shall masonry be"wedgdd against steel structure, col- umns or beams; nor shall units adjacent to such structures be slushed with mortar in such a manner to create a bond of masonry to structure:, b. All masonry shall be laid plumb and true to lines. Masonry units shall be laid with completely filled mortar joints, The ends of units shall be butteeed'with sufficient Mortar to fill the end joints;' Closures~ihall be roc`Ked into place with the head joints thrown against the two adjacent' units in place. 7. Unless noted elsevrhere, all uasonry units shall be laid in rodu- ;ar coursing with 3/84 thickn25s mortar" joints in'standard runhing bond, Vertical jaints`shall be staggered at midpoint of Frevfiously laid unit'and shall al•Ign vertically true to-line,, 6. When brick mortar joints which are exposed and have bel:ane "thumb- print' hard, they shall be tooled with a round or other approved jointer, ;;D5-A l,.e The jointer shall be slightly larger than the rlidth of the fiortar joint so that a complete +`ontact is made along the edges of the units, compressing and sealing the t;urface of the joint. 9. When flashing is to be laid on or agai,ist masonry, the surface of the masonry shall be smooth and free from protections which might punc- ture the flashing m;ilterial. Weep holes spared 20 !n. on center shall be orovide.d in the Irc+d joints it the first course imrMiat.ely above all flash- ing. Weep holes shall be kept free of mortar dropptings, L. Erection of Concrete Masonry Units (CMU), 1. A'Il concrete masonry units shall be laid Iv standard running bond with one-half unit laps at alternating courses, unless specifically noted to be otherwise on the drawirgs. Stack bond, where so noted, shal'E have abso- lute vertical Joints. { 2. Provide all shapes and types of units necessary for every type of condition encountered in the work. Provide stretchers, lintels, bond units, j brick Corners, sash, jamb and control joint units as well as special Sills, shapes and all thicknesses as indicated in the drawings. 3. All block walls and partitions shall be reinforced with trussed base reinforcing at each, second'courte,, unless noted otherwise. 'tap all splices 64 Mnirtuanr, ' Providd prefabricated corner units at`all corners; Provide one additional row of reinWting above trtd b916w Mach masonry open- ing extending 2'-0" each side of opening. 4, Provide lintels at all masonry openings, Mora V;teel:lintalsr Am 'hot 'iridicatied11 lintels 1sKalI be fabricated'of concretd Wasonry lintel shaves filled with concrete and reinforced with l•:~iM deformed~,steel rein- forcing rods, minimum. Cut bearing units as roquired to maiitain lintel, at i'dper'dirtknsiori abovariloGrr trill voids of units4t beahing on each'. sidefMith Mrtat'; 'Brace bvttom of 'lintel units add allow to set for seven l;(7) dayq h6fore additional' Wad is'applisd.-' Lintdll'M.y be ¢recast ir► ad- varO 01`rMasonry unit'and'set'into plAce as wVrk progresses. 5, Provide 'special anchors tlnd'masonry accossorles as required.` Where wood trim or nxxrldings occur on concrete masonry partitions, furnish galvanized :call plugs set into mortar ;joints. Build in all flashing:,, anct;ors rnd grounds a, work praciresses. M. Glazed Structural Units 1. Glazed structural units shall be li(,IAAPight expanded shale, steam cured units conforming to ASTM C-90-66T, Grade P01, with facing ma- terial conforming to ASfr1 C-126-61T, Grade G, The glazed facinrq shall be uniformly smooth and shall not show the irregular contours of tle base block cm the surface or the edges of OF, block, The facing shall return over tie ends and edges of the block, forming a lip of not less than 1/16" thick. The faciml shall be free from chips, blisters, crawling, holes or other imperfections. X05 , Units shall generally be 8" x 16" face size in widths necessary to accomplish the work shcwn on the drawings, Furnish all special shaSrus, cove bases, ro+jnd,,ad corner units, return facing units and cap units as re- quired. Color shall be selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's standard coiors. 3, All units sha';1 be shipped cartoned individually in such P. manner to protect face finish and edges from damage, linits stored an the site shall be stored on wood platforms above ground and protected from the weather by coverings. 4. Glazed units shall to laid in modular running bond. Mortar shall be of thickness required to produce a V grout Joint between glazed facings. All grout exposed on facing side o•,' un't shall he white cement, 5. Carefully examine each unit before laying into N;all. Cull out all chipped, broken, or defaced units, or units whose appearance will not blend with the adjacent units, 6. Remove excess mortar as work progresses with a clean cloth; Upon completion of work, units, shall be 0oroughly cleaned with a mastic•;leaniry compound as recorimended by the manufacturer, 7. Use, Type DA-,If brick scored units: for,all wainsrots ,in:toilets or wherever, the floor,area is not oyer.;a!),lroximat.ely 30 square feet, All other areas shall have, full si'te.91azed.uniia,1; N. Pointinj; On completion of meisonry work, all joints shall be carefully inspeotQd+anT.crt,cks or ,defective'.Joitits ;shal l h+3 corr,ectodf,, Cutout de- fcctive, oints i~a.n.depth of. cinch, brush;clrlarl arlQ wet,:ilightl~r.,,Point with a~ntorta;r:of samo quality as originall,y;used,ir, ',I,r 0~ CCllgap igtr Masonry shall be {~r'~:tected,aga(nst staininq,4y and eness.mortar shall :be;wipped of the surface ath,o work, progir!Jaasl,s 'csoveAll' masonry shall; be theroughly clesnol(, Af, stiff brushes and water do,not'suf- fice, the surface,0411 botharouyhly oet,ted with clear, rooter. and°,thtn - scrubbed with a solution of Hal lmark'DC-o",°'FlashKIenz"or equal,rnixed as per manufacturer's directions, followed irm ediately by e. thorough rinsing W th clear water; Acid-based ma,:;onry cleaners shall nktt be used; All sash, metal lintels and other corrodible parts shall be thoroughly protected during 1 cleaning. ! 365-6 1 ■ II£H 306 CARPFNIRY A. Work Included: 1. furnish all labor, materials, equipment and accessories necessary for or incidental to all rough and finish carpentry work extzrior as well as interior, so roted on the drawings or specified herein. 2. Furnish and install all rough carpentry worn, including blocking, grounds, bucks, furring strips, nailing strips and framing required for anchorage and as supports for equipment, or as required to snake a complete installation in accordance with the drawings, 3. Furnish and install t,ll rough framing, including studs, ,foists, beams, plates, nailers, stringers, lintels, etc., as indicated by the draw- ings, or as required by the various conditions of the wp7rk. 4. Furnish.and install all blocking and backing for plumbing fixtures, molds, tram, all plaster furring blocks for cornices, molds, trims, tack- boards, and other wall mounted accessories. 5. Furnish and install all fasteners, nails, spikes, bolts, nuts, washers, screws and other items of rough hardi~are necessary to completes the work. , B, 1iv r and Stora e:r , 1. Lumber s 6i l be 'delivered to the site in accordance with the eon- struction 6 schedule but do mot,,A' Nee ,4nd41y n)ong pr i,or,,to neg4. Lumber shall geIpro eotediunder Hater-repellent co;for-s :in ~r4nslt , 1,•l, 2. Lumber stored at th+: job site shall " protectep,fron weather at all times. Store on platforms raised above grade and keep covered with water ,repe~lent,cpvers.,ur,,tik used, ,,Fintsh,;lumber shall qq stored under cover or inside proteQted bvildipg; Do ngk;$torq Iumber;in;areas ,'WSq'a plai,ter;is being done until plaster work has thoroughly dried. C. Materialst. 1. Lumber: a, Lumber shall conform to the provisions of the Voluntary Pro- ducts Standard PS 20-70 A The American Lumber Standard) and all din(.1nsion i lumber,shall,bear the;grado and trademark of Or-manuf,icturer's, association under whose rules the lumber is produced, The grit emark shall cloarly.iden- tify each piece of lumber as to (1) species group 2) grade and (3) rules on which raded. h. Lumber used,,#or rou,,h carpentry work shall be kiln dried having a moisture content not exceeding 19'*', prod shall be 3sirfaced four sides 04S). Lumber may be of any of the several, reco+ nizrd sppl es graded by;the Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) or the .authern ine products As- sociation (SPIB) that meet the miW mum requirements specified herein. Where scheduled, lumber shall he preservative treated as, specified. 300 t c, Grounds, railing strips, blocking, header,, furring strips, etc.,, shall be No. 2 dimension Southern Yellow Pine or No. 2 dimension Dou'llrs F'ir. d. Wood curbs, Pave nailers, and other attachments including wood blocking for window and door ,iambs, shall be No. 2 dimension Southern Pine, kiln dried, and shalt be preservative treated. e. All other lumbar shall be as follows; Studs------.,-------------------- Stud Grade Joists, Rafters---------------- No, 1 Grade Posts, Beams, Timbers--------- Select Structural Si,ls, Plates------------------ Standard 2, Pr•ese0ative Teeatr-,ent a. All w,,)od sills, wood bucks, studs, blocking or other lumber which comes in-contact with concrete or masonry, or is used for tv6s or blocking at roof, used as nailers at roofing, facies, used for box sills, or floor Joists or girders, or otherwise used so that they might be exposed to weather, shall be preservative treated, b. Preservativa treatment shall be in accordance with Federal Specifications 1TW572 and ITW-00572, Lumber shall be treated with a water repellent presetwative containing 5% by weight of Pentachosopheh6l'with a'2 lb, retention peg cubic foot by the dry-vacuum process. 'i;• .'r, nt'. _.I, ^,.11, Y '?i i - i) ",,fi . `"J !f...,, ,7,!1t d'; --'C6 tiIa(ttor!.'shD) 106ht;'all `6t4ndt1 b) (brU01ho-'with4 hgdvy coat of the preservative'soldti6ri to'611'sUch~Cut ends' in tiivfield~ 3. Firs O'Ca'r ehtq. 4.. All lumber used,in f6ish ea'rpak0y,vrork shall be, kiln Oied hMng'6 riloistuOk 'Mitent 'riot exceedirl.J'~15to ahd Bell bo'suilfaced! tour sides (S4S). l b. Wood door bucks, casings around window oper.Mgs, Jamb mem- bers, door frames, trim, bases and mouldings shall be C select white pine or sugar pine, shaped to proper design as indicated on the drawings; or shall be hardwood of the species noted on the drawings, F c, Mistellaneou3 interior tri.n, (!tc; not specifically noted I otht rise, and not'odcurring''onor eanheceed witu b tural finish woods, stall'bo B and Better clear white pine'or sugar 01ni. C select finish may be used where painted finish is specified, 4. Ex used finish wood, face trims,, mouldings, cares and other miscella,nebu; finlih'triei OnAtUr+al woods 'shbll'he Custom graeie, clear, S45; etit to'pattern indicated,•and shall be the specified on the veneer dt'the plywoodlon which'it is'uied, 4 P l Ay)6d ~r a. All plywood shall be manufactured in accordance with 11. S. 306.2 Corrroercial Standard CS 45-60, CS 254-63 or C5 122.609 as .iOpeopriate. Each piece of plywood shall be identified with the aapronriate grade- trade-mark of the Ameri%an Plywood Association (APA) and shall moet the requirements of tlIe latcs,t edition of U. S. Product Standard PS-1. b. For normal situations and interior worn, use APA grade- trademark "Standard". Plywood for exterior applications shall be "exterior" grade. 5. Fasteners: a, Furnish and install all nails, screws, nuts and bolts, and other iustening devices necessary for the execution of all work. Nails shall be of size and type adequate for intended usage, Nails for rough framing shall be 8d rorrmon or larger when used on 1" thick lumber and 1tid common or lirgan, when used on 2" lumber, b.' Generally, bolts shall be square-headed machine bolts with steel washers, but carriage bolts, lag screws and wood screws shall be used where required by conditions. - 0. RoJlh Carpentry'Inttallationt 1. All work shall be performed by qualified mechanics Using best workman?ike methods'to perform each operation. Erect all frarling trh,too" line, level; to proper'dimtns'ions square, aligned,' plumbed; well spiked and nailedi and adequately braced. 2. Erect,'forring, lplLhibi~ squai'd. true Ito' dl!Aensldn f', and 5eCUrOly`;i r attached to wa'lls`or` fraMing,i~- Prov'ide' grounds and blocking 'a's'irequiredi t'Ll firing grounds out flush tb' surf'Ie6'ahti lsecur'e firmly by propor heads., "SPl`ace accurdtely and We `ta llt;4, 'str'Liight', a'nd 'true 'to dimension'. 3. Provide all blocking necessary ftr installation of all utilities, acce%sories,'pipll6j; 4ikurssr etc,, f w t l E. Finish _Car-pentrr Installationv 1. Interior wood door 'frames,' unldt.s noted otherwise, shall tic 3/4" thick, full width of finish wall on 'partition with appl•,ed stops. - Frames shall be set plumb and square, wedged, and secured with finishing nails. 2, Door trim shall be as detailed dry the drawings. Where' standard trim IsA ndicatel.' or noted, it shall,ba of a standard design, sanitary type door trier, 24" to 2i," wide of B or Better Southern Pine or Ponderosa' Pine,! No splices will be allowed, either factory made or field made. 3. All annul members shall be properly Jointed and trimmed out. Use quarter-round mculdings for trimming at plywood soffits. Use 3/4" S4S white pine members for trimming at other points. Use special shapes, coves, wainscot caps, bases, trim and mouldings as noted on the drawings, 9 4. All trim shall be secured with finishing nails with nail heads 9 set and hales filled. All .inints shall be tight and secured tight against wall surfaces. Mouldings, coves, and trim shall be installed in as long pieces as 'practicable. Splices shall be held to a minimum, and in no event shall splices occur witlr;n eight (b) feet of each other, 306-3 5. All hardware shall be fitted to proper cuts and dimensions, and shall be fitted in such a manner to fist snugly without binding. Hardware shall fit so that ioors will close without forcing and o as to prevent rattle. Use hardware templates for each door and use figs recommended by manufacturer for making lock cutouts. Verify cutout required for door grilles or other openings, and provide accurate, nea': cutouts as required„ 6. Doors shall be hung properly to close tolerance. Cut doors to fit openings accurately leaving clearance for finish floorings scheduled, Immediately after doors are hung, remove then and paint top and bottom with a i;eavy coat of spar varnish, 7. Screws and bolts in finish work shall be countersunk and holes shall be filled with a plug of exact size of hale and of same sroe:ies of wood in which it is set. Plug shall be selected for grain and shall be installed with grain running in same direction as face grain, 8.. All finish wood, trim, doors, mouldir;, chair rails, etc,, shall be finished by sanding with 0000 Garnet sandpaper and left clean and ready for painting. Window stools, trim, or other moulding which, an,a result of its usages, has edges exposed to view, shall be Banded to snooth even finish to match face finish. In no event shall unsanded edges be accepted, F. F1 e,Res stant Pressurized Lumbers All lumber; used for framing, blo.k- ing, for urr owns, ceiling . ra+n ng ana other such, uses shall be,fire treated Fire-treatstd lumber shell: bq 2ass "A", material, pressure 4mpreg- nated with an approved fireretar ant pro uct compl,ving with the regrlire., meats of the standard test method for fire hazard classification for build ing tnaterialsr ASI.M E-84t~ having a flomq spread,pf, 26 or, less with'no evi- dence 7f sI9n1fiicant,pprogres,sive cgsibustion wher+,,tested for thirty~(30)• :minute,duration;; Each piece of word r,hall,bear the Underwr1ter1s Lgbqratory FR-2 lrrlael , After, treatments a11, lumlrer, ,hall be dried to an ttver:ige mois- ture cu7tent of 19% or mire. J'' i fiveie1ghths(5/0 )thick re- '''ttraFT-a-6 f Wood soffits verse ` ce with grooves at 12" o.c „ br'ushedlsurfa meeting the requirements of Product Standards PS-4-74 as manufactured by Georgia Pacific,Weldwood or equal. Plywood soffits shall be. attached to furring strip.; with 8d galvanized siding nails at 411 o.c. along the perimeter, 3/8" in from the edge and g," o.c, in the field of each panel. H. Shelvinls Shelving in storage rooms, janitor closets, coat closets and misI.ellaneous shelving scheduled to be paint grade may be fabricated of 5/849 thick particle board or,C/C plugged fir plywood. Provide a hardwood band along front exposed edge. , 306-4 ITEM 30MILNORK A.. Work Included: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and accessories necessary to fabricate, assemble and complete all finish cabinet wort: and other mill- work indicated on the drawings as specifier! herein, including all nails, spikes, bolts, washers, screws or other fastening devices necessary for tho? fabrication and assembly of all components. 2. Furnish and install laminated plastic countertops and splashes as detailed on the drawings. 3. Furnish and install drawer slides, shelf supports and brackets and other incidental hardware noted on the millwork details or specified herein. B. Shop Drawings and Submittals: 1. Furnish four (A) copies of shop drawings of all millwork showing details of tonstructidn, types of woods and finishes and dimensions. Do not fabricate any millwork until shop drawings have been approved and field measuretnents have been made for each item. 2. Furnish two (2) 12" x 12" samples of each veneer type specified to receive finish as specified under the-Section "Painting's and submit to the Engineer foo approval. ~ 'Q:Del~ver end Storm e:~s i(i 7I . 1. Do hdt'dolivrJO millwork to the site until provisions have been made for adequate storage': Hi)4 rk should tip delivered no sooner'thari essential for installation into prcper location. 2. Protract rill Millwork stored in place f.-an damage,feont other'trades. Cover millwork with drop cloths during painting operations, Protect lami- nated plastic tops and edges from damage. D. Millwork Quality:" All millwork of every type shall conrnnn to the reruireinenta o tTi-'Wr-`hiteatural Woodwork Institute (AWI) for the tvne quality specified. fri the event that these specific;ati'ons do not sufficiently cover the materials, the AWI specifications shall ..o used as minimum conditions as far as material grade and workmanship are concerned. E. Veneer Species and Grade: All millwork shall be as follows, unless spec IficiclTv not-e~o`ri die a ngs to be painted, 1. Quality - AWI "custom" grade for transparent finish; AWI "economy" grade for painted finish, 2. Species - Plain sliced red birch F. Materials: 1. 2,o~h_H1 ockin2.: Lumber shall conform to the provisions of the 307- 1 Voluntary Products Standard PS-20-70, American Lumber Standard and shall con- form,and turerts association under whoseeruiesethealumber isadpemark the marrufac- 2, Sol',d Lumber for Trim; Face trim, running trim and other solid lumber used in connection Wil millwork items shall be S45 solid limber of the same species as the plywood veneer, except that when "paint grade" quality is noted, trim may be any hardwcod species having similar grain characteristics. All lumber shall be kiln dried to a moisture content not exceeding 10%, to CSe236m Type i lD-2mpregnated fiber overlay or Particleboard: particleboa~rR 4. P_ywood a. Hardwood plywood shall be manufactured in accordance with Com- mercial Standard CS-35, and shall be identified by the certification of the Hardwood Pltrwood Institute (HPI). b, Softwood plywood shall be manufactured in accordance with Com- mercial Standard CS-45, CS-2591 CS-122, latest editions and shall be iden- tified with the appropriate marking of the American Plywood Association (APA) for Group I species. 5, Laminated Plastic; Plastic laminate shall be a 1/16'! thick high pressure laminae pas c conforming to NE'MA LD1-19641IClass 1, general purpose grade as manufactured by Formica, Texolite, Nevamar, or approved equal in color and pattern as selected by Engineer,:i Bate estimate on solid colors. All plastic laminate shall be factory of mill applied to plywood or particle board using Waterproofvadhesile a:ctordingIto NAPFl(National Association 'of Plastid Fabricators)'sprcification ASI-.1408+ T 6, Adhesive; All adhesive us(ld in millwork items shall conform to CS-35, Type-TO °ifhdr casein type) or' urea-forrnaldthyde type+ 7, Cabinet Hardware; a, furnish all cabinet hardware not otherwise scheduled underi' Section 'Hardware", including drawer slides., catches, shelf brackets, stan- dards arni special hsrdware noted on the drawings. Install all hardwares provide proper spacings, clearances end tolerances, for proper fit, adjust for proper operation. b.' Provide shelf standards for adjustable shelves with four brackets per shelf. Finish to be bronze or anodized finish as selected. c Each drawer Grant, Yl& fitted shalrlw~° equi tostheefol-all be as marufactured by Y . lowing: .v 307-2 Grant No. K 8 V No. (1) Typical drawer slide - 2 each drawer 336 1500 (2) Uoderdrawer slide-2 each drawer 303 1500 (3) Undercounter mounting-2 each drawer 344 (4) Heavy duty, full extens- ion-2 each drawer 319 1700 (5) File drawers,full extens- ion-2 each drawee 525 1700 (6) Cabinet locks 986 G. Preservative Treatment: Any mill fab^icated item used on the exterior or in locations expose to weather shall 'be preservative treated in,accord- ance with Federal Specification TTW572 and TTW-00572. Lumber shall be treated with a water repellent preservative containing 5% by weight of pentacnoso- phenol with a 2 lb. retention per cubic foot by the dry-vacuum process. ,H.' Workmanship: 1. All millwork shall be fabricated using the best recognized work- manshiplike methods and shall include all tooling and craftsmanship techni- ues such as°dado, rabbet, lap, shoulder lap, miter and other joints as in- dicated; using glued joints and jointing techniques necessaty to produce the greatest strengths 2. Make all mouldings and trim true to details, cleanly cut and sharp; machine sanded to an even, smooth surface, readyrfoe finish. Trim O, M uldings and other woodwork shall be hand sanded, ready for finish. Accurately scribe 'all Miters, cut to true lines and fit to tight Ilt. No open miter4 will be accepted. ;4 .3, .Assemble all millwork,~.insofar;as peacticabloj at the mill and deliver'. ready.fdr erection] Where millworkds to,fit against vertical, a r-- faces,-leave,extea width at! face trier aril~s.tribe to,vertical surface; Where ,!vertical surface is.too uneven to permit scribing, provide k" x 3/411 match- inq moulding.' 4. Acquire all templates and/or .uimensIons for cutouts, sinks, lava- tories, fittings, ovens; ranges, etc,, a,id cut to accurate fit. Provide block- ing at cutouts to assure adequate streng!h and to provide for prover an- chorages 5, Furnish all fasteners, screws, nails, staples, splice connectors, bolts and other fasteners necessary for fabrication and join all work using proper jointing techniques wit'. "concealed" fasteners. I, Countertops: Plastic laminate top shall be shop fabricated and bonded to CountQrtGps,'splashes, and Odges, using high pressure type contact ce- ment as recommended by the manufacturer of the plastic laminate, Where sections occur, provide a patented concealed type fasteners to pull the ,sections to tight, waterproof joint without gaps. 307-3 J. Veneer Matching: 1, Exposed veneers and grain character shall he selected and carefully matched. Fabricator shill assune responsibility for selecting and match- ing veneers for cabinet door panels and drawer fronts. 2, Door and drawer panels shall be cut from the same sheet of plywood in such a manner that the grain and color is similar fer each panel. "Pre- mium" quality panels shall be "book-matched". "Custom" qualil:y panels shall be installed with grain run+iing in one direction only. K. Door Construction; 1. All cabinet doors shall be 5-ply lumber core plywood for "Premium" quality, or three ply particle core, or 5-ply lumber core for "custom" qual- ity. Veneers shall be Premium (A) and Backing (B). Doors up to 26" x 48" size shall be 3/4 inch thick; up to 36" x 66" size shall be 1.1/8" thick, 2. Doors shall be true to dimension, accurately art to proper size and fitted to proper tolerance, Doors shall have true 90 degree corners and shall be guaranteed against warpage, Any door installed with improper fit. j or which warps in excess of AWi allowances shall to replaced at no charge to the Owner 3, DoZrs'shall be'edge banded with hardwood to match the face veneer, j Edge bands shall be accurately scribed and cut a6d,shall,be glued into pre- pared slots resulting in an invisible ,point. Igoars shall be banded on all four sides regardless of location. Lip Drawer ConstructionV „ . -7-7777-7 ! 1, Drawerifro.itsshall ~be same veneer as doors; Bot"s shall be Y" tempered masonite with smooth side up, or rr" A/C pine plyn,ood. ?12,1 Dovetail 'or shod Ider+lock,drawer front and back to sides. House drawer bottoms acid try bottomjintc grooves cut into both sides and bscks. PrbVide drawer 'slides at 'each d.,awer and provide proper clearance for proper operation; Where'drawer.slides do not incorporate a pull out notch, provide a drawer stop to prevent drawers being pulled all the way out without lift- ing. All drawer fronts shall be edge bar,ded all four sides with hardwood matching the face vene(ir. Edge bands shall be accurately cut and glued into slots prepared in the drawer front and shall result in an invisible joint. 3. Optional drawer construction may be r;" solid red oak side: with rounded top edges with french dovetail Joints into front and back of drawer and 3/B" thick five ply oak plywood bottom housed in (grooves cut in ront r+nd back and shoulder lapped with glued splines at sides. M. Casework Construction: 1, Exposed veneers (surfaces exposed to view with the doors and draoq(rs closed) shall be Premium (A)• 2. Semi-exposed veneers (surfaces oxposed to view only when doors and drawers are open) shall be Good Grade (C). 301-4 3. Backs of cabinets shall be seven ply soft woad Grade C/D, or 14" hardboard with smooth side exposed. 4. Shelves may be seven ply softwood with B/D veneer or 3-,)ly particle board core with B/D veneer. Fronts of all shelving shall be edge6 with a ' hardwood spline glued in place. Shelves shall be dado jointed into sides of cabinet. 5. Face plates, paneled and stiles and rai:s shall be of mortise and tenon or drndelled construction. Web frames shall he included at ton of casework and louver level of drawers and shall to dado jointed into plywood sides and dividers. Provide a 5/8 inch thick dividar between r.>binet and drawer units, between sink secticn and other cabinets, between groups of cabinets and as otheroise ncted on the drawings. N. Fini_shing_: All millwork shall be shop fabricated and assembled and sanded Atli No. 00 sandpaper ready for finish by others. 1 301-5 ITF4 308+x_ BUILT-UP ROOFING A. Wurk Includlyd: Furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete all rooTf ,-Ti-,cTvrfng all incidentals and accessories for all roof areas as indicate! on the d°awings and as specified herein. B. Contractor's qualifications: Roofing Contractor shall furnish evi- dence +.hat he has >>en in the roofing business at least five (5) years and that he has done satisfactory work of this size and type for at least five other recent proje--t.s. Also, he shall be a franchised applicator of the roofing materials nanuf,scturer. C. Deliver and Stora V of Materials: Materials shall not be delivered to the Jol~ sate until proviatons -have been made to receive them. Roofing materials shall be stored on raised platforms and shall be neatly stacked and protected from the weather. Rolls of roofing felt shall be stacked vertically and shall be covered by waterproof cover-;ngs. Slag or gravel shall be neatly stockpiled in a manner to avoid inclusion of dirt, debris or organic matter. 0. Cold Weather P:-ecautions: No roofing shall be installed when the out- door temperdture i~~ow~egrees F. or at 45 degrees F. and falling. Roof deck shall be completely dry before roofing operations are begun. Re- move all accumulated snow or ice. E. Guarantee: In addition to the standard one-year guarantee, the Con- tractor sTOT guarantee, in writing, the roof system, including all flashings and metal ccfnnonents against all defects of material or,workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of the Owner's acceptance of the building. This guarantee shall so state that during the guarantee period, the contractor shall, within three (3) days of receipt of notice of leaks or defects of the roofing system, repair such leaks at no additional cost to th? Owner. F. Materialss j 1.` Gravelc 'Gravel shsrll be approximately 3/8" size; 100% passing " mesh, 300_t6R,,K passing 04 mesh, and no greater than 5% passing 016 mesh conforming to ASTM 0-1863. 2. Asphalt: A high :,felting point mopping asphalt conforming to Fed- eral Speciflcaflan SS-A-bS6A, Type III and ASTM R-312, Type 111. 1. As halt Si~turated Fe.ts: Organic felt saturated with refined as- phalt cont'orming to i'eaeral Specifi ication I111-595-Q, Type 15P,, and MIN D-226-6b. 4, Asbestos Reinforced Felts: Organic felt reinforced with asbestos fibers IlandrASTM eD250P70, t15# conforming to Federal Specifica- tion llli5. 'Fuse Sheetr A heavy gauge asbestos f0 t reinforced with glass fiber strtn;fs, iioTa--'t.; aturated and coated with mineral stabilized asphalt coating,, confor ling tll', PSTM D4370.74T, 308- 1 ■iir 6. Asphalt Primer: r'lsplialt based primer having good penetrat'ir,g qualities conforming to ASTM 041070, brush or spray applied. 7. Flashing Cenent: For7mulated compound of select petroleum asphalt reinforced w#fl: asbestos Fibers and pure petroleum solvents in a trowel grade consistency, conforming to Federal Specification S'i-C-1530, Type I and ASTfi 2822-69. G. Preparation: All openings i(l the deck. surface and all flue stacks, vents, etc., salT be in place prior to application of roofing. Roof surface shall to dry, smooth and free of all debris and shall be sufficiently rigid to support all roofing operations. The Roofing Contractor shall carefully inspect all roof surfaces prior to beginning work and sF~311 report any un- desirable conditions to the General Contractor, who will correct such defects. The beginning of work by this Contractor indica'ced his acceptability of the roofing surface. f H. Asphalt j)j)lication: 1. Asphalt shall be heated by means or a kettle which has adequate means to control asphalt temperature. As halt shall not be heated to a tem- perature above 475 degrees F. for high melt type, nor 400 degrees F. for low melt type.' At no time shall' the e.sphalt be heated to a temperature which will exceed its flash point, 2. Nct asphalt shall be applied at a temperature not less than 375 degrees F.'nor more than 450 degrees for high melt types. Low r*l t types shall bee applied'at a temperature of not less than 350 degrees F. or more than 400 degrees F: 1. Built-yp oofinj eecificati.ops: 1. Materials and specifications of any of Vic, coipenies listed below will be acceptable, provided that the spej:ification used complies with the provisiuns stated herein, are essentially the same roofing specifications of the. one listed, and are applied in strict accordance with the'manufac- turer's written instructions. Contractor shall submit four (4) copies of manufacturer's specifications to Engineer for approval and shall maintain an approved ropy on the fob site during all roofing operations, 2. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows: a. Barrett Division e. Johns-Manville b. Bird and Son f. Koppcrs Co. c, Celotex g. Phillip Carey d. H intkote h. G.A.F. 3. Roofing specifications shall b^ equal to Cert~#inteed Specification RB-3RP•G5w with Flashing specification B-315-I1M(PC), J. Built-up Roofing A olication: 1. Eeginhing at`the few point, app' one ply of roofer's base sheet lappi6j each sheet over the undehlying,slieet folrr t4) inches,' End laps are to be six (6) inches, Nail each sheet evert M he (9) inches through ' laps and stagger, nail the remainder at 18 inch centers. 308- 2. ..ri■..~r Ill) 2. Beginning at looi point using a 12-inc:h wide strip followed by a 24-inch wide strip and a full 36-inch wide strip; mop three (3) plies roofer's ply sheet into uniform coatinrls of hot asphalt of approximately 25 pounds per 100 square feet. Succeeding courses shah he full width and side lapped over the undr,rlying sheet 5 inches. 3 Ap,)ly uniform flood coat of asphalt at tho rate of 60 pounds per 100 squire feet rcrr embed 100 pounds of gravel per 100 square feet into the hot asphalt. K. Parapet Flashinq: 'rime all vertical sur'aces at parapets and roof openings W-Mi asfili('ilt pHirer. Built up ba.--! flashing with four plies of No. 15 asphalt felts, extend the first oly 2" beyond the bottom of the cant strip; the second ply 4", the third piy 6" and tho fourth ply 8". Extend each of the plies up 5" above top of cant and nail at 12" o.c. using metal discs. Set each ply in a heavy trowel applied coat of plastic cement, Apply top coat of plastic cernertt a minimum of 1/8" t..ick. L. Root' Vents: Install ro.)f vents one per 1000 square feet; installed as part oTt~ie roofing operations. i i P 1 i 4108- 3 ITEM-309 FLASHING AND SHEETMETAL A. Work _Included: 1. Furvish all labor and materials for all rorif flashings, counter- flashings, metal copings and all other soeetoretal work necessary to complete the si~cetmetal srstallation as indicated on the drawings, specified herain, or as r'egMired by the articular application. (Shretretal ductwt)rk rot in- cluded in this section). 2. Submit 'rcur (4) copies of shop drawings showing detail,,; of gra- vel guards, facia;, e,.pansion joints and items of fabrication to the Enaincor for approval prior to any fabrication. B, Associations: All sheetoetal work shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the "Architectural Sheetmetal Manual", Sheetmetal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. C. Materials, 1. Galvanized Iron Commercial grade fedaval Specificatior: GO-S-775, Typ(-,I Gauge of-metal to be as indicated on the drawings$ otherwise riot less than 26 gauge. , 2. Fasteners: Nails, bolts, screws and other fasteners shall be pro- vided as necessary TFo anchor ali:sheetretal work. All. fasteners shall be non-co,r,roslve, ojte;?I Nails shall; be.btrbed,. annular thread or Smwe t;,ype. Stainless, stoel fastenings shall, be used for,, connecting rrtissimi.lar metals. SolAer:4:Confo"ming W AS;M 6-22, composition 50,T,tin and 54%,lead. 4. Flux: Rosen, muriatic acid neutralized with zinc. 5. ?oofing Felt.: Asphalt or coal tar satuiat^d felt, 15 pound ASTM 226. 6. Sealant: One component gun grade ela5tr+anetric, type sealant, based on "Thiokol po ysulfido liquid poly^,ner. 7. Plastic Cement: Conformipg to Federal Specification SS-C-153. 0. Sheetrnetal Work; 1. 5heetmetal items shall b~~ fabricated to the thickness detailed on the drawings or specified heroin and joined together. Bu%lt-in flashings shall be one piece wherever possible and in all cases shall be in lengths not less than ten (10) feet. All other pieces, unless required to be butt joint or soldered, shall be lapped four (4) inches minimum. Standing seams shall be 1%; inch single lock, cleatrd. 2. Roof flanges shall be set in plastic ce*ent applied over the roofing felt and nailed at three inch centers, in 1 inch fron edge. 30'1)-1 3. Flashings shall be nailed on one edge only. Hails shall be evenly spaced not over 3 inch centers, ~ inch in from edge. Provide tk•eated wood nailers at all edges and other location; necessary to properly secure flash- ings, gravel guards, cleats, etc. E. Gounterflaship; Furnish counterflashings at top edges of all base flashings, at curbs it roof openings, and as noted on the drawings. Form flashings to shape in 10 foot minimum lengths where possible. Lap end joints a minimum of four (4) inches without solde-ing joints. Flashings shall ex- tend over base flashings a minimum of three (3) inches. F. Roof Drains: All roof drains shall be flashed with five (5) pound lead with flanges extending at least twelve {12} inches beyond dtiain opening, Cement flashing to the roofing surface with flashing cement. Apply two plies of 15 ;pound reinforced felt; the first layer uxtending three ('s) inches be- yond the flange ar,d the second layer extending six (6) inches beyond the flange. G. Copings: 1. Install copings at all parapet walls as detailed on the drawings. Copings shall be fabricated of .050 gauge aluminum with a stucco finish,, formed to the design detailed and finished in medium bronze baked enamel, as manufactured by Merchant and Evans, Hickman or- equal. 2. Corners' shall be mitered by heliars welt'ing' to form a'watertight -integral unit-. Furnish 'splice 'joints and internal toverplatesr , Install with 4" ga'p to allow for expansiori. Furnish !failing cleats and nail ta' { front edge of blocking. Copings to be attached to cleats, sprung over top of blocking"and secured on back side kith cement coated or ring-shank nails at twelve 12) inches on center. H. Flashing Reglets; 1, In stall surface mounted flashing reglets equal to Fry Type SM reglet with springlock flashing of 24 gauge galvanized steel at all verti- cal'wall surfaces at roog juncture. 2. Reglets shall be installed at least 9 inches above cant strip. Install prefab corner unit as a starter. Place sealant on bac!; surface in groove and on lap edge before installation. Install by means of drive pins through washers at lb inch centers. Washers shall be furnished by manu- facturer and shall be 7/8" diameter fabricated of stainless steel with neo- prene facing. 309-2 IT "10 ;CAULKING, DAHPPROOFING R49, WEATHERPR00FING A. Work Included: Furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete all dampprdofl ng, weatherproofing, and caulking, including fl3shings, joint fillers and caulking. B. Materials: Oa_kunt: Oakum for filling small joints shall consist of hand pick- ed, untarred, dry-spun, non-staining material. 2. Joint Fillers: Joint fillers shall be closed c0 l expanded poly- ethylene, opcri cell polyurethane foam or closed cell butyl from as recom- mended by the sealant manufacturer. 3. Expansion Joint Filler: Cane fiber impregnated with a bituminous binder. 4. Primer: Primer shall be used with all caulking materials. Primer shall be a prRuct made by the manufacturer of the caulking material and shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufagturer's instructions. I 5. Exterior Sealant: A one component gum grade elastrometric type ` sealant based on ~'Thfo koF',`,polrsulfide liquid polymerp 4oapr as selected, Pecora "Synthacalk'.'. GC-9,,UAP, 'Flexis,eal', or equal. 6. Interior Caulking: A one component gun grade white butyl`rutber caulking compoun i~;Te^.ara.-BC,,:158;,DAP "B,a,tyl~ lax", or, egyal 7. Sealant±or rtarking~Joints; Joints exGegdIp.g'5/8" in width,'a's well as expansion joints or 66,r jgipts that by,nature,of their in+catibn wi~ pD_ be suvject to moving forces,or working sties es hall rece)vr~,a two cotn I rent synthetic rubber compound based on Thin of liquid polysulfi a polymer; Pecora "Synthacalk" GC-5, DAP "Flexiseal" or equal. Sealant shall develop a Shore Hardness of between 30 and 40 after, seven (7) days at,77 degrees, F. 8. Plastie,Cement:,,federal Specifications SS-C-1¢3, Type 1• ~ 9. Concrete Weat eg r q fin A colorless mineral gum based mat rial consisting of approximately 7~ so (Is confor.ning, to, ASTM C61-66 and AS M C140-65t submersion tests with a repeilancy rating of 96%. C. Surface Preparation, Sealants; 1. All surfaces to receive caulking shall be clean and dry before application. Metal or glass shall be wiped with a suitable oil free clean- ing solvent. Concrete or masonry mortar shall be fully aired and dry; gen- erally, allow three weeks' minimum time lapse for proper curing, prior to application of caulking or sealants. Concrete must be xasF,Pd with a 5" muriatic acid solution followed by rinsing with clear :water. Masonry sur- faces shall be cleaned and free of loose mortar. 2. Joints to receive caulking should be not less than ; inch wide and depths shall be same as width up to rf inch deep. Depths in excess of the 310-1: above shall be backed'wlith''POI yurethane'or,butyl'Joint filler as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. there recommended ny the manufacturer. provide a polyethylene bond breaker strip applied behind the sealant. 3. Joints having widths between 1'8" and such as those occurring betwq-en masonry and wood windows shall be filled with dry oakum backing packed into the space behind the open joint prior to applying the sealant bead. 0. Se aIant Application: 1. All caulking and sealants shall be applied in temperatures exceed- ing 40 degrees F. and when weather conditions are dry. Mask or, protect ad- jacent materials to prevent smearing. Prime all Surfaces to receive caulking with a primer as recommended by the caulking manufacturer. 2. Cut nozzle of cartridge to proper opening and anr,le for the par- ticular application and apply caulking compound with sufficlent pressure to completely drive compound into joints and fill voids. Caulking shall be applied with a caulking gun with caulking gun heads of such size to properly fit the opening. Remove excess' material or smear marks from surrounding surfaces. 3. Caulk between doors and fra~es'ahd'masonry,'at all sides of oints 6nd'as' indicated on theddraw- around all togs., . , E, Joint Too] ing: Joihts,whbte width exceeds,3/6'inch shall be tooled to Go,mpp.ress~coound into the joint and assure surface contact. For smV,lleh tfoints a flicking"agent'is n6t't*commended. 'Where' wide Joint widh~a occurs,' ,'6%enel' "'Xylone"or equal, may be used on the tooling appliance provide a slicker surface i'or tooling; however, the use of these materials must be ke~t to an absolute minimum.' F. Concrete Water Repellent: 1. Concrete surfaces exposed to the exterior at outs, a walls of all briildings shall be treated with water repellant as specified herein. The i1jrface shall be' completely cured and free (if dirt, grease, chemical films or efflorescence, Clean surfaces` thoroughly and rinse with clear water. 2. Apply water repellant by means of a low pressure airless spray at a rate sufficient to allow a flood of material to run down approxim coately of twelve inches below point samespray. t.he2firstrcoat. apply a second material,, appl manner asAfter i 310-2 ITEM 311 _ _ THERtMAL INSUI-ATION A. Work Included: 1. Furnish all labor aria materials, equipment and incidentals ne- cessary to complete all thermal insulation indicated on the drawings and specified herein. Furnish insulation of a type necessary for the particular installation, along with all fasteners or supports necessary to secure in place according to job conditions. 2. At the Administration Building insulate alcove all suspended ceil- ings, with six (6) inch thick blanket insulation. 3. Fill cells o° all concrete masonry units at exterior walls of the Administration Building with a pouring grade vermiculite insulation. B, Deliver and Stora4e: All insulation materials shall be delivered to the Tob site in or-gin0 packages and shall be stored under cover until ori dam ged Contractor insulation. examine all materials and re- erected compressed building. 3C. Materials: All insulatiomaterials shall becomplyawithetheyfoens- Corning, Jo n,- nville or approved equal and shall lowing: 1, Ceiling Insulation: 24" x 0" x 6" thick fiberglas insulation with an asphate raft paper vapor barrier having a vapor transmission rating of one perm or less. Insulation shall have an R value of iR and shall comply to Federal Specification HH-I-541f. 2. Masonry Insulation: Pourable grade masonry insulation, a light- weiht, ellancyfr mee- ting i re~luirements of;ASTh1 rC51fim75r,1 Type t 3 p und d4~or water re- N Installatioo: Install insulation above ceiling D. ceiling Insulation tale with vapor barrier toward warm (room) side. Insulation shall fit, be- tween suspension system hangers and shall fit tight against adjacent insu- lation, but not unduly pressed or forced. Insulation shall be cut to fit all angles, corner, on irregular spaces. Fill alllvoids, tole, cracks, or areas around piping with loose insula'ion, packed open- ings without unduly compressing the insulation. Insure that once insulation is in place, all batts remain in proper position. If other trades remove ceiling tiles to perform their work, correct any misaligned insulation re- sulting from such work. E. Masonry Insulation: Fill voids o` interior cells of concrete masonry units of exterior walls with pourable grade vermiculite insulation. As the work progresses, fill material shall be poured from the sack and allowed to lay as it falls. Before pouring fill material, be sure that all cracks are filled, all mortar joints pointed and till holes fi'led to assure that fill does not leak out. 311-1 I ITEM 312 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND THRESHOL►S A. Work Included: 1. This division includes all materials. tools, equipment, etc., and necessary labor for weatherstripping and related items required to complete the work indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 2. Furnish and install a threshold at each exterior door. Weather- strip all ,jambs, heads, and meeting rails of all exterior doors, not other- wise factory weatherstripped. Alurri num doors shall be factory weatherstripped. Windows shall be factory weatherstripped. B. Materials: Weatherstrippirig and thresholds shall be as manufactured by Zero Weatherstripping Co., Reese Enterprises, Inc., or Pemko Weatherstrip- ping Co.; provided each complies with the style, size arJ design listed here- in and scheduled below. i C. Weatherstri in Schedule: (Note: Manufacturer ...iel number shown below is-T r-re~erenc c e and shall be used by ether rranufa~.turers as a guide to establish size, shape, design or other ffatures). Doors No. 1 and IA Threshold Pemko #180A, 4" aluminum All weatherstripping by door manufacturer. Doors 8 and 22 Threshold Pemko )BOA Jambs Pemko A114 PFPS, black plastic Door No. 6A Automatic Door Bottom Pemko #411AV Head and Jambs Pemko #114 PFPS, black plastic Doors No. 18, 28, 1G and 1D and IE Threshold Pemko #1BOA, 4" aluminum Head and Jambs Pemko #312 AF, aluminum and f,21t Door Bottoms Pemko #222AV ? Rain Drip Pemko #346A aluminum Door 7 Head and Jambs Pemko #309AW Door Bottoms Perliko #317AN Door 15 Head and Jambs Pemko 0309AW Door Bottoms Pemko #424F mortised into bottom of door Astragal Pemko 0356AV 312-1 D. Installation: 1. Weatherstrips shall form a weathertight seal at, every point when the opening is closed and shall adjust themselves to the swelling, shrir•kage and warping of doors and frames, without impairing their efficiency or the best operation of the doors. Inswinging doors and weatherstrips shall clear the floor thro lout the full swing. Weatherstripping shall be secured to produce "concealed' jppearance. 2. Weat'nerstrips shall be installed so as to permit doors to ererate freely and close tightly and provide for noraml expansion of the woodwork. Machine woodwork a~ necessary without injurious cutting. Anchor door weather- strips 2 inches on center. Set thresholds in a solid bed of caulking compound and fasten with No. 10 screws in expansion shields set in concrete at 14" o.c. spacing. Hardware shall be left in perfect working order. 312-2 ITEM 313 WOOD DWRS A. Work Included: Furnish and install all labor and materials for all wood doors as sc-K-Ouled on the drawings and specified herein. Submit four (4) copies of shop drawings, indicating door swing, cutouts for glass, grilles, etc., anti general design. B. Standards and Quality: Wood doors shall he ' ustnm Grade" as defined ' by the fiaticna-FV6oT,rork'Kanufacturer's ;i.ssoci •tion (UmA) or Ar-rican 6!vod- work Institute (AWI) ind all veneer shall he selectrd for unifoni color aid similar grain characteristics for transparent finish. Doors shall be manu- factured in accordance with the minimum standards of CS-171, latest edition. C. Deliver and Storage: 1. Doors shall be delivered to the site only when a dry watertight space has been provided for storage. Door shall be stored flat on a level surface and face Veneers shall be protected from scratches or damage. 2. Immediately upon delivery, Contractor shall examine all doors for defects, inGl ding veneer grain characteristics and uniform color and shall ''refett ny doors not accept ble.' After')nspettloq, tops and bottocrs of doors shall be sealed as spetilied'in the 'section, PAlntihil,' D, materials: 1, Solid core doors..-AWI Type "A" staved lumber core or frame block glued core,-5-pTy us , •Crl construction with 1y inch top and bottom rails and 3/4 inch side edges, oss banding shall be 1/16" thickness hardwood with grain at right angle-3 to face veneer. Provide matching edges. Hollow spiral or hoT -Tow mes-i e core r cu~struction with n 2t5/8 t inch l wide seven stiles, 6d inch wide top rail and 12 inch wide bottom rail, Provide blocking for lock hardware both sides of door. Provide ;hatching edges. 3. Doors shall be manufactured by E. L. Bruce Company, Curtis Corp., Steves Sash and Door Company, 11, S. Plywood Corporation, or approved equal, 4. Face veneers shall be rotary sliced red birch. E. Door Manufacture: 1. Staved core doors shill be fabricated with core blocks running lengthways to door dimension with ends staggered. Core blocks shall be glued under heat and pressure and sanded to uniform and smooth surfaces nrior to application of crossbanding. Crossbanding shall be 1/16 inch minimum applied at right angles to the core banding, 2. Face veneers shall be three-ply of standard thickness for the veneer type specified according to CS-171-58, laid at right angles to the crossband and hot press yonded. Face veneers shall be tight, smoothly cut veneers free of any surface defects. When the door panel consists of more 313-1 than one piece of veneer, the joints shall be tight and parallel with the door edges and the veneers shall be selected for similar grain and uni- form color, 3, Hollow core doors shall be fabricated with an interlocking wood or impregnated kraft fibered honeycomb mesh or grid, or a continuous good spi- ral core. Face veneers for hollow core doors shall be of same quality as solid core doors and shall match grain and color. Edges shall be hardwood to match face venec-rs. r Metal Grilles, Louvers and Frames: Install metal grilles and louvors and metl-,rares'l~or glass ~ig~ts nl wood doors wheel scheduled, Furnish vood stops where detailed. Door grilles shall he furnished by the Mech%nical contractor and installed by the General Contractor. G. Fitting: Doors shall be cut to fit the openings provided not mcre than 4 inch Ts removed from edge stiles and the cut surface is sanded to srnoth surface before finishing. Prepare all doors for hardware as scheduled. Acquire all hardware templates, mortise for all locks and let in all hinges, All hardware preparation shall be neatly prepared to exact size of hardware, H. Guarantee: The manufacturer shall, guarantee all wood doors in accor- dance wT U17AW1 standard door guarantee. 313-2 ITEM 314 FINISH ARDWARE A. Work Includcd: 1. Tiiis Contractor shill be responsible for s(heo;ling and furnish- in'y all hardware for each and every door, and latches, handles and hinges for all millwork item,, and shall properly coordinate this portion of the work with the supplier of ho;low metal items by furnishing necessary blue print templates, properly annotated to the approved hardware schedule. 2. This hardware supplier ,hall have a competent builders hardware aian available to the General Contractor at all tines to assist with the installation problems and to check and lay oui. all items of finish hardware on open shelving for inspection of the supervising Architect. 3. Furnish all incidental items of hardware such as brackets, arms, strikes, inserts, and plates necessary for the proper operation of the hard- ware specified, along with all bolts, screws, anchors or other fastening devices necessary. I3. SuNtittal Data: 1. Submit four (4) copies of a complete hardware s u edule to En- gineer for approval. Approval does not relieve Contractor of the responsi- i,ility for furnishing all,'iardware necessary, or for the accuracy of the designated hardware functih as originally specified. 2. Submittals shalr oe in the following form only. Manufacturer shall prepare a bound hardware sc:hedule l u rng each separazd'hardware set `vpe and corresporlding reference, to the manufacturer', catalog dge num- bk~,. provido catalog cut s,hbet for each item of hard0arle bobr& with schedule. C. Delivery. 1. All material shall be ordered to assure availability at the time regylred for,. installation into the project. Hardware will not be delivered to the job site ian,til provi•sioris are availablE:• for placing it under lock and key. ; 2. All material shall be properly tagged or 13belt~d for intended use and by proper door number. D. Tepplates:, Furnish all data and templates necessary for reinforcing, drilling, £appT p and;in$taliing hardware to all ,upnliers 'of doors and frames. rE.` Materials: The use of 'manufacturer's catalog numbers in tk ,chcl:ule is to esf_a_F _type, quality and finish of hardware only, and is riot inten'1,d to restrict other manufacturer's from submitting bids. In general, t fol- lowing manufacturers are accetptable. 1. Hih ee Stanley,' Lawrence, McKi~iiney or Hailer', equ41 to that spec fied herein. Fu~n~,5 f4rtener~s of the proper type for each installation. 2.1 locks: icreWless factory pre-assembled typy'as manufactured by Sargent, l,or-5in`, S-mhlage or Yale, complete with curved lip strikes, knobs and roses. 3. Cabinet Hardware: Modern design, smooth faced, crescent shaped pulls as !nanuctured IT Stanley, Hager or equal. 314-1 4, Door Closers: Sargent, LCN or Von Duprin, complete with ail iarack- ets, fasteners, arms,, or accessories rsecessary to perform the function intended. F. Cabinet and Millwork Hardware: Furnish and install drawer pulls, cabinet Ti nges, ca cries i`aoor pulls for every cabinet drawer and door as follows; Cabinet Doors; 1 set 'singes Stanley 331 or 332 x US260 1 each catch Stanley 40ALD 1 each pull Stanley 4477 x US26D 1 each hinge Stanley 335 (for doors over 54" in height) Drawers: 1 each pull Stanley 4477 x U526D G. Door Schedule: See Door Schedule for location of each hardware set. Eac;i door sa note s all receive all hardware of the set so scheduled herein: Set do '-I 1 each cylinder Sargent, Series 40 x US200 All other hardware by others 5et~Na.2t 1~_ pair hinds $tan?gy F170 ~x 4~ k. ads x US26D 1 each lockset Sargent 6Gb5 x RN x US260 1 each bumper Sargprt 3435 x US26D Set No. 1~ pair hinges Stanley F) 79'x 4~ x 4%1'x 11S260l each latch set Sargent 6015 x RP1 x US260 1 each bumper Sargent 3435 x US36D Set No. 4; 14 pair hinges Stanley F179 x 4~ x 41 x US26D 1 each lock suet Sargent 6G04 x Rf1 x US26D 1 each bumper Sargent 3380 x US260 1 each closure Sargent EN 153 - H9Odegrees x TV 1.314. Suet No. 5; 1% pair hinges Stanley F09 x 4','x 411 x USP 1 each lock set Sargent 6G05 x RN x U526D 1; each •stn $tan1R'y 458 x LIS~O l each closure Sargent Ear 154 0 T8 1.3/4 314.2 Set No. 6: 2 pair hinges Stanley F179 x 411 x 411 x US260 I each latch set Sargent 602 x RN x [IS 260 1 each dummy set Sargent 6U93 x RN x US260 2 each flush bolts Sargent 3450 x US260 x IV Set No, 7: 11; pair hinges Stanley F179 x 411 x 411 x US26) 1 each latch sft Sargent 6015 x RN x US26D 1 each bumper Sargent 3435 x US26D Set No. 6: 1~ pair hinge: Stanley F179 x 4, x 411 x USP 1 each lock set Sargent 6U65 x RN x US26D 1 each bumper S!r;ent 3435 x US26D Set No. 9: lh pair binges Stanley F86 179 x 411 x 411 x US260 1 each push plate Sargent 3015 PLE x US28 1 each pull plate Sargent 33?.S x US28 1 each °closure Sargent EN153-0 I each kickplate Sargent 3703 x 1/6" x 10"H (-3" door width) Set No, 10:" All hardware by others ' Sett No'. lls , '14 pair hirlgo Stdltley'F179'k' 4~ x' 411 x'USP ' i t±achllock eet Sargeh~t 6GOS'z RN k US26D Set No. 12: IN p4ir`hinges Stanley F179 x 4% x 411 >i' U$P 1'edch'161mk set Sargent 660S x RN x US260 ' 1 each stop - aa'rgent 594H x EP I each closure Sargent EN 154 - 0 x TE x 1-3/4 Set No. 13: 11; 'SAW hingt$ $tarley F179 x 41 x 411 x US260 1 each latch set Sargent 6015 x RN x US260 each closure Sargent EN 153 0 x TB x 1.3/4 l each`stop $argent 3380 x U5260 314-3 ITEM 315 AL3U.11M "I S FRAMES A. Work Included: FurniO and install all aluminum doors, aluminum frames, aluminum WIndows,Tiardware, anchors, and accessories necessary for installation of aluminum and glass entrances and doors, as scheduled and detailed on the drawings and as specified herein. B. Shop Orawi• m: 1. Submit four (4) copies of shop drawings for approval. No material shall be fabricated or delivered until shop drawings have been approved. 2. This Contractor is responsible for verifying all field dimensions at the fob site prior to fabrication. C. General: 1. All aluminum doors and frames shall be by the same manufacturer. Components shall be a standard 4j" x 1-3/4" aluminum tube system as manufac- tured by Kawneer Company, Pittsburg Plate Glass, or Facade, Inc., or Amarlite. 2. All aluminum ::,tore front and entrance frames sections shall he con- structed of standard extruded aluminum sections 1-3/4" x 4V with all necessary stops, trim, glazing beads as detailed or required for a complete installation. 3. All aluminum sh3li be Type 6063-T5 alloy with a medium bronze finish, architectural Class I anodic coating with integral color. All sur- faces in contact with metal or masonry shall be given a protective coating of bituminous paint. 4. All members shall be eesigned for recessed glazing without applied stops unless specifically detailed. Joints between vertical and horizontal mullions shall be compression Joints with a gasket of non-hardening butyl compound. Horizontal members shall be perforated on exterior edges for drainage. Wall framing members shall be securely anchored to structure and shall be set plurrb and level. 5. All anchoring devices and methods shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and all fasteners shall be of aluminum alloys, or of carbon steel which has been cadmium or chromium plated. All fasteners shall be concealed type. Fasteners for stops shall be snap-in type where possible; otherwise, shall be flush-headed, countersunk type. D. Aluminum Doors: 1. Aluminum doors shall be narrow stile of the sizes noted on the d.-awings. Doors shall be complete with glazing slops with extruded aluminum glazing ,,,trips, snap-in type. Doors shall be weatherstripped on three sides with metal backed pile cloth. Bottoms of exterior doors shall receive a pile strip applied to the bottom rail of door by manufacturer. All expo^ed aluminum cormi)orients and hardware shall be finished in medium bronze finish, architectural Class I anodic coating with integral color. 315- 1 2. Door manufacturer shall furnish and install a;l door heirdxare as specified herein. All hardware shall be of a finish to match door, as follows'. Door No. 1; Single leaf door in aluminum frame, each door shall have: Offset Pivots Top and bottom, cast aluminum baked epoxy Pull Bar One each door leaf Push Bar One each door leaf Locking Device Key operated, maximum security, deadlock Closure overhead mounted, painted to match aluminum j i 315-2 I TEMP' 316 , iMETAI ' DO'JR5 AND Ft2AAMES A. iiork Included: 1. Furnish all labor and material for all hollow metal doors, door frames, borrow tights, vision panels, transom frames, as sl..)wn on the drawings and specified ,tierein, Furnish four (4) sets of shop drawings showing all metal work to Engine6r for approval. 2. Contractor to furnish door manufacturer with hardware templates. B. Materials: All hollow metal work shall be constructed as specified by Ceco Corp:,__Chicago, Illinois, Overly Manufacturing Co., Greensburg, Pa., Youngstown, Ohir,, or approved equal. C.' Delivery and Storage: All doors shall be individually packaged in card- boar3 cartons du ng shi, gent and until erected. Doors shall be stored in an upright position inside the building or on a platform raised above grade and protected by waterproof coverings. 0. Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Frames shell be fabricated of No. 16 gauge cold rolled steel of prime qualityl Francs corners shall be mitered,' internally keidedi filled and ground smooth.+ Nil bends! shall be brake formed with clean sharp radii. 2~ Provide three rubber si lenci on each single siring door frame' and two silencers on eachf,jamb,for doluble swing door,frames. 3. Hinge and strike mortises shall match door preparation, both in accord- ance with hardware templates. Hinge reinforcement shall be No. 9 gauge steel, not less than 10 inches long at each hinge location. Strike reinforcement shall be 12 gauge steel. Drill and tap to fit hardware. Provide 26 gauge galvanized plaster guards over all mortises. 4. Door frames shall be shipped with angle spreaders tack welded across the bottom of all frames. Spreaders shall remain in place until frames have been set and securely anchored in position. 5. All sidelights, borrowed lights, transom frames shall be as detailed on the drawings and shall be fabricated in accoreance with standard practice. All bends shall be accurately formed, all joints surface-welded and ground smooth. Glazing beads shall be furnished where required and shall be fitted and attached with metal screws. Frames shall be fabricated in one piece inso- far as possible, except that where splices are necessary for shipping purposes, such splices shall be field welded, filled and ground smooth. 6. Furnish all anchors and fastening device; required to install frames. Each door frame shall have not less than three anchors per ,jamb, and each frame leg shall be fastened to the structure with a floor anchor which securely anchors the frame to prevent twisting or warpage. Frames installed in masonry partitions shall have adjustable "i" masonry anchors installed in masonry courses as the masonry work progresses. Provide wood or metal stud or other appropriate anchors where necessary. E. Metal Doors: 1. Doors shall be 1-3/4" thick fabricated of two No. 18 gauge roller 316-1 leveled prime quality cold rolled steel sheets forW with flush seamless:fam sheets. The vertical edge joint between sheets !hall be completely filled and ground smooth to give the appearance of a seamless door. 2. Top and bottom channels shall be No. 16 gauge steel melded to both face sheets, Hinge reinforcement shall be No. 7 gauge steel; drilled and tapped at the factory according to hardware templates. Closures shall be reinforced with 12 gauge reinforcement, surface applied hardware shall be reinforced with 14 gauge steel. All reinforcement shall he concealed. 3. Door edges shall be continuously welded or mechanically locked with the appearance of seamless doors. Edges shall be 5evelled 1/8" in 2" for proper clearance and fit. Doors shall be insulated witn a solid core of rigid, self- extinguishing polyurethane formed in place to completely fill the door cavity. 4. Provide op..)ings for vision panels and louvers where scheduled. Mould- ings shall be integral and welded into the door flush with face. of door. In- side mouldings shall be removable for glass replacement. Louvers for exterior doors shall be stamped into door panel, interior door louvers shall be fixed grid inserted into recessed mouldings. All mouldings shall have close fitting mitered corners. Astragals shall extend full door height, installed on in- active leaf of door pairs. F. Hardware Location, Unless noted othemine, all hardware locations shall conform Co tbmp Otes or hardware suW ttaly furnished by the feneral.Cont,%actor. G. finish:.. After assembly, clean thoroughly, removing all rust, scale, grease and rougYspots. Chemically treat metal surfaces ,to assure. paint adherence . and provide shop coat of ruse-inhibitive paint. 316- 2 ITEM 317 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. Work Included: Furnish all materials and labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to frista f all aluminum windows including all hardware, fasteners, and other necessary components. Windows shall be of the type and sizes scheduled on the drawing. Submit shop drawings for all window units. B. Manufacture and Desicn_: Windows shall be manufactured from Extruded aluminum components which allow the fabrication of projection vents, hopper vents and fixed sash as scheduled and shall conform to AAMA P-A2 and PA2-H? equal to Alenco Series 950 as manufactured by P.edman Building Products, Inc., Bryan, Texas, Efco Series S-100 as manufactured by Efco Corp., Monett, Missouri, car approved equal. C. Manufacture: 1. All frames and ventilator members shall be of commercial quality 6063-T5 extruded aluminum. Frame members shall be not less than 2~" in depth. Ventilator members shall be at least 2" in depth. Perimeter of ventilator shall be completely weatherstripped with elastomeric vin;l at the interior face of the ventilator. Weatherstripping shall be rr,itere( ' i at each corner and retained in grooves extruded in the vent members. Each ventilator shall be equipped with white bronze handle and strike, and heavy duty adjustable aluminum friction hinges secured to ventilator and each frame by means which provides positive support with the ventilator in any position. j { 2. Joints of the frame shall ►,e of rigid construction and assembled in a quality manner to provide permanent weathertight Joints. Ventilator members shall have accurately mitered, fusion-welded corners to provide rigid weathertight construction. The joint formed by the intersection of Oe ~ frame jambs and frame sill shall be adequately sealed to insure against weepage into surrounding construction. I D. Finish: Exposed surfaces of a-1 aluminum members shall be clean and free of s;, ace blemishes and shall be finished in medium bronze, archi- tectural Miss I anodic coating with integral color; uniform in color. E. Glazi:,I: All window units shall be factory-glazed. Glazing leg rebates shall be at least 3/4" in height and serrated to receive glazing tape. Units shall be designed to receive 3/16" thick glass and shall be glazed with 3/16" thick glazing quality "B" float glass, clear. Install butyl glazing tape to fixed vertical stop. Set glass into opening on setting blocks spaced at quarter points. Attach stop in place and install spacer shims in sufficient numbers to hold glass firmly in place in center of opening. Fill void between glass and stop with sealant. Strike and smooth to form rain shed. F. Screens: Provide scr?ens to cover the operable portion of the unit. Screens for project-out ver hors shall be sliding wicket type, easily removable for cleaning or ,cement. Screens for project-in ventilators shall be pivoted hopper type !.~junted on exterior and easily removable and replaceable from the interior, Screens shall consist of extruded alumi.um frame, 16 x 16 rresh aluminum screen cloth, removable splines, and all clips, pivots, and screws necessary to complete the installation. G. Erection: Erection shill be by skilled mechanics with experience in this trade. Trr Ti- shall be installed plumb, level, true to plane and shall be secured in accordance with detailed shop drawings or printed instructions. 317- 1 ITEM 318 i ---ANp GLUING G,ASS, A. Work Included: 'Furnish all labor and materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to ins al? 0,11 glass and glazing noted on the drawings and..specified herein'. B. Delivery: Glass shall be delivered to the site in accordance with the construction schedule to avoid any delays, but will not be delivered before in- stallation can begin. Glass shall be erected in place as it is delivered to the site. C. Safet Precautions: Where there is any possibility that glazing will create a hazar ur ng construction process, provide adequate means of marking loca- tion of ere ted g'-,ss. D. Glass Breakage: 'Contractor shall take adequate precautions to see that all glass-Ts protected from damage after installation. Replace all glass broken by workmen during the course of construction and by vandalism until project is accepted by tho Owner. E. Stanfards: 1. All glass shall conform to the requirements listed herein: "Glass, Flat and Corrugated for Glazing and Micros," Fed. 5pec.'DD= G451 I, j,, i 1;Saf`~ty G#a?Jng Mate'rl ISO" Ar`~er. pa'n$St0dords Inst t(~te A1~S1; 97 } ~I 5afe~}y S i'nd~r( fQ~t rchite,Ctural G1Pzi;ng Motriar~' Co., g' er,~rq' ur~ ducf" afety "tomni" Sion.' A)1,glaZinq s all, be installe0rin a,ccoroance:vo th the,prpy~sipns of Cons mer Qrpduct G ety G~or[imission s Standa 1~C~r'1201,,:dnd the thereibny. glass un t used in a door, or' 448" either "aide o a door'-'or1l'gliilzs;b'g1.Ow the head of the door and having a sill less tharr 24" above' t 'e"floo~;" o'r'othe`r such locations defined by the standard, shall be tempered glass,,,, .I: F , atp al ,A1, 91as,s produet~,shsll;be m4nyfactu d'b ,1ibbY,- "itts ur`iissis or Bins, n e turf Y' Owen -Ford, h'4 9 r , A!?Y 4g i 1 4s pane pot''exteeoi ny ~4 nche' 'my t,; 3(14, thiFk $laiIng qual..~ty f oat Iasi, except yhqre t~m pere~f 91~srs i,s lnquired,l, -Rny gloss: ppone excge~ n 8; x 20 ihchOs'shpll inch 9ck nlazin~ quality float g7,a5s, . 1„ ,l_uat. loss. , a,zing quality f190t,g14sg cgnfonning to FPO, Spec. DD-P ~s sch~ Esdlnp si'?,e as Indicated on th0;drawings;'clear', µnless Otheny 4 gOIv ~e ~ronze,or grey on drawings. 2. Tern'e'rgd Glass:'' Neat strengtheiied tempered safety glass colr'forming'-', ' to Fed. Spec, DEG-_G_ and ANSI 297.1-197S. 3+ .~g?t ,psi ''boubi~e Strength, quality AA ;hee' y 5' vi a sl en r ~ i 1~ ha n tht~ k- 4 1d nes : be~We, tE , '~?►i`', n,che`s. and; fonfor,~ih0 re r;, P~G•,OD-1 67 ~t 4. Mirrors: Inch thick quallty pol'ished~6l'ate'glasS, Silver'coeled " ''r with a copper F;acking consisting of a film of copper electrolytically deposited over the silvered surface. Mirrors shall be sizes as noted on the drawings and shall be installed with conct-aled fasteners. 31 b- l 5. Opting Compound: A knife grade consistency, •1-e64y t-b use, non:-hardening-glazing compoura similar to Oap 1231 "Flexiglaze", Pecora "M-251 11 or e5.u3l Solid Panels: 4" thick flat inorganic fiber reinforced with mineral,enamel colored surface, wV.h color finish on both sides. 7, ' GlazinS Sealant: A gun grade consistency one part pclyculfide sealant similar' to Dap "Ftexiseal",Peccra 'Synthacalk,"', or equal. B. Accessories: Furnish all setting blocks wedges, shims, spacers and glazing clip ersip quired to complete all glazing operat, ions. 9. Setting Blocks: Neoprene setting blocks having a Shore A Durometer hardness o 85 5, Size should be 1/10 inch per square foot of glass area, but not less than 4" in length. 10 Edge Cushions: Neoprene cushion blocks having a Shore A Durometer hard- ness of M 5. 11. Glazin Ta e: A synthetic polymer based, non-shrinking 100% solid com- pound, 1 t: I c nos s. G. Preparation: I All frames,i,ceivi nq glaXIrig shall be clean, free of oil, grease, dust' o~ othe'r' giaaeri l arid; t l firmly anchq'ire i h place pefo q, glass is installed. l(erify all 6POA1600p sat t e' jot, 'site before 'cutt,,i '.any, glass. Cut all glass accurately to fit field rrwasuremrnts. gI r 2., All framine`eer$ Sh'yl Ge erected and secured intb position. MEm hers' spall nbt pl Ce any load 'd tfie glas5,6nd sh311 haute adea'Uate strength to sl p ort the bats , H. Instal latioh"' ''l. heral'."~1a$s ight's l rger;t6n six ft) ~Squarefee't or,thicker'than t2red at the ttom quarter ' 1A inch sia'I'C,b¢ 'set on two settino,' lpcks ten: points., Center,g4s$.in' the opening vertlcally'and horizrhtall use ¢dge cushion~4t v^rticrl members tb`prevt.nt' walking. Allow 1/8 1 cle;araEnce between edge of glass and the edge cushioh, 2 i 'fir a el G~11 zihj, *6vido,seEting blocks at'qu'ar,ter points: Tnstsll resil ent spacer shfA as required to ce~,te* the light in the channel and in- sure 1/8 inch minimum compound' space' on both side's '8f light,' Fill voids either side of chennel with glazing,compoupd,and smooth edge,to provide a rain shed angle.' r 3 Sto 1 zip Install.a botyl glazing tape to fixed vertical stop. Set giass r► opeh ny o~ set in,'blbcks spaced'6t gt~aS'ter ppoint;;• Att~cf) :top in plat and instal spa ers'in'sufficient numbers'to Bold glass f rmly in ce,tgr,of.opgnin9, fillivpidrbe~twgen giass and step with sealant. 318-t ITEM 319 i_01EMEkD ROLL UA~MEiAI DOOR A. Work Included: Furnish all labor and materials; equipment and Incidentals. necessary to erect all overhead doors as indicated on the drawings and speci- fied herein. B. Delivery and Storage: Door and components shall tv shipped in sturdy wood cartons as required to prevent damage in shipment. Deliver to site in accord- ance with construction schedule and store until ready to be erected. C. Manufacturer and Type: Overhead door shall be complete with track, hood, curtain, and operator and' shall be Kinnear "Model F11-10"; Mahon "model LOOM," or Overhead "Model SFN4"; and shall be manual push-up type with cylinder locks. D. Materials: 1. alvanizing: Hot dip process conforming to ASTM standards and given a phospheFe coating for paint adhesion. 2. Curtain: Polled interlocking slate formed in easy curves without sherp bends, ,'r grown x 1-3/4," 16 gauge B & S aluminum. 3. Coil Brackets: High grade gray iron. 4. Hoods: 24 gauge sheet metal hood. 5. Guide,: Structural steel angles or precision rolled formed channels. 5. Gears: High grada gray iron, cast teeth machine-molded from machine cut patterns. E. Fabrication: 1, Curt<<in slats shall Le intnrlock(A with each other ane coiled on a pipe or sufficient size to carry the door load with a deflection not exceed- ing .03 inch per foot. Curtain and support shall be balanced by helical springs anchored to the same tension rod and held in position by the same adjusting wheel accessible from the outs,de. 2. Proviae slide bolt locks at oath side of bottom rail which are con- cealed in the oottom member or to the inside space and which t.)gage slots in the side tracks. Locking devices she'll be cylinder '.ocks, one eacr side. 3. Curtain shall be fabricated of interlocking slats formed from open hearth galvanized steel. Slats shall be type No. 14 of adequate ,section to safely resist a 100 rile per hour wind (25 lb. per sq. ft.). Ends of slats shall be provided with malleable iron endlocl:s with integral slat lugs as w10- locks. Cl.-tain shill be weatherproofed by an attached rubber strip secured to back side of guide which rubs against the door curtain to form a barriev against wind. 4, Galvanizinu shall be hat process, with a high grade zinc coating, 1.25 ounce per square foot. Galvanized surfaces to be provided with a A osphate coating or paint- adhesion. 319- l F. Erection: Secure door Jambs and guide to wall construction with expansion bolts at-ii ot more than 24" centers. Attach curtain hood to head of opening''to cover coil. Door shall be erected plumb and in true alignment and shell operate without binding at any point.' s { 319-? ITLH 320 _ ACOUSTICAL' CEILINGS AND SUSPENSION SISTEMS A. Work Included: 1. The work included under this heading includes the furnishing and installing of all materini, labor and equipment necessary to provide a com- plete acoustical tile ceiling and suspension system. 2. Submit samples of each material specified to Engineer for approval. B. Extra Tile: Provide one (1) unbroken package of ceiling the to be left in -e pTace designated by the Owner and for his use in replacing ceiling tile, after acceptance of project. C. Materials: 1. Suspension Systems: Suspension system shall consist of a double thickness vreb bumsection main runner meeting heavy duty criteria of ASTM C-635-69, baked white finish, and shall be equal to National Rolling Mills Model ML-8000, Chicago Metallic Corp. 200 or 250 Series, or equal. 2, Wall Trim Angle: Hemmed edge .020 gauge steel angle, 3/4" x 15/16" as m3nu actureTEy suspension system manufacturer. 3. Acoustical Tile: 44" x 48" x 5/8" "Fissured" design acoustical lay-in ceilTng tTl-e wltfi-factory applied 40 to vinyl latex finish and having a flame spread of 25 or less; Armstrong "Miraboard", Gold Bond "Solitude," or equal. 4. Acoustical Tile T e B: 24" x 48" x 5/8" "Travertine" design high density ceramic ce~'f~ny t e w t white finish, having a flame spread of 25 or less; Armstror,C) "Ceramaguard," Gold Bond "Humiguard," or equal. 5. Hangers: 12 gauge annealed hanger wire. D. Installation and Erection, 1. All acoustical materials and suspension systems shall be installed by a subcontractor thoroughly experienced with this %ype of installation add approved by the r'lanufacturer, 2. Area shall be broom cleaned and uninterrupted for free movement of rolling scaffold. I 3. Contractor shall furnish and install exposed grid system installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. Provide wire hangers at not more than 4'-0" centers along each main runner. Twist mire sufficiently to prevent slipping. Suspension system shall be erected to proper height, and level in both directions. Where necessary to cut a mair, runner to ct.tite- a light fixture or ceiling register, add hanger wires to both sides at the termination of the runner. 4. The system shall confoiin to the drawings and so arranged to result in equal borders of the largest possible size. Adjust grid as necessary to prevent cut tile under 2 inches in width wherever possible. 320-1 E. __cooperation Betweer, Trades: fooperate with other trades to assure proper instaliat ono ott er`tems Thstalled imceiling units, All outlets and other openings in ceiling tiles shall ble centered in both directions, All other contractors shall furnish supports and hangers for all items in connection with , ceilings. F. Tile Replacement and Cleaninc: Prior to final inspection, replace all br-Aen or dama;ed tiTe or tile w ich has chipped corners or edges Ex posed to view. Align tile and replace any the which has an improper fit in the grid system, Clean soiled or discolored units. Remove hand 9:ints or smudges. Clean or replace smudged tile around air conditioning outlets, i , I I 320- 2 , ITEM 321____ RESILIENT FLOORING A. Work Included: vinyl bases Fandfaccessories dasatrial to I ndicated on the complete resilient or specified sheand rein. 2. Submit a complete up-to-date box of samples of each type specified. All colors shall be selected by the Engineer, 3. The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing an accep- table floor surface. Inspect floor and make minor repairs as necessary to install flooring, B, Extra Tile: Provide o^: (1) unbroken box of each type of floor the used on+the pro_ect and leave at a space designated by the Owner for future replacement purposes. C. Materials: Materials shall be as manufactured by Azrock, Armstrong, GAF or iCentfiTe and shall be equal to the following: 1. Vin vl ASLe~tr; Tile: 12" x 12" size, 3/32" thickness, commercial grade. 2. Adhesive: Manufactured by the same manufacturer that furnished the resilient fToorfing, approved for tile type. 3, Rubber Base: 4" high, cove base, 1/8" gauge; color as selected by Engineer. 4. Ed_1n~Stri ss; 1" wide x 24" length vinyl asbestos edging strips with same gauge as resilient flooring, Furnish edging strips at change of mate-1 als or at edge of all resilient flooring wherever it adjoins an area which receives no finish flooring. 5. Und~erla~e nt: A concrete bonding agent consisting of a polyvinyl acetate and >sortlan _Cement mixed according to manufacturer's instruction. D. Preparation: 1. Inspect surfaces to receive covering material before commencing work, Report unsatisfactory conditions to Contractor for correction. Start- ing of work shall constitute acceptance of surfaces as satisfactory. If necessary to level concrete to bring to proper grade, other than minor depressions, cracks, etc., as lescribed above, the work shall be done and paid for by the General Contractor. 2. Clean cement floors of grease, paint, or dirt. Patch cracks, holes, expansion joints, or uneven places with a latex type underlayment or a poly- vinyl acetate underlayment as recornnended by the flooring manufacturer, 3. Test the floor for dampness using an approved method. E. Installation: 1. Lay out tiles square with both axes of room, and maintain full tile in field. Preparation of surfaces, method of application, type of adhesive, shall be in strict conformity with printed directions of flooring manufacturer. 321-1 2. Cover area evenly and only to the extent which can be covered with re- silient material in the recommended working time of the adhesive. Apply ad- hesive with notched trowel, 3. Provide vinyl edging strip at all exposed edges of flooring where it terminates at cement or tile floors, the edging being of appropriate thickness to guard against breakage. Butt flooring against edging. 4. Rubber bases shall be installed to snug fit against all YC,cical sur- faces. Be careful to avoid smearing adhesive on surfaces other than those receiving the base. F. Cleaning: At completion of installation, remove all excess materials, scraps, trash and debris. Remove all adhesive from resilient surfaces, clean all adjacent surfaces. After adhesive has set, apply one coat of wax to vinyl asbestos tile and buff with steel vr.vi. f i 1 1 321- 2 ITEM 322 YHINSET TORA270 A. Work Included: Furnish all labor and materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to _fnstalI all thinset terrazzo floors as scheduled on the drawings. Prep'ar'e'all floors to receive terrazzo. Floor surface shall be free of defects ahd 'c can of oil or grease stains. ' B. Standards: All material and workmanship shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc. C. Submittals: Submit one (1) 12" x 12" sample of terrazzo which includes the matrix coT or and marble chi' )s in the proportion specified. If requested, re- submit a second sample using variation of matrix and chips as directed by En- gineer. Approved sample will be retained and used to Judge quality of final product. 0. Delivery and Storage: All materials shall be delivered to the site in ac- cordance viith tie sc a ule of work in suitable containers or unbroken bags, and shall be stored in a clean and dry location until used, E. Materials: 1, Epoxy R3~sin: , A factory controlled formulation of thermosetting epoxy resins conrairiitig no'oii's or other non-reactive radifIer3, and ~iaving the fol- lowing properties: t„ Hardness - ASTMD-1706, Shore D Durometer - 60.85 ~ r '``~Teiis1l§'Str~pgtWVAStMb-63%-Ty~w,0,die 40W psi a. c;'fe'nsile`~~~1ong'Ation"& ASTM 0-638'; ype r; die ~d. Compressive Strength ASTM 0-695,- 140000 psi min'. e e, Flexural Strength - ASTM D-790, yield strength - 65000 psi min. f. Linear Shrinkage - ERF-64 - .001 inch maximum g, Fading Resistance - ASTM E-188, Method A - no effect ~s Ch'emifd0 ResistdhCe`L Federal'Test Stahdard 406111, Method 7001, the l epdgy ele In Nall show''no effect' to the' folloWing after' seven-day, immersions.,+ 1 Mi eral Oil - 10% sodium hydroxide ASYM No, 3+off 'distilled Grater Late} ~ ~ i, thanol 10%'hydrochlorric acid Isopropano] " 30% sulfuric, acid 5% a dti acid .025 detergent 2.'' AaWO'Ch1 'f Chips s'h~all contain no deleterious or foreign Natter or marble dust over'Is'by-401giht: Marble chIpis shall have an absception rate, not exceeding .75% in a 24-hour period, Chip size and color shall be selected lv the t:n~i'k&' id accordance with NTMA'standaMs. 3, ' 5 rids: '01ivl&lo 'stOjos'SHal l be' used only where necessary to 'preterit surface ffficU614, ' Generally',' epoxy t0eatto shall be installed seamless, Strips shall be r;" thick zinc. 322-1 4. Color Agents: Alkali-resistant, non-fading calpr pigments 5. Primer: Factory formulated primer as recommended by the epoxy resin manufacturer. 6. Terrazzo Cleaner: A factory formulated compound free of crystallizing salts or water solul a alkaline salts, biodegradable and phosphate free, having a ph factor between 7 and 10, 7. Terrazzo Sealer: A penetrating type sealer which produces a slip- resistant surTace; non-fading and non-yellowing, and having a flash point of 95 degrees F. minimum according to ASTM DOW Terrazzo Mixture: 1. The terrazzo mixture shall be such as to produce a flooring surface hrving the following properties: a. in act Strengths 2 lb, ball with 16 foot pound impact on a 12" x 12" x V terrazzo fl6`br tonded to concrete - no indentation, chipping or de- tachment. b, Indentation: MIL-D-3134F, 4" x 6" x b" specimen c. Bpnd StrenQ h: ACI No. G'I, BuIlet6' No,,6 -43 31A psi' d. Fiamnabijjtyp ASTM-D-605, self extinguishing ~ ,J 1•~. . I,, l; r1^{r ICI I1 I. G. Terrazzo Desi nr !,Terra"m onterp shall~,l~e Natipnal,Terrez4o,and,~osalc Assoc-'~ atTon eta and P1 ate Bi 34 consisting of f Qli, yal loyi Noy ,snd loo, 2, 40% dark yellow No. I and No,a2 and dark grey Qngnt. N. Installation: ;1. !Block of !all arean to receive terrazzo and Assure that ~he ar,ga is free of construction debris and dust., Areas shall be .losed in rorp,thho,wea then and room temperature shall be maintained at a minimum of 50 degrees P,' 20 Insr ct all surfaces prior too pplication and report any deficiencies to the Contra-tor for correction. All concrete floors shall be olpan, dry and completely fre: from surface contaminants such as grease, oil and,sealers. All curing compounds, regardless of type, must be completely removed. All adhesives, etc., must be completely removed, 3. Surface of the sub-floor shall be free from cracks, loose ano flaking materials, and shall be hard trowellr,d a•,i level to wiO3/16" to k" of the finish elevation, Concrete sub-I'll.'' shall not exceed a,lrpistore content of 16%, shall be abraded with terrazzo grinders, acid etched, and neutralized be- fore applying manufacturer's primer. Primer, shall be,gnifo mly applied on all surfaces prior,to the application of the terrazzo floor. 4. Matrix shall be mechanically mixed,in.clean mixers, to a,unif6 m and consistent mixture. Place mixture onto primed sub-floor and trowel to uniform and level surface,,,Seed trowelled surface with additional chips in Aame pro- portions as contained In terrazzo mix and trowel i,rlto surface to ,u minimum 2 322. thickne,s of b inch. Continue hand truwelling to close all voids or mechani- cally trowel with a 24 to 30 inch electrical trowel with float blades. 5. Cure topping until sufficient strength is obtained to prevent lifting or pulling of terrazzo chips during grinding. Curt In accordance with manu- facturer's printed Instructions. 1. Grinding: 1. Rough grinding shall begin after 24 hours providing full cure is ob- tained. Grind with No. 24 to No. 40 grit stone. 2. Cleanse floor with clean .,ater and rinse thoroughly. Remove excess water and either hand or machine apply grout using same mixture used in topping mixture. Fill all voids completely. Grouted surface shall be cured a minimum of 72 hours. 3. Fine grinding shall be accomplished with a No. 80 or finer grit stone until a smooth, scratch-free surface is obtained and all grout removed. Re- move all surface scum or marble chips using fine steel wool and water. J. Cleaning and Sealing: Wash all surfaces thoroughly with a neutral cleaner and a ow to dry thoroughly. Apply sealant following recommendation of manu- facturer. II i 322-3 ITEM 323 DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION A. Work Included; Furnish all labor, materials and accessories necessarv and incidental to complete all drywall work, including furring of walls, suspended ceilings, and all taping, bedding, sanding and texturing of ( gypboard surfaces. B. Delivery and Storage: Materials will not be delivered to the site until the 5ui-f(ing has been Closed in and materiais may be protected from the wea- ther. Once materials have been delivered to the site, store in a manner to prevent damage. Materials shall be stacked neatly in sheds on runners raised above floor. Protect from high humid conditions, C. Materials: Gypsum wallboard and accessories shall be as manufactured by Gold-krid, U.- S. Gypsum, or Georgia-Pacific and shall be equal to the follow- Ing: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: a. Regular: Fire rated and U.L. listed, Type C, 48" x 96" x 5/8" thick tapereu edge, b. Moisture-Resistant: Fire rated and UL listed, Type C, moisture- re sistant,.,qTK ?3» x Tj$" tNitkr 1 2.Gypsumbo4rd Accessories: i a: Corner Beadsc , No,. 1DO Dur-A-Bead O';No. !101,4Perf-A-Bead" Corner reinforcemen" L- 1M. Gold Bond or equal. b, Metal Trim: No. 2OnA or 2009; USG, Gold Bor1Q,,or equal,,.,; cj i Con rol d°intr.: Ill No, 093; USG,, Gold Bond, ori equaI., il.5 rl,1Il Irhi i ;.I,, r( 3:, Furrin IChannelsi; Rolled formad,25 gauge electro-galvanized steel,, USG.Typ(i,6V*Wan of s ,ors approved, equal,l,ir 4. Fasteners: Fasteners for attaching gypsum board shall be Phillips-' headed app e- w t-h a'special,electri, screw driving.gun mad9 especially for this'puvpos4 with an H2 'phillips bit'. Fasteners, shall be as foilaws:.; , Single layer to metal 'stud ~l" oil: IV" Type "S" phillips-slotted, bugle headed Metal stud to runners; 318"TYpe ,'!5'!phi111ps-slotte4,per headed_, Metal to metal; attachment 3/8 Type ("S-12.'>Iph'11fps-slotted, i~ pan headed Cabinet or blocking to metal stud lrs",24" Type "S" oval head Gypsum panel to wood 1';" Type "N" phillips headed,bugle . j! headed 5.' Suspension Handers: 9 gauge galv)rd zed hanger wire 6. Tie Hire: 16 gauge annealed galvanized wire 1, Furrin _Channels: 11V".,cold-rolled,: steel Ghannel4,;weighing 475N pey, 1000 ft, i, sir r„1 illil,, , 323-1 8. Joint Treatment: ! a. Joint Com unfit Power or premixed compound suitable for attaching Joint teoe, a ng and--M ling nail holes. b. Joint Tape: A cross-laminated, perforated fiber tape. 0. Application of Gypsum Board: 1. Install g psum board to ceilings with long dimension at right angles to furring channels or framing members. Locate joints over center of furring channel and stagger joints so that the longest Joint parallel to furring chan- nels is 41-0", Fasten with 14" Type "S" screws located 3/8" from edges 'of board and spaced at 8" o.c. at edges and 12" o.c. for the field. Extend gypsum board into corners and make firm contact with metal runners. 2. At%%ach gypsum board to partitions with long dimension horizontal. Stagger end joints so that nearest vertical joint is no closer than 4'-0". Stagger end joints with joints on opposite side of studs. Fasten with 1" Type "S" screws spaced 3/8" from edges of board and spaced at 8" ).c. at edges and 12" o.c, for the field. E. Ap lliication of Water-Resistant G sum Board: Water resistant gypsum board shall be use or a ceilings in toilets an d-showers where detailed, Install wallboard as described above, caulk all openings around pipes, fixtures, etc., with a waterproof non-hardening caulking compound. Wallboard shall be sealed With a solvent th Wtd cohventiohal wallboard primer-sealer. Sand surfare smooth and reply second coat. F. Furred Ceiiln 1. Where ceilings or walls are shown to be furred,,4urring shall be as specified herein. All such furred spaces shall be designed to carry only their own wei hti ,~hev~ necessary to hang miilworkl Upper wall cabinets, or+other loads, ontractor shall furnish additional blocking$ hangers, or framing as required. 2.-Turrod space shall be formed by using a 0WR m,-tal side wall runner, positioned horizontally' at proper height and anchored to metal 'Studs at 24" o.c. Space a DWR metal ceiling runner at the proper location from the face of the wall 'and anchor securely. A third Ounner Will be run directly below the ceiling runner and directly across from the wall runner, forming an intersection point. Metals 4tlids 'shall tie 'spaced between horizontal channels at 24" o.C', ono anchored to runner channels. Gypsum board shall be applied over the channel system thu4 formed and'corners reinforced as specified elsewhere. Fasteners shall be applied not to excedti1 o;c. at all channels. G. Wor!.manst 1. Screws shall be'driveh so that screw heads provide a slight depression below the surface of gypsum board panels without breakirj face paper. Do not drive screws closer to the edge4 than 1/81'. - All canted screws shall be removed and replaced with properly driven fasteners. 2. Install corner beads at all exterior corners, horizontal as well as vertical;` iThstall edga trim at disedntinmus ends'of gypsum, at intersections of gypsum board and other materials, and as noted on the drawings. 323- 2 3. Cut ends, edges and scribe cutouts within the field to Neat, precise dimensions. Cut openings for electrical outlets no larger than the box size. H. Joint Treatment: 1. Temperatures within the structure shall be maintained within a range of 55 degrees F. to 70 degrees F. 24 hours before, during and after all joint finish operations. Provide adequate ventilation to carry off excess moisture. Avoid hot drafts. 2. Mix 311 joint compound nct otherwise factory mixed in strict accordance to manufacturer's recommendations. Apply Joint compound in a thin layer to all joints and angles. Immediately apply reinforcing tape centered over 'oint and seated into compound with hand to)l. Approximately 1/64" to 1/32" thick layer of joint compound must remain under tape to provide proper bond. Follow im- mediately with a thin shim coat oi' joint compound to embed tape. Fold tape for angles or corners. 3. After the embedding coat has thoroughly dried, apply a second coat of joint compound, filling paper tape flush with surface. Cover tape and fea- ther out slightly beyond tape. 4. After second tort has thoroughly dried, spread finish coat evenly joints apfeather to plications. uni- over and extend , Whereonecessary, coat on between and lightly all form 5. finish All nails or fasteners shall be depressed below surface of gypboard. Fill holes in two coats as described above, leaving all depressions level with plane of surface. 6. Lightly sand all surfao3s oxcept those scheduled to receive vitreous finishes. 7. Apply first coat to all bead and trim and feather from ground to plane of surrdce, arproxioately 4" from accessory. Apply second coat after first has thoroughly died, extending compound slightly beyond the first coal.. Apply finish coat, extending compound slightly beyond the second coat and feather out to plane of surface. Sand after compound has thoroughly drie4. I. Texturing and Finishes: 1. Walls scheduled to receive additional fi.iisnes su.h as paneling or vitreous paints shall not bc- textured. Seal surface with a primer-sealer. 2. Except as otherwise noted, all gypsum wallboards and ceilings shall be textured. ~p~.3 ITEM 324 CARPET A. Work Included: 1. Carpet and pad shall be purchased by the Contractor, and installed under th's contract, Furnish all labor and materials, equipment and inciden- tals necessary to install carpet at all locations noted on thn drawings es specified herein. 2. Furnish and install metal carpet edging strips at all edges not abutting against vertical surfaces or at changes at floor materials, B. Fire Resistive Standards: 1. All carpet materials shall meet the provisions of ASTM E084 and shall have a flame spread not exceeding 75, Manufacturer shall submit a written test report certifying the flame spread, tested by an independent testing laboratory. 2. The products of combustion shall be no more toxic, nor shall smoke density bas greater than the burning of untreaded wood under similar conditions, Materials shall be tested in accordance with "Test Method for Fire Hazard Classification of Building Materials, Standard Test Method, Subject 72311, Underwritehs'~Laboeatoriesl~ Inca ~ C. Extra Materials Contractor shall. leave two pieces of each type of ,carpet measur'i-ng x.,38 1 and I:Wo+pieceslof each type of icarpet';heasuring 12" x -24"c l-ScNp Material df rapptdximately the+s'ame dimedlions will be acceptable. ~jlf 'I )v ;1114v ol:'•iE1. jnfr,r ..If (;f 'ril~.' iii IrJ',,11 1.,,,,~.1~i111 ,i , r~ I;'1 I~r,'.ti f 0, 'Guaranteei-Al l, carpet shall be guaranteed for onolyear from the date of Owner`'s acceptance of the project against defects, in Materials or'fdulty workmanship. Also, include mani;facturer`s written warranty. f•, I '1 r. J1 J'!1 ' If I Jk,; i , t. rfi f,. loft ',i il.. 1~6i'I, . i E6 ' Contractdell Ualifications:: Carpet installer shall furnish evidence that ha Ttas Teen -t a carpa --Wsihess'at,least five (6) years' 'and that he has done satisfactory work of this size and tyre for a tl east' tan (10) dther recent projects. Also, he shall be a franchised dealer of the carpet manu- factuNer he proposes to rinstall.rl F. Carpot Materials:' ; 1: Carpet shall be a comrAercial.grade, foam pad backed direct glue down indoor carpet as m6nufac°,ured by Armstrong; Bigelow, Lees Carpet, Masla6d, Burke, Monarch, Mohawk ur!approved equal, -having the following minimum speci- fications, -r2.r Carpet must be approved by the Engineer.' Construction Level Loop, tufted Fiber 100% nyloh Machine Gauge 1/1011or less (270 pitch) Stitches per inch 9,3 Pile Height 1/4" (finished) minimum 324- 1 Backing Primary synthetic Pad High density foam rubber, 3/16" th!ck Flame spread 40 Smoke density 120 Total weight 70.5 oz,, G. Installation; 1, Carpets shall be installed by bonding directly to concrete slab using an adhesive recommended by the carpet manufacturer, Carpets shall be ipstalled by experienced workmen in accordance with best workmanship like methods. 2. Inspect surfaces to receive carpet and report such, defects to the General Contractor for correction, Remove grease or foreign matter, Grind high spots or ridges and fill low spots or cracks with an approved latex emulsion filler compatible with the adhesive used. 3. If concrete surfaces are dusty or powdery, they shall be treated with an approved sealer, applied by pressure tank sprayer in accordance with manufacturer's directionsi otherwise, damp mop area of application prior to installation. 46 Cut carpet to length plus one inch trim each end and lay in~place, Cut sides between rows of pile and carefully remove selvage to insure an even seam. Lay the,first breath flat and lay to chalk line on concrete floor, Placetall additional breaths and.cut to,length plus trim. Check all seams to assure 'peoprr fit, Turn back'carpet,hal lf-the distancejto :the'oppolite wall and use a notched trowel to sppread the carpet adhesive evenly over the exposed,floor surfaces; Use knee kicko0 to adjust carpet to guidelines.'. but do,not stretch carpet: 5, Spread adhesive for second breath of carpet and apply a bead of seam adhesive to the carpet backing of the previously laid carpet,' Unroll next breath of carpet] rimoviog air bu'ibles as the carpet is laid without stretching the goods, 6. Clean adhesive from carpet pile using an approved solvent:on a scrap of carpet before adhesive has hardened, fit edges of carpet to vertical surfaces, press firmly into corner and cut along vertical surface with a trimmer, 1; Where cross seams are required, lay adjoining carpet lap over lap of previously laid carpet and double cut through both layers of car!,et, Open seam and spread adhesive on exposad floor,, Apply seam adhesive to all ex- posed seams and tuck in corners for close fit:. S, Carpet shall be laid in as l.Arge pieces as practicable using the minimum number of seams, 4o not use small pieces of carpe+ resulting in a "quiltwork" pattern, Cross seams will be permitted only where the room 61men- sion is greater than the material dimension and shall be staggered, 324- 2 ITEM 325 BU11 DiNG SPF.CIALT ItS A. Worst Included: 1. 'Furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the installation of the specialty items specified herein.' Accessories such as anchors, screw plates, bolts, toggle bolts, expansion shields, setscrews, etc., required by type of accessory selected and by typs of construction to which they are connected. Finish of hardware shall matci, that of accessory. 2. Contractor shall submit four (4) copies of shop drawings or sub- mittal data for Engineer's approval for each item listed. Ih:' furnishing of samples to Engineer is necessary only when the Contractor wishes to substitute a similar item, or upon special request of the Engineer. 0. Installation,, Generally: 1. Install accessories by skilled mechanics, plumb, level and true, in correct plane and securely anchored to walls by type of anchorage best suited'for'fixture specified. Where necessary, provide wood blocking. 2. Locate accessories as indicated or as directed by Engineer. In generd"! centerot" lace in particular reference to fixture' center lines so `they dd net interfere`with'door swings. c-, kotx jg tifIcatibn:' , ~ ' f:,r I 'V t,. 1'), ",~;1 ~~")'?1''17 II'... i f ,7',f II Y% 1. Furnish and install door identification pliaquos as follows: 1' each Ladies (Door 19) 2 each Me`n'l(Doors 20 'and 4A) 11 'each ~ Janitor Door' 21~' i Storage (Door, 5A, 1 each PlsgUes"sheil' bd Mcolorflac'V as' manufactured by Design-e-Sign "Company; 12 West 46th' St.', NeW York City,( New'York. ( 0. M~ Strip: ' FJrhish and install three holder, 26 long mop holder strip 4n a`n-itor's clds`ets -as' indicated ort the' drawings. E. (arment Rods: Furnish and install 1" I.D. standard weight,, chrome- plated steer p p- e garment rods, complete with slip wait flanges each side of qa0 cl,q,trhes ~lo$et. taitda Ad modern const;r~uCtion, )11 ' {1 n 62h 5Lr V m~ f Sh iM hdvrO `r dpbr 'a 'd 'frAj ct6ss she)) be k"te II a, ,yb 'i` 11 1 nth' r/i6" `piano hing 'And d~`ipu d. bscu r Q~~1sS, T(lVy hdwor dol~r S. ail 4, t Type 60 Ke,~s,to,60 4r' apprgv 4 44Ua1.G. Metal Lockers: 1 ~F?qi rISi`a'n4 Install '`eight (S) ,15" x 1iy rt.1iocker$ , HI .4'0 Steelx .6 ~ , , " by~ .legs ' 1yp S'S aS ~AAnui'aytUred Re ublc CArp S2r1e~ IOt $ nl~nV a4tr~ ~d b P,erldo Poold cts,, or ~gyal; iii Colors sel ora;tion ect.e~ ,by' Y~„ , II I k l , I , Ertir, ee~ ;)II. rl;I..+.n i r t 4.1'..:I'4~ "411 II,i if ;4" ill, fill'. f,i ,'1 I!, 315-1 1[e 2. Material; Doors and door frames,shall be made of cobs rolled and leveled shee'rsTeeT. Other parts shall be made from mild cold rolled steel, , All steel to be free fronl imperfections and capable of taking a high grade enamel finish, Doors shall be 16 gauge steel, adequately flanged, Fur- motions shall consist of two right angles at lock side of doer; two right angles at hinge side, and one right angle formation at top and bottom. Door frames shall be not less than 16 gauge steel capable of taking high grade finish as balance of locker. All parts to be channel formation se- curely welded together, 3, Latchin Device: Latch shall be a positive automatic type device of the pre-hoc' ng Ype, w eveby locker may be locked while door is open, then closed without unlocking and without damaging locking mechanism, Rub- ber silencers shall be provided at each latching lug and at top and bottom of latching bar, dngthtrigger nto be 4. All handle parts, including fixed case andlifting tiro a from sturdy, zinc die cast material having a tensile to psi be attached to Fhoelatching Statwondard #151 The less than 40.000 lock- lifting triggigs points on single tier and lock washers. There shall be three locking p? ers, Hinges shall be at least 2" wide of the full-loop, tight pin style, to be securely welded to frame and riveted to door with two rivets to each hinge. Body of locker shall be of 14 gauge steel with necessary formations to make rigid locker and to Insure tight Joints between bolts.,; All bolts and nuts shall be zinc plated, Doors shall be louvered at top and bottom for ventilation,or9'Rnaa+el. 1s applied, the surfaces of the steel ' 6, F'nish: , Bef f allcorrosion benfinishedincrease witheadheavylcoatoof shall d enamel , All inhibit the applied , pp enamel, Enamel shall be baked-on. 74 E ui entl, Single tier lockers shall have one hat shelf with rolled fron , approximately 9", below top of locker, Lockers shall, h4vf one double prong ceiling hook and at least one single pron5 wall hook on each sido and back, All hooks sholl.havo ball points, and shall be made of J uminum, All hooks shall be attaches; with two bolts, H. Exterior 5.tl11.b.44_rd;, 1. Furnish and install signboards at locations noted on the drawing; and detsiled thgreon. Signboards sh4ll be mounted onto concrete bases furnished ,by' he',Gdneral Contractor.''Concrete ,,bases shall, be form$¢dw$~hlSQecei~an~o~ liners' iri,a rnanrier,'to match the AtN5'tr io~ti $u,i dQ ng An ' blitied: lrastail conduit'and,wiring far ~ 'fin ti9h11ng.a04 anth6P oltf or other fasteneWr'6quired by si6n rwinufdctuter and 'in accordance with 1610 shop draw- Ings. i, 2., Sig oards;shall .be 300 isariet, With NQ, ~,22 eKtrpson ~ framing for rti entrance sign. r~ 3,1 exEr' tyd01a N lb 1`60 ~4ta Visitbr s Panel si n arid',AId niStrakion siM~ jl i f i N6, niei,sh 01y ~rethaAa enamel ai~ r1A1 sha11 be ,,090 al m ggd ir1 ~+ze4. finish in Wdiu`d bronze 70.,, 12'. 12'. Gesphfel a'n6 letters sh11 bz Tyre C',cutout, recessed hacked with .125 white obscure acrylic plastic, Mounting methbd shall be GMS-2SK mounted onto concrete base prepared by General Contractor as detail- ed. Aase mounting channel shall be painted,,ola.R, 325-2 3, Sign copy shall be as detr.iled on the drawings and as follows: a', 51an~No. 1: }st li1ne PtCAN CREEK Style 6" high style SS-72.1 ►iicrogramna-Bold" 2nd line WATER RECLAMATION PLANT Style 3 higb style SS-73 "Futura Demibold" 3rd line CITY OF DENTON (comma) 'TEXAS Style 3" high style SS-73 "Futura Demibold" b. Sign No. 2: lst line ADMINISTRATION BUILDING Style 4" high style SS-72 "Micrograms Bold" 2nd line VISITORS RECEPTION Style 2Y, high style SS-73 "Futura Demibold" small case c. _iyn No. 3; Styleine VISITORS 3'= high style SS-72 "Microgramma Bold" 4. precision patterns. Sign on welded to recision Providelstbe of a size andard internally and heliarc mounted T12 high output lamps, 120 volt ballasts for each sign, spaced at mounted T twelve inch centers, except that onaend fremestthat slide oei anrnisr - ed for each sign. Provide st ,asteners. internal track and are locked in place by special at not concealed over is feet centers. Vertical supports shall be tubular support posts Provide bottom sced f with c d on9 one alsiumindeumonlyand asimnted black. Si anufactured bygANDCO shall be single faced graphic Industries Corp., Greensboro, North Carolina, :7407; ASI Sig.. Systems, nc Marina Del Rey, California, or equal. I, §Mi_ghts: 1. Furnish and install skylights at location noted on the ra ings.c Skylight shall be a fafcory assembled unit consisting of a one-piece have anmintegralicondensate resin plastic dome mounted in retaining angle. extsharudeld al extruded dome re retata Band drainage slots. gutter, exterior' drip, 2. Contractor shall construct a treated inowith thenbuiltfuppraof9 idetailed on the drawings, completely flashed ng. Mount skylights on curb and secure with non-corrosive wood screws. J. Eulletin Boards: 1. Furnish and herein. bUnitsishallrbe aactorytbuiltnconsistingeof drawings and el fra the field panel framed all sides wih~rs a5/8 nd clwiidepsalumTackboardsinum consist of mounted thick partition tion with composition mounting a " thick hardboard backing. Finish shall be No. 1144 burnt umber. Provide a surface-mounted aluminum snap-on frame with mitered corners. 325.3 2. Chalk and tackboaih~ltalaCo nnuf~rooklynbyNCYarlo9eNelsoncts, inc., Harrison, Ark.; Ayw Adams Company, San Francisto, Calif.; and shall be equal to Cihridge No. 180. Furnish one {1},96" x 48"-chalkboard having .1 24" x 48" tackboard at one end as detailed on the drewings' 491,Classro m 104ardne at Gas (1) 4Storage 36 tackboard at OpPrdtor 111; one (1) 116; and one 48" x 48" tackboard at Locker 108. K. Fire Ext_ in~~uisher: installletterione c-a6i~ne 9V x~ll x "s textured door Arid steel trim finished in baked enamel white finish. Furnish on(, (1) dry chemical I, 325-4 ITEM 32b TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Work Included: 1. Furnish labor and materials to complete toilet accessories indi- coted and scheduled below, 2. Provide and install all accessories such as anchors, screw plates, scre~ts,,bolts, toggle bolts, expansion shields, set screws$ etc., required by type of accessories selected and by type of construction to which they are connected. All toilet accessories shall be installed with tamperproof fastenings. Finish of hardware shall match that of accessory. B. General: 1, The schedule in this division of the specifications is to be used as a guide by the Contractor who shall submit his own schedule with his own quantities, The accuracy of quantities is the respohsibility of each con- tractor and the quantities listed on the following schedule are to be used for referral only, not quantity take-offs. 2. Accessories shall be manufactured by Watrous, Bradley or Parker, C. Description of Accessories: Item No. 1: Pager Towel Dispenser - 11" x 15-7/8" x 4-1/8", 20 gauge s*eel WtTi white enamel fissfor multi-fold paper towels; concealed fasteners. Item No. 2; Toilet Paper Dispenser - Chrome plated nicke', an rass recessed housing with C. P. roller, screw-on type. Item No. 3: Mirror,- 18" x 24" type 302 stain- less steel riff fTn'ish with angle frame with mitered corners. 24 gauge galvanized steel back, h" eiectro-copper backed plate glass mirror, Item No. 4: Soap Dispenser - Horizontal tank type soap dispenser, - x - ype 304 stainless steel. Item No, 5: Soak Dish - 9" vertical grab bar with soap dish, dTe ca-~s1 parc-parwith zamac mounting plates, type "L". Item No. 6: Robe Nook - Dounle hook, die east parchrome with zamac mounting pa es type "L", Item No, 7: Towel Bar - 18" long, die cast parciSrome with zamac mounting pTe , Type "L". Item No. 8: Handicapp ed_Grab Bar - 1Y" stainless steel x TE~`gauge w ►F-drawn g es as-d exposed mounting; briqht finish, 0. Schedule: Each of the following rooms to receive the accessories as noted, `ee el nation for location and mounting heights. 320. l ADMINISTRATION BUILDING LaboraI I0- 1 each Item No. 1 Women's Toilet 106 1 each Items No. It 21 3, 4, 6 2 each Item No, 8 Men's Toilet 107 1 each Items No. 1, 21 30 4, 6 2 each Item No, 8 Locker 108 1 each Item No. 6, 7 Shower 113 1 each Item No, 5 BLOWER BUILDING Toilet 103 1 each Items No, 1, 21 31 4, 6 `I 326- 2 ITEM 3?V f) METAL-?TOILET, PARTITIONS, t r A. Work Included: 1. Furnishl.all labor and materials, equipment and services for the in- stallatian of all metal toilet partitions shown on the drawings and specified herein. 2.. Submit four (4) copies of complete shop drawings to the Engineer for approval. Colors shall be as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 3 "rovide and set all rods, plates, bars, bolts, nut!;, screws, anchors, bracko~s, rivets, welds, lugs and like accessories and fas :ening required to complete work and to join work of others. Exposed pa"is of same metal and finish as the metal to which applied, unless otherwist ind')cated. B. Manufacturer and T yp-e 1. All toilet compartments shall be as manufactured b) Aenry Weis Manu- facturingCompany, Elkhart, Ind.; Mills Company, Cleveland, Ohio; Sanymetal Products Co., Inc., Cleveland, Ohio, or approved equal, l;, 2, Toilet partitions shall be galvanized bonderized steel,; baked enamel finish and shall be "overhead braced" type,as shown on the drawings. C. Materials: 1.,,Doors and Partitions: 1!',thickilinsulated with sound-deadentng core material, fabricated of two sheets of galvanized-bonderized stretcher furni- ture steel 1, 22, gauge for doorsij20 gauge for partitions. Edges shalllbe formed to a continuous;crown.loeking retold on all four sides, with corners mitered; welded and :ground smooth.; ;r 2. Pilasters: lei" thick, reinforced to receive dividing partition con- nection o-n gauge galvanized bonderized stretcher steel. Pilaster. connection :hall be secured by an external-Internal locking saddle attached by nuts and racing .washers.,,Floor, plateso expansioh shields or, stud bolts shall be furnish- ed to meet,the floor construction. 31 31Stile 'Shoes: -3" high, polished stainless steel, Type 302. 4. Brackets: 2" deep aluminum extrusion, bright anodized finish with double scree fastenings, 5. Hardware: All latches and miscellaneous hardware shall be polished chrome- plated"stainless steel. I; 6. Hinoes: Chromr -plated brass construction, surface mounted, gravity type, O. Urinal Screen: Urinal screen shall be "floor-braced" desi,;a constructed with taster end screen of similar construction as partitions. I((~~ L.1 Jabrication:: I (j1 ,tljj 1. Doors and partitions shall be fabricated of steel sheets cemented 327- 1 K under pressure to a dense sound deadening'c6rp,lr►`!ulati6n'to a o'ne (lj`ipch thickness, and shall have formed edges sealed with a continuous oval crown locking strip, mitered and welded at corners. 2r Pilasters h around the perimeter;I Bottom of pilastergshallehave-ats electrically melded the weight of compartment. leveling screw anchoring device Designed to carry ilasters and to walls by Overhead braced compartment~ajjaattachedatootopnofu V, p ~ 1j~~ lock seam tubu- lir steel overhead bracing means of brackets. Exposed ends of headrail to be capped, 3. hardware and Fittings: duty a. Attach dividing partitions to pilasters and to walOverhead l with heavls extruded anodized aluminum stirrup brackets, two each shall be anchored to walls with aluminum fittings with 41anges. b. The base and floor anchorage i shall be a walling Jack and floor plate factory mounted Stainless steel shoe held in place with concealed anchor meads of a Type clips. c -Equip each door with controlled gravity action hinges, a'combination ' cook hook and bumper ahd concealed chrome pfated brass latch and escut4 cheon plate with chrome plated brass keeper with rubber bumper. install a chrome plated toilet paper holder at each compartmentVandal roof screws.'. p i r I, I, d: All sdrews for hardware shall be one- waf r F, Finish 'and Coldr: A11,'stirfaces, shall' be'Clean inaddro sanded R~~de npme tort' to,a Ca on of, synthetic en4)nel, app rotective.fini e r Colors f;l shall cal be as methods, baked to a uniform smooth lustrous p selected by the Engineer. installlat a. } Compartment's and partitions' shall be set plumb a rns level as sown on 2d in place and made rigid.' the drawings, and shall be securely faster, Ili l 2. Stirrdp brackens' shall be anuhnOe d to walls by expansion bolts and shields or other standard methods as required ;%y construction, Floor mounting brackets shall be anchored to floor by means of floor 3. plates or stud bolts as required by floor constructionteel. are ad- justed, pilaster base shall be covered by 4. Doors shall fit snugly without bindingtandfillnintlentrolle'sbshall opposing Cams under spring tension mounted be adjustable and shall be free moving. H, Proteetion_and Cleanl5: T responsible roanytectdamathegwork incurred and shall beprecautions This Contractor shrktake other as wel+ as his own w wo as a result of work under this section. 2. Upon -3mpletion of the installation, all work shall be cleaned thor- oughly including the work of others which has been soiled as a result of this work and left in a satisfactory condition. I, 327-3 i 1TEN' 328 LABORATORY; CASEWORX~AND!F~L><~y~S "ir5±i t; F A. Work Included: 1, Furhish labor, materials, equipment and accessories necessary to com- plete all laboratory equipment installation and hook uplas indicated %n the ' drawings and specified herein, ' 2. Furnish all base cabinets, wall and floor storage cabinets$'shelving, countertops and service ledges, fume hoods and other items of casework indi- cated on the drawings, along with all hardware, mounting brackets, bases, fasteners and incidentals necessary for the complete instalIn tion of all case- work.` 3, Furnish all sinks, cup sinks, sink fittings, including drains, tail- pieces and p=traps, faucets and other trim as tpecifled; Furnish and I n- stall all service fixtures complete with mounting shanks and.locknuts. Furnish all electrical outlets as indicated. B. Delivery_ and Storage, 1!. Make all arrangements for the transportation of all equipment to the site,, the'unloading`and assembly of same and setting the'equipment I n place ready 1`01''conne6tions by'othersji Unpack all apparatus and set intd position; Remove all debris and trash from site,' !r1 2;' Al I 1tems' shal 1, be delivered tor,theaite,in accos^dance,with the Coh- UsetW,s'wurk;schAduldr,,. In nd oiVenVsh'ali, any item be ~ddliveted until +tho-? building isfnear ootipldtion and areas d0ej eadyrto'receivl,the'equipment, iAnyi ittoi which eequirbs assembly shall be,uncrated'and assmbled'A niaccordance with mdnhfacturer's'idstftctions,':; 113.1 Cases, cabinets, tops, sinks, troughs,' service'shdlvingj fixtures shall ba'pbckegyed sepdrately' to facilitate handling "and to securd minimum Jreight cla3sifitation.,, C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: i -7-7-77-7 1. Manufacturer shall be' a`specialist in the design and manufacture of metal laboratory equipment and furniture and shall have a factory of adegiate capacity tb produce A he quantity of material specified herein. He shall have bn experienced engineering department capable of producing layout and rough- ih detaildd drawings, 2. Laboratoey casewd,t~ and components shall be as manufactured by Fisher Scientl!ld~COmpany, Ill Forbei Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa,j W. H. Curtin b'Company, 1103-01 Slocum Street, Dallas, TExas; or Kewaunee Scientific Equipment Corporra, tion, Statesville, North Car,~iina. . D. Submittalst 1. Manufacturer shall prepare four (4) copies of shop drawings showing location ofiall dabinet units,' dimensions, clearances, and fabrication de- tails for each space'. K additson, prepare rough-in drawir+,~ that show utility rough-in locatlons,dimen9ioned to the floor plan, for use 'ip other trades. 328- 1 n. h,includeS of:each 2. Submit a tructions detailed manual orhir ocationiofsall serviceefittingsh ed and inc and electrical outlets. E. Guarantee The manufacturer steal] guarantee all items furnished under +his sect on against defects in material or workmanship for n period of one year from the date of the final acceptance. F. Materials kecifications ka~in: Tops shall mold- 1. Table _T~s and Countertops, Epoxy! be cast from __modoven-cured, a eTopsnshalll beGi ns and ed in form and ,16" high x 1" deep, and an inte- gral have a raised, rounded front edge, 3/ .3" high x 3/8" thick curb with 3/4" radius at junction of curb and top. Provide spline groove at!joint edges and steel rodcQplines.psProvide all eda caps as required by condition. Where Type are indi provide 8" x 8" service shelf continuous along back edge. 2. Table To s and Countertops E ox Coated Asbestos Cement: mixture of t Portland Cement -and ly;min fins on~ Ctertopstshal' betam epoxy resin finely ,dispersed asbestos fibRrs integrally mixed with chemical resistant p 9' meets;and f,lllermetachedr3prssure., Front esplash havel/l6" radius and factory fitted, field 3. Counterto Stainless Stool: Countertops !asIWica tfdinish11 be fO teal) . sated ofi y`pe V0 std h ess st- ee , finished with No 4 Tops; bey 18 gauge reinforced on under si.de by 1 orab a cai bon 1steel chanty lss so, ,shall ; , i spaced prevent twisting, ailall be formed ch channel shape 1y" high and sulsaboshallebesfohrmed of sarrsisheetn all four tuges of underside of top. Splashes to ds,tops. ,Stainless steel sinks shall be 18 gauge.with411 welds ground smooth and poli shied to 'provide a smooth No+.4 satin finish, Sinks tops. Underside of tops and sinks shall be coated with a plastic sound;deadr, ener. Constructed of epoxy r.oated asbestos-cement to match 4. Service Shelves: countertops. to openings as required for service fittihys. case 5. ~Supppo rt Strut ode Assemblies: where and work shall 'be so 9 the wall, or between cabinets complete theechasesassemblyhsuplorrtuthencounrd- ware and brackets necessary shallocon5isttofithepiP- tertop and reagent shelf, and met as ao~epnprbragketsc , ing inside the chase. Generally, supp following: Orainline Support Island ,`isse~ Support Strut Assembly Service Piping Clamps Single Support Strut Wall A~semblles: ! Orainline Support T Service Piping Clamps Bracket or racket as required 328.2 6J'ts Sinks Epoxy Resido. -Where, Ihdtcated,,f sink basins sha11- be fabricated of modifTe3'epoxy resin`_iavingi'all corners and bottoms doVed, ' Bottoms shall have one (1) degree dishing toward outlet. 7, stainless Steel Sinks: Type,3044 18 gauge stainless steel with exposed surfacesiav-1ng iVK sa^ n finish. Sink joints shall be butt welded by'- heliare welding process. Corners and bottoms shall have 1-1/8" inside radius, Bottoms to be pitched to the drain indent, 8.' Sink Supports: Hanger type, suspended from top side horizontal rails by four V Ro s. #T2 gauge steel channels 3/4" x 14" shall be hung on the threaded rods to form an adjustable sink cradle. 9. Hardware: a.~ Drawer and Door Pulls: Polished chrome plated metal of'clean mod-' ern design. ~'rovTde~oAe pu~lT for each door and one pull for each drawer Width up to 28" and two pulls for drawers whose width exceeds 28". b. Hing~es: Satin chrome plated steel, institutional type five knuckle, bullet type. Attach to door and case with two heavy steel screws at each leaf. Doors shall have one r,ti" hinges up to 36" height and one and, one-halfpair for doors exceeding' 36" height' c'...Catchestj CadimUm plated steel, -roll point catches with'spring' action. inr+ ..'df 10. Trim: Leg Shoes, '2h" highs coved bottom black chtmicdl resittant rubber with cbntealeb-h ►iis Ar IevelIng'dev,cesJ +,.t'',. !b. ,Base lKouldin i+ 4" high black vinyl; coved at'bottom. ' instal U con4 tinu4usly'.ariun bTi~eIoFca.binets` with waterproof cemnFf • ' '1.1 11. Service Fixtures,: All service fixtures shall be of best quality and shall~be o_fV)p Ta_11_`R laboratory detigni Yalvo~bodies shall W65% red brass alloylr,,Haodles~ ground keyicocks'ahd'turretsithall be drop'forged brass. A111fixtures shall be finished with chromium plated finish,,, Evel"y'cp rating handle shall, have provisions for inserting color-coded screw-its. oiscs0 each in its own color and indented letters filled with contrasting enamel color: Service _Type Initials color Domestic Cold'lWater ' 'Ck Green 0omestic'Hot Water Hw Red Comprdssed Air' AIR Vacuum ~,YAC i Yellow..; ; 0lstillod we!r. DWI „White Natural Gas GAS Blue Nitrogen NIT Brown Zero Grade Air 0 Cream Helium HEL'. Light Green Hydrogen HYD Light Blue Argon ARG Purple Methane NET Vick Acetylene ACE Orange Nitrous Oxide N02 Gray 328.3 ar,~ ater.FaucetsiFaucets shall have 3/8" I.P.S.,connections and a removable un t costa n ng all operating parts 'subject to wear, Yalve'Unit to have stainless steel renewable seat, and shalt contain'a device integral with the removable unit which regulates the volume of water which the faucet discharges. All faucets shall have four army forged brass handles with plastic indicator discs as noted above, Faucets shall withstand a test of 100 psi. Goosenecks shall have a ten serration hose connector. Furnish vacuum breakers where noted. b. Distilled Water Fixtures: Fabricated of polished chromium plated finish over nickel an copper, of tin lined. Faucets shall have renewable valve unit which contains a renewable stainless steel seat. Faucets shall be self-closing type. c. Gas Air and Vacuum Cocks: Ground key type fabricated of forged brass, tapers core type-w ff ~'rP.S. connections. Hose end shall be ten serration type Valves shall have plug and body individually lapped together to provide a ground joint, leakproof tested to 100 pounds per square inch. Forged brass handles shall have plastic indicator discs. d. ~laborato Floatin Needle Valves: All floating needle-type valves shall have a sta n ess s`tee rep acea e f oating tone t;1at is precision ground and self-centering, and seats against a stainless steel renewable seat., The valve is constructed to that it can easily be repacked while under pressure and can be converted to a' composition'disc steam valve by changing~valve stem a„1 seat. All valves shall have forged brass handles with plastic screw tvpe indicator disc signifying by color and letters the service controlled, ands shall have thread integral with disc. „i',. ell ,Vacuum, Breakers i: Where shown or,called for, shall be,clirome-plated brass and sha1T fie-TNITe "--types. Vacuum breakers shall be installedlbetween the control valve and the outlet of the fixture, and when area plumbing code necessary v to u connect kvatve-vacuumtbreaker~and hose aend shallibe~supplied1by the plumbing contractor. f. Tra•s;and Drain Fittings for laboratory furniture shall be "Kimax" as manufactu'recbyUweht! 11IfnoVo .oledo, Ohio, or "Pyrex" as manufactured by Corning Gloss,Works, Corningi New:virk. Piping shall be included as part of the standard sink assembly unless of',,v, material is specifically calle& for, and shall be IV or 2 diameter as indicated; Traps: shall heia standard "P" type shall and have A beaded end or Glass trapsashallfbe furnished connection foto the main drainline r all sink assembliesby use of a coupling, g. Sink Strainer 101piece and Overflovis: Shall be of PYREX or K.114AX Brand "Couble«fioug` fd_rAnTihe unless cthe'r material is specifically called for, and shall be furnished as a standaru part of each sink assembly, Stand• ing beehive-type overflows shall be 6" in height. Sink strainer shall be crisscross type of fluorocarbon polymer with tailpiece with a lh"diameter outlet. Tailpiece shall have a plain end for connection to a 2"'diameter trap by use of an adap ";r couplih§& 12.,Ca~Pw rk S ecification: a.,:$teel: Prime grade stra+rher and/or roller-leveled steel sheets, free from seµ, Ei ragged edges'; scratches or defects in U, S. Standard, gauges 328- 4 as',follows; 'i'i s'~" r~i ~r;'r tnr('t:,'r ;r• it.'i Unless otherwise noted 18 Gauge Top horizontal front and rear rails 16 Gauge Intermediate horizontal front rails 20 Gauge Cornea gusset for leveling bolt 12 Gauge Adjustable shelves 20 Gauge Drawer channels 14 Gauge Case channels 14 Gauge Dour assemblies 20 Gauge Table aprons 16 Gauge Table leg, 2" square 16 Gauge Anrfl toner br?tec 12 Gauge G. Fabrication: 1. General: Each sectional unit shall be compiQfely fabricated, reagl for placemen Tn the laboratory furniture and equipment assemblyi and shall be a complete integral rigid unit in itself. The door and drawer heads shall be re- movable for purposes of decontamination and/or cleaning. Doors and drawers shall be sound deadened and readily removable, with door hinges easily replace- able'. Where units'are joined together in assemblies, they shall.be fastened, by bolting through side 'panta 5~with'4.20 bolts. All component parts shall die-fonned, insuring uniformity and interchangeability, and stiall be assembled in Jigs'for accurate' alignment,' All cabinet parts shall not,only be electri- cally welded,, but'' also shall be' notched, keyed;Iand,overlapped,forming Inter- I locking'Joint'construtti6n`.r The'electro'-welding shall comprise of spot-wolding, arc-welding and heiiarc-weldingifandeasy? changR,iafter, installptlon,~ fr9o'?p drawers to doors, or vice versa, or a substitution of two half-depth drawers in place' oValstandard depth drawer. AM sectional units to be -located cn the laboratory' flbor, shall be equipped lwith leveling:devices,ea;ily adfus'Oa le : from within the units, to compensate for unevenness in the, laboratory ?or., "J All cabinets shall insure a smooth, cleanable interior of all units, die- pierced slots and pbeforations,1 required -for mounting of, cast ,changgj hinges or shelf brackets shall' not be` visible! from the exterior.of;,,the a8 lp';.4d cat!'}- nef.' Screws, shall, not be used, in the construction of, tho ;J t,propgr,and;,sho d only oe used where backs, pans and panels are required to b,, removable, for=ac. cessibility. 2. Base Units. a•i End uprights shall~be forivd into a charnel at front, top, back , and bottom. F"roht uprights shall form an offset for frame Support. 'Fop and,, bottoM channel shall be IV' with 3/8 return. Upright shall be keyed, to,.mating horizontai members which shall be electro-welded at all ;luneture Upr,igh,ts, shall be reinforced for the insertion of the hinge leaf with a 1 -gauge tapping plate welded to the front channel b.' YO hmzontal' front rails shall be a semi-Wx, Jannel at front'. ,•I fa6la with a flange forr 'd down and a back return with an of set formed for, ; frame 'support and thaIi,be'provided at the ,topeach caSQ O. Tod horizontal rear rails shal1, be :formed in a, channel,. formatrl,op,, ; with a' return'forimed down' and with an offc:(,t flange formed,in to, rel,aln r,er; movablies Wcks~•~ ,I'„ i{~328-' S d, Bottom horizontal rear rails and case bottom shall be formedrof one piece of metal with a bottom facia and with a return formed up. Top facia will have an offset flange formed up to retain removable back panels. e. Frame assembly shall consist of angular sections welded to left and right angular upright sections forming outer frame. !Vertical and horizontal intermediates shall be channel sections. frame shall be readily removable as a unit for complete and unfA ndered access to base unit interior, f. Cupboard bottom shall be full depth and width of case, with offset channel construction at front for support of frames formed down and in at the back and flanged down on thr two ends. Bottom shall be both arc-welded and spot welded in place to provide rigidity in the base of the unit. Provide leveling bolts in gaskets at each corner. g. Backs of all units shall be desiored with a top and bottom rail, and 'he section between the rails shell be left open for access to plumbing lines. All units shall be supplied with removable backs to close this spare between the topi and bottom rails. h. Adjustable shelves shall be constructed with double channels at front and rear, formed down 3n ends. Shelves shall be supported by a shelf support channel which shall rest on adjustable shelf,clips. ,I,i ,Puli4-out shelves shall be provided on all single cupboard. units, , 18"°or 24"'in wi401, Shelves shall, be constructed with a rolled front edge for Use as'a strengthener' and shelflpull&! Ends shall be formed of channel,• cons truct160;With`kbar: edger of angle constructiontfil:nsed out, ; Drawer assembly shall c'onsist!bf a drawer back, drawer body, ,inner; drawer ~ead'end outer drawer head. Entire drawer, head assembly .hall, not be. les3'tr '3/4" thick. Orawer back shall be forced in'a'channel.shape at tho top and flanged. in`at `the'bottom'ahd bothr ends; Drawer body sha liibe of! Dne- piece construct,'. ion'with top edge`bf drawer sides formed into a channelrshope to serve'as side, The front, sides and bottom of drawer body shall LA flanged for elec- tro-welding the inner drawer head to the drawer body. Draver shall operate quietly and smoothly on a nylon roller channel suspension with front ball-bearing rollers'setrinto cake'ch'annels and rear nylon rollers set intp drawer..channels. All drawers shall be assisted in self-closing during nppro.ximately the last 3" of travel!-All drawers shall'be sound deadened end shall close against the cushioning neoprene-coated urethane foam gasket'oh the unit frame, k. Door assembly shall consist ' of an inner and outer door pan. Door assembly shall be 3/4" think. Outer pan shall be slotted at points adjacent to flange for hinge, leaf insertloh so that hinge leaf is concealed when door is assembled.' All four corners of outer;dour pan shall be welded and ground flush before painting., A 14-gauge offset hinge reinforcement member shall be, electro-welded to inner pan at each hinge location. Each door shall also be proVided With''al Waffle ty0e sound deadeher. i Doorest when mounted, on case, shall be htfng Mgidly'enoUjh`So that-they' will supports without' saggingr a' 200-pount weight suspended at outer edge. All cupboard doors shall swing 180 de,rses., All doors shall close against the cushioning neoprene coated urethane foam cfasket on the unit frame, 328-6 Left h`a'ndIdoor 'on double cupboard unite shall have a illubber hstrdgal on outer vertical edge to dust-seal interior of cabinet. 1.' Knee-space closure panels shall be of 1.8-gauge 'steel with the same finish as cabinets.' They shall be easily removable from the 'room side'. m. Metal filler panels shall be ol 18-gauge steel with the same finish as' the cabinet to enclose open spaces at the end of wall and island assembliesii n. Lazy-Susan Unit shall consist of post, upper and lower pivot plate of which upper plate shall be fastened to a hat channel piece which is'fastenzd transversely across corner unit. Lower pivot plate shall fasten to cupboard bottom. Two circular shelves shall be supplied, both of which may be adjusted vertically with simple tools. 3.' Wall and Fiodr Storms Cabinets and Cases: a. Wall and floor storage cabinets and cases shall match in design and construction the base'udits, and' shall be, constructed of hot less than 18- gauge steel throughout. e: End upi9vights shall,be formed in a channel shape atIfront; with inside 'edge channel shaped for door recess and flanged channel at back, an& a flange at bottom 'and too., ,Rubber door stops shall be provided tin` ends' of doors to ins'u're quiethess of 'operation: r. Case bottoms shall be a front and rear chanheled soffit plate with flanged ends and upward flanged front channel lip supporting'a,double channel- front and rear edge shelf with flanged down sides. ~ (1 Ili 7.' 1! ,'i ,I , - , i '.i :cif! 1 i f . 1 'I d.,;,Cas`e bac' shall be formed with'a fIdnOe at, 411 fdo sides which'! ! sha11 be'welded to' the top; bottoH ahd ends. .r , ~ I 1 I 1ne. Adjustable shelves shall be constructed with double channel for- r matibli at f'ron't and 'rear edges and" flahged down` ht,sides, sahle as in base cabi- nets.1 ShelVes Shall'r'est on adjustable shelf Clips.' n'II f Icil 1.V,.I{. ~.ilrf f,l ~L 11i''1[ Sliding doors shall be 'framed with extruded ahodited aluminum:+f Uutside door assembly shall be provided pith a stop and provided with an ad- justable nylon golfer asscrt,bly at top of door. Doors shall' be removable. All doors shall be glazed with'a single skbet:of D.S.A, glass,,tackboard or chalk-' board set'iato an extruded Hbber'channel so that'entire'area inserted into door frame is completely protected from contact with metal. 4: Furtie ifood a. Hob'd construction shall be double-wall type.' The Olteribr shall Iii be 18 gauge 'steel finished tb'match adjacent equipment.: The' exterior shall,be' smooth'e''hd flush. ,lnleriors tan, be Asbbstocite~r~ a highly chemical and heat-, resistaht stbne' comoositioh'. -All fumd'hoods shall be provided 'with!vent. collars in the roors'af the' ;fum hood chambers for connection. to, the duct work, system, b. Double wall end panels shall be provided for fume hood superstru-- tures, with the fron't' of the,'pbne1,ht the hbbd~bpbhing radiuled.~ i The hood In terior end panels shall be flush with the entrance shape to prevent eddy currents and back flow of air. The area between tha double wall ends shall be '3281 close4 to hoose;tho sash counterbalance weight and remote ,control; valves as are required. c. An air foil shall be installed at the bottom of the hood opening. The air foil shall extend back under the sash, so that the sash closes on top of the foil, and thus does not close the approximate l" opening, .d. An automatic air byy, )s shall be furnished for the hoods at the top of the sash opening. This air bypass shall limit the maximum air velocity through the face of the hood, and provide a relatively constant volume of air through the hood, regardless of sash position. e. A rei,,ovable baffle shall be furnished at the rear of the hoods. f. Hood w,rking surface shall be pf 3/4" thick Duratek made in the form of a watertW.t pan, Y deep to contain :•oillage, with a 4" wide safety ledge across thv front, making the overall top thick. j g. A vertical sliding sash shall be provided for the hoods, Glass used in the sash shall be G" combination safety sheet. The sash shall be com- posed of an 18-gauge painted steel rolled shape, 3/4" thick x 2~" wide, which is mitered., welded and ground smooth at the corners to provide a complete frame with no visible ;oints., The glass shall be sealed into the frame with a them-. ical rubber, channel. The sash shall be counterbalanced,with two sash weights and a sash cable system to prevent any tilting of,tho sash during operation. The sash frame shall be equipped with plastic glides, which operate in stain- less steel sash guides to insure proper operation of the sash and prevent any metal-tormetal contact., h. Light fixture. An incandesrent, vapor-tight, explosion-proof light fixture shall: be provided at the top.of:the hoods. The finture.j when wired ments of according 1, Group prevailing C ~D of local, the Nationall8 codes, Underwriters. i.; Hood exteriors.shall be constructed.of_,cold,rolled steel, and have the component parts screwed together to at low the removal, of, the en¢ panels, front end facia pieces, top facia and air foil strips, to allow replacements or to afford access to the plumbing linrs and fixtures; j Hood interior liningg shall be composition stone.' The end panels back panelbaffle and top panels shall be not .less than 14" thick, and are to. be screwed together with cleats or steel angles to form a., completely rigid as- sembly. I H. Finish: All casework shall be finished as specified herein Clean all metal 171he use of a hot alkaline cleaner to remove oil and grease. rinish- ing shell be a three stage process consisting of (1) phosphatizing and rinsing in.cold water, followed by oven dryings (Z) finishing by mans of a corrosion resistant epoxy aerylic resin prk a coat applied,to minimum of ,5 mil, thick- nest, then baked to 390 degrees F. for 20 minutes, then cooled toroom tem- perature,'and (3) finish painting with acrylic enamel baked to 390 degrees F, for 20 minutes, 1,-!Color: All 'cabinets shall be finished in colgr as follows: 328.8 Base Unit Shell White Dour Panels Slate Grey Drawer Panels Surf Green J Laboratory, Casework,Schedule: Laborato"y 122 ITEM NO. UANTITY_ DESCRIPTION L-1 1 Each Filing Cabinet Unit wife Locks-18-5/16" W x 28.3/4" H x 22" D L-2 1 Each Desk top unit with two drawers - 47" W x 4-3/4" H x 22" D I L-3 1 Each Counter top for Items L-1 and L-2 - 24" with 3" backsplash asbestos-cement w/epoxy coated surface - black L-4 I Each 8 Ft. Auxiliary Conserv-Air; Fume Hood - 106- 3/4"`H x,94" W x 41" D consisting of'the fol- lowing components: 1 Sjperstructure Dom@ i Deflector chamber 1 Worktop 1 Base Unit 1 Electric service panel 'Exhaust blower; 3/4 HP 1750 RPM: 230 volt; mingle phase's 60 hertz, 5,4 amp; 1060 CFM et 1" static pressure 1 Supply air, blower; 4 HP, 1140 RPM; 115 volt, " -single phase#`60 hertz, 5,4 amp, 615 CrM at 3/4" ttatic,pressure 2 Refnotp'control fixture, gas 2 °_RefaOte control fixture vacuum 02 i Remote control fixture air 2 Single fautet with gooseneck, deck mounted 2 Cup sink, oval, 3" x 6" 2 Blower,sheK ? i Furnish and install polyvinyl chloride (PVC) ducts for all exhaust ducts for fume hood. Provids the following components as required: Straight 10 ft. length 10" diameter PVC pipe, ;,square ends s j a Straight Couplings, PVC 45, degree elbow, PVC, 10" diameter rf 90 degree elbow, PVC, 10" diameter Ventilator' top, with shield, PVC, 10" diameter Oamperi 1 10" 1 diameter PVC cement L-4A I Vacuum pump on 124" x 1914" base, 112 HP, 12011/1•phese/60 hertz motor, cord an4 plug 328-9 ITEM N0. QUANTITY CATALOGUE NO. DESCRIPTION , L-5 Countertop for Items L-6 through L-614; Solid epoxy composition with 3/16" high x V deep drip guard at front edge, 8",x 8", reagent shelf continuous at back. Furnish the fol- lowing sink fittings as indicated on the draw- ings: 2 cup sink, oval, 3" x 6" 2 2" inlet p-trap 2 single faucet with gooseneck panel mount, and vacuum; breaker Furnish the folimoing service fittings as lo- cated on the draw'~ngs: 2 Panel mount, single cock needle valve, I gas, 1 air 11 Electrical flush box, single face, one gang, 3 wire ground, 115V/15 amp 1 1 Electrical flush box, single face, one gang, 230V/15 amp 1 Wall switch and pilot light by others, panel mount, provide cut-out & double gang outlet box L-6 1 4 drawer cabinet 18-5/16" W x 35.3/4" H x 22''D L-7 2 Corner cupboard;37-15/16 x 3705/16" with + 97795 lazy Susan accessory interior L-8 3 SingleidooP cabinet 18-5/16" x 35-3/4" H x L-9 ' 1 One drawer, two door cabinet; 35" W x 35-3/4" H x 22j Q L-14 1 Sink cabinet 0th two doors, 47n W x 35-3/4" H x 22'100 with two (2) 16" L x 16"W x 8"D "Duratek'Itsink basins and the following sink fittings~k I Faucet with gooseneck and vacutri breaker 2 P-trap and sink strainers L-11 1 4-drawer cabinet, 24-5/16" W x 35.3/4" IS x 2211 D, L-12 1 2-drawer and two door cabinet, 47"W x 35-3/4"11 x 22"D, L-13 I 5-drawer, cabinet ?4-5/16"W x 35-3/4" H x 22" D L-14 1 Glassware washer, undercounter unit, 24"W x 25V D,x 34-314" H stainless steel front, 115 volt, 60 hertz, single phase, Furnish the following accessories: I Top and bottom racks 2, Rack Inteets 1 Retainer top I Basket I Petro dish rack 328-14 ITEM NO. 4UANTITY DESCIbTION L=1~ 7 Wa11,'storage' cabinets with glass sliding doors, 35"tii x 30-3/4"H x 12"D with dust cap L-16 1 3-coat acid resistant finish on chemstone with black epox) finish 2n" W x 30" H; ?8 white polypropylene pegs L-17 1, Open shelving consisting of 7 formica covered shelves in black formica and two (2) 12 gauge uprights L-18 1 Combination deluge shower and eye wash fixture, complete with operating valves and connecting piping Lsland Unit L-20 Countertop for Items No. L-21 through L-24; solid epoxy composition with 3/16" high x 1" deep drip, guard at outside edges,. V," W ollowing sink fittings x 106" L. Furnish the following' as,,,ipdi,co,ted on the drawings: 2. Swivel dro P-traps j 3""b" pVal;cup sink with adapter coupling $inglg,;f uFe,t, $elf-closing, deck mount; cold waiver with Vacuum breaker Z „gck m ugt,,double cock; one gas; one vacuum 2 1, E ec 04`1 pedestal box, double gang, double fate,; wipe grounded, 115 volt, 15 amp furnish {fie following shelving: W x 12" W x 14"~ T 1 ►~e1f Nl?~ q7 w x 12 W x lei" T nd'u ,rt 2=34"Hx2'Wx11"0 , nt4r 5,4pP4 t, ~2-3/4" H x 2►" W x 11" 0 L- 20A YacuyT, pgnip op 1214" x 19V base,, 4 HP 120V/lphase/ 6Q ~Qrtz mgtor, cord and plug L=21 1 Poe n,, he~f storage cabinet 47 x 30-3/4" 12" with O eW ped,estal base L-22 2 Two,drawRr and two door cabinet Onit, 35",W 3573/1', 11 x Five rawer and one door cabinet unit, 35" W 35-a 414 x 22" 0 L-24 1 stand sin cabtnr?t 53" W x 35-3/4" H x 22" D WiP,9)7~Q1D Z4" W x 16" D x 12";D "Duratek" sink bas n complete with 91-596 plumbing package L-25 1 6 u, t-K W`digestion unit, 44" W x 2611" , I yolt, 60 `,ertz, single phase, 4 Kw S-1 4 Floor cash, 41"'W x 84" H x 16" D, complete with seven (7) 91-805 shelves each unit S-2 2 Floor case with sliding glass doors 47" W r. 84" H x 16" D, complete with seven 17) shelves each unit apd,,locks 328-11 ITEM NO. a1ANTITY DE_WP~,T_ON S-3 1 Safety cabinet, 18 gauge steel double walled cabinet; 43" W x 18" D x 65" H. Two adjustable shelves 14-3/4" D Instrument 118 I-l Countertop for Items I-2 through I-7; asbestos- cement with epoxy coated surface; black; 31" wide with 4" x 8" service shelf. Furnish the following sink fittings as indicated on the drawings: 1 Cup sink, oval: 3" x 6+' 1 2" glass P-trap 1 Deck mount single faucet with remote hanu4le Furnish the following service fittings: 9 Single needle valve cock, deck mount 9 Electrical flush mounted outlet, one gang, single faces 3 wire grounded, 115Y/15 amp 2 Electrical flush mounted outlet, single gang 230V/15 amp I-2 1 4 draW4r cabinet, 18-5/16" W x 28-3,4" H x 22" 0 511 2 Des unit with one drawer 35" W x 44" H x 22" D 1 4 ' 2 P1I~er panel, 35" W ' 1-5 2 One dobr'cabinet with a pull-out writing shelf located above door; 18-5/16" W x 28-3/4" H x 22" D 06 arAAbr;'ohe door cabinet; 24-5/16" W x 26-314"'N x 2Pt 0 1-7 1 Three drawer cabinet, 24-5/16" W x 28-3/4" H x 22„ b 1-8 1 Corner sink o N net, 39-15/1 " x 39-15/16" I-8A "ountertop for,l+em I-8: As estos cement with Atioky t:o}teo a!irfsce, black; 39-15/16" x 39-15/16" x 'i1" with WM6d 45-degree batksplash, sink basin and thd'following sink'fittings: 1' Swiv 1 P-trap and sink outlet assembly 1 Doub~e faucet with gooseneck, deck mounted, hot and told Water 1 Distilled water faucet; deck mounted 1-9 1 Countertop'for Items I-10 through 1-14; rsbestos•cement,with epoxy coated surface; black; 31" wide with 3" backsplash. Furnish the following service fittings: 9 Electrical flush outlet box, 3 wire grounded l P1u9I 1 5V 15'amv Electrical flush outlet box, single gang, single face, 230V/15 amp 1-10 1 Two-door cabinet 35" W x 28-3/4",H x 22" 0 1-11 1 Desk unit with one drawer, 47"'W x 4.3/4" H ITEM NO.; QVkNJITY. CATALOGUE NO,; DESC l IO : . I-12 1 Filler Panel, 47"W I-13 1 One door cabinet, with a pull out writinpshelf located above (?or,18-5/16" W x 28.3/4 H x 22"0 1-14 1 Three drawer cabinet; 18-5/16"W x 26-3/4" H x 22"p 1-15 2 Wall storage cabinets with 91-816 one sliding glass door, one sliding tackboard; 47"W x 30-3/4" H x 12"D I-16 1 Wall storage cabinet 0th 91-812 glass sliding ?lass doors;47"W x 30-3/4"u x 12"D I-17 1 Fume exhauster, 385 CFM with flexible stainless steel duct, 6" diameter,and 6" diameter coupling I-18 1 Pegboard, 3,coat acid resistant finith on chemstone Bacteriological_ 120 d-1 1 Countertop for Items B-2 through 01;., solid epoxy composition with 3/4" high ,x 1":deep drip guard at front edges and 811 x 8" , reagent shelf continuous at back. Furnish the following service fittings as lo- cated on the.drawings: 3, i Panel'mo nt $ingle valve cocks, i gas, 1 vacuum, air 8 Electrical flush mounted outlet, one yyang sin9)e;foce,, 3 wire, grounded, 115 volt,l5 amp l 1ect ical flush mounted outlet, single gang, mrV/ 5 amp,, B-2 1 Four drawer cabinet 18-5/16"W x 35-3/4"H x 22"p , 8-3 1 One doof cabinet, 18-5/16"W x 35.3/41 x 8-4 2 W drawer, two door cabinet; 35"W x 35-3/4", H x R"0 0-5 2 Corne . 2r unit, 37-15/16" x 37-15/16" with 91-195' laiy,susan accessory B-6 1 Six, hp)f width and two full width drawer cabi- net, 47N x 3$-3/411H x 22"D B-7 I Sink ,cfbinet,47 W x 35-3/4"H x 22"D with two (2) 14 x 16 x B "O Ouratek sink basins and,thp following sink fittings: i ,Faucet with 41-407 vacuum breaker 2 P-,trop , 2 1,",sink outlet and tail piece B-9, I Countertop fo,r Items B-9 through B-11; cement with epoxy coated surface, b,14Ck;24,With 3"H backsplash r 328-13 B-9 i FiI:e"'666'et 'unit ;l8-5J16W x 28.3/41Fi x. 22"D 8-10 1 DeS;k top unit with one drawer; 6011W x' 4-3/4"H Y. 22"D B-11 1 pair tegs,rrtth base, 28-9/16" x 22" B-12 1 Balance table; white marble, 351,2"W x 3811H x 24"D B-13 1 Refrigerator 11 cubic feet, 30"W x 27~1'0 x 58"H 5 degrees to 50 degrees C range I; 5 degrees sensitivity B-14 2 Wall storage cabinet with 91-827 half sliding chalkboard, half sliding tackboard doors and 91-894 dust cap; 47"W x 30-3/4"H x 12"D 13-151 2 Wall storage cabinet with 91-812 glass sliding doors and 91=893 dust cap; 35"W x 30-3/4"H x 12"D B-16 1 Pegboard, 3 coat acid resistant finish on chemstone B-17 Vacuum pump on 12V x 194" base ~ H? 120V/ 1 phase/60 hertz motor, cod and plug Ckroom 112 Co6otehtop for Items W-2 through W-3;Type 304 stainless` steel top; 8" x 81' rea ent shelf continuous at back; provide one (1}g 0-40A door and one (1) 91-350 filler panels PrOide thelf61lowing service fittings: ,;r. , ne' A ricdl f)ush mounted outlet box, one gang, 1 Single fte~~3 wire grounded; 115 volt, 15 amp Sing16 valve cock, panel mount, air f W-2 1 Four drawer',' one door cabinet; 47"W x 35-3/4" 'H'x,22"D' W-3 1 Sink cabinet, 47"W x 35-3/4"H x 22"D with one 2411 x 16" x 12" D stainless steel sink basin and 91-59A'plumbing package W-4 1 Staihl sS'steel countertop for Item W-5 W-5 Sink ' a'binet with two doors; ON x 35-3/4" 1' x 22"D;m6dified to irclude a 16 gauge Type '316 stdinless'steel trough having one inch fldhge'around top lip and supported on steel' chahnels'; -trough to clope from shallow end,'havipg'b 3 inch depth to drain and having a NO inch. depth, Provide I,P,S. Type 316 stainless steel tailpiece and drain at deep ~nd, Provide a two (2) section 16 gauge hinged id'to cover the entire trough section. Lids shtili have`a'stainless steel strap handle for each s6Cticn and shall be hinged to front edge bf tr'0yggh''teetion with a continuous stainless steel piano hinge, Cut two (2) in;h semi- "1lydular dpphfngs at back edge of large cover section directly under spigot locations. Pro- vide 8" x 8" service shelf with 2" diameter holes cut into backsplash for exhat,st system by ot*-s. See details. Provide the following 32R-14 service fittings: 1 Double faucet with gooseneck and vacuum break- er, panel mount, hot and cold water 7 Single faucet, serrated hose connectors, W-6 1 panel mount - no operators Countertop for Items W-6 through W-7; asbestos cement composition with epoxy coated surface; black with 8" x 8" backsplash W-7 1 Desk unit with drawer; 47" W x 4-3/4" H x 22" D W-8 1 Four drawer cabinet; 18-3/4" W x 28-3/4" FI x 22" D W-9 2 Open shelf wall cabinet; 47" W x 30-3/4" H x 12" D with 91-894 d9st cap W-10 Refrigerator; BOD; reach-in with temperature range from ambient to 65 degrees C with tent perature control of t 0.1 degrees C; 42" W x 32" D x 90" H, 120 volt, 10 amp; Curtin 342- 360, lab-line Model 715, or equal. w-ff i Pegboard, 3 coat acid resistant finish on chemstone BOD D-1 I Countertop for Items D-2 through D-4; counter- 0-2 1 top of Type 304 stainless steel with 3" backsplash One drawer and one door cabinet; 24-5/16" W D-3 l x 35-3/4" H x 22" 0 Four drawer cabinet; 24-5/16" x 35-3/4" 11 x 22" 0 D-4 i Sfnk cabinet with two doors; 35" W x 35-3/4" H x 22" D with 16" L x 12" W x 12" D stainless steel 1 sink. Provide the following sink fittings: Double faucet, deck mount, with gooseneck and l 91-407 vacuum breaker 1 ly" sink outlet with 8" tailpiece 1 P-trap, glass -5 2 Distilled water faucet, deck mount 0 0-5 1 floor Case; 47" W x 84" H x 16" 0 Vacuum pump on 1214" x 194" base, 4 HP, 120V/ D-7 1 1 phase/ 60 hertz motor, cord and plug One 12" x 47" adjustable formica shelf with two upright brackets and two shelf supports Furnish the following in drawers as selected uy Owner: 2 Breaker spacers, 19-3/8" W x 17-3/8" L x 1-7/8" H 2 Breaker spacers 13-3/8" W x 17-1/8" x 1-118" H 2 Pipet spacer, 19-3/8" W x 171" L x 1-3/4" II 2 Stopper spacer, 19-3/8" W x 17-318" L x 2-718" if 3 Locks D-8 Refrigerator; BOO; reach-in with temperature range from ambient to 65 degrees C with tem- perature control of t 0.1 degrees C; 42" W x 32" D x 9o" H, 120 volt, 10 amp; Curtin 342- 360, lab-line Model 7150 or equal. 328-15 11E ,330 REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM A. Work Included; 1. Furnish and install all labor r.nd material, equipment and inci- dentals necessary to install a Reverse Osmosis Laboratory and Reagent Grade water system as indicated on the drawings and specified herein, 2. Furnish all interconnecting piping and install manufactured items in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Furnish complete technical data in brochure form giving all oper- ational data, instructions or traintenarice required, 8. Manufacturer's ualificati use, Manufacturer must be able tc deFron•• strate that is system can per o T_The rey'iirements of these specifications in every aspect. Interested manufacturers shall submit sufficient data in advance of bid date to allow review and approval before they will be accep- table. Submit such information at least fifteen (15) days prior to bid date. C, Delivery and Stora e: All components shall be individually crated in substantial .ar ons with necessary packing to prevent damage in transit, Components shall be delivered to,theisite near completion of the project, but not until space in t+hich the system is to be installed is complete and ready. 0, 'Assembly and Instructions: 1; The manufacturer shall 0nish a technician who will uncrate and in$ ct all components, ascertain that AIIA terns have been delivered and are infundamaged condition: The techniciin'shall Wpervise assembly of all components of the system, 1.1,2, After the system has been;W pleted, and Just prior to Owner's !+first Usage of the laboratory space 'ithe techniciah,thall completely purge ~;th`o system, including all piping, valves and fittings and put the system into operation, He shall run sufficient tests to ascertain that the water at the tap meets specified criteria. 3. The techniotan,shall instruct the Owner'; representative in the proper operation, maintenance, and usage of the system for a one-day period. He shall leave maintenance brochures, printed operhtional instructions, and other data, bound into a hardback fold or W Owner'i Use. E, Guarantee: All components of the systky+ shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer in writinq against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of ,Owner's acceptance, F. System Description 1. The basic laboratory grade water'-system shall consist of the following: 330-1 a, Basic Laboratory Grade Water System: This system shall be capable of the 3oT~ow~ng performance: Production Rate: (lph) 15* Prelssurec Range 40-1'OOPS ig % Reject (Range): Ionic Monovalent % 85 Polyvalen*, 97 Particles gg Bacteria gg Pyrogens 99 ~ I Organics (ppm) 1 Water Consumption (lph) 45 Feed Water Characteristics: pH Flange 4.7.5 total {Dissolved Solids 500 (pMho/cm} Langelier Saturation'Index 833 Negative Temperature'?C , ri 4 *30 Chlotine.Tolerance,(ppm Maximum) 1,6 ;Power Consumption (A), 0,1 Noltage Range/Hertz 100-135/60 200.250/50 b, Reservoir Capacity 30 U.S. gallons Size 24 x 24 x 12f, c. Conductivit Meter d, Prefiltration PL Cartridge Housing Bracket, PL Housing Pressure Gauge, 200 psi Teflon Tape CP20 ~'Li fegard ROgard 12" prefilter RO 12" cartridge 330- 2 e. SetondOly Filtration PL Cartridge' Bracket, PL~Housing Pressure Gauge, 200 psi Filter 3. The secondary system for Reagent Grade water shall cunsist of the following: a. Two (2) secondary units, 115V/single phase/60 hertz, having the following performance: Feed Water Pressure 1 ft, head minimum Production Rate (0.38 gpm) Size (H x W x D) 18 x 30 x 7 in.) Mounting Wall Connections (3/8 in.) polyolefin tubing Power 115V/60Hz, 4A b, Ion Exchange Cartridge Two (2) c. Carbon Cartridges Taro (2) d, Lifegard prefilter; 4. Additional components furnished by the manufacturer shall include the following: a. 2 GPM flow regulators - Three (3)s install one at each laboratory faucet. b. CirculatingPPum - 0-10 GPM circulation pump - 30-40 psig., i/4 HP, 115V/single phase--b0 hertz. c, Pressure _R_e_g,ilator Two (2) pressure regulators, adjustable setting, 4" inlet; install in inlet, water piping to each unit, d. ACID Feed System - cone small size acrd feed package; install incoming water sere ce ot system, G. Piping: 1, All piping shall be Sr:hedule 80 polyvinyl chluride (PVC) pipe conforming to ASTM D2665, with screw-type fitting, All valves, connectors, tees, or other piping accessories shall be PVC with screwed fittings. No solvent connects are permitted. Piping shall be suspended in such a manner to prevent sagging lines. Pipe hangers shall be spaced not further than four (4) feet apart, 2. The piping shall be installed in a "looped" system in such a manner that any dead end piping is eliminated; other than the final connec- tion from branch pipe to the faucet. This dimension shall be as small as physically possible. Install a flow regulator at each faucet location. c 330.3 3. Install reagent grade water,systeMs at, locations noted on the drawings, and mount to wall. Systems shall have a set of valves which will bypass the system when maintenance is needed without' disturbing the circu- lation of the remainder of the system. Install a pressure regulator into the incoming piping to each unit. 4. Install circulating pump on floor under reservoir. Provide valves on either sido of pump to allow maintenance of the puaV.. tl i i i • ICI r. ~ j, 330-4 r ITEM ~3l LABORATORY ANALYZING INSTRUMENTS A. Work included: 1. Furnish and instill labor and materials, equipment an' services necessary to install a complete instrument system for the following. a. Total Organic Carton Analyz,ar b. Atomic Absorption Spectrc,photometer c. Gas Chroa+atograph 2. Furnish complete technical data in brochure form giving all necessary data for proper evaluation. Pr-;pare any necessary drawings for services to be furnished by others. B. Manufacturer's uaiifications: Manufacturer must be able to demon- strate that his system can perform the requirements of these specifications in every zspect. Interested manufacturers shalt submit sufficient data in advance of bid date to allow review and approval before they will be accep- table. Submit such information at least fifteen (15) days prior to bid date. C. Assembly and Instructions: 1, The manufacturer shall furnish a technician who will inspect all shipping crates and invoices, ascertain thzt +all'cunspohents'have~been dAli- vered and are in undamagQd condition. The technician shall uncrate all car- tons and 'assemble all components and'analyxen , make all connections to utility services and betw,~en the various corriponehts. 2. After the iostruments are properly set up, the technician shall perform all testing necessary to ascertain that all functions are working properly. 3. the technician shall provide a minimum of one day of instruction to the Owner's appointed representative, These instructions shall be ade- quate in scope to instruct the Owner in the proper function of the Instru- ment, and shall cover all aspects of the instrument's range of functions, 4. 'The manufacturer shall provide a bound manual which includes (1) ort5 lists for replacement parts (2) operation instructions and (3) -pecifications. D. Deliver and Stora e: In W ument components shall be individually crated n su s an a cartons with necessary packing to prevent damage in transit. Instruments shall not be delivered to the site until building is nearing comp WH on'And the room is finished ahd ready. Protect all compo- ner,'.s from damage until building is accepted by the Owner, E. Guarantee 1. All totnpohents of each system shall be guaranteed by the mar,u- facturer in writing against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year froM the data of the'Owrner+s acceptance. 331-1 2. Manufacturer shall provide maintenance service for the installed Equipment for a period of one year after acceptance at no further cost to tine Owner. Maintenance service shall be performed by a skilled technician each three (3) months during the year's guarantee period. Maintenance service shall consist of a job site visit to inspect, adjust, clean, test and otherwise service the equipment to maintain proper working condition; and technician shall answer, any questions pi:.:ed by the operating personnel, acid generelly,instruct Owner's personnel as required in any difficulties encountered. F. Total 4;,yanic Carbon An.4j1zer: 1. Furnish and install one ;i) total organic carbon analyzer; Model DC-50 as manufactured by the Dohrmenn Company, 324D Scott Boulevard, Santa Clara, California 95050; Model 0524-B as manufactured by the Oceanography International Corporation, 512 W. Lnop, P.O. Box 2980, College Station, Texas,,77840; or approved equal, Unii; shall be approximately 40 W x 191` H x 17" D, operate on 115 volts, sir(lle phase, 60 hertz electrical service at ± 12 amp. 2. The unit shall 'ilave a five (5) digit data display, BCD, 1248 positive true with terminal for optional future digital printer, Analog - lmV per 301 ng of carbon. 3. Sampling module shall be manual boat operation for DC-50A and magnetically coupled automatic operation for,DC•52A. ,Quick disconnect inlet allows use of a micropipet for sledge and sediment Sampling. r ,1 G~;;:.~r.Qlhdt.~-gr3ph•:{. i, t ni r , !i +i , Furnish, and install one. (1) gas chromatograph,',MoOgl.51„ a h as manufactured by Perkins-Elmer Corp,, horwark, Conn, 06856, or, equal,, model Manufactured by Coleman Corp., 5656 Alfa Road, Dallas, Texas; com- plete with associated components specified herein, Detectors shall include Flame Ionization Detector (FID), Flame Photometric Detector (FPO), and Hot Wire Detector (HWD). 4.!.Performancs of the various components shall be as follows: a. Coluan Oven.- temperature range 100 degrees to + 450 degrees C with subarRbient,option ,,C01u~rn oven,proteGtion, 100 degrees to,+,450 degreesC in one degree increments , temperature stability better than ± 2 dearces C over full range b., Temperature,Progranwner oven temperature, x100 degl•ees,to 4~0 degr4e,s . at ,1 C , ~ setting5„ time 0 to 327 mir.. and infinite time at 1.0 min. sett{n9s,;,; rate 0 to (40 degrees C/min, at 0.1 degrees , iIr `1 'tf~~ ~'f')~ ir. fi li'i(~ ,r1 j~'~'a {•/mi n~'fsP~ti ~r~d~r cti<.,Flame fonizallorlrDetector (FID1;,, 331-2 s Operating temperature 100 degrees to 450 degrees C (settability: 1C1 Sensitivity, Better than 0.015 coulombs/g Minimum detestability 5 x 10-12 gC/sec Noise Less than 3 x 10-14 amp linearity Greater than 107 Output attentuation Xl to X1024 in binary steps Input ranges 10 109 100, 1000 d. Electron Capture, Detector (ECD) Operating temperature 100 degrees't- 450 degrees C (settability: ldegree C) High temperature protection 460 degrees C by Curie-bar magnetic trip Source Nickel-63 (10-15 mCi) Carrier gas Either Ar/CH4 or, N2 System noise level Leis than 1% at maximum sensitivity Linearity 10 (t10%) with Ar/CH4 carrier, depending upon compound Minimum delectability Sub-picogram range for compounds having a high electron affinity, e.g., 0.4 picograms for lindane Output attentuation Xl to X1024 in binary steps, with additional X10 (giving up to 10,240) e. Hot Wire Detector (HWD) - ,Operafring;teinperature Ambient to 450 deg.C (settabiiity: 1 degree C) Sensitivity Greater than 200 V/ppm nonane at 307 M (150 deg.CO, or equivalent Noise Less than 2 Y (4% on 1 mY recorder) at 300 rrdl, 150 C Power supply Constant current with four selec- table settings: J:. N2/,qr 3: He/H2ME0 Amplifier gain X20 2: Hefi!2LOW 4: He/H2i11GH Filament protection (a) Self-limiting and resetting after transient overloads in one channel (b) Pressure ;,witch cut-out for carrier qas supply fpilure (c).,Electron9c shutdpwn fo pW- heatf ng in both, channe~Is ' simu),taneously 3. The unit shall be complete with a microprocessor lah;,,aiory data handling system and a digital thermal printer-plotter which po-oduces annotated chromatogrars:, Tpio iaicroprocessor console can control, two, Siva 1 Analyzer units simultaneously and receive data from four detectors smultpneously, anyone of which gray be,displaypd ors the printer-plotter as a~ranppotated chromatogram., In adoltion, to taking data from the detectors d" he chroma- tograph, the console'shall accept data from gas or liquid .hromatogral~.,s already in the laboratory by Interfod rip,them through,digRal interfa~~ 4, Calculations: The unit shell provide total analytical results on a single report. 'i►e user-desired post run analytical methods are available in the built-in applications program and include: a. Arta per,_i:iit. h, Concentration wit>r rr;s;aonse fdCTOT; OY normalization. 331-3 c. Internal statdard witn or without resr`onse factors. d. External standard with or without response factors. e. Automati.: calibrations that may oe averaged and weighted. All methods may be edited rane,'nly. Fost functions are time program- mable during a run, or as required. timed ai2nts are also available fore automatic devices, including aute,,O.ic sooplers fc: complete synchronization of analysis. 5. Input Specifications: Input voltage: -26nV to +10Y Linear dynamic range: 10 Sensitivity: 6.4 count/sec/NY 6. Thermal Printer Plotter: Sensitivity: Equivalent to 500 fsd in most sensitive range. Chart speed: 0-100 mm/min in 1 mn/min incre- ments (programmable by timed- event). Printing speed: 12 characters/sec max. Response time: Buffer memory assisted system allows accurate presentation of ' I'W 'Peak"of less than I sec width. 7. Storage Capability: 2200 words. 6. Storage Efficienc: Simple method: 41 words Each identified component: 4 words Each program step or time event: 3 words Each peak: 2 words 9. Eternal Time Events Accessor : Analyzer shall be fitted with six timed event relays, In addiflon- , -:ach accessory interface is equipped with siz timed event relays (24 YDC max, 24 to 40 mA) and contacts for extetnlal`reaoy, ektet•hal''start, sensing of external device ready, and system"ready,',bse olf'th86 signals allows for synchronization of the systems with autosdmpyes,'gas sampling valves and other devices. 10; Physical Data: w AP 1yzer34°N x.1741'H k 244"D Co bole Size:' 19.5"N x'144"H x 26~'D' 117' }'10% at 60 herb;'analyzer . 712K~ A,' 'coh`sold .46KVA o. Furnish the `i`o11o4~ldfjaCE~'ssory eoih'po'ncht's;' ~,I i, i (bi~~ .I :I iii.,, rfi~w,• I;l. 'I 'f, . ..`1.- -,i . 331-4 a. One Installation Kit b. Three (3) Falter Dryers; install one in each of the following gas supplies: nitrogen, methane, argon. c. One (1) Filter; install in nitrogen gas supply piping. d. Four (4) molecular sieve scrubbers; install in each of the following gas supplies: nitrogen, helium, hydrogen, zero grade air. H. Atomic absorption Spectrophotometer: 1. Furnish and install one (1) Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer complete with graphite furnace and optical temperature sensor and power con- troller; Model 703 as manufactured by Perkins Elmer Corp.; Norwich, Conn. 06856; Model 751 as manufactured by Instrumental Laboratory, Incorporated, Analyzing Instrument Division, Jonspin Road, Wilmington, Mass 01887, or Coleman Corp., 5656 Alfa Road, Dallas, Texas. 2. Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer shall have the following features: a. Photometer; do~ le beam, time shared system. b. Nonochrometer; Czerny-Turner design, 400 mm focal length. c. Wave length drive; scan speed of .2, 1.0, 5.0, and 20.0 nm/min. d. ReadouC; six digit electronic display with polarity indicator an,i adjustable decimal. e. Flame Gas Controls; individual p~cssure, flow control and metering for fuel and oxidants. f. Burner; Premex design. g. Sample area; 20 cm wide, 15 cm deep. h. Physical data: Size: 120 cm W x 62 cm H x 66 cm 0 Power: 200 volt, 60 hertz, 200 watts 3. Graohlte furnace shall have the following features: a. Large s.Mple capacity b. Direct analysis of solids c. Temperature programming - three-stage d. Temperature sensor e. Physical data: Furnace size: 12 cm W x 17 cm H x 12 cm D Control size: 3 Fn W x 41 cm H x 56 cm D Power: 2 0 d, 60 he.-tz, 15 amp. 331-5 4. Furnish the following accessories: a. One (1) Optical Temperature Sensor b. One (1) Solid Sampling Accessory c. Electrodeless Discharge Layer (EDL) as follows: One 1 As arsenic One 1 Cd cadmium One I Pb lead One 1 Hg mercury One 11) P phosphorus One (1) Sn tin One 1) 2n zinc d. One (1) Electrodeless Discharge Lamp Power Supply dual channel, 200-24OV/60 hertz, 150W. 331,-b, ITEM 332 - PAINTING A. Work Included 1. Furnish all material, and labor, equipment, services and opera- tions necessary to complete all painting and decorating An accordance with the drawings and specified herein. 2. Complete a "maintenance instructions" form, Spction 1C-5. Describe cleaning procedure for each type of paint product used in this project. Also, include a typewritten record of colors used on this pro- Ject including manufacturer and color identification number. If paint is a special mixture, describe mixture necessary to duplicate exact color. B. Samples and Approval 1. Submit a list of each specific type of paint proposed along with the manufacturer's product data sheet for that product and complete color charts for color selection. 2. Samples of each type of wood finish shall be submitted V) the Engineer for approval. Samples $hall ra approximately 8-1/2",x 11" and painted or stained on the same type of wood to which it will be applied. C. belivery and'Storne s 1.. Deliver all, materials to the building in original containers, with labels intact and seals unbroken. With the exception of ready- mixed materials, do all mixing at sSte. 2. Storage space will be designated for storage of painting materials and tools. Protect entire floor surface from damage or spilled paint. Keep all paint containers covered at all times. Provide ade- quate safeguards, to prevent fires. Maintain storage room in clean condition. Promptly remove all empty containers and, construction debriso, 3. ; After,leaving this area,-clean all spilled naint and otherwise restore room to finish conditi,pn. D. Prgtgrj. o.pf_.P..fo. pA t , , . 1. Protect adjacent work and materials from 5oilinc or damage. Furnish covers and drop cloths for all floors; protect all equipment already installed and furnish protective covers for fixed in place equipment. 2. Remove all electrical cover plates before beginning any paint- ing and replace after painting is complete. 332-1 E. workmanship and Methods 1. All paintii,.g shall be accomplished by skilled mechanics in a workmanlike manner. Painting contractor shall be wholly responsible f0.r the quality of his work and shall not begin dny worl. until the surfaces have been properly prepared, Do not finish any surface which has been damaged, either by hammer marks, cuts, splits, exposed nails, nail ridges or by improper workmanship, loose Joints, improper jointing, etc., that normal finishing procedures will not conceal. Notify con- tractor of any defects which should be corrected prior to painting. Inspect all surfaces and report any defects to Contractor. 2. No work shall be done under conditions which are unsuitable for the production of good results. Interior painting shall not begin until all masonry and piaster surfaces are thoroughly cured and dry. Temperatures of spaces in building to be painted shall be maintained above 50 degrees F. and such spaces shall be kept dry. Exterior paint- ing shall not be done in rainy, damp or frosty weather, or until surface is thoroughly dry. 3. All areas to be painted shall be broom cleaned ar,d all un- necessary materials, tools, debris and equipment shall be removed. 4, , Remove all dust, 'plaster,' grease,' or other extraneous matter which would affect the quality of the finished work prior to beginning any work. Putty all nail holes, using approved filled, tintad to match filler; fill all open Joints or other defects. 5. Apply all material-z a Mly to as to be frEe from sags, runs, crawls, or other defects. Al? Vats shall be of proper consistency and shall be well brushed out to show the minimum of brush marks. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before applying next coat. Endmels and varnishes shall be sanded lightly with No. 000 sandpaper between suc- cessive coats. 6. Immediately after wood doors are delivered to site, give top and bottom edges one heavy coat of spar varnish. After doors have been trimmed and fitted, finish edges and re-coat tops and bottoms with varnish. Sand 'wood doors with No. 3/0 or No. 5/0 sandpaper and 'clean before applying sealer. Sand and clean between'each coat of finish.' a 7. Prime all exterior wood and wood exposed to weather as soon as possible after being ipstalled. Complete all exterior wood doors, wood windows and wood bUcks',' Jambs and trim" as 'soon as Possible aftei" being installed. 8. Open grained woods shall receive paste wood filler wiped a(ross the grain of the wood, then wiped with the Vraip to produce a spboth',"clean surface. 332-2 F. Cleaning , I. Upon completion of painting, remove all empty containers, painting products, drop cloths, trash and debris and leaVe in broom clean condition. 2. Remove all paint spots, spills; splatters, splashes, or over- runs from all finished surfaces.' Remove protective cloths or other coverings; replace hardware and electrical plates. G. Materials 1. All materials furnished under this section shall be as speci- fied and shall be new, fresh products. All materials shall be mixed and applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instruc- tions. 2. Furnish all necessary painting products such as linseed oil, shellac, and turpentine. Materials shall be pure and of highest quality. H. Paint Produc s, Generally, the painting products of the following manufacturers are s'ititfsctoYy, unless specifically noted in the paint schedule to a particular brand or manufacturer. Where so noted, any re- quest for, substitution'must be submitted in4ccordance with the supple- mentary tonditions. Ben j ami n-Iloore '61 1 dden Cook Pittsburgh Defoe Pratt-Lambert Jones-Blair Sherwin-Williams 1. Paintin-Re uirements 1. All surfaces of every type, other than non-ferrous metals or factory finished surfaces or as specifically noted elsewhere, shall re- ceive not les's than three (3) coats of paint according to the paint schedule. Where painting type is not specifically listed in the sche'i dule, it shall receive a three (3) coat paint,finish of an appropriate type of paint as selected by the, Engineer. 2. All', ainting shall be applied by brush only; 'except that large areas may be applied by rollers, and wood finishes other than painted,' may be sprayed., 3. Painting K chanical and Electrical_ Equipment ai:""Paintlh~ of bll' itecha'nical and `electrical equipment shall be included tlnd* 'this`division of the toot ifications'ai outlined hehe~ in. Painf~all sut:fatI8 of~ b11 Mechanical and electrical` apparatus in all areas outside of rcchanical roo s, fan rooms, pump, rooms, crawl spa ces plerilSrt~'s, d'r' t t''cdtiOOld',t~ 14a'soMded 'cdIIIn7s', chases, br' wall fnislld~ p Ii i. ;II 332-3 b. Paint alt mechanical equipment, not otherwise factory finished installed on outside of building, including galvanized or aluminized louvers on outside of building. Paint all machinery,,pump and motor housings, and other ;apparatus as scheduled. c. Paint all electrical panelboards, except in mechanical rooms, regardless of factory finish to match,surrounding wall surfaces.. Paint registers, grilles, louvers, conduit, pipe and pipe coverings ex posed to view in all areas outside of mechanical rooms. 4. Millwork a. Exterior of Cabinets. All finished surfaces exposed to view shall be fin s d in accordance with the Paint Schedule. Surfaces not exposed to view shall be back-primed only. b. Inside of Cabinets: Sides, drawers and exposed shelving shall be finished7same as outside of cabinets. All other wood surfaces not exposed to view, such as backs, sides, bottoms of drawers shall re- c-eTve one (1) coat of varnish, or O'Keene preservative. 5. Areas Not To Receive Paint: 6o not paint the following: 111' Any area as,scheduled in the room finish schedule, 2 Roof top air conritioning units, exhaust fans, or c4rbs, 3 Exterior of coocrete walls, except as noted on the drawings. 4 Galvanized roof,flashings. 1 . J. Preparation of Surfaces Except Item M6: NOTE: See paint schedule for reTerence to preparation required asiisted below. 1. P-1 - Galvanized Iron: Remove all grease or residue by means of a solvent or chemicaT'kash in %co-dance to manufacturer's instruc- tions. New metal shall be primed with a galvanized iron primer. 2. P-2 Steel -Noriaal: Remove oil, grease or contaminants by cleaning with SoTf ent ai~kali, or steam. 3. P-3 - Steel Power Tool Ciea i : Remove rust,:loose mill scale or otTer sea a by power tool -~chipping, descaling, sanding, wire brushing or grinding in any combination to remove all - cgntaminants;to bare metal 4. P-4 - Concrete Block or Concrete: Remove all dirt, loose mortar. STr act siiaTT-be rte' 5.~ P-S r Brick: Reprove excoss mortar c 'loresconce pr foreign material by w re rush or ,steam .cleaning. , Treat with,one,„coat masonry conditioner auch as.Sherwin-Williams A5Y2,before Applyin9;first chat.,: 6.; d erloN094 1'5 a11. 4P,cloon, r4 ,4ry, For r t , . painted finish, prime soon as possib~e after installation, tempera- ture shall not exceed 90 degrees F. 332-4 7. P-7 - Wood Surfaces: Sand wood surfaces to remove tool marks. Smooth all saw cuts with woodrasp and sand smooth. All knots and sappy spots shall be given one (1) coat of approved sealer before painting. 8. P-8 Drywall: Surface to be clean and dry. Joint treatment shall be t oF`rau`ghTy ry and sanded. Spot prime taped Joints with latex primer.. A11 polyester epoxy products are to be applied by spray only. i I i i 1 I I I 332-5 i J ITEMS TO BE PAINTED UNDER M6 (1) All iron and steel surfaces of sludge removal mechanisms, feed wells, riser cplumns, bridge and drive works in the primary and final clarifiers, gravity sludge thickeners, flotation thickeners. (2) All surfaces of +1c bar screen installation including sluice gates (3) All iron and steel surfaces of the new digester floating cover. (4) All iron and steel surfaces of the travelling bridge filters. (5) All metal surfaces which are submerged, including piping, valves, baffles, launders, supports and special items. 332-6 m Ea 7ro E LL~ M l0 UJ kD 1D M ip CO o c~ n CJ c) fn in o C. CD CO N M ,"'t M r7 f'! M M to tD cr •r Cc if V v ~3 C"> L i C E C C t- +r L 4J 4.J i a ro CL •0 V U u u CL i L L L i U 'L E E O E O v U=1 CL CO LroL rL d N VI t L A L L ro a .w .r..^ 7 R cu koL ° un n NN Q) Qla vi N ;J 00 ro V V b y 'a : Q/ ro r r M r- r O_ (a to, N N r-y-1 ro ro T. 7 d E E O N I E 4) 4) E L 4) y E 1 r to r' ro N y r r N (D N N O O >1 V E C C E C C N E ro E to .r •r O L U V to U U V ro r- r x L 12) N Ql L Q7 Q1 N w QCl V Ql N ~j dJ 6/ 41 Ql V. Q/ Ql 6' a Q I n, a > cl c > QJ N N V1 r .C r •r •r Ln r- r In •rE- LO L L N N N L S. •r L Q1 N 0 0 •w O O M N O 'r p p w w N f}.1 it .r _ a'0 c u r - 4 In N v ti a .,7 L L ro L i d L ro QI C) -X y .Y •w N d' > Q1 Q1 Y •r^ U 3 3 x O m L r N N 0J--4J? ~ C1 E E UN V. C7 Y 1 c N N X X iv x X C. C C ro c: c C C •1 O r- • , q H W Lit tr w UJ V) r~ o-, C>'-+ W UJ m F- m t/'1 N 0- VI V1 VI O J J = - Y 4) ro rN M N r[1) ♦--r-+N rN rN M rN r•NM rNM .--N N U LU N VI O O O N q C r r r O LU 4) x 4) C t7 V. 44 O VV') N N 'r Y > N >r 0 N N ro r ro cr, O O E O b r U- N W Li r •w i- N V1 Li. > LL ? 0 Vdl f 7 H F- O t rr tJ Q1 V Z7 o c n > TI v >1 >,.c x >1 >1 r r X X is N r- x Ql N Y JC Y -Y "Y L C L Q41 l n L i a Q aJ X r-' w r r r- O r= C Q Ci cZ r1•r U ro W N co LAJ (I. _.1 W r C Da U v u r c v i E L i O N to ro Q) L V 4-) ~s ^1 u c +Ol E E E 4J 1- •r= ; OX 4-- ^ ro ro u ro a ra n L. r L7 J' C1 VI N N L. L i •r Ql p O 3 N 4J ~ U 4J Cl E l +=J a N a' 3 n rt aai ro .9 VL 41 a) 4-3 a) 1 V N w N N N C N C N CT 3 ou S7 L Ile . vl 4~' N 0 W O v (7 p O L d 1/7 Ql '.p p •r U C2 L r r r-O..- Q1 r_ tA I- vi . QQQ3 E N > m b m 7 :3 L Vl On n 4) 0 O C Vi U 4- V r- • Ql 'T• j L G/ Y Vf LOi 41 dx O N L Vi Ql , J M #j M d t xx^ E Li , E •r- :3 t x c V C ril LJ .a _ ^ 7 N N H LA l-a N X lM1 b V I _.r.~..._._.~.__-.. 1) (A 0 4J t. R 3 O C O >1 >1 1 L • N~ L L L- r L v O I C d LA d L r L r1p Q/ p ro E 'L3 ; u v- O M w o Ct1 c 3 ~ N F"; ro w OO Q1 C L W r v w L !r~ E L J to 1 4J C « N e0 x O C QC C a rpp0 "'1 {r{~~ L. 17 I~J1 .qrq,.11 u U. o" Q IY CL i a a CL R 4 co a Cl O r- N V) x K. Preparation of Surfaces Under Item 36: All surfaces to be coated shall~be sax aste to a near white ~ix tal blast according to SSPC-SP 10.63. This is defined as a surface from which all oil, grease, dirt, mill scale rust, corrosion products, oxides, paint or other foreign matter Nava,beep completely, removed ,from .the surface except for, very light shadows, very slight streaks, or, slight discolorations caused by rust st,4in,'m1ll scale oxides, or slight tight resAdues of paint or coating that may remain. At least 95 percent of each square inch of surface area shall be free of,all visible residues,,and.the remainder shall be limited to the light discoloration mentioned above. Photo- i graphic or other visual standards of surface preparation may be used as provided,in the Appendix to modify.or further define the surface if specified in the contract. Blasting shall be'done ,+ith a sharp siiica sand of 16/35,9r;de mesh or finer. This sand shall be clean, dry, and free of clay particles and other extraneous,Fnatter, Sand must be approved by Nner',s represen- tative before blasting is begun r The compressed air used for blasting shall be free ppf detrimental.,a- mounts of water and oil. Adequate traps and se-larators shall be pro- vlde4, at the Fomprosorr L. Pai ih ,o1 tt ss b a " alnt $,O ooe. t 6: 401Y' iby'br,+sh one tq t - tAl ORI ~~4 b99*v 1 t„$uf f; TMEM,C, (equal' ro~uc equal, thinned 26f wi h 436 ~poxy,1 1hIrigo. ~to1,al,l.'WO0~ seams and/or rivets, Application of first fuhl coat may then procee+ as hour). soon as,wgl,d/rl.Ve ,;trite S9at,:is, 4urfaSp drY<Iappr,9x11~telyj/,? Y;b"'If (ti I'( `.rt r,,t1 .,r, Apply by spray to all surfaces orle coal ~~obil y$.d•~~,~a), ~ul, Light Buff THEMEC (equal Product), or equal, at 'a 'dry film thickness of not 1e3.i' khan ?lfl , M4l f,rial ig y14~ ,49;,appl leQi ln,,4 ! 111M ~~to Pre- clude,A~► d.r,, p'ray,,tt~Ot~T~y r0l111n.lpprpi ty,:, r'0gc5 R; 59vf,ra9O,,,,,; This sp'r~ading rate does not, ta~C9,ipto~c4ps1¢~rat,IdO 4Aray~n9 ,►gvsgf' Drying time of 16 hours at r degrees shalt be allowed efore appSi- cation of finish coat. At higher temperatyre,s,~the,,required dry$ng time will be less. Curing is retarded at temperatures below 50 degrees F. A py by spra !one tlp.ish coat Mob -W-3 Val Chem Ili Build,,tpoXy;, White THEMEC equal product),'or egba at a dry film thickness of not .1e i3 Af er the finish qoa „ryas dried to the extent that it can be;wp4 kgd,Qn without damr9e. Ehe fining will be checked for pinholes with a ttinker b Rj~gr M-1 Holiday; Dpye¢tor or equivalent low voltage apparatus. All ho idays wild be repaired by application of additional Mobil 78-W-3. All personnel entering the t4nk,aftar application of finish coat wi{1,,,, either be in sock feet or will ear c~ean, soft soled shoes to prevent damage to coating. 332-7 Total dry film thickness after 5 days drying time (a*, 70 degrees f) shall be not less than 10 mils as measured by 5`Mikrote3t Gauge or Elcometer. All materials normally can be spprayed ns received. In the event thin- ning might be necessary, Mobil'?-T-36 Epoxy Thinner,''THEMEC (equal product), or' ea+ual, sltbuld be used. However, if, the material is thin=ned, wet fi9d thickness should be increased, pro}ortio`iiately. Equipment should be rloahed with Mobil 7-T-35 Epoxy thinner or MEK after use. M. Special Finishes: Concrete wall surfaces where scheduled shall be a polyester-epoxy coatfinq equal to Pittsburg "Pitt-Glaze", or Sherwin Williams "Tile Clad II". Apply one coat of block filler over concrete wall surfaces by fine stipple roller and allow to dry. Over the block filler apply a coat of high solid polyester-epoxy 'coatings high gloss to a minimum wet film thickness (MWF) of 6.1 mils in color as selected. Over the color coat apply a'finish coat of Pittsglaze clear finish 'at the rate of 400-450 square feet per gallon by roller or brush. N. Identifiratib 1. All piping as scheduled below ;;hall be ldehtified by means of 2-1/4110" vinyl; plastic markers q.ith 1" black letters on Packground color' and' peal off presiure' 1 esistlve adt+e''sive pa'e41`16\ such as'56atgh' bipe and Electr-ic~l *Hi4rkei+s as mahufe{utered by Seaton P1atd COi'p:; New Haven,, tb'6h.,10-;hp0r6''vdd 64YAli i 'i,. 'Pip4nosh~ ll,bb #6 ked,with'"a'CoIor coded~hi6rkeN'etJJO''f6of~ fI cater,,,haying the function of ~hg,.pipe in proper color and on arrow indicat'iing Irottigh' bf flow, 3: i On of iipi one' (1) Akh diim'eter'Or' sk ller ndhOt' ifblated, ContVactor thall urk plping'wit'N''o6e`0 Y inch wide" v1hy1' tape' wMappid entire)y,ero nd'the'pipg'at fiYe foot ritte'rvhls,'' 4`. Identification Scheduler Pipe Arrow Marker gac ground Piping Cd t~ eht' color Vin 1 `'F~e With T1tlt,_~, jpr Circulating Hot Water - - Hot Water Mc.'' Blue Domestic'Cold Water - - Cold Water 81 tie Natural Gas Red ".Red, Natural Go Yr%lIow Acetylthe Bright oeanoe Hydrogen - Light Blue 332-8 LAS i Pipe Arrow Marker Background PipinISontent Color _ Vinyl Tape With Title Color Methane Gas - Black Nitrogen - Brotrn Nitrogen Oxide Tan Argon - Purple 0 grade Air - Pink Helium - light Green Vacuum - Yellow Compressed Air - Orange Distilled Water - White Thickened Sludge Brown Thickened Sludge Yellow Digested Sludge Brown Digested Sludge Yellow Recirculated Sludge Brown Recirculated Sludge Yellow Recycle Sludge Brown Recycled Sludge Yellow Hot Water Brown Not Water Blue 4old Water Brown Cold Water Blue Digester Gas Yellow Digester Gas Red Chlorine Gas Yellow Chlorine Gas Red Chlorine Solution Yellow Chlorine Solution Red END Of ITEM 332-9 ITEM 333 LABORATORY EgULI MM T 1! A, Work Included: Furnish each of the following items, 'n the quantities + IIst4ed_;3erf -Veee3 to the site and uncrated. Furnish four (4) copies of sub, mittal data on each item to Engineer for approval prior to shipment. B. Delivery Storage: All equipment shall be shipped in crates of adequate strengt~r an--d packing to protect the items in transit. Equipment shall not be de- livered to the job site until the Administration Building is nearing completion and Laboratory casework in place.' Contractor shall notify Engineer when ship- ment has arrived and he shall uncrate each piece of equipment and inspect it for damage. Uncrate each item, assemble any loose parts in accordan-e to manufact- urer's written instructions and set it in place rn the casework as dirscted by Owner. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Laboratory equipment shall be manufactured by spec a 1st n es gn of-'TaWo atory,equipment, and shall be able to'demonstrate that his equipment has been used in major installations in the`past three (3) years. Equipment as manufactured by any of several recognized manufacturers will be acceptable provided it is equal in quality' to that listed below. Model nim- bers listed below are for reference only to establish the size,' type and quality of equipment so listed, but is not intended to limit the s'ele W on of equipment to thAl manufacturer only.,1 Equipment shall be as c4rrie4'bv, Curtin M.Athes'on Scient 1c,'fnc., 1103-67 Slocum Streat, Pallas, Texas; Scientific Produtts,' 1210 Lean Place, Evanstoho;il,l np,is, or equal, conforming,to ,the following 0. Schodulel;bf~l;QUiprfrenLa~,'r,F:Jrnith~; l}e~fp)1ow1119~.;~ ~itii4o,t: TtY STOCK NO. 11EMt ; f; ~1 „s s, ; ,~:F f f 1 Curtin 311-291 Top loading Nettlgr $a~ance Mode1 PL300 f 1 Curtin 368-514 Analytical,Mettler,Balance Model H31aR 1 Curtin 342-642 pH meter.Orion Mo¢ei.601A lit I Curtin { i,1I4ctrode arm Or,ignffree standing 1 Cuhtllnf,,I~116.630 MuffIo:furnace ~ 1 Curtin 361-849 f Drying Oven 2 Curtin 267-914 CMS,hQt plate stirrer with built-in timer f 1 Curtin 975-326 " Safety iladOer i t 11 1 Curtin 386-235 Centrifuge ~.E.C. HNS'' 1 Curtin 049•'319 Horizonta] ead'0 ml 4 Curtin 050-302 Trunnion ring$ 1 049,4379) 4 Curtin 047-928 Metal shield with pushion ] Curtin 049-437 Horizontal head,'15.m1. 4 Curtin 050-0110 Shield 4 Curtin 220-707 Buret support with,double buret holder 2tCurtin " 220.798• Funnel,support 1 Curtin 119-362 ,Extraction appardtus+ soxhlet„ Lpbline 5009 1 r,urtin 295-360 water' bath! 1 ; + I f 1 Curtin Water bath gable cover, 4 Curtin 275-529 Pipet support tack, It 3 Curtin 220-822 Funnel,l;upport, f: 333-1 I Curtin 220-848 Draining sdapart 2 Curtin 087-726 Extractio apparatus soxhlet with condenser 4 Curtin 067-876 Condenser Allihn 4 Curtin 095-943 Flat bottom boiling flask to fit specified condenser 2 Curtin 370-353 Vacuum pumps 4 Curtin 194-142 Safety bulb pipet filler, red I Curtin 382.820 Pipetor, 500 microliters 1 Curtin 382.113 Pipetor, 5 microliters I Curtin 382-721 Pipetor, 10 microliters l Curtin 382.770 Pipetor, 100 microliters 1 Curtin Package of pipet tips 1 Curtin 0'0-144 Cork borer set- 2 SCM 2200 Electric typewriter 1 Victor 606 Printing calculator 3 Seth Thomas Electric clocks, second sweep hand, plug-in 2 Curtin 352-690 Di$$solved oxygen meter, Model YSI 59 2 Curtin 368-951 Self-stirring probe I Cory C701 Coffee Maker 20 Curtin 237-925, 2 mililiter specimen vial 20 Curtin 237-958 35 Mliiliter specimen vial 2 Curtin 232-51,2 Tongs, Utility, W1 case Curtin225-211 12 x 75 T" tubbe, culture 2 Curtip,, 2,2;3 6,51 . ~15 gall.on'p'olyeth lpni cylindrical ta'nk,graduated i3-3/4'.x 2~5~8i~ ' 3 Curtin 221.3; Supoort'rnek', test tube; 30 pine 1 Curtin 020-222 Acid syphon, polyethylene with bellows,3/8111,6: A SPT I doz.Curtin 108-941 Funnels, lone'neck9l25 mm diameter l case Curtin291.070 Co6teineiiy ?AigoosalypolypropylgAe,graduated.{ 2 Curtin 129-460 1602 graduated duplex scale 1 Curtin 043-265 Burner, halo support.?`? 1 Curtin .955 566 B4rner, burner I Curtin 4'DAtter `nylon 2 Curtin Beaker] 260 aril 6 Curtin `dea~c erg ¢oly;160 m1 pe.PS F 3 doz.(urtin 0346040,' Rattlel BOD '300 mliw/Ground glass stop 12 Curtin Bottle,Boston Round<<w th polyseal''cap, ,liter 6 Curtin Bottle, droppi,ngi polyj11 oz.- 12 Curtin A ottle; glass stopper,' 125 ml!' 1 Curtin Bottle, glass'' three gallon 2 Curtin Bottle washy poly;,8 01. 1 Curtin 052-365 Br6th'gurettd I Curtin 051-599 6ru'sh;Centrifuge tube 1 Curtin Brushy dylinder 1 Curtin 039-727 Brbsh,`flask 1 Curtin Brush, Imhoff Cone 1 Curtin 080-•966 6rush,'ttst~tube, B° 1 Curtin Burette, automatic;25 ml,with $00 ml re servolr 1 Curti'ri'' "bo,1178',Burette,iTeflon it)pcock, 50 ml < 1 Curtin 274-985 Support,buretttl; 244 rod 1 Curtin 058-586 Clamp 1 Curtin 058-891 Clamp, holder l Curtin 220-301 Clamp, support ring 1 Curtin Comparator Disc,Chlorine,Range 0-3.0 pom 3 Curtin Cone, Imhoff 2 Curtin 074.666 Cylinder,Graduated, 100 ml 2 Curtin 074-690 Cylinder, Graduated, 1000 ml, TPX 333-7 2 Curtin 366-443 Cylinder, Graduated 100 Curtin Dish, Aluminum Foil 100 Curtin 093-468 Filters, Glass Fiber, 9.0 an, • 1 Curtin Filter Pump, (Aspirator) 6 Curtin 098-491 Flask, Erlenmeyer, 250 ml 6 Curtin 1398-509 Flask, Erlenmeyer, 500 ml 2 Curtin 103-028 Flask, Filtering, 1000 ml 1 Curtin 103-960 Flask, volumetric, 100 ml 2 Curtin 110-775 Furnel, Buchner, 90 mm 2 Curtin 109-553 Funnel, poly, 3" 12 Curtin Jars, Wide Mouth, with caps, 32 oz. 1 Curtin 325-720 Pail, poly, 11 qt. capacity 1 Curtin 189-175 Pipette, large opening, 10 ml 1 Curtin 191-775 Pipette, measuring, 1 ml x 0,1 ml subdivisions 1 Curtin 191-809 Pipette, measuring 5 ml x 0.1 ml subdivisions 1 Curtin 191-817 Pipette, measuring 10 ml x 0.1 rnl subdivisions i Cur-tin 190-496 Pipette, volumetric, 50 nil 2 Curtin Rack, reagent 1 Curtin 205-336 Scoop, Lab, Styrene 1 Curtin 208-439 Spatula, 8 in ch 2 Curtin Str;)cock Grease 1 doz.Curtin Stopper. rubber, N5, 2 hole 1 doz. Curtin Stopper, rubber, 06, 2 hole 1 doz.Curtin Stopper, rubber, #'9, 2 hole 1 Curtin Support,double burette holder,porcelain base i Curtin 274-696 Storage drawer, 9 drawer, 5%" x 11" x 3-1/32" 1 Curtin Support, Ring, 3" OD 1 Curtin Support, Tripod Base with Rod(Ringstand) 1 Curtin 227-603 Thermometer, -35 degrees to 5O degrees C 1 Curtin 227-256 Thermometer, with metal :ase, -30 degrees to 120 degrees F 5U Ft.Curtin 328-369 Tubing, poly, .25" O.D. 50 ft.Curtin 328-377 Tubing, poly, .375" Q.D. 12 ft.Curtln 203-448 Tubing, rubber, V E. Chemicals: Furnish the following chemicals and reagents in the quan- titiesitote3T Quantity Description 1 Alkaline-iodide-Azide Sol'n 16 oz, 1 Buffer, Reference, ph7, 16 oz. 1 Buffer, Phosphate, for BOD, 16 oi. 1 Calcium Chloride Sol'n, 16 oz, 1 Copper Sulfate Sulfamic Acid Sol'n 16 oz. 1 Ferric Chloride Sol'n, 16 oz. I Magnesium Sulfate, 2.25% Sol'n, 16 oz, 2 Mangenous Sulfate Sol'n, 16 oz, 1 Methyl Orange Indicator Sol'n, 16 oz. 1 Methylone Blue 0.05%, 16 oz, 1 Orthotolidine Sol'n, 16 oz, 1 Phenolphthalein Indicator Sol'n, 16 oz. 1 Sodium Hyydroxide 0.02N, 16 oz. 2 Sodium Thiosulfate Sol'n, 0.025N 1 Starch Powder, 4 oz, 1 Sulfamic Acid, 1 kg. 1 Sulfuric Acid, 0.02N Sol'n, 16 oz. 1 Sulfuric Acid, Conc. 2 lb. 333-3 ITE 334 FbRNiTU4E A. Work Included: Contractor shall furnish all labor and material necessary to deliver and instal) furniture as listed herein for each of the items listed. B. Delivery and :t-rage: Furnitun, shall not be delivered to the site until buii~ings are complete and all painting finished. Furniture shall be protected in transit and shall be unloaded and moved directly into the building. Use pads mounted around door frames to protect from damage. Small items shall be shipped in crates with sufficient packing for protection. Uncrate and perform any mis- cellaneous assembly necessary and set into place. C. Manufacturer's qualifications- Furniture may be as manufactured by any one of several`major manufacturers, but must be equal in every aspect to those list- ed herein. Generally, furniture shall be manufactured by the following who will be acceptable, providing each item is equal to that scheduled: Office Desks and Chairs Fisher Droemer Cnromecraft Curtin Kimbell Filing Cabinets Conserv-A-File' Fisher Nom Anderson Hickey Brown Morris Mi ~jlaneQu;" Hu-Craft , ~ „ ~ 'Stationary ' Tiffany {,awsoA , JAm4s Metal D. Furniture'Schedule:''Furnish'and install the following';' Office 103 1 each desk F1 Laboratory de$$k,double pedestal 72% x 3p"W x 3011H with 2'fiie dr'awers;2 storage drawers and cen- ter drawer; shell white enamel with brushed chror: plated tubylar legs 1 each chair s ~ A.nddi3ed satI6 finish aluminum frame with ball bear- Ir}g casters;resilient foam rubber cushion with black vfnyl 2. each chairs F3 Steel frame side hair with black vinyl seat and back 2eecn'file 44 Four ,drawW fi a cabinet, 14-314"W R 50-`3/411 x scabinets '269,.% Ch reed 064 sides with shell white front 1 each'book F5 Three shelf'case with sliding glass doors, 36" W x case 15"D x 52-5/8"H. O~gr~r 11~, 1 $ach'de4k' Labbrkdry,des single pedestal 45"W x 30"D x 30"11, 'rfghf,'hand,ped itel''with two drawers and center drawer;shell white enamel with brushed chrome plated tubular legs. 334-1 I each chair F7 Cast iron base wi,,, jpch;¢pli bearing caster; polyurethane foam seat covered in antique white vinyl; vinyl covered backrest. i each file front opening ,hinge down front panels with slide cabinet F8 out file shelves, 47~" x 28" x 12". Charcoal with shelwhite enamel front. 1 each book Steel storage unit with adjustable steel shelves, case F9 34"W x 12"0 x 42"H; finish in shell.wm te,enamel. C ggLfst Office 123 i each desk F14 Single pedestal desk, modified to include type- writer extension on right hand side. Pedestal on left hand side. Shell white enamel with brushed chrome plated tubular steel legs. 1 each chair Fll 1 each file Four drawer file cabinet, i4-3!4"W x 50-3/4" cabinet F12 H x 26r;"D; charcoal black sides t1h shell white front. 2 each brok Three shelf case with sliding glass doors, 36"W cases F13 x 15"D x 52-5/8"H. 2 each chairs F14 Steel frame side chair with black vinyl seat and back, Laboratory 122 1 each stool F15 Uphp'4tgg're¢,,pppsture chair with round swivel seat,polyureNane foam covered with antique white vj l VJnyl covered backrg, t,l,,fpprq~ plated,x3p pr steel base with 2 nch bh bearing cps ers. 1 each cart F16 Mobile lab, cart; stainless steel cart with three shelvgs,31'IL X 19-3/4"W x 33-3/4"H on ball bear- ing casters. 1 each chair,,, flOA . Steel fralve side,c~41r,with,bluG ,vl.nYI sgai and back. Bacteriolugical 120 I each stool x11 ' p7hol~tereb,pgsl;ur,e "chair with round'swl4el seat, ,,poly rethape gam,g9Yered with antique white viny, ;,YJnyl,coygrpd backrest; chrome plated tabu ar,steel bise',vlith 2 inch ball bearing c3st- 1 each chair F18 Cast iron hasp with`2 inch ball bearing casters. Polyurethane foam seat covered iq.antique white vinyl, Vinyl covered backNst. l each cart F19 Ho4i1e;91gsr e l b car±;,plastic gqated steel u o ~'dxla pt'' x KV ) 36-1 ~1 with two 2 x , x',4': removably wire,bpSk't . Storage 121 1 each cart F20 Mobi',. pan type lab cart; plastic 6t:6d18 ,049 e,steel,construction 34-1/8"1 x 19"W x 6-13/32" rw th„be' rip casters. r, << 334-? Instrument 2 each stools F21 Upholstered posture chair with round swivel seat; polyurethane foam covered with antique white vinyl; vinyl covered backrest; chrome plated tubul&r steel base with 2 inch ball bearing casters. Boo 1 each cart F22 Mobile glassware lab cart; plastic coated steel tube frame, 34-7/8"L x 19"W x 36-13/32"H with two (2) 32" x 18" x 4" removable wire baskets. Miscellaneous 2 each folding chairs F23 36" x 72" 1 Conference Table F24 20" x 72" 25 stack Chairs F25 334-3 ITEM 401 GE4ER%"PA00tiONt FOR MECHANICAL WORK A. Work Inclrided: This section includes general requirerrnnts for all mechari- ical trades 7pTumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning), and shall be included into and considered a part of each of the following sections as if written therein in its entirety. 8. Plans: 1. The construction drawings of the building and specifications for all trades shall be inspected by all 5idders. Review a1; drawings and all sec- tions of the specifications and coordinate all aspecte of work with otner con- tractors. The drawings are intended to show the general arrangement and the extent of the work contemplated. The exact location and arrangement of all parts shall be determined after equipment has been approved, as the work pro- gresses, r,r to conform in the best possible manner with tha surroundings. Ex- ceptions and inconsistencies in drawings and specifications shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer before contract is signed; otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for any and all changes and additions that may be necessary to accommodate his particular apparztus. 2. Generally, drawings are schematic; figured dimensions shall be fol- lowed without regard to scale, where no figures or notations are given, the drawin93 steal) be fullowed. C. ~5~ymbols: Symbols for the various outlets, piping, and systems ar? noted on tfe puns, and shall be strictly adhered to in connection with all work. Sh6U1d the Contractor be in doubt regarding the'real meaning and intent of,: ' tho,variqus'symbols used, he 0611 confer witlr the Engineer for interprets- ' tion, whose, Moision shall be final. Any symbol which Is not identified on the drawings shall be interpreted by the Engineer. 0. `Ordinances, Permits and Certificates- 1 " :All'lab6r and materials shall be in strict conformance with'the -rules and recommendations of the municipal and state codes and regulations local, ~~++tility companies, National Codes, or any other authorities that may have lawful Jurisdiction pertaining to the work. P. Each Contractor shall procure all necessary permits or licenses to carry out his work and pay for the lawful fees therefor. Pay all tap fees or other cost incurred in connecting to any of the several utilities, and obtain all necesm y certificates of approval which must be delivered to tha Owndr befdho'firral Acceptance of the work. r. Standards of Quality: I:'. Where the "or approved equal" clause is used in the specifications, the'namo or`names mentioned are to be used for a basis of quality only, and other makes stay be used if 'quality of 'substituted material is equal tb the name mentioned, in the opinion of the Engineer, and if such request for substitu, tion~Is ,made and approved according to the procedure outlined below. 2s' 8e'31s qq' quallty shall be-interpreted to include material, workmanship, site, W141ght, finishes, gaugds of material, appearance,.capa;ity, performance4 etc. 401-1 3. Manufacturer representation;as to aW lability of equipment, parts re- placement and service personnel in the area will be a factor in consideration of submittal. F. Substitutions: The successful mechanical contractor, if desirous of using equipment an3/or materials other than that specifically called for in the spec- ifications, shall adhere to the following procedure in obtair'ng approval of such substitutions: 1. Up until five (5) days before bid date, prior approval will be issued on any items, upon request. Submit sufficient data to allow complete examina- tion of proposed suamittal, Any aspect of the substituted equipment that does not conform with the specified equipment shall be so noted in writing, other- wise anya rove] becomes null and void. 2. Until twenty-one (21) days after award of contract, substitutions may be submitted for approval, provided that such substituted equipment meets all specifications is in al I standardsspecified. the item specified shall be noted in writing. Failure to meet this requirement will void any other approval. 3: The Contractor in making a ,substitution assumes all responsibility for the equipment and shall ascertain that in all aspects.the,substituted equip ment is equal to the item >pecified. It is also noted that dimensions are critical and an in+portant part of the overell design. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that ail dimensions are suitable for the item; In ques-, tion:t Contractor, shall pay all costs. ,for,any ichangos necessary Lo,,incorprlrate the substituted eqquippment into the,proJect,, tqulpmenir which 1s„too,], rgejor, the spaco provided shail,be re,iected,,regardless of any,prior approYaj,, 4. Such items as are judged to be unacceptable, and for which the'Con- tractor wishes to propose some other substitution, may be resubmitted for pre- liminary approval within the following seven (7) days, or a total of thirty (30):days from the date of the award of the:contragt. ,After 01s 4i me has ex- pirdd, All equipment shall be. as 3pe,ifiedj 5. Engineer retains final approval of all equipment and in determining if the substituted item is equal to the specifications. G. Shoff Drawi,ngs~.and Submittal Data: 1,. Each Contractor shall furnish,detailed tihrjp iirawings and atal data in quintuplicate on all items of equipment furnished under hts conogutra act for approval, before fabrication, or installation, within a total of thirty (30) dayr from the date of award of contract. .24, Upon completion of the ,lob, each contractor Thal) submit one copy of approved shop drawings and catalogue data on all iter,s of,equip;nn~nt actually.. installed in the Jobs and present it co the Contractor to pc includrjd into the maintenance brochure, 3. Each Contractor shall, in addition, submit one red-marked "as -bt,iIV blue line drawing, showing any ch'nges in equipment, piping, or,ductowrk; not- ing dampers, firestats. and other hj4den equipment., In,particular shall all underground utilities be noted and diren.ioned. 1ql • 2 Ff.'!foists'hhd Scaffolds:+ Ebth Contractor shall make arrangements fori hoists, scafTo?aing,der'rTc s_, and tools necessary for all work under hit"contract. . Subcontractors shall cooperate with the General Contractor to avoid conflicts in scaffolding and hoist locations, Where possible, scaffolding shall be erected and maintained by the General Contractor, and subcontractors shall make necessary arrangements for their use. I. ,Precedence: 1. The mechanical and electrical work shall have precedence over each other in tha following sequence: a. Soil and Waste Piping b. Storm Drainage Piping c. Chilled Water Piping d. Fire Protection Piping e. Ductwork f. Omestic Water Piping g, Electrical 2. Each Contractor shill comply with the local customs as to which par- ticular trade shall install any part or parts of any work or equipment shown or specifiedi and shall plan and execute his work in this regard se as not to interfere with other contractors on this project. J Storage_ of Materials: each Contractor shall provide space for storage of his materials and equipnie;` at ground level. Roof surfaces shall not be used for t Wragb of mb teH al s'~n1equipment; any, storage within the building shall be ap~tovc'd1y the i:nginker, ftior to the, use. of the space. 'a rUf 't r I.l t P{{., ".71' f r. '.,!r.. .t Its.. K. Protection of Work and Materials: ~1.• Materials ahd eghlpment whether incorporated in the building or not, shall be'protetted at all times. Building openings shall be,covered to protect the`bUildihO from the weathers 2. FinishcJ'flodrs,,stepltreads Owner's equipment, and all finished sur• faces, exterior or interior, shall be protected against damage by workmen or equipment during the work. Wherever materials are hoisted to roof or carried into building, surfaces must be covered with a layer of heavy building paper. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done to Owner's property or adjacent Met during the construction. The above protection shall be maintained while the work 14 being clone, and in no rAve sha11 dirt or grit be ground into floor f:nishes or floor covering. l', I L: Large EQipr*nt: Lar(je pieces of equipment, which are to be installed in the 5u cf6g, and which are too large to perr+it access through doorways, stair- ways, Oh shafts, shall bt brought to the. jot, by this Contractor and placed in the spaces before the enclosing structure is completed. Equipment shall be cribbed up from the floor by the Contractor and covered with tarpaulins or other pvlotective'' coverinr) where necessary. k ' Interf0encet: 1. The plans are generally diograrvAtic, and the cooteactors must har- monize the work of the different trades so that interferences between their 401-3 workfa:ldithe- architecturalAn& structural work will be,avoided. All piping and ductwork shall be installed as close as possible to walls, floors,,columns, ceSiings, and beams; and offsets or special fittings shall be installed in lines as required to accomplish this whether shown or, plans or not. 2. Each Contractor shall cooperate with the General Contractor and all other contractors to coordinate the respective work properly, avoid interfer- ences and delays, And to arrange all parts of the work so as to harmonize in appearance with all other parts. N. Location of Outlets: 1. The location of all pipes, outlets, appliances, etc., shown on plans, if not specifically dimensioned are approximate only, and understood to be sub- ject to such minor revision as may be found necessary or desirable at the time the work is installed. 2, All outlets shall be properly centered in rooms, panels, and othe fin- ished work, and shall not interfere with outlets or equipment of other con- tractors, and shall meet the dimensioned or large scale drawings. 3, Generally, locate all diffusers in center of rooms, or in centers of ceiling tile, or to center of special design features, or as noted on the drawings. 0. Guarantees: ` 1: In;addition to' factory guarantees±op the individual items of equipment, this Contractor shall guarantee-,all equipmeht~and, work, performed under.his contract to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of final acceptance by the Owner, 24 All refrigeration, compressors shall be guaranteed for five (6) years jfromf.~e. - to of fioailacceptance,by the;Owner. If tne.manufacturer does, not offer a five-year guarantee on the compressors, the Contractor ihall purchase an insurance policy to cover this period and shall present the certificate to the Gendralrcohtractor to be`included,in the maintenance-brochure,, P.- MhintenanceiBrochure: --rte -r~- --r 1. Each Contractor shall furnish three (3) copies of complete operating instructions as well as manUfacturer's installation :instructions, parts list and warranties for all equipment furnished under each of the several sections of Division 15, to be included into the "Maintenance Brochure". 2. Maintain a record of location and depth of all underground utilities and interconnecting piping, Prepare record drawings consisting of a red-marked sepia showing all such piping drawn to scale and located by dimension from fixed sehv:`.e, connection to mains,and other prominent point, This information will be included .,in,the haintenance Brochure. Q. Valve Identification: Valves shall be identified with a 14 inch diameter stain-pew pTasLl c va'1ve-fag as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corp., New Haven, Ct „ -6505. Tags shall be attached to the valve with metal "t"! hooks,or,monel meter seals, Valve tags shall be color coded and stamped with a legend 401.4 identifying mark consisting of the calve type totter and valve number as fol- lows: VALVE TYPE COLOR LEGEND Plumbing Blue P-l(Pl,P2,P3,etc.) HVAC Yellow M-1 Fire Sprinkler Red F-1 Gas Green G-1 All valves must be identified by a typewritten schedule listing valve iden- tification, marking location of valve, and description of valve's function. 401-5 • ITE___ M rgp3_ ____BA_S- _~ATE LSL U METjL A. Work Included: This section Includes general information as to materials and tFFoYs of construction for all mechanical trades venti lating and air conditioning}, and shall be Includedlintonandhconsidered part, each of the following sections in Divisi on 15 a in its entirety. i s if written therein B. Materials aqd Work I. All materials shall be new, unless otherwise specified grade; standard manufacture and first class in eve; re respect. All materials of a type for which the Underwriter's Laboratories and of quality American Refrigeration Institute, etc., have. establishedican Gas Association, listed by the agency and shall bear their label, s standard shall be 2. All work shall be performed by competent mechanics Skilled ner, trade, and shall be executed in a thorough, substantial and workmanliketmanr 3. This contractor will be held responsible for the timely placing of all materials and inserts in the walls, ceilings slabs,, beams, et,;„ as,cpnstruc- tion progresses. C, I Tre~tchinx " 9. cav~tioP and--Backfill: .).,,Perform all- excavdtin ofr, ti 9 and backfil,ling nece~gar f r,' th t~ a work►., Shore,, bdil,, pump, y P @, Instal h letton is been completed. .and maintain all,tre,%che . ed, tested and approvedsnGTakesalllnecessaropen n i.. i dr, lint}l; to pro she wprk;,: 4 t Piping has b@ethe"Puectr y praile ions blic from open trencies and erect and maintain harriGaQes gnd;rfdrrtingt de ectthe puylcQS,yher necessary, e ! Treocho, shall, b erbackflli been-aPproyed.i Material., for,,backfiI)In sshalas'Praot:lcable after ~p.Pln9 has (6) inches above the pipe being laid, Above tthat point, ots Sandy laom up,tp,SIX he excavation process may be used hat p oVerburden reoigyp4 Jn the excavation pr c 8 used, providing it is free of trash, debris and 1a ens; ackfil,l elalerial ,shall be Y dnd.compacted,to the density of the aden undisturbed in twe,ye-inch (12") excesS,mdteriai;sh,a11 b r acent soil, All, by the Contractor, o. emoyed from the site or, eposited,in Peas directed 3. Trenching for waste lines shall be graded so thatr,re undisturbed soil where practicable, the plpl ti on tamp, to the. a is If piping is installed on fill d~rt, s t f4ctlonlof.the Engineer. Wa,,te l nes,shal be r ded,t4" f9Qt,where possible dndihall be graded Mt ,f Pgfi 1 fgg aot. ;per for,4gwer,plpe a l les t do 118, . , st u ih 1. have, brlll,hq,lQS at each.,iolnt~t9, al Tre nches re . n 9rou8d rld Pr4yi.de,space .f t °in 1YN ,bp,dyr:Qf i?ipe re epon,ripulo ar nr n e d t imkeUPi jhQre,,rock ,Qr har R I g shall, be done; to 6 below nal graand;then ~a,shr brought` to bottom of papa grade with' sand ,fill.,, Al,l profa¢rt4teq s~stlons,gf soil pipe shall be recaulked after being placed in permanent position. 4• z , I , -ii I X11 t i I I ,,i ~ r", , , t ,r.! r !►,co+re,r,!!, s', be, installed at h Ga pip'n sh I @, ns , to lnsyr$ h min r<ch mini , W4ste,P.lping shall, be ins,tall,ed at,depths, ;replred,bynb'u l~df h ►pin in no event shall the cover over the t hover, OP,of' plp,inr, h@;less!fhan,CQ 402. 1 j No piping shall be installed within twelve'(12) inches of any other line, `1n ` any direction. Piping may be installed within the same trench provided the waste piping is 12 inches below any other piping. 5.` Where excavations disturb graveled roads or paved areas, this con- tractor shall repair same to match the condition of the existing undisturbed pavement. D. Cutting and Patching: 1, Each contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and patching re- quired for the proper installation of his work, and shall obtain permission before doing any cutting. Cutting shall be done In such a manner that the surrounding work will be res0 red to its original condition. All cutting and patching of finished surfaces shall be performed by the General Contractor at the expense f)f this contractor. 2. Openings cut through the roof or exterior walls shall be provided with a temporary watertight cover during construction or until equipment installa- tion or repair has been made. E. Sleeves: Provide sleeves for all lines passing through walls, floors, beams, foundations, and roof slabs. Sleeves through suspended floors and slabs shall be constructed of 26 gauge, zinc coated, sheet iron or 22 gauge aluminum, All sleeve: in walls, beams, And foundations shall be black; stand- and weight, steel pipe, or cast iron soil pipe. Sleeves through below grade or 6kterior'building'suffaces shall~bb'thoroughly caulfced and waterproofed. Sleeves shall be ir15talled.with!ends'flush above the-fid shed Surfaces, except that+fl6or sleeves shall pr6ject 1" 6bove 1ihif6hed flo6ir; F., IVibratlon and `ioise`Isolation: 1. Equipment, piping and systems shall be installed in such a manner so as td Pe6Veht'no1Se'and 1 6vatioh transmission;' Equipment that Noul'tend td 'cause noise 6i' vibrat on'shall''be isolated -tu''peevent'noise transmission to bUtlding'''6rrtd'other'oluipA6nt, 2j, fufnish cdnorete'inertla`bldCks for all pumps land motor given machine- ry such ~s'Comphe$IsQis, chillers j'gene'ratorsi etc.' lnerti3 blocks shall be'! mounted'over cork'ahd'rubben pads'.' furnish properly sized;spring-load vibra- tion isolators for all fan blower type machinery. G. fsolTati~¢f p,i~~, ems: r 1. tab 'seps'r~ie 'piping system shall be: completely isolated from'each other systeror in trip project, 'within 'the'structuiv :Or un6griound. Genera? ly, all"pndergrdundllipinq'shall b'e'sep'arated by a minimum of twelve (12)'inches. ' Crossovers'shalI be A nstal1,d in such a manner to maintain this clearance;' otherwise," h6 'piping shall be 'separated by non-6 nduci;06 shlrW to prevent Contact 'due .to'@arth tA6vement.,or `s0tlement ' 2, Piping within the structure sh~jl remain clear of structural steel or oth O met'al's 4nd'shall be'separated 66e from the other. Where piping is in- stilled i lose'`gVIrters"in" such a lmanner'that piol`64 overlaps another system, install'00 hi ft,'-~Mnanently sec red in place to prevent Contact."' lnsulated piping is''Confl ddtid~adegUa'o seoaraItion ' 402-2 ,13.^ Where dissimilar ,metalIpiping is attached to the ,same system, other than when one of the piping materials is a plastic product, install approved! isolating unions between the two. H. Piping, Hangers, Supports~aad Inserts: 1. Furnish and install inserts of every type for inserts to be embedded in concrete, for all hangers, and for all sleeves. Lay out and check all work to be embedded in concrete and maintain work in proper position during con- crete placement. 2. The Contractor for work installed under each soction of the specifi- cations shall furnish and install all hangers, inserts, brackets and other sup- ports required by the various conditions within the construction for the proper hanging and support of all equipment. Each hanger or support shall be proper- ly sized to fit the condition and of adequate strength to support the combined weight of all piping, conduit or ductwork so supported, All piping, ductwork and equipment shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building unless distinctly shown or noted otherwise. Where multiple lines are run horizontally at the same elevation and grades, they may be suspended by means of trapeze hangers consisting of channel shaped support bars and thread- ed rods,' Trapeze hangers shall have "C" clamp brackets to attach horizontal lines to hangers. 3. Hangers, supports, inserts and accessories of any of several recog- nized manufacturers will be acceptable, and each contractor is expected to use the various products and accessories as available from the complote catalogue of such manufacturer to supply the correct device for the condition encoun*er- ed. ) In general', a few!special cases are listed herein, but,are not intended to limit the scoe of this• section to t4ese particular,appl i,cations. i a,,, Soil Pipe 'Supports: _ i. i (1} All .cast' iron pipe suspended from.the structure shall, W supported with malleable ironad,)ustable swivel, split rings with hanging rods spaced at V-0" centers, Maximum and at the nearest hub at a change in Direct- ion, or at closer intervals as required to prevent sag or due to unusual con- ditiohs.!. '(2) All cast iron pipe risers shall be supported at each flgor,. with appropriate pipe clamps, and the base of each riser shall be braced se- curely against the structure. (3) All soil pipe buried in the earth shall have concrete trust- blocks at the base of vertical risers and every change of direction for pipe larger than 4 inch size. b. Steel, and Copper_ Pi_pinq: (1) All horizontal piping hall be supported fraIi.+.-he construc- tion using threaded rods or trapeze hail, Hanger spacings O all be deter- mined by condition9 at the site, but shall not exceed the 1`016WIng:; Size_of_.Line Hknaer Spacing 3/4" or smaller 5 ft. 3/414, to 2'I,, 8 ft. ?,11, to 410 402- 3 For piping larger than 4% hangers snall be sized and spaced td account for the weight suspended, c. Hangers: (I) Brass or copper lines 3" or smaller - Modern Figure #72, Grinnell Figure 0115, or Elcen Figure 0310: hinged ring hanger with adjusters. (2) Steel or cast iron pipe 4" or smaller - Elcen Figure 0100 split ring hanger with swivel adjuster. (3) Insulated lines - Modern Figure #430. (4) Single pipe roller hanger - Elcen Figure #141. (5) Standard vigid hanger assemblies Elcen Figure #100. (6) All hangers, rods and rings used with copper piping shall be copper or brass and all accessories shall be either copper, brass, or copper plated. (7) Insulation protection saddles shall be used on all insulated lines at each hanger. All saddles shall be not less than 14 gauge galvanized steel ,jackets, covering the lower half of the insulation ind not less than 10" long. d. Sheetmetal Ductwork; (1) H6rikontaI!dudtwork shall be Fuspended frax the structure by galvanized steel bands'or trapeze hangers: Ductwork whose greatest dig mension is 44" or less shall be suspended by means of one inch (11') wida strap hangers constructed of 24 gauge galvanized steel.', Straps shall be secured to structure- by means of expansion bolts, inserts or by lapping over steel support- ing r*,,.bers' and's'ecuring together' ~ ith 1/8 machine bolts. , Straps shall bend under bditom of ductwork ind be secured W th sheetmetal screws near dutside edges'4 S--,raps shall be on both sides'of duct, at 61.0" maximum; (2) Ductwork whose greatest dimension is greater than 44", shall; be suspended by mears of trapeze type hangers and threaded steel rods properly sized `to 'account'fur the, weight suspended, and spaced not over 10'-0" on centers. Groups of duct branches at the same elevation running perpendicular. may, be sus- pended on the same trapeze hangers. (3) Vertical ductwork shall b© suspended at each floor and roof opening with steel 'angle frames of Ili" x 14" x 16" minimum secured to ductwork with sheetmetal screws at 12" on center. 1. 02e Fahrication and Installation: 1,' Fabrication and Installationj~ Generally_: a, Piping shall be delivered to the site in accordance to work sche- dule. Pipe shall be handled in such a manner to prevent damage. Store on raised platforms°'or wood runr..rs in neat piles. Prevent debris or dirt enter- ing ooen ends of piping. b. Piping specified under the various sections of the specifications shall be fabricated acid lss,-bled as noted herein. The drawings and piping details and arrangement of A appurtenances are generally diagrammatic. 402-4 Contractor shall layout all work to d-mensioned drawings in such a, manner to avoid conflict with other trades and to properly fit into available space. Furnish exact lengths, special fittings and proper accessories, and install piping to proper clearances with all necessary offsets to complete the in- stallation. c. Piping shall be suspended from structure and shall be run in a neat, workmanlike manner, with lines parallel to the building. Piping shall avoid interference with moving parts or access openings or locations where components must be reproved for servicing. Run risers plumb with a minimum of offsets. Piping shall be installed with due regard to expansion and contraction, using offsets, swing ,joints, etc., as shown or as may be necessary to prevent undue strain. Cap open ends of pipe dt-ing construction to prevent intrusion of foreign matter. d. Piping shall be anchored with due regard to the transmission of vi- bration and noise. Cast iron piping and vent piping installed inside of ptr tition or chases shall be anchored to wood blocking attached to studs in such a manner to both support and brace the piping. Copper piping shall be secure- ly anchored to studs or wood blocking with "C" clangs of proper size for piping. At each fixture location where Wiping penetrates the partition the elbow in- si+e the partition or chase shall be backed with wood blocking and the piping anchored V,th "C" clamps to prevent movement. Do not use wire as an anchoring device. e In no instance shall piping come into diract contact with metal studs, beams, or other elements of the construction. 9here copper piping,is in?,taIIed~to'be to contact with metal, provide a non-metalli, separation be tweldn the dissimilar metAls. r f. Wherd copper pipiA is installed under concrete slabs, piping pene- trat'on through the concrete slab shall be isolated from the concrete with sections"af 's'ponge' rubber insulation. Insulation shall be a minimum of 6" long acid sh'ail bell".above'the slab leVel whenth© ;mceete is,poured,, 96,. A114water piping systems, both plumbing and heating and air condi- tioning shall be arranged and 'sloped to allow drainage through plumbing fix- turesl'orby means of k" lockshield'valves located at low points. h. Piping at fan coil units or other equipment shall be installed in s'uch,a' manner'to allow for removAl of filters. Install piping in such a man- ner that the'equipment can be removed from the space without removing piping 2. Cast Iron Soil Pipe I- Leaded Joint: Insert the spigot into the hole Hhich has been pre`v3ou`sTy cTeane3, Insert an oakU,s strand which is of a dia- metal thdt tan bo hand pressed into the Joint and sufficiently, long to make three turns around the pipe., Drive the oakum to the bottom of to Joint us- ing a yarning iron and pack solidly and evenly using a packing iron and hammer. Place additional oakum into the joint to within N" of face of ,joint and pack to a depth of one inch. Pour molten lead into the ,point and faca even with bell, Whewlead'has codled,`drive it down around tho hub uniformly using a caulki6j, iroh and hammer. Castilron Soil Pipe~4. Compression Gaskett', Compression gasket joints shall be Tyler "Ty-Seal" or approvod'equal!and butte pipe and neoprene ,g0 kets sh-11 be supplied from the same manufacturer and bells shall be of special design to form a double seal compression joint when assembled, Apply an ap- proved gasket lubricant to both bell and spigot. Insert gasket inside bell 40P-5 and iorce spight,to seat,fuil depth of the gasket. Cast Iron Soil Pi e - Hubless Joints: Hubless joints shall be Tyler a. "No Hub" _ approved equa cast ron DlIV ufi oss cast iron, ASA Group 022 with all necessary fabricated fittings. Gaskets shall consist of a molded one piece neoprene sleeve inside of a series 300 stanless steel corrugated shield and clamp assembly.' Remove neoprene sleeve from shield and slide shiel,i over spi- got to be joined. Position sleeve over spigot. Pull next piece of pine into position and seat sleeve to spigot. Slide shield over neoprene sleeve and tighten screw clamps alternately until both are tight. 6. Cast (Iron Water Pipepchanical Joint: Cast iron pipe shall be cen- trifugally cast~'1-ro`n stut ng ax typ" w F►~integrally cast bolls conforming to ASA A21.6. Gaskets shall be plain rubber inserted between pipe end and ironfollower castiron shall place abyseparate ofcast held place with ASTM be held in te headgboltscanJ hexagon nuts. 6. Ctst Iron Water Pile Lockio_Gasket: Cast iron water service pipe shall be an interna~y Toc':ed, pusN-on point consisting of factory prepared bell and socket with rubber locking gasket, similar to United States Pipe and Foundry Company "LOK-TYTON" system. Fittings shall be Class 250 gray iron conforming to ASA A21.10-1964, Pipe shall be thickness Class 22 conforming to AWWA 006 and ASA A21.6. ' 7, Steel Piee Threadedir' Threads shall be standard tapered full depth and length; cut Wt is- arp, prerise dies, Before assembly, stand pipe up on end and tap to remove duttings,,, Ends of pipe,shall be reamed out and all burrs removed before joining together. Joints shall be made up using linseed oil. and graphite or "Jointite" lubricant applied to the male threads only. Caulk- 'ing of~threadedjoints to prtVent'leaks will not be permitted. !Steel P1 epWelded: Steel pipe to be.welded shall be butt welded and sha-i have area edges I' All welding shall be in 'accordance with APWA $pecir, fication 7A.8 "Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Joints". For brarches 2" 0,, smaller'' connected to ~aains 311 on larger, connections to main branches 2" or smaller connected to M.'ins 3" orrlarger, c:,nnections,to main shall be "Oe,by Inserting a "Thread-O-Let's fitting and Kelding in place. Where mai and branch lines are both larger than 3", connections shall be made by s•.Idling and welding. 9; Steel Pipe ~a Mchanidall Co~leds Mechanically coupled pipe shall be made with pipe with eri~ 9roovedy`to recefve the coupler, either factory or, , field prepared, and a mechanical coupling consisting of an automatic positive sealing rieoprend,compression seAl and a housing cla~V l Gustin Won No. 100 Standard,Imalleable'irol,-800 psig minimum working prssure or approved qual. grooved end fittings, Where mechanically coupled piping is~employedj provide elbowl~ tees,''adaptoes and.eeducers, as necessary, 1Oi Copper Pike - Sueat"Joint: --r 1-7 77 a. 'All copper pipin to be joined shall be cleaned to bright,me 31 with emery cloth and wiped dean. Apply "No Kerrode". or approved equal flux and insert into fittings. Joint to be heated evenly and "sweated" with 50-50 sdifhr,'being sure that solder flows evenly, around the entire Joint, Defect- ivL joints shall be taken o art'and remade. I i 40Z-6 equal b. Refrigerant piping shall be sweated with "Silfos" or approved . 11. Plastic Pipe - Chemically Welded: Plastic pipe to be joined shall use insert fTtt d of tTie sarre materials as the pipe, Ends of piping to be joined shall be clean and free of oils, greases, or solvents. If necessary, lightly sand with emery paper. Apply an adhesive approved by the pipe manufacturer to each end of pipe and insert to i;alf depth of insert fitting. Do not dis.. turb piping until joint has chemically fused together. J. Fire_ Stopping,: Piping or ductwork penetrating a rated fire partition shall be fire stoppcTto prevent spread of fire or smoke, Openings cut through such partitions shall be the minimum size necessary for inserting pipe or duct and remaining opening shall be packed with rock wool, Install escutcheon around individual pipes and a 20 gauge sheetmetal collar on ductwork having a lip of sufficient dimension to overlap partition opening on all sides. Ductwork penetrating 'a fire-rated partition or ceiling shall be equipped with a fire damper of rating equal to the assembly being penetrated, K. Floor and Ceiling Plates: All exposed piping and electrical raceway pass- ing Tiroug'h webs, ceiling and floors shall be provided with set screw held, floor and ceiling escutcheons. Escutcheons shall be one piece chrome plated brass with set screw. L. Electrical,Motors and Connections; Unless otherwise noted, all motors shall bef tFe squir're ca- ge, IOC continuous rated, standard frame type, and the horsepoweri speed, phase, and voltage hereinafter specified, Motors shall be "Wagner "Centur% ~Altis Chalmers", ;"Electra-Dynamic", or;approved, egUal.. The Contractor furnishing the motor shall install it, and shall furnish,allf,, starting and control equipment. M, Motor Starters: 1:,, Each motor shall have a''starter with overload,lnd,ungervoltawproii tection in all phases. Starters requiring electrical interlock contact,points shall be furnished where required. All starters shall be of the same manu- facturer and shall be Allen Bradley, Cutler Hammer, or approved equal. - ,2.° Starters 4 nstalled outside the buildingo or otherwise,exposed tQ~the weather, shall be furnished with weather resistant NEMA Type 3 enclosures, in lieu of general purpose enclosures. 3., Starters furnished as integral parts of ;factory assembled prewired,,,, equipMedt shall conform in general to tho above requirements, as they may, be applicable, N. Pushbutton and Switch Stations: 1,,,- All magnetic contactors shall be provided with a heavy duty,type push- button station, rated for 10 amperes continuous load.at 640 volts or lesso,, Pushbutton stations for non-qinterlocked contactors shall be momentary,4ontact type. Wherd required for delayed "seal-in", or where otherwise noted,;push-i, buttons shall be maintained contact type. ,.11 ',r ! 1l i „r , '2,' Enclosures shall be general purpose NEMA Type lexcept,that push button stations installed outside the building or otherwise exposed Itoithe,,;r weather shall be dust and weathertight, NEMA Type 4. Enclosures shall be pro- vided for surface mounting, except as otherwise indicated, 402-7 0. Services for'Othersi 1. Plumbing Contractor shall extend gas and/or water service to mechani- cal equipment to within two det of equipment connection and terminate with a valve. Extension 0 and connections shall be made by Heating and Air Con• ditionM g Contractor.' 2. Electrical Contractor shall furnish disconnect switches and make all power connections to motor and electrical appliances, P. Painting: All apparatus or materials furnished under this contract shall be thoroughly cleaned, rust scraped off, and all oil and grease scraped and washed off before any 'paint is applied. 2. All painting shall be by others as specified under "Painting," except that all equipment that is factory finished shall be "touched-up" as required by the Contractor installing said equipment, Q. Cleaning: 1. Each contractor shall perform his work in a neat manner, promptly re- moving all coostruction debris as it accumulates within the building. Perform all work so as • to 'maintain surrounding areas in clean condition; -2. At'the'conclusion of each phase 'of work,.remove.from building site dll;rubbishj dirt and construction debris and lem A ll.interior spaces broom R. Testing: 1. Before final tests arz made, all connections at panel shall be complete, all splices !made;, all fu3es land breakers, In.'place, and 'all circuits continuous from service entry tdleaeh outlet. 2, 5ach system must test free from short.~circuits. J3.,' MaV4 adjustment' to all egdipment in order, to leave It in first class operating,~ondition atAbo: cinpletion of the job., 4. Contractor shall bear all cost of testing and inspection, and shall provide all apparatus, tempoear'y piping; connections, electrical power, or other requir'emonts necessary for testing prdcedures,and shall take all duo precautions t.w prevent damage to the building and its contents as may be In- curred during tests. The contractor shall repair or make good, at his own nxpense, any damage resulting from tests. "6: , Any'leak5,i defect9i'e-''deficiencids discovered,as a result'of_ the tests shall be immediately liepaired or madd~ 9ood and test repeated until equirements are fully comp:lad•withr " Dofedtive materials shall be replaceddf Caulking,i puttying, " tamping `or rusting 'to corrdetrleaki wi`11 not, be accepted,, r 6. It is desirable that each system be tested in its entirety but the var'ious'sy'§tems rtay,be tostedAn'sections~ as may be•rdguired to expedite the work W, other, trladesJl;,+9tf~ aJ; Ir iid I -Ii;,.,, ,,~ar:t~Il .c„~r~~ i. ~„~C,1%~ •,,li ,l,fri "1'1li?l1~;.±il i 'i I`l i !iI~I•f.1 'f ll17. ~;'f. 7.~ ,i 402-8 ITEM403' PLUMBING`,SY:) iEW, A. Work Included: 1. This section of the specifications covers all material, equipment a,jd labor necessary to furnish and install complete plumbing systems as here- inafter specified and as shown on the drawings. 2. The drawings are basically diagraurnatic and show general layout, lo- cation of fixtures and pipe sizes. Layout work in compliance with the draw- ings to confz: m to local code requirements or the National Plumbing Code, whichever is more stringent, 3. Refer to all architectural drawings for additional piping required and provide a complete waste and vent system as well as water system for each and every fixture noted on the drawings. B• Standards: All work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of tFe pTum6fng ordiriance of the Authority having jurisdiction over the place where the work is perft~rmed. The work shall comply with the applicable pro- visions of the latest edition of the following listed codes and standards: a. UPC 70 "Uniform Plumbing Code''. b. NFPA 54-1969 "Gas Appliance and Gas Piping". c. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., stindards. C. Utilit Connections:!"'The plumbing contractor shall, before commencement of t e o , ver y tFie~ location, depth, size and pressure of water and gas IInes , and.s'a'niW y sewer to which he is to make connection for services to building. If for any reason conditions appear that will adversely affect the proper installation of the 'system,"contractor shall - iim*diately report such conditions to the Engineer in writing. Each sub-contractor shall make all notificbtidhV 1d proper authorities and shall pay all tap or inspettlon.fees required by any aspect of the work.' 0. Materials: ,1. Cast Iron Pipe, Soil, waste and vent piping shall be asphdltum coated cast iron sod-p with cast fittings. conforming to the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Specification HS-67 and bearing the mark of that organization, and shall conform to ASTM A-14-72.., 2. Hubless Cast Iron: Constructed of gray cast iron conforming to Cast Iron SoiT-PTpe Tnstitute Standard 301-72 coiVete with compression gasket. 3. Compression Gaskets Cast Iron Pipe: Double seal elastrometr,c com- pression type neoprene sears mariffacTured Fy the same company furnishing cast iron soil pipe, conforming to ASTM C-564 4, Copper Draln&nc, Pipip 1WYj: Copper oared brass tubing, type DWC, 5: Clay. Tile Pi e:1 Standard istrength vitrified clay, tile pipa with bell„ ahd spigoti~fype o nts conforming to ASTM C•70 with rubber-like compression.- joints conforming to ASTM C-425. 403,i1 6, PoI vinyl Chloride Piin~ PVC-DWV): Schedule 40.001yYinyl chlohidd tubing conforming t -MR DP2665-73, 7. Acrllonitrlle Butadiene Styrene Pi pin9- _(9S_D4lCJ-: Plastic tubing conforming i.a-ASTK 6.6T•71. + 8, Copyer Water Pipe: Seamless copper tubing, Type K, L, or M soft drawn or hard drawn conforming to ASTM 888-72. 9, W_r_o__u_yht or Cast Brass Fittinj: Full radius pattern conforming to ANSI 816.22 (1963}. 10, Cast Iron Water Pipe: Cast iron with Class 0 mechanical joint, conb. forming o7 WW`!~ PT AWWA C-102-08, Class 150, 11. Black Steel and Galvanized Steel: Standard weight steel pipe conform- ing to AR 120-72a. - 12. Cast Iron Screwed Fittings: 125 psi; threaded fitting conforming to 2~- i ASTM Al 13. Fixture Setting Compound: A standard manufactured product conforming to FederaT~pec-ITicatiori -R -C 5 6a (1954). 14. Insulating Uniont: 'Central Plastic ground foirit type 15. Unions,. Grinnell fig. 4639, Elkhart Fig, 102M, or equal. 9_L'ead:.t Soft pig or,ingot conforming to ASTM 829f55. 16r Ceul! n 17., _0_akurn Padkings Squarerbraided or hard twisted Ifiber,hemp 'or,,)ute~ 18. Solder:,+50% block 'tin and 50% pig lead conforming to ASTM Bw•32. All joints In copper piping shall be fluxed with an approved noncorrosive type flux priur to soldering. 19. Sheet Lead: Lead flashing in sheets conforming to FEO SPEC QQ-L-201f end Weig ng not`Te'ss than three' (3) pounds per cquare foot for, O'nof flashings or °f~ur (41 pounds per square foot for shower, pan.` 20. Acid Resistant Soil Pipe: Duriron heavy weight pipebell and spigot pipe with moTten lea join ts. ) I + , r 21. Glass-Pipi+tgg: Typ''6 1; Class'A ior'dsilicate glass piping, tempered; with staTnTess-steer and Buna N rubber gasket compression fittings. E. Sanitar Waste c~ Vent Sv_ste_m: . 1, The plumbing contractor shall insr,all'a complete soil, waste: and vent system for each and every fixture as shown on the drawings and/or hereinafter speclr"led:•IWaste'ahd vent'piping to,f'.xturtes`Shall be sized a., shown on the drawings and shall be so arvanged to give proper drairiage and vent;ng for each fixture. Contractor shall do all neic?ssary excavating, backfilling and repair- inV of abved, surfaces, IfI necessary, !hail' furnish all fittings' 1nclUding trapsyiwyeso benrs','sanitary tees, offsets and retucers necessary. for tne,best arrangement for a complete syst:ra, 4032 2. PiQinc~: a. Sanitary waste piping from the sewer main to the building and all piping inside the building to the flow line of plumbing fixtures and all vent stacks over two and one [alf (215) inches shall be service weight (SY) cast i ron. b. At the contractor's option, from a point 51-0" outside the building to the sewer main, waste piping day be vitrified clay tile with compression joints. c. Sanitary waste piping in sizes 2 inch through 8 inch may be laid by one of the following methods, except that hubless joints shall not be used under slab-on-grade construction. (1) Bell and spigot pipe with caulked leaded joints,' (2) Double seal elastometric compression type neoprene gaskets. (3) Hubless pipe with compression Joint. Ilubless and either of the above systems may be used together provided all Joints under slab are the com- pression VVe or caulked ,ioN t'type and all Joints above slab under 3" size; , are the hubiess type. 3 Vent PiQiM i t. a..-Sanitary',wast:e vent piping may, be service kieight cast iron witfj caulked joints or Type "M" copper tubing with sweat type brass.fittin s, or, { standard weight galvanized steel pipe with screw type malleable iron fittings. Vent sizes above inches shall be cast iron. b.! ' Scludule 40 PVC or ABS tubing with chemically welded type,;insert fitti,igs maybe U3ed forwent piping when installed above tho,highes,t,wator. „f line.of the attact!ed fixture or.,fixture group and such stacks,: are:aOe,qu4tq,ly v1 - 1 . j I f suppofted., c. Vents shall extend to a point twelve inches (12') above the roof ! and shall be flashed with,a vent terminal of, lead weighing not less than three (a) rounds per, square foots, Terminal :flashing shall ;4e dressed ,over,tpp,,Qf, vent stack lW shalli extend at ,least twelve inches (12") every girg,c,wlon,frw stack.l' d. Vent piping shall begraQed to drain back to the soil pipe and shall be instLilled in such a manner to prevent traps. All vents shall use a minimu,n of'six t6) inches above the'fixture water line before turning hori- zontally. 4~ Traps a~~d Fittings: a.; Provide standard weight cast iron, deep seal, Prtraps at floor drains, open-site drains, hub drains, or Standing wastes, as„required. I I i ; f I , I . f;~, b. Floor flanges for water closets shall be approximately 7" in dia- meter of an approved type; either bronze, copper, lead or cast,i,rpn and, shall , form a one-and-one-half inch (Ili") Flange to receive water"closet. l: rv f r C. Urinals shall be connected to soil stacks by means of threaded 4031.1-, MEOW brass nipples. No PVC or ADC connections shall be allowed. 5. Dilains_: Furnish floor drains at all locations noted on the drhwings or speciie~Fierein. Furnish "a floor drain at every shower and at least ore (1) floor drain at each rmchanical room or space in which a water heater is installed. Unless schea,;led ot:,erwise, drains shall be of the following types as manufactured by Josam, Zurn, Wade, or Wesco. a, General: Cast iron body; round flush, pblished nikaloy or chrome plated brass-d3ustable type strainer and flashing clamp. b. Eq ui ment Brains: Cast iron bady inside caulking outlet; flashing clamp, 5" dfaamate`r`palfs- ed""nickaloy or chrome plated brass strainer with st• cured grate and extended rim. c. Ceramic Tile or Vinyl Asbestos Tile Floor Finish: Cast iron body with adfustatsTe fTUsh s~"ua"nalby"c pTat~bF~sS'3trairer and flashing clamp. 6. Piping Connections: I a. All piping shall be installed true to line ,rith proper, grading not ! less than per foot, Horizontal branches shill connect to one another with 45 degree "Y" fittings, combination "Y" and +1/8 bend fittings, or reduc iiii sanitary lees. , b. Horizontal lines shall connect to vertical stacks by means of,45 degre=e, "Y" branches, 60 degree "Y" branches or combination "Y", 1/8 bend fitt- Or l'sanit'ar`y tee"fittings. - Hehi2Ontal branches turning,((M to vertical stacks nmy u's'e'a short sw&pi'dr►~~b4hd,fitting. 7. Cleanouts: a., i The soil, waste and vent piping shh11 be provided'with cleanouts to make all sections' of the'systeM accessibld,.r M eanouts shall be provided11, at endt ofand at points 'in change of directions at the base of, each main stack, and in all horizontal runs at approximately 70 foot intervals,'land at,!: other points indicated on plans. b',' Cleanouts in'connection'with- cast iron pipe; shall be of same size as pipe up to`4 inches and 4 inches for+ all larger oipe Cleanouts not occurr- ing in finished floors or' at "grade on outside lines 'shall- b'e constructed of extra heavy cast iron caulking ferrules with extra heavy brass plugs. Grade cleanouts shall ;lave a Josam 58480 cleanout set into cast iron pipe. Provide a 16' k 16"'x concrete pad flush to f"irlish grade, c 'Clea'nouts shall be manufactured by Tyler, Wade, Zurn, Josam or Western Foundry and shall be equal to the following: 11, 1) Exterior Walls Josam Series 58710, or' 58790 ' 2 Interior Walls Josam Series 58770 3 'Inte for Flooes,General Josam Se'rie4 56020 or 56040 4 "'Interiur' Fihisb:Floors Josam Series 63830 6 Underfloor or Between Floors Josam Series 58500 F 'uoo?gtiC Dater System: r 1. Domestic water system shall includc building service piping with r.-ter, 403- all branch l,ines,anal intQrior piping(hot and cold water) to all fixtures. 2. Service piping to building shall be Type "K" pipe size up to three (3) inches, and cast iron servicetPipeewith mechanical Joint for sizes over three inches. YR- fitting for 3. All hot and cold water piping inside building under slabs shall be type "L" copper tubing,. soft drawn. All other piping shall be ha1J drawn copper tubing with sweat type fittings. YPe L 4. Valves: a. Install a main cutoff gate valve on the discharge side of the water meter, eithar within the meter box or in a separate valve box downstream from meter, Install a valve in front of each fixture equipment not otherwise served by stops in the supplies. b. Valves shall be as manufactured by Crane, Jenkins, Walworth', Nobco, Hammond, Wolverine or approved equal, similar to the following: Normally open service valves Wolverine 51060" saries,brass ball valve Gate Valve 3/$11 311 JeRk.ins Fi G14va,,Va)Ye r, tP Z~ 9.1240 oi~ 1243,200 l I Swing IV Jenr,ins, Pig., 74¢,?OO'1bs ecka1ve to 1 3'' Lift Check Valve v" Ito 2'' Jenkins F1g:352,3QU i5 's• Jenkins t`tg.1222300'lbs. 5. Sackflow Preventer Assembbll . Water service shall be isoU tied `froAi the{ rM "b Y'. ~g It: ec or Ff It) ntial r SSUM relief" assembi cop forming f~ y cdst~irpnr ~a ~a Pt's4y~r+l~Sri`d1 as :emb,1`y`in`s d~' P~L~ebnc ete'q►eter box with e Pressure` Re' uIatbi': wh,6 ' aw, pressuve ~t 'tbp' building 'site 15` in ` iatorl of a t e pounds per' square inch, instal l h mate excess o e g tY r Pri ssU"re 're§ti: ` YR, PPPrPved by„local juthorit r y..; r a-~~.,Y ran"$~.; ~r'ovtd ' the draw n s nM, Q e.1'aI I hydrah~s' at all locations` indicated On h Bran g ' "nr ess otherwise scheduled a so 6o Y is shall be as follows: t le on the drawings, wart , a• Outside Loeations: 3/4" cast bronze noh-freeze type with gal- Yanl~ed,wailsle ve,,opse ey o er~ators and, threaded outlets , 5265, Wesco' 0-40 0, o!' WpOdfOr~ orel 15• rihish Shal similar to Nibco be "'Ntk "'or chrome R1.dte,q bra;s.., Hydrants shall be spaced at' 18 above f Kish grade'.y b. When required b code vacuum breaks. Y provide hydrant'equipped with Integral C.. `hw~h lrs~ f.ocations:Ihose end wit e~ - I.P. rough brass body; si ll cocks `ri th 3/4" ype operator equal to IlaPNiIo ld Fig. 1032, 8.Lxt u~ e ct Otis' $ IT, tak n,ta e,imi'nat water servlC6 pipe through wall to fixtures 6019 ir, Co.ritact ,with the wal l an-1 left td creAte sound trans mission into thq wall. Neop1. ne gromu is Or other suitable rheans'Shail Iti2' u,ed to;accorrp is .tso,lftian r6rb wall as'regUired, , 403'5 b. Ail fixtures shall `ive concealed ai~ ci~art~De`r`s. `A1F chambers"shalt be of the same diameter as the supply pipe and 18" long on both hot and cold water brenches. 9. Installation: a. Water piping run under concrete slabs shall be soft temper run con- tinuous in a system of "looping" from point to point without joints. Transi- tion to hard temper copper piping' shall be made between four (4) and 'eight (8) inches above floor. b. Branch piping servingg a "battery" of fixtures shall have branch cutoff service valves installed in the piping ahead of the fixtures. Service valves shall be accessible by means of lift-out ceilings or access panels. c. A141 piping installed above grade shall be capable of complete drain- age. Slope piping to drain toward fixtures and provide drain valves as re- quired to satisfy this condition. Outside drainage valves shall be,globe type installed in ^ast Iron valve boxes with cast iron covers. G. Sterilization-. All 0mestic water piping shall be sterilized with a solu- tion conta n ng,not less thah,~O ppm available chlorine and allowed to stand for eight (8);hqurs bofgre,f`lVshi.ng with clear water. and/or in dtcordance with current rea~iiromen,ts gf ,e 1"g~eis epartment of Public''`I Health,"' f B,~ insulat dn' _{1 11 - ~t ~ ~ ~r 1;411,OWestjjF,i10 nd,Yc91, eV f0ii6 above,tira'die'' tKa1(1 b~i insfulated: with a 3/4 inch t~iic~C ri3o1 ed sec tonal g ass' fiber'in liIatiod'a§'Mi6bfietd+ d' by Owens-Corning, Johns-Manville, or Gustin-Bacon, havfhi 'a'densi`fy bf;A't `1ess than 4~ ppunds Mr, 1g4bic,,fogqt apd. hdv n , a,n. outer. covering service j_aG et of ble4gh90 tf 'e 'o0stalt,t Craft, paper ~Et 2. Insulation shall be applied `to' clean, 'drylpipe with"sectfons`fi'rihly butted(tpge,thgr, and, la ,secyre, wi.0, flare, type metal, staples., , 11; )bovis and Rther ,fit> i,n s sha{ gR}+@red; wIt{ tectibns of, insulation Jtti Joints covered with kra t paper and stapled. I. P.lymbii►,~L.Fix'tur_.,~ T 1. Furnish and install, c6j plete, all ;fixtures as shown on the plah~ and/or as hereinafter specified. All.,fiktures:shall be new and best of thdir re- spective kinds. they shall be'non=absorbent throughout, and free from waves; kiln rgari s, or di,scolprdi<i,on.ll A,11 ,,enamel iron ware shall be acid resisting. 2. All surfaces coming in contact with tile or marble walls, floors, counters, ,or,with surfaces, of other, fixtures shall be factory ground truly flat, and shall be Cedded w,ith'find,'dental plaster at 'wall and/or' floor. 3. Provide proper support for fixtures and piping. Wall hung fixtures not provided with chair carriers shall be hung with 2" x 4" oak backdp' piece inside chase, with bolts extending through wall to fixture hangers. tav.i- tories,hall be se,c4re,d, ti the„bot, oq,in additi,o.n to standard hangers, Tither by toggle boltg,throy9h, he wail, a ~'perpenditular to the walI;for b; brackets secured to the wall under' the,lavatories. . Mauntin heights'shalf ~e'31" from finished floor to rim of lavatory, unless otherWis' inditated,dn the plane: 403-6 Y 4. Trim: a. All supplies shall be rigid, IPS brass. AlI exposed finish metal parts shall be chromium plated, rough bodied parts shall be heavily nickel plated; supplies for lavatories, sinks and flush tank water closets, shall have an angle stop cutoff valve. b. Traps for lavatories not otherwise scheduled shall be twa,tedenipple chromium plated cast brass 17 gauge mina, IPS tailpiece, to wall., All escutcheons on supplies and wastes shall be chromium plated , heavy cast brass set-screw type. Hinged sp.it-type escutcheons may be used inside cabinets. c. All trim shall be first line quality, anJ shall be clearly marked for corroborative-identification. Trim, unless otherwise noted, shall be along with fias the resective xture submittalsfixture, Trim shall approval manufacturer manfactured by be submited for the same be 5. After installation, all plumbing fixtures and trim shall be protected from damage or from paint on other spills. If work is to continue in areas where fixtures have cardboard as appropriate. ~ progress of the work. , J. Drain.Pipin~: ..I, f`1 Lr f 11~ - ili i,Sri ~~,,ng . nit ~A „,f;i6 r`Furnish,and ipstal,t drain piPif►g to each.and.every,re,,ai,r, li ,cof vP- condensate pan sand ,to ir:;%ter•, boater, .temperature ,arid presSN 1'A , a Y~. nect to the apparatus and extend to the nearest opensite drain, or as 16 1. coted onl;,the .drawings ,t, if'1(~ i jf4s iIY' ii~Jf11 r~r,1 f t 31 a Ty t fi t t Rr7s.,o r,- w r, All draip'pipin9~shall be TYPe copper,y~i.th S,weA.. VCatubin standard y wwei elded iinsert steel'with!screw.typie fit Ongi or 't ` ! i piping nnint across roof,,sur,face, shall be $,upp,Qrted above. roo€ Grai n by, means of presavre,treated wood _bl,ocks.set,ln. Pitch paps at,pbt Oyer„B,~A,~~!;- O.C. K. Water Heater: i it I,i,I: Furnish and install water heaters as scheduleq,on the drawings anj.,..-herei Hot specifbedmade with' dielectrictcouplingsiregardlesscofomateorialtusedeinecon shalt struction of heater tank. 2. Water heater shall be Day b Night, A. 0. Smith, or approved equaly hav ing.a high density glass ilined tanki insulated with fiberglass iR5}~ lotion and covered with a baked enamel. finished outer casino Atecertafieds4l!, haveaan extruded magnesium anode. Water ,heater have, , manufacturer's warranty forrten1(10) years. 3. Furnish an ASK temperature and pressure.relief valve, lnst,,ll~drai ' r~,, piping frosn,relief ,valve to the,nearQSt floor drain . Install a type B „ double wall flue for each water heater. Extend through roof and equip with rain cap. 403-7 L. Hot Water Circulator: 1. FUrhish and install an'inline mounted, close coupled Centrifugal hot water circulator pump as manufactured by Bell and Gossett, Thrush, or Taco' with a capacity of not less than 5 gam against a head of 11 feet. Pump shall have hardened, ground and polished steel shaft with an internal thrust collar and bronze impeller, 2. Electric motor shall be hot less than 1120 HP, 120 volt single phase.. Provide ''a'manual "oh-off" toggle switch with thermal overload protection sized for motor. i M. Roof Drainage System: 1. Furnish and install a complete f drainage system as indicated nn the drawings.' Drain lines occurring inside,-wk.- building lines shall be insulated. Slope drain lines not less than 4" per foot toward drain, ' 2. Roof drain shall be Josam Series 21520, Wade Series W3500 or `approved equal, complete with ravel guard, deck clamp and flashing ciarrip. Flash'each roof drain with four pound lead flashing' at'a'distance of,12" in'alt di- rections ar~oun& drain.' 3. Interior piping may be either (l) standard weight black steel pipe with standard weight black steel fittings, full radius pattern, or.(2),standard wet ht biac steel pipe, plain end with Gustin-Eaton "Plain Grip" series 205 I/ malleable' Y Oh; fittipo. o~ 3)' s0vi'ce Weight'Caslt'i'tdnfpIOe ~with1cortipressIon t}+p~ r~ebpr~ehe,64%'et 11br"(4) Type t.''ddooei•'IvltKi ! w'eat 'type 'fittings. r - ,•h. ,lifL.I~.1 ".?~ftil'.'ll!) )'l!'IS ''!.1 t)-f f){?,1>'1 U'tS I ,f:'Il,:'ra, r e ~ i 4. Roof drain from drain body to first floor shall beFinsul3ted 'with 84 thick RubatAx insulation tape, s flexible closed cell tape 2 inches wide wrapped 'in' pffhl,' fashibryE fith"Oth' Uyer'of tape dapping thegreteding layer y d less' . an 4' NchJ" Insulate' the bodies of roof drain exposed Ito inside of building. N: ""S . Aece t dlej'`f F'dr`rf,ish' an'd lihstall one tl ) 36111-x 36'l ix 6`t molded stone sh6r~ reCep a e. 7-Redeptecle'slfaU,be furnished to"Iplete with drain ofJypfi~' 302 stainless steel installed permanently to floor. 0. Floor Sink: Furnish and,install one (1) 24" x 24" a ln" molded stone mop setV'#t'e s_ films fink"shall; be f lrhished with dombinati'on dome strainer and tint basket made from'1302 stainless steel, ;!`and E-7 T AA vinyl buinperguard. P. acid Rpsistant Sewer Pi in2: All `pipe a ld ~fitifnos"carrying' acid waste Indicated on the drawings Ali acid-re`sistaht`shall be of Ddriron, as Mhi,ifacWed by The Duriron Ompany, Inc.,' Olytbho Ohid. 'Acid resistant pi,p end fittings shall ba of bell ahd spigot type, extra heavy weight. All joints"and lines carrying acid wastd shall be made by firmlyy and carefully ramming specially impregnated asbestos robd baC ih'gIinto"0d bgttM of the hubiuM117'06 hub 'is approximatel~l one- half, ful U)on this shall bd pcured a sufficient amount of previously unused 46318:- the thetmannerdgenerally used with casthirontlsailepdipeeing properly caulked to All pipe lines shall be correctly aligned before joints are made. Pro- per supports shall be provided; at least one support to each length of pipe in horizontal lines, one at each bend, and supports at intervals no greater than ten feet in vertical linesSupport should be made directly behind the bell, shahe center of the pipe. orAll sinks, sink outlets and adapters to the not in trap Teflon. Glass Laboratory Waste Piping: 1, All piping used for drain lines for laboratory waste piping located in pipe chases behind laboratory cabinets shall he tempered glass piping such as 'Pyrex;"Kimax"Type l or equalClass A borosilicate tempered glass assembled with a preassembied compression fitting. Compression fitting shall consist of a seal ring manufactured of Buna N rubber witi, Teflon liner, a stainless steel clamp with one stainless steel bolt. 2. All piping shall be assembled and shall be free of stress or strain. Slopr from sink to direction of waste piping. Provide all adapters, clamps, Furnish all pipe couplings as well as all hangers or tees, other -parts branches, necessary combustion or u the complete linstallationdof re- fittings such , offsets as docersdrain piping. 3. All installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. R. Testin : 1. All sanitary and waste and vent piping shall be tested by means of a 51-0" high head of examinednforeleaks~ being tested for not less than fifteen building sewerdtoyhighestnpointtwith water. point and completely sewer shall be 3. Domestic water piping shall be tested under pressure of thirty (30) pounds per square inch for a period of not less than fifteen (15) minutes. 4. Roof drainage system shall be filled with water to the roof level for not less than 15 minutes and tested for leaks. system discovered tests free joints of shall leaks. taken apart and remade Where any until leaks the are and tested again 403-9, I 14 4 'GAS- PIPING SYSTEM j A, Work Included: 1. Furnish and install all labor and materials, equipment and inci- dentals necessary for a complete gas,piping system from gas main to final .poiht of connection. to all gas consuming fixtures. ;2. Notify. local gas company and obtain all approvals an4 requirements for connecting to gas mains and coordinate all aspects of the gas piping system with gas company's requirements. Verify location, size,and depth of gas main, B. Wes and Ordinances: 1. The entire installation shall be in accordance with the ordinances of the State of Texas and the local governmental agency having authority over the work performed, as well as with requirements of the local gas company. 2. Notify all administrative agencies, having jurisdiction over gas piping, obtain all permits and arrange,.for all Inspections. 3. Applicable provisions of tie following codes''shall apply: Pi ing ,(AN$1 Standard p 130 st ,l` at'io of Gas ,Appll4no,esl nd Gas No, t2~., latest ed tion~. I b. (NFPA) Pamphlet No. 6f"44s ApplIppFes,apd,,Ga,S;Piping °,j N' 1•~9'Appli4oceS {NRFW)p f,jl:C,, 0 1D,3t4l~P~j9p of;Hfa:t1Prod lCl ~nrr~ ~IerialS!'I-,.lj Ilf:i'1' •11 1. ~a!. 'iff i.;'f~ I 'I a Joterior i n ;.fPlp,in insVide,io Is ructyre,or abov grade shall ,qe $c~ed ie e , s tee ~ pipe Mi IP~d,i lea a rpq s rQw; >yP~~ We f1! „uP two ;inCn, ~~9,fA Avp ? ;Inch, 1;e1 Ifit, rnM be bV,tt,We ype, f0l ha u; design,:, pip pgt,ipstallg ,nn,roof and +ar9er~than'?4~4, inch S" llhave welded f ttings. ; r ro nd Pik; ;.Exterior pipIng,installed,underground shall be one pf, I t e JA , ow !lg i ! i a, Type L copper; soft drawn for pipe si;es,one, ,lnc~,O°),or smaller; hard drawn for pipe sizes over one Inc 0"); with hard Copped wrought or sweat joint fittings made up with $ilrFos type solder, il:Stan ¢arqq;weight black $,terl,p)~e,copfor'+ning to A$TM 120-72 W thea e.0 ~a,~eable,jrp n, screw,type fittings, conforming to ANSI Blb.g- 1 71,46 0 s ;e; and butt, welded.fitt h'ssabove two-andd-One -half Inches ~ ys,,) size.~.ith pr4i'.4ctlve coating., C. polyet~,ylene plastl6'0as pllpe, Yyie fII, Grader', C1a43'C, PE3346, conforming to,ASTM D25.13, latest; edition,. with 1S" or smaller joints mad w th,approveg,dr,ester;co,uplipgg5 or, an Approvgd typpe c oression fitting, or larger joints made by the "heat fusion" method. 404-1 ali shall be used atUeachsfix~i1ture`onatherdown stream0orldischarge ,joint type discharge side of the shut-off valve. Unions over 2Y' size shall ba 150 lb. malleable iron flanged and ga:ke"ed type or 150 lb, forged steel with 1/16" thick asbestos gasket. 4. Valves:' Gas cocks 2" and smaller shall be Crane No. 250,'or approved equal. a 1 brass square head plug cocks.' Gas cocks laiq eh than 2" shall be Nordstorm Fig. 143, or approved equal, lubricated plug cocks. Install a gas cock In gas piping ahead of each gas tonsuming appliance, C. 'protective Coatings: 1• All ferrous gn: piping installed underground shall receive a protective coating extending up risers six (6) inches above grade, ' 2, 'Protective coating shall be a factory wrapped coating and shall include the following: 1 coat biturine primer 2 coat's bituring enaTel 1 wrapping Of atbestcs felt l wrapping of heay Kraft, paper Wt)t 3., Fittings and joints shall receive fiVO.wrappings of asphaItun " ahd felt toah'iequivaleot thickhe'ss''and shall L. cove ed with a final wrapping of heavy Kraft paper. „ ``'i 1 ~ }A~i (iiidet~g~outid~~ipiH'g'sh 1l ~be'~i'r~stal~ediwlth a-minimum of eight- een (1811) cover at building line and not less than twenty-four ,(24") cover at curb or alley line, 'Gaiidi~ Usual be rad nbti`les 't ari p y, e. s'p 'hor4zon~ta lin#s d alniitg td`ri t I nd'}i' ~ Ward the' eteF'." At"ah bet ~ts e 14& tra dc~'Y' 'fk h `,deab h risers Sewing 'pl~arice ' pr:vide a" eg con sting ofia'166Ff'ittin "with'ooee '1 al 'is thil a''~" dla ' f¢t,j Inches long capped. 3:' ~ Us' 001,19'shall'ibe tnstall~d wi+~h'cdmplete,SQparation from any other piping. Where piping is run in common ditches;'maintain''12 inch min- imµr,jlearance. Where branches or,ma ns cross perpendicular to one another, iatnti~s s1x`(6)'i ~i,ioih~muMicleaen e E. lnsi;al l Rion, Steel pie: ,.4as'10i0if,"shall ut tq a'Ccurate l~e~iggths'with`ends threaded and p6r,h9 tombved; are I to, ta, en. to ee `in3lde''bf p1'pi~n'g dry' and free bf'dirf, Cutting's dry'oth W foreign mat er,.'Pipe'with stt"lppne¢,'chipped or damaged threads shall not be used. 'Length'Of thfiebds'shall be graded frPmia minimum of f ?r ~ inch pipe to ly t read for 3" pipe. '2• '$cre~e'd'Jdihls'ihail'b6'M~de bp'wi'th'an'ap'prov0d'pipe j61nt'c!m- pound appoed',sparingly and gnly to the male,threads of the pipe..} ,r 404-2 ; 3. Gas piping entrances shall be constructed of stee),pipe and shall rise a rinimum of eight (8) inches above grade before entering s ructure, Provide a lubricating plus cock at each such riser. Pruvide a gas meter gas; pressure regulator and meter-regulator loop in accordance with details furnished by local, gas company.; Meter' and regulator shall be 'of *,he size required for the demand indicated, Service pressure,to building :hall, be regulated, for low pressure (4 to b ounces). Meter stop shall, be presser 1756? V% 4, Gas piping indicated to be installed across a roof shall be installed on 4" x 4" x 8" pressure treated pine supports set in 26 gauge galvanized steel flashing pans r,t 81-0" o.c. Gas pipe over 14" size when installed on a roof shall have welded fittings, Installation, Polyethylene Pipe: F. , 1. Underground po'i,vethy'lene piping shall,not be pulled tight 'a00, straight, but shall be allowed to lie loosely along the ditch bottom. Kinked piping shall not be 'Installed. Do not extend piping above grade or under any structure. 2. Polyethylene piping shall be installed on well -ompacted soil con- taining no rocks. The entire length shall bear on the trench bottom. 3. Polyethylene piping shall connect to a factory bent and coated steel pipe riser at the meter location and connected by means of an approved compression coupling with insert. 4. All underground polyethylene gas piping shall have a number 18 gauge copper tracer wire installed adjacent to the pipe. One end of the wire shall be connected to the steel riser, G. Connections: 1, Run gas piping and connect to each gas consuming appliance noted on the drawings and specified herein, regardless of which contractor furnishes or inst5lis the appliance. Each appliance shall be preceded by a union, a manual gas cock and a dirt leg in that order. All as fired appliances except ranges shall be connected with rigid pipe. Gas cocks 2" and smaller shall be lubricating type. 2. Provide redu:ers Then necessary to connect piping larger than the appliance gas tapping s*ze. Reducers shall be installed within one (1) foot of the appliance connection, For sizes up to 2", reducers may be screw thread type; over 2" reducers shall be butt weld type. 3. Install an insulating union of an approved type at ea 0 eater heater or other appliance which is connected to the domestic crater system. li, Corrosion Protection: Contractor shall protect all gas piping installed under t s conTracrrwn corrosion by installir+g grounding anodes and insula- ting unions. Insulating unions shall be similar to Tejas Plastic 150 psi nylon insulating unions and shall Ie installed at the junction with the gas main and in the gas riser at the building. Install 1 - 5 lb, graphite anode for every 100 feet gas service line plus 1 - 5 lb. anode for each fraction shall be International adjacent similar elbow Metals t"Am-Pac', g Grade A. fb.Omaft. gnesiwnInstall 5 l 404-3 I +':IprJ in'. The entire gas 'ing system shall be tested befVe being placed in service, Contractor shpipall make arrangements for all testingo shall'fur- nish all apparatus necessary for makinglthe required tests, and shall notify the 'proper au'thorities'; Test pressure shall be measured with' a' mercur' manometer or slope gauge or equivalent device so calibrated sofas to bye read in increments of not greater than one-tenth (1/10) pound, The source of pressure shall be isolated before the pressure tests are made. I 2, The piping systeri shall be subjected to a pressure of at least six (6) inches mercury or three (3) pounds gauge for 'a period of not less than ten minutes without showing any drop in pressure. 3. After piping has been tested and approved, purq'e all piping and appliances and check each appliance pilot light and valve operation and check vents fol► prope'14 dr..'ft. I I I I Il,.i 'I ;I .1~1I;j Lil11, .E•1',I Vii; I~' ~~7• .i' rr f. 01 i•"! 'I li~'I'1 'l. f {i .''.1 fi~~ ~ f'_)~fl Fi+I1' 1('.i 'I ,E. j.i 'f n`i:!; i l 1 i I I ' 1 f f i'.',' 7 `•ff rI,, f l.ll E, i i~ I 1' I!'. I l1 , t I ~ I V I I I . t r I I, I t r I i i J Ir~ rl ?i{! ,,I I r rrl I i I :i t iI 404.4 1 ITEM 405 SPECIAL PIPING SvSTEMS Mork Included:., Furnish and install all labor and materials, equipment anddentals,nPcessary,to install ,each of the several special a • tem noted on the drawings and specified herein. piping systemsncluded in this section includes the following: ys Compressed Air Piping Systems Vacuum Piping Systems Argon Helium Zero Grade Air Nitrous Oxide Nitrogen Methane Hydrogen Acetylene B. Standar s: The appropriate secti,,Nns of the following standards shall ap y pl to wor performed under this se4,%lon Fla"ble L. -aids Code NFPA St dar'd, 3 Gaseous Hyd6gM System NFPA 3aP. St~,rrderd, A Ga,i Sa e ~ .kt~ u~r n SeYerol,of tng special t as are >rlammabTe; 'iox c, rcorrosive 'by nat y ~re,cified herein himself with the physical and chemfcl proper~tiei of a 1 erin v dua g`5`se`s'?`p and observe the necessar self and his workmen from anyedangerQ ergo $'1N n ssa y,,~,p ~fe9 and him `Y ePrieeed p~Pf~'sonnel ,;l~~l,h h~Pdle~knY sPe,41P~1i~Y~9,~se; ' D„'! C r s q r i. r , I in~µdfnfrni'a5,dr,~vftlte.a~cmPleteufry;fpp~,g se p m 9 ,cob a'6 0q g ch' r Y.s indi 1 .s cyst end P Din cued p ;.thp '01#wf!!9s ec~#lg ra q p oFy oNte <~< " Jr T7m~ P! S ~Ifl f'7 .j I tl'1 , ~ alt/(r J.1'1'' I -11 • e spr, $~►41 l,; tie ta 19w ure air compressor mounted on a 30 gallon'A~ Rx A~lii eal ~re_ receitern;' fa- Ypres r, 1~1.E • horlontve. to p,p$j Ahall; be capable,of proluc~in 4.0,psi operating a a live pressure r 6 g, ~otorl shaa11, a 0lectr, c dr p`proof t per l yp't 2 volt, 3 phase, 60, hertz, operating at, l& O. rph•, Provide the ' ' fol ~ cwtn9,4ccgsSPries: „Std.r pr Il *uai, `tV1 voltage Starter` ` EMAS{e ' Air Regulator Filter Y° NPT female Inlet-outlet type. A era;, 4 - 2x 4 125 psi operating pressure It e P.uar,d T'ptdllY enclo;cd, type ~.The. system' s~ali~; be com 1ctel P. Y automatic. Control o'f, compressor sh,al ,by mepns 'o f, a, pressure, switch which 6irt, p the, ppmp between the oper4tiny ?,I,Ot;,., vo1 4, Fu n15h and 1nslall,a coMresse "i t, 1~ phase, 60 hertz,, comple e h 4 f dfyr~ 1/6! hp, 12b ' refrigeration system, b moisture''separato~, an`dFall~ a lnter'n"alp"ircfal ggd wfi ing. Dryer shall operate at minimum capacity of 4 CFM at 50P psi g. Re rigs Mon unit shall 0 a hermetically sealed type and shall operate intermittently 405- 1 at all but mali,urh load conditions; The ehtire unit shall be encloiee, in steel cabinet finished with baked-on enamel finish. Heat exchanger 0all be automatically controlled,'with a sensing element which shuts, off tie refrigeration system on low load conditions. 'Moisture 'separator shall be centrifugal type. Unit shall be capable of drying the maximum air flow to an atmospheric dewpoint of not less than minus 10 degrees F, when entering air is at 95 degrees F, saturated. 5. Piping shall extend from air compressor to each and every laboratory nutlet noted on the drawings. Piping shall be Type K hard copper made up with soldered joints using brass fittings and a 95% antimony - 5% lead high melting point solder. E. Vacuum System: Furnish and install a complete vacuum piping system to each laboratory vacuum outlet noted on the drawings, vacuum p q furnished by the laborator; equipment man'.fatturpr ahd mounted IhJ. a base cabinet under the vacuum valve location. Piping shall be type hard copper tubing made up'with soldered joints using brass fittings and a TS-5 high melting point solder. ' ;Cptnhect t`o"vAcuuo' pumand'e tend into pipe`ch[!se'beind`c`abinet and up' t0 vacuum vale,' and conn `Ct';' , l• i t. r L' I i I ~ t; I I r, ~ i I (!I t i t ~t! I! r a F.. 5 e6Al6ses i . n irk g, s 1. Specialty gases shall be supplied'in b'b'tiled"ey1iKders "fU n'istied by the Owner. Contractor shall install all pressure regulators, connectors and piping to each and every laboratory outlet noted' 6h the''dt~awingt;' 'Cony tractor ,,mall in tall specialt f lter's scrubbe s, pressure reducing alves ' an~J''i~lF de. `i 1u hlSede'fi~arf~~'b 'v:>;riosr~n'~fa'ttuieNS''Oi la ratory egUI=Wf. ' atil ut d~awln s' b Fothgmrise't'bop~er te~r{ith','rhant,fa`tt~l r representatives for each of t`h 'l'iy~o'rattbF ' lhs`tilument's''ahd 71hstal l' ,tech('' specialty items fyrr ished as recommended by that m nufacturer. Fipal con- nection to ,{6p 1e5t Ufient `s•fa , V,fe pay tF~at manufacturer's Neh`resehtatiVe. Ij )I i ~!rf 'l1 till 2 ; ~ r isil pr6sture'e' e Llator'prtdaapp rop~1 1:0 CCA' Lylinder Valve o'u'tlet for bath c l nder'. ~~t typ Install ftOssv, PI ~egul,6 permanentIV to wall above th'e eY •inder l eAllon. Allowing ';ufficien ' dfita'nte between thhe cylinder and the valve to allow for servicing and _hanging of cylinders. Provide looped stainless steel'tubing Conh"ttor to cylinder ValVe and a flexible stainlpss steel connector to the'~Igid stainless steel piping at- tached to'wall..3, Furnish and install a valve as rmbly,ot ach ou leF in the instru- ment room, consisting of a `i 61 llest steel gauge tiriO 2 inch dial, having a press{~re rang, of 0-1p0 psig; and a stainless steel, mipiat6ro cpntr'0 valve, 3400 Psi¢¢. ratK The gauge'is to measure outlet pressure ateach 156'b6%' needle'valve. Contrbl valve shall shut off pressure to gauge. Where a pressure reducing valve is required in a'' branch line,fQr,a p rticular instrument, or where filter dryers or scrub- bers dre,iottalled 9h'11ne,,the gadle,~hall be connected on the'lnstrument side of, dhy' accessory, tte(I ' tlo'gi,vpt a~curate 'outlr , pressure, 445-2 i i 4. Furnish and install piping from pressure regulatot• assembly to each and every laboratory outlet noted on the drawings. Piping shall be .actory cleaned and capped, diameter, .035" wall thickness alloy Type 7316 stainless steel with swagelock type fittings. Securely anchor piping to wall above cylinder locations. Special precautions shall be used in the assembly of specialty gas piping. Exercise special care to prevent contam- ination of piping interior. Keep all ends capped until assembled together. After testing each section of completed piping system shall be flushed with an approved cleaning solution and then purged with nitrogen. 5. All nitrous oxide piping shall be wrapped with a continuous heating tape, wrapped over the stainless steel tubing from regulator to final outlet. The heating tape shall be one inch wide r 96" Tang, rated @ S64 watts at 145 volt D.C., wrapped around the pipe in such a manner to leave a one,inch gap between each wrap of the tape. Provide transformers and relaks as required. Connect lead wires to end to end to form an inte- gral component. The heating tape shall be further insulated by means of a "Strap-on" styrene foam preformed insulation with hard vinyl outer covering. Provide metal straps at joints and 4'-0" centers. 6. All special gas piping systems shall be permanently identified. Provide one (1) plastic name Lag mounted to wall above each cylinder loca- tion and one (1) plastic name tag shall be Wa11 mounted above earh pressure gauge in the instrument room. Plastic name tags shall be "Setonite" white letters engraved in black tags with the name cf the particular gas (example: Helium He). G. Specialty Gas Regulator: Contractor shall furnish an appropriate re- gulator or each-and every type of specialty gas cylinder. Regulators shall be specially designed by the manufacturer for the type of gas on which it is to be installed and shall be high quality and tested to deliver constant working pressures and volumes. Regulators shall be constructed with an aluminum alloy body. Internal parts shall be protected by a porous stain- less steel filter. Regulator shall be designed to incorporate a present safety device to prevent overloading. Diaphragm shall be constructed of nylon reinforced rubber. Each regulator shall have two - 2~" brass pressure gauges and a 4" NPT valve. H. Seeciait Gas Gauges: Gauges for specialty gas piping shall be 2~" diameter with glass cover over dial. Dial shall be marked with blac;; num- hers over white backgracnd and shall have measurement graduates at one pstg. Pressure range shall be between 0-30 psig. Bodies shell be manu- factured of stainless steel and shall have male threads s;" MNrT. 1. Instrument Valves: Each pressure dial shall be proceeded by a min- iature control veTve of-stainless steel construction, compression straight through design with teflon packing. Val-:es shall be rated at 3000 psig at 70 degrees F with a temperature rating cf -65 degrees F to 450 degrees r. Operator knob shall be curable plastic. J. Pressure Regulator: Pressure regulators shall be fabricated of aluminum alloy and -s-Kill-be specifically designed to provide very sensit{-: and accurate low pressure control for laboratory applications. Pressure regulators shall be adjustable set type for constant delivery. Diaphragm shall be reinforced synthetic rubber and shall incorporate a NPT valve. regulator shall be mounted at a location which will allow for access, each a, adjacent to a back panel of a knee space at the laboratory casework. 405-3 K I~! Testing'. 11r,- 1. All piping' installed under this section of the specificaticns shall be tested for leaks. Contractor shall furnish all testing apparK-s and pay for all testing procedures. Testing 'shall be as follows. 2. Compressed air and vacuum piping systems shall be tested by ir~ans of oil free air to a pressure of 150 psig for a period of 24 hours, 3. All specialty gas piping systems shall be tested with nitrogen to a pressure of 150 psig for a period of 24 hours without loss of pressure. After all leaks'have been corrected, each system shall be cleaned and purged with nitrogen, being sure to remove all traces of oxygen and moisture. As soon as tests are complete, Contractor shall maintain the systems under pressure until arrangements are made ,to attach the specialty all on line. Contractor shall not' place ~nyJlammable gas on line, until ail operations which constitute a-Wre hazard have been completed. fi ,✓fi~~', Cy'1 .'Fi'~~(f1 i,'..\t ~1'''iI!i ~f r~i!~I'~l) r ,i "1 ~ 11.1 .7 ~lt 1 ~V i i.r X16 'ui 'r i? I'F i I E ;(I 1 : X11' 1'ii. I 1 l i , f~i!, u! iii i 1 I'i r', ?r: i 405-4 - ITEM 406 gA TIN% VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING A. Work Included: 1. Furnish all labor and materials, equipment and lncidcntals necessary for the installation of all HVAC equipment and appurtenances as noted vii the drawings and specified herein. 2., Submit shop drawings, manufacturer's engineering data, catalog cut sheets or any other 111formation necessary to confirm the equipment submitted meets specifications. B. Delivery and Storage: 1. All equippment shall be scheduled for delivery in sequence with the con- struction schedule in such a manner to avoid any delays in construction, but shall not be delivered to the site until provisions have been tirade to receive and protect same, 2. Any equipment delivered to the site shall be stored on blocking raised above ground level and shall remain crated until time for erection. If equipment is not delivered in crates, provide means for covering and protecting._the,equip- ment until installed. C. Codes . and Ordinances: lir Installation,shall be made in strict accordance kith the ordinances of the Staterof,TAxaslandrehe oedinances W the.'governmentaltagency havinq,authori- ty over the area 4n,,which this w6K is"peNforafed; Applicable provisioris,.of, the following codes shall apply: (5,d: 'ASHRAE Standard No. 15.58 - "American Standard,Safety Code for!Md- chanical Refrigeration", b. UBC-73 ~ "Uniform Bdilding Code c. Mechanical ordinance in effect at the site of project as issued by local authority having Jurisdiction over the place of the ;pork. d.` ASNRAE "The guide of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Enginaers e. Sheetmetal and Air Conditioning National Association(SMACNA), lat- est edition. "Sheetmetal Guide". f,' AGA "Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas Piping". 2.' Unless specifically excepted, all equipment shall be labeled or stamped by a recognized standards association as follows: Electrical Equipment U/L Pressure Vessels, Relief Valves, etc. ASME ; Pipe, Valves, Fitting, Material ASME Gas Consuming Equipmhent PGA and ASME Fans and Blowers AMCA 406-1 D. Maintenance and Instructions: 1. Contractor shall furnish three typed copies of complete operating manual and instructions and three copies of lubricating instructions designat- ing all oiling and greasing points for all equipment and listing type of lubri- cant to be used to the General Contractor to be included in the maintenance brochure. 2. All motors, bearings, et-., on all equipment shall be correctly oiled and greased before the equipment is operated and again at the completion of the job, and the Contractor shall leave complete oiling and greasing instructions for the Owner. Grease fittings shall be installed on equipment that requires same. E. System Balancing: 1. The air quantities shown on the drawings are intended as basis for the preliminary balancing of the various supply and exhaust air systems. Design considerations are such that actual operating conditions cannot be defined exact- ly; therefore, the contractor shall make minor adjustments as may be required after the building is complete, Contractor shall balance each room for 1:idi- vidual comfort, and shall return W the ;job site six (6) months later foil season- able adjustment, if required. 2. First adjust air handler total volume of air. If necessary, contractile shall change unit drive shafts and/or belts and drives as required.,to produce the minimum CFM noted on the drawings. Adjust volume dampers in trunk ducts to produce the - proper,volume,wl thin each 'of the! various branches, Final adjust- ment shall be maide!at each outlet using a velometer measuring.dQvice end,set: the volume 'damper, 'at edch!register,itA.,the CFM noted on drawings. 3. After building is occupied, re-adjust setting of dampers as required for individual comfort, 'to eliminate drafts, cold spots; or other objectionable - problems. F. Testing and Reports: The contractor shall perform all necessary tests dur- ing and at the completion of the job to insure a correctly installed system. The contractor shall maintain a record of the following and shall submit a copy to the Architect for approval, and `tall include one copy in each of the "Main- tenance Brochures." Data shall list each room by number the plans, ~and the actual cfm being delivered. This shall be for supply, return and exhaust grilles, registers and outlets, Also, list temperature reading for .arh room at time of tests, G. Materials: 1. Sheetmetal _(Ductwork): Conriercial grade galvanized steal sheet having a zinc coating of not less than .9 ounces/sq. ft. of gauges specified herein, conforming to Fed. Spec. 00-5-775, Type I. Exposed ductwork to be painted shall be "Zinc-grip" or "Paintgrip." 2. Copper: Refrigerant Pipingg: Seamless copper tubing, Type "i or "M'-, hard drawn copper tubing conforming 0 ASTM R88-72. 3. Solder: "Sil Fos" high me ling point solder. 406-2 ne (1 4. Acou~strcaasNmanu{actured4by OwensnCorningl,nJohns114anv11dlenortequal~rnal duct line r N. Acoustical ThTnnis Furnish and acoostical or9 qualn"Fiberglas""the duct liner, generally l thick, 14 lb. deirsity, applied securely with approved mastic over entire surface of lining. The lining shall tie further secured with sheetmetal screws and caps in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. I. Filters: Furnish and install filters as shown on plans and/or as hereinafter In- sperfff e7, or approved equal. Filters shall be 1" thick throw-away-type stall s acceptance. fan coil leave to Owner's in mechanical room. J. Automatic Con'.rol Devices-, 1. Each heating appliance shall int a listedofevicot hicigni- main burned wi11 shut off the fuel supply to the tlun failure. 2. Forced air furnaces shall be equipped with a listed air outlet temperature shallobe~ device ,within two heatin~ 250Fdegrees F. final,t`tnntr'oh~winh~idesetting, feet of 'die g , manual reset type. adjustable, set at 160 degrees F. fiance a K',' JVets' and Flee' Stacks: Furnish and Instal) oh each gas-fired app pipe ~ as ;nanufact0ed' Prove dal broof Jocks, esto , Oura4entorp" It t'.No Venn tha11' be 'smaller, thah` 4~,inches. flashlhy~ calweat nd.robf Vint ICS th Yehts$shviinighum of all riun vertica1!inasmuch~as, possible. root''1+ittr a ~`P Elbo4n, when h6cessa0y,,shall be notIless'th"an AS degrees offsets andthanll4 nat+ be installed nearer than '24 inches to draft hood i' Any, angl gre aherizontal run, degrees from vertical is considered a horizontal run. The total including horizontal connector shall not exceed 76% of totalivertical height. L etmetal Ductwork; 1. This contractor shall furnish and install all supply, and return air and exhaust or vsneciaiedgh ystemoruonoted twOrkototheheirawith alI pienws, casings, and accessories s ,p . allow foru-, 2. Shfietmetal ductwor>k rear to field me not prefabricate dVerwo conditionk: herm: conditions. Provide offsetslwithd tfab~ en,tS`in the field. ritate ductw,5rk trades to avoid conflicts. 3. Fabric~tto~~: 0uct►rorkth athe nd thelatest a. All sheetmetal work shrllfabricated accordance edition of ~the'SMACNA Manual for. Fabrication and Design minimum grk", a red ndat,lon'of the ASHRAE Guido, having the following 406- 3 Duct DimenfiDn L r,.jest size) u. S. tandard_GauQe up to 12" 25 Gauge 13" to 30" 24 Gauge 30" and larger 22 Gauge Round pipe{all sizes to 24") 24 Gauge b. Al' ductwork shall be crossbroken on all four sides, regardless of size, Where square elbows are shown, install a manufactured turning valve assembly. Where radius turns are shown, radius shall se 1~ times the width of the duct. Reductiors from one duct size to another must have a gradual trans- formation, the slope being not greater than 30 degrees, in any case. All joints nstallatnd tight and arranged r to prevent the cutting of Joints or seams hall be in the i c. Longitudinal seams shall be double locked and hammered flat. Trans- verse seams shall be as required by conditions, but generally made with "S" slip or drive slip joints up to 30 inches and I" pocket or 1" bar reinforced slip Joints at V -9" centers for ductwork above 30 inch dimension, d. At each branch from a main duct and at each radius takeoff to a grille, install a splitter damper consisting of a blade constructed of 20 gauge galvanized steel securely, riveted-or>weldedto a square, operating rod. The length of the splitter blad9 shall be N, times.the,width of the split in the main duct, buv,,in no case less than 12". e.!°, Volume dampers, shall be installed in.branches where indicated 8p the drawl ngs'or required, by,- tondi tio6s, Where omFt,,dimensions„0o, npt pAcee ! da ers~May.be,+"butter-fly11typesconsisting,o,f:,20 ga6ge_901 vanized steel,Olades, securial y-riif etpd.br.welded to aib1ade type;with;oppostd, acting,bIAOeA;411nked tbgetner~and-controlled by~a sing1b,operator..Mu]ti,r4la4e,da9rpers,.sholl 119t be le'ss,1than1No.i,l6 gauge! gal vani zed!steeli mounted to,pleppm or:dyctwork with; suitable reinforcing bar of,14 gauge steel or angle, iron, IF Damper quadrants, volume,dampers ,and other duct velocitycontrol approv- pvyuadrants shall be as manufactured by Young Regulator, Durolyne Corp. ed equal. Where ducts are in mechanical rooms or unfinished areas, or where damp- ers occur above lift-out ceilings. regulatory shall be stamped galvanized steel, level-type with locking screw mounted on fate of ductwork. At all other areas, regulators shall be chrome plated No. I flush mounted. g. Round or oval ductworK, wien approved for use, shall be fastp-red together' With a minimum of three sheetmetal screws equally spaced around the Round, duct- perimeter of the duct an,1 taped with an approved duct, sealing tape, work shall be 'furnished complete with all,starting collars, branch take-offs,, elbows, etc., and shall terminate in grille plenum `)ox or ceiling outlet collar. h. Each individual air supply unit, register, grille or diffuser shall be equipped with avol fine control Independent of any other outlet for the man- ual idjustment of Where outside air intakes are detal,ed, install insect screens over each duct opening set in galvanized steel frames and securely attach to tyre openings Furnish install galvanized ~~gs for all ducts and penetrating roofs 40t-4 5. Plenums for air handling units shall be fabricated in accordance with SMACNA Manual of No. 20 gauge steel sheets, stiffened with angle iron on bottoms, sides and top. Sheetmetal shall be cross braced to prevent abnormal movement during operation. Install access doors where necessary to service equipment or remove filters. 6. Ductwork shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner with ducts generally parallel to structure and tops of ducts held as high as possible against building construftion. Provide offsets as necessary to avoid obstructions, pip- ing, or structural members. M Flexible Connections: Install flexible connections at both supply and return air ucd" twork no is `ate air handler from ductwork. Connections shall be an asLE~ios cloth reinforced with fiberglass cloth. N. Insulation: 1. Furnish and install insulation as herein specified. The insulation shall be installed by men experienced in the trade and in accordance with manufac- turer's recommendations. Drop cloths shall be placed over equipment, floors, etc., to protect from insulating cement. Insulation shall be as follows: a. Drain Pi ing and Refrigerant Su tion'Pi in : or in limes from all condensate pans and refrigerant sUcttbn p p ng --shall e'insIted with Armstr,%r-, "Armaflex" insulation with all joints sealed.with No. 529 adhesive. The insula- tion shall'be 3/8" tlilck, insUlatipr shall extend from`Woensate pans to drain piping or from coil to condensing unit as`appropriate.' 6'.1!buctwc;rk,~ Duct ork'shall'be inii alt d'with'6W'ens+Corningg,Johns Manville or equal,"Fib6rgWs"Type IVjFRK)reinforced'foil=~aCed flahie.Y•efi§tant Vaft se- cured by,lap~jng the reinforced facing at1leas~ two(2)inches over previously in- stalled lnsu ation't s de Joints end' eA,d',5 a1 ,W'lads r ith Oporproof mastic as re- cemnrnded by the manufacturer. Appl9``rM9'tQ`to`the'ent*1V9 bbttWGi{ th'e duct- work before insulation is applied. Insulation,shall be installed over all sheet- iikal ductwork', except that'whe~e ductwbik insi W of mec~arieal rooms receives an internal liner, ducts need not be wrapped at`that location.`111'bthee'duct- work shall be wrapped, acoustical duct liner or not. Thickness of insulation shall be is follows: thl,k (1} Return and outside air ductwork 211 thick ~2) Duct in attic spaces ,3) All other, including lined ducts' - I" thick 0. Pipin° Systelr s: 1, Rdfrigtrant Piping: Refrigerant liquid tnd suction Piping shall be type "L" hdrd lrawn copper p) piing with wrought copper f!ttirrgs. Ali joints shall be made u with S1lfot high melting point solder. Rgfr`igerant pipe s122s,shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the cooling toil, Sizes shown on draw- ings are for estimating purposes only. 2, c ries:.,Furnish and install for each refrigerant coil a self- contairie gm or bellows type expansion valve, properly sized for the coil used by the manufacturer. The expansion valve shalt be'controllbd by a sensir}g,bul,b;;secured to the suction connection to the coil. AUu 3. rain`pipi Each cooling coil condensate pan shall be fitted with Type copper King with .weat type wrought brass fitting. Extend to nearest open-site drain. liaintain a minimum slope of 1/8" per foot to- vard the drain. P. RA isters, Grilles and-Louvers: 1. Furnish and install a register, grille or diffuser for each,out- let on the ductwork system, as indicated on the drawings and specified here- in. 2. The selections were made from standard catalogue ratings. Manu- facturer furnishing grilles and outlets shall verify sizes and submit re- commendations for correct size to obtain the throw Indicated, :without ob- jectionable draft and noise. All supply units shall be equipped with de- flectrols where unit is stubbed into supply duct. Each supply,register or diffuser shall be equipped with a separate opposed blade volume damper. 3. Registers, grilles and louvers shall be manufactured.by Carnes, Barber Colman, Titus and shall be equal to the following: a. ceilinq_Diffusers: Square perforated face adjustable dif- fu er, roond,neck connect ;,'steel panel and diffuser, factory baked off- whlte,enamel,fini,~h, ~ppPse bjOie damper. b tur Ai v`~GrjlI Hori•iOhtal face bars '0 45 digrees'de flec'tion with l.r marg nl factory prjr co~,1 for f{eld poirltinq. - , e u n, Al r. kilh ; ,.Squ~ra Perforat1d fqq grille with 1:" , 1 g, •mdrgin; ,factory aked; wh tei , n ah,,, a, %,a , tEniru~ed a1~rFiaum;iin4ar 9ri,~, r Jogp 2Q FMjft. r sr of 1o r 2 G . dQ9,ee ;t ~e, xaust; ria ,Square perfo,ratQdfade grillqwi;4h~1,° "mdr- gin; factory baked w te; f 1, n sh. f. Exhaust Grille: Square grid series with x x ty'' grid; factory baked enamel 1_n1_sY, white. Door Louvers: Inverted IT' blade stationary$'site proof, in telescoping gtype mou1ldiny, factory, baked enamel finish, "natural birch". Power Roof Ventilators: 1. Furnish and install roof mounted power ventilators having capa- cities noted on the drawing. Ventilators shall be direct or V-belt drive,. ~centrl.fugel roof exhausters as, manufactured by Penn, Jenn-Air, or Cook. Ifentilator housings ;hall be heavy gauge spun a1 rpinum Weatherprbofcgn- struction incorporating an integral weather shied: 2, Fan Wheels shall be centrifugal type, both statically and dyna- rJ cal,ly;balanced. , for and Faris shbll'be isolAied, from vibration by means 9f vipxotion isalgtion nibynting~ 3. Each ventilator shall be equinped with a`gravity backdeaft'damp- er, stainless steel bird screen and an internal disconnect switch. All in- ternal compc.•ents shall be factory wired and brought to a common wir±ng terminal for single 4C6-6 where sn noted on the drawings, fur- source connections to electrical circuits. nish self-flashing aluminum "Sonotrol" factory fabricated roofing curbs, 12" height. Set curb over wood nailer in plastic cement, so cover, flanges with roof- ing ells. R. Furnace - Coil Units: 1. Furnish and install forced air, gas-fired furnaces with direct expansion cooling coils and plenums having the capacities scheduled on the drawings, and manufactured by Carrier, Lennox, General Electric or Rangaire. Cabinets shall be constructed of heavy gauge rolled steel and lined with h" thick, 1r pound density fiberglass insulation. Cabinet shall have a baked enamel finish. 2. Blowers shall be statically and dynamically balanced ai an assembly be- fore mounting to furnace. Motor shall have factory lubricated bearings, two speed type and shall be resiliently mounted to frame. 3. Heat exchanger shall be cold rolled steel with sectional design. Bur-, ners shall be of aluminum-steel alloy and tapered for even gas distribution. Ignition shall be by means of constantly burning pilot. 4. Coils shall be non-ferrous construction with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes. Refrigerant lines shall be factory piped to outside of cabinet. Refrigerant thermostatic expansion valveshall be Jac gory installed. The coil shall be factory pressure leakst., Provide a condenstate drain pan,( coated n drain coneectlonscor oilvcabi- resistant material and shall have two - 3/4" pipe it s. Coil icabi lndt,otion3hall anti be finished. with, of,cold rolled steel. insulated with fp, , bakedton`enamel + .15., Controls,'steallIbe factory mounted and, shall, inclp,Qe, p qA valve' whlih regulates gas flow,,filters pilot gas and,provtdes,P Manufacturer to furnish a lowff{ sw' a prewired indoor fan relay with transformed. farnil,tch,for voltage heating/cooling thermostat complete with,sub-base with„ air circulation, y 1r 1? Ir, S Condensing Units' 1. Furnish and install air cooled, remote located condensing units having capacities scheduled on the drawings and as specified herein. Condensing unit; shall be by the same manufacturer who furnishes the furnace-coil unit, and the condensing unit shall be complementary. to the coil selected- All component: shall be housed in- a heavy gauge steel cabinet prepared by a five station, Al* phosphate metal *ash process •followed by a finish Goat of baked-on enamel., 26 The compressor and control box shall be hocated in a separato,, impart and All al il wirinternal ng components men t. Control cabinet shall be readily accessible. to a shall be factory wired and individually p common point fora single feeder. connection by the electrical contractor. 3. Compressor shall be hermetically sealed with built-in protective devices and shall be internally spring mounted and have positive crankshaft lubri,ca- high and low tion; crankcase heater, discharge temperature sensing thermostat, pi►essurie lkwitthesr motor itwinding temperature sensing, thermostats, and low atnbient•sensor~,. Unit shall be equipped with compressor timed-off cycle'con- trollorl.to prevent compressor short.-cycling 406.7 4. Condenser Coil shall be non-f rous construction with aluminum fins me- chanically bonded to copper tubes. L I shall be factory pressure tested to 450 to 500 psi for leaks. Refrigerant piping to be factory installed and brought to outside of cabinet and capped, 5. Condenser fan shall be direct driven by motors with inherent protection devices. Entire unit shall be shipped completely assembled. piped and wired ready for field connection. Unit shall be thoroughly tested and rated according to ART standards and shall be bonded for grounding to meet safety standards as re- quired by U.L. and the N.E.C. T. Weatherproof roouvers: Furnish and install at locations nntPd on the draw- ings stationary weatherproof louvers. 11 Louvers shall be Type 638 fabricated through- out of 16 gauge galvanized steel. Blades shall be set at 45 degrees and spaced at four inch centers and shall be 26 gauge galvanized steel. Furnish an'18 x 14 mesh bronze insect screen mounted in folded type frame attached to face of louvers with'sh'eetmetal screws'. Louvers shall be bonderized, followed'by baked epoxy primer and a final+'finish of two coats of high grade Alkyd Urea enamel baked on at 250 degrees F. for one-half hour, in colors selected From manufacturer's color chart, Contractor shall install straight ano plumb and caulk around ex- terior louver frame for finished neat'installation.l U Motorized Lbuver's: '1. 'Furnish' 1'ndlihstall~motorized~louvers at1 oca+ionsinoted on thb drawings. Lou- Vef''s hall` bb Typb UJA'Obfted withl lorl-voltage' motors.ahd operators'.f Blades and frames shall be fabricated of 16 gals°96-'galvar1iZed1steol itouvel^ Iframe~thalI b a semblpd by welding. Louvers shall be phosphatized and coated with epoxy ppti r baked' on.i, Fi411 fihi!sh thall,de V40'.'coats' of high' grade Alkyd Urea'enamel b'akely bh 'wm *Y ibe,s lt. -foe-'oi e-~hal f+ houej tol or as blbcced,1 T 'I I(:"(j II)f+. `t5€,II Pf,l :;'il.!!j i,"II 111 1. +'2,'''Blade3''Sha1l~be°p{Ybted'bh+stblf~less kteel0ball bea11in0,1n'cadmiumli+l, plated steel races and blade connecting arms shall be attached tojbpehating bars with a stainless steel sleeve pivot. Furnish a motor operator and a 120 volt step-down transformer for rotor operation. Operator shall havellimitlswitches as required to position the dampers in open or closed position, Intake Housi V. 11. 'At locations as noted' on the' drawings, furnish and install air' intake 41 constructed of galvanized steel in manufac- hoUsirigs' : turer'3'standard gauge''cohformirlgltb the! size rbgUired +Each intake housing shall be complete with insect screen,mounted in a sheetmetal frame and factory in- stalled to hood,, Intake" h'ousings'ish0 l be insulated on the underside of the hood 'the' inter4or of ai tr' shaft:!'i ' and li i':1 r'1f .,fi it I. t, il~1 `I ,fly it'• ` ,I'~ I~ 'I ~',i 2. 1 F'urni0'12 inch'high 'factory fabricated selfoflashing curbs of proper size for intake hood. W. Gas' Ffrod Unit' Heater's' j -!T7777 i i 4T II, t' 'l'.1 'Flfrnith., 9as" fined hbrizontal'suspended, `'hit',heaters as:schrduled(on the drawings as manufa`ctui,bd by Lennox, Bryant ,Carrier 0 r'aporoved'equal.', Unit hat- ers shall have a heavy gauge cold rol 4d stebl tabinet finishtdA n baked,eharrlel. 406-8 2. Fans shall be direct drive type with motor having overload protection. Provide fan and limit controls with access cover in side panel. 3. Burners shall be steel semi-continuous port with crossover igniter. Controls shal3 include 100% safety gas shut-off valve, gas control valve, a se- parate automatic safety pilot valve, pilot adjustment valve, pilot and bleed gas filter, automatic electric valve and a gas pressure regulator. Furnish a low voltage thermostat with necessary relays or transformers. X. Electric Horizontal Unit Heaters 1. Furnish and install electrical Horizontal Unit Heaters with heat- ing and air delivery capacities as scheduled, Mounting brackets designed for either ceiling or wall swivel mounting shall be furnished as shown.- The cabinet shall be of 18 gauge die formed furniture grade control of discharge air. All metal surfaces of the casing shall be phosphate coated to resist corrosion, and finished in neutral gray baked enamel. 2. The electric heating bank shall consist of " metal sheath Fin- tube heating elements. Automatic reset thermal over-heat protection shall;be,wired for instantaneous pilot operation of built-in control contactor holding coil. AlV heaters drawing more than 48 amperes shall have built-in branch circuit fus- ine for protection 3. Motors shall be Of the totally enclosed continuous fan-duty sleeve bearing type equipped with built-in thermal overload protection.+,,El unit shall be equipped with a combination fan guard/motor support resiliently mounted at four,point3 toiabsorb!ady motor,Ivibeation'i Fans!shallrbe ialutninum, directly connected torfan motor. fdynbmical. ly balar0ea,andtd"Jgned,dpecifisally for, Vnit heater application. I. .I E, h. i.. 1)~fl l•U', ! .i~. a !h.j-I ~'1 ~11 1 ifi '.1 {J'lF ! .'1 Y. . Electrit Wall, Cabinet Heater: 1. Furnish and Install Chromalox Model AWH 5404 heavy dutyy 'el ctricr'l w All heata;s at ;cc.Lion'!on drawings.;, El ectriIt heater shall be,completR~y enclp~se by a);6'°gaQge•steel+'tbbinet with architectural design grille with:closely.spasod huwrlfl6widisohbtga bars,.4inished;in brown baked enamellifinish,,± ,+,1 2. Heating elem0 is shall be high quality nichel~chromipm type and shall shave a i'ine wire mesh screen protecting the exhaust opening.,:( Built-in comfort 1thermc,stat shall have adjustment: range between 55 deggrees and, 110 degres: F with ,nanually,Set "no heat",position. Thermostat shall be talnper- resistantt adjustment accomplished by inserting narrow blade screwdriyer thrgugh front, bar. grillec, i 3. Heater shall contain automatic reset thermal overheat protector to disconnect power,,in event of overheating due to accidental blockage, Heater shall contain built-in double-pole disconnect switch for added safety.during,-E.l maintenance. Built-in power control relay for providing a means of remotely interrupting the heater for night temperature,setbick, or for-contr•ol'iing the heater from a pilot duty wall-mounted confort thermostat shall be optional. 9. Fan motor shall be totally enclosed and permanently lubricated for long, life and low maintenance. 406.9 L Gravity Ventilator: Furnish and install turbine t;rpe arivity ventilators of the size dnd type noted on the drawingst fabricated of 22 gauge galvanized steel complete with self -contained, self-flashing roof jacks. Install jacks'to wood blocking on roof deck and cover flanges with roofing felt. AA. Controls: 1. Furnish and install a complete system of controls for each item which requires controlled operation, including unit heaters, exhaust fans, motorized dampers, or ventilation fans. Contractor shall furnish all controls along with associated components such as thermostats, relays, transformers, limit switches, and wiring necessary to make a complete workable system. Where noted, furnish motorized damper complete with blade linkage systems, operator motors', transfor- mers and relays necessary. 2. Generally, manufacturer's standard thermostat control system is!suf ficient, but provide interlock wiring and components to accomplish each of the sequences listed herein. Submit complete wiring diagrams to the electrical con- tractor as required, 3. Room thermostats located in public areas shall have loose key adjustments. Thermostats shall be mounted 5' above the finished floor. Locations shaMtK! verified by the Engineer's representative to avoid conflicts, etc. t 41.i Control Sequence: l "I 'I.:'.' .'..16 1 1(, ~i,.l jai' Gas Fired Uoit Ndatersi Room thermostats $rhallicontrol fan and gas 4hlve to Whta n,roomtemperStbre,[ fans;.sh411rcycle.kith.gas valvel J,r,i. b. Electric Unit Neater: Room thermostats shall be mounted on junc- tion boxes suspen a eTi oTw tTie unit heater or S/4"i:r9gid°conduits': Thermo4tat ! - shall cycle standard controls to maintain thermostat setting. c',' 'I white coil Units '4 Adm1ni=trat1dn•Buildin' : t Furbish 4 room(ther,o mo'statIcomplete.~ r ea sw c 'art a sn ase;r~ith a fan ~'On-AOto switch. With theswitchron''+Cobl'14ositidn, the''therftstat..shall 'control~the t-, room temperature by cycling the air condensing unit on and off. The indoor fan shall be contrblled by a relay switch in connection with the condensing unit. With th6 switth in°the'"Neat" positim l the air conditioning controls.will bq,l delenergited and 'thelthermostat shallitontrol the room temperature'by operating thetgaa Wye. With Ahe switchA n the "Off" positi0fi, all controls shall be de- energized I The fan 00n4Auto'l switch ~shell,provide !either automatio fan opera tion as describcil above, or in the "On" position shall allow continuousJan Il I operation. d, Exhaust FAn Cohtrol Circuits (Exhaust fans' shall be wired .to perform thP-follbwingl, ' ,7I, - , r) I i 1) ,I I, I , , r I, ii i~ E1Administratiog Buildipl: I . , ? ITS-77-T 7 ' 77-77 (a) EF-1 - Interlock with furnace coil FC-2 so that exhaust fan is'oh wh6n6v6rCC-2' is' bn:' ti I M EF-2 - Provide wall switch with pilot light 406.10` I I (c) EF-3 - Provide wall switch with pilot light - mount in backsplash of laboratory casework (d) EF-4 - Pw,,vide wall switch with pilot light; wall mount i (2) Blower Building: (a) EF-506 - Provide thermostat and relay to control exhaust fan from desired temperature setting (b) EF-1 - Wire to room lights (3) Return Slu,.je Pum Station: EF-8 - Provide thermostat and relay to control exhaust a6 from es red temperature setting (4) Grit Building: EF-9 - Provide thermostat and relay to control exhaust fan from es re temperature setting (5) Raw Sewage Pump Station: Er-10 - Provide thermostat and relay to control exhaust fan by desired temperature setting. I I I • I I ~I I I 406-11 i SECTION V ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ITEM 501 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A, Scope of Work: The electrical work shall consist of providing com- plete an opd erative electrical installations, ar, shown on the Plans and provided for in these Specifications. The work includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment, except that specifically stat(o to be furnished by the Owner, to provide a complete and workable Llectrical system. B. Codes end Standards: All electrical material, workmanship, and tests shalt be ir, conformitty~with the applicable current standard rules, regu- lations, and specifications of the following authorities: National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU) and National Electric Code (NEC). National Electrical Mane acturerS'Associati n (NEMA). .Institute,of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). Iris.glatod'V?wer' ~a6'16 Ee ho!r; rs,Alssociatlo# } IPCEA) American National -5t5~Car'dsAns'tii;64(ANSI)`' lia4i hajjid ttf eal CQHtraEtQr~ A;Sdc14tldn (Mt A) S hdard df 16ttal lit'l6n.i, I, I ; Ii i , ,'1. '1 ,,i,r ,r Asso~latior Edison Illuminating C?Tpanies,(AEIC) Rat oiidl'Bureau'df'StandarQs`'~NBS),(Natiohal Electrical Safety Cade): Rural Electrificati6h'Admi6i5trr.ati6n (REA).''' City of Denton, Texas. C. Mateef l and Workmanship:' All materials shall be nt,w unless other- wise speCif e, and,firs c gss in edery rgsp~ct: All materials of n type' for which the.'Und&Wri~Pr'Ubbat6ries ha~6 bstablished, a,5tandaH shall be listl by tho.Undgrwriter' Laboeatories, Inc., aid shall bear their ' cable, he Contractor shall ;urnish to he Owner, for•his`approval, ' required shop ~rawlitys' showing all equip ent he `cantemplates'incdrpoeiting' in the work. ' amplps of'materials shall bp'suWitted'for apps ova1'wheq ' so dirQCted.''~quiploegt, mate'riAls,"and articjgS fnstallbd'or'Used witHout' such appfoval'shall be at the risk"of subsequent re,lectidn. 'he 'shop ' drawing s'Jhall':lnclude catalog numbers ind'complote des,eoipti6n, Appr64rl' of sudr'drav~f}r~ggS, egilfpMerir, 'and specification!'shall ndt relieV0't e Contractor of th'e responsibility for the satisfactory perfdrmah~.O df, the equipMo t as''furnished' a'nd'installed. 501-1 All electrical work shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Master Electrician holding a valid license. All work shall be performed by competent workmen, skilled in this type of work. Work shall be n~dt throughout, and structural sound. D. Grounding: 1.11 conduits, motors, cabinets, outlets and other equip- ment shaTT be properly grounded in aczordance with National Electric Code requirements. The ground wire shall be bare stranded copper, sized as shown on the Plans. Wire connections to the ground conductor shall be of the fused type equal to the Cadweld process or Burndy 1hermoweld. Where ground wire is exposed to mechanical injury, it shall be installed in thick wall conduit. Connections shall be made to equipment with solder- less connectors, such as Burndy Type QA, O.Z. Type L. or approved equal. The metal surface under the lug shall be ,leaned to bright metal. Con- nections to motors shall be to the grounding stud which shall be threaded into the stationary frame and not an end bell, and the.ground wire shall not be lugged to a mounting bolt. Where direct metallic connections can- not be made, bonding dumpers shall be'used. A grounding mat shall be`constructed at each location indicated on the Plans. 1ie service transformer at each building (except the Adminis- tration Building) shall be a wye service, and the neutral shall be connected to the ground mat, as indicated on the Plans. E. Location of Outlets. The approximate locations of cabinets, panel- boards, switches, power outlets,jetc.~ are indicated on the plans,, Unless otherwise indicated, convenience oIAlets 'shall' be'locate'01-6'' above floor and wall switches shall be, located j4,'-6", qboxqJ1QQr*1,,, F. Testing;All; circulks,,s% .be rung,0ut.dild on comp~2tioa of. the work all of the installations s all be entirely tree of,grdynds,and'~hort circuits. 'fects G. Guarantee: The Contrattor shall guarantee against mechanlcal'de in any ,orb;A motor igls;and,wor'Mo nshjp,coYer,ed by,these„sppcificatjvll; and shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense, any defective work, material, or part which may show itself within ,o period of one, year after final acceptance of the work. j H. Service: Electrical service to each Puilding (except the Adminis- tration gu`Ming) shall be 2711480,volzs, 3 phase, 4 ire from the power company's padmoynt tr nsformern or, pole mounted tram Qrmer bank, as shcwn on the plans, lervice to the Adrfnistraiion 6u ldi.ng shall be , 120/240 .volts, single, base, 3 wire. Where service 'f Om a padmount transformer is shown, ,the'contractor shall cy,t,enl:the service to the tran;former And;stV b-up as directed by the,paWer company. The Contrad for shall also Install, the concrete;poo for Bach pad mount transformer as shown on the Plans, Where service from..n overhead transformer bank is shown the Contractor shall extend the.service to the power,companyis service pole, and stub-up to a heiq#it as directed,by the power;comparly. Each service conduit to a pole mounted transformer bank shall terminate in a suitable service ent.rance;weatherhead fisting.. this Coiltractor shall assist the power company as directed, in making final connections at each service point. END OF ITEM 5014, IfEPf 502 -,III RE A!I_D_C k_OUIT SYSTE1A A. Conduit Syster): A complete electrical conduit t,ystem shall be furnished and installed for all electrical wiring. All conduit in- stalled underground in earth, in concrete, or as rioted below shall be rigid PVC. All conduit other than that buried in earth, installed in concrete structures, or as noted shall be heavy wall rigid steel gal- vanized conduit. At the transition from underground er from concrete structures, no PVC conduit shall be exposed to mechanical damage. Rigid steel galvanized conduit shall extend a maximum of ►.Nelve inches and a minimum of four inches into earth or concrete at the transition. Rigid steel galvanized conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized inside and out and shall conform in all respects to Federal Specification WW-C-581d, ASA C80.1 and Underwrit~!rs' Laboratories Specifications. The conduit shall be protected by a chromic acid rinse. Conduit shall be Pittsburg Standard, Triangle, or approved equal. Plastic conduit shall be Schedule 40 rigid high impact polyvinylchloride conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and Underwriter's Laboratorie!,, Inc., Standard UL-651. Plastic conduit shall be Pittsburg tandard Plasti- Con, Southwestern TC-40, or equal. Joints in piastic conduit shall be of the solvent welded type. Where used, flexible conduit shall be metal hose with a neoprene jacket and Appleton Sealtite fittings, Graybar or other approved equal. Connec- tions to motors shall be flexible m,7tal conduit for a distance not to`ex- ceed thirty (30") inches. All underground conduits shall be buried a minimum of 16 inches deep and as slrrown on the Plans. Ruried conduit banks shall be backfilled with vterial:free from large rock, paving material, or large angular substance vihich may damage the conduits. Conduits in buldings shall be concealed in 4+alls, ceilings, and fl,ors, except as otherwise directed by the Engineer. For other structures, conduit shall be exposed and may be exposed on unfinished tailings, basement areas, and in existing buildings. Conduits shall to rigidly supported to the building structure by means of straps or clamps, bolted pipe stthe rap two-hole typ. scrc:wed to and the l-.mps structure. shall be T of the straps one shall hole pipe of strap Conduit sizes shall be as shown on the Plans except that in no case shall a cor.dait size be less than that required by the National Electrical Code. ,'three-fourths (3/4") inch conduit is the minimum size that will be permitted, 50?.-1 Double loc}nut construction shall be used oyi all conduits, terriirating in stamped metal motor ter+ninal, moor starter safety switch, outlet, junction or puli box, etc., Leith approved type of lj!,shino over and Uf conduit. Length of conduit threads shall be increased at outlets, junction and Fill boxes where necessary to accommodate dou5le locknuts and bushing. All bushings shall be gully seated against end of conduit, Bushings shall be composed of an outer threaded metal ring with an inner insulated compound ring molded into the metal ring, or shall be of the threaded type, composed entirely of an approved insulting material. Conduit nipples shall have two independent sets of threads. Running threads shall not be used. Where conditions require joining two fixad conduits into a continuous run, a conduit uM on shall be used. "Condulet" type fittin;s shall not be used on conduits containing wire #4 AWG Gauge or larger sizes. Pull boxes shall be provided and installed where necessary to facilitate `he installation of cable and wires. The pull boxes shall he N.E.C. size: Junction or pull boxes installed in concrete slabs shall be cast iron. All other boxes or outlets shall be of 304 stainless steel or cast iron with water`ight covers. Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be accessible )nd not buried. Expansion joints shall be installed in all conduits crossing concrete expansion joints. Provision shall be made to prevent shear strain on conduits where they cross concrete expansion joints or enter concrete structures. B. Wire and Cable: All conductors shall be 600 volt thermoplastic inn sul;.ted sf-n e 'con'Juctur copper, 75°C, Type THW, wet or dry. In addition, the wire shall be water tank tested and approved as machine tool wire in accordance' with the National'Machine Tool Builders Association. The wire shall be AnacondA Af06101, Triangle, or approved equal'. All wire and cable #8A'WG and larger ir; size shall be stranded. The ,ainioum size conductors permitted is M AWG, except as specifically in- dicated on the Plans. All wine shall bear the approval of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. All splices and taps shall be made with mechanical type, compression type or spring connectors. Splices and taps shall then be reinsulated with vinyl plastic electrical tape, half lapped, to a thickness of 1-112 times the conductor insulation thickness. All conductors sh.11 be continuous from outlet to outlet and no splices shall be made except at outlets. Sufficir~nt wire shall be left at all outlets to make connections to apparatus without straining. 507-2 x For all miring systems, the wire shall be color coded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. In conduits or runs containing from two to seven conductors, no two conductors shall be of the same color. In conu',iits or runs containing from eight is fourteen (.onductors, the same color shall not appear more than twice. For runs of more than four- teen ccnductors, the same color shall not appear more than three times. Unles; necessary for pulling purposes, conductors shall be continuous from Terminal block to ter,ninal block without splice. U-ler no condition shall conductors of a diff?rent color be spliced together. Iri addition to color coding, all circuits shall be tagged at terminals. A soldered splice tap or connection shall not be acceptable. Where a one pair shielded cable is indicated, it shall be of the speci- fied number and size of solid tinned copper conductors with color-coded polyethylene or polypropylene insulation. Conductors shall be twisted and surrounded by an aluminum foil shield, drain wire, and vinyl ,packet. Cable shall be Belden 8350, Alpha (equal model), or approved equal. Paired control and communications cables indicated as three or more pairs of #22 AWG shall be the specified number of pairs and size of solid copper conductors with virgin polyethylene insulation. The cable shall be fully color-coded. The insulated conductors shall be twisted into pairs, stranded Into a cable tort and enclosed in a non-hydroscopic core tape, 0. )8 inch corrugated alvolinum shield, and high molecular- weight polyethylene outer Jacket. The sequential numbering system shall have good legibility. An occasional illegible marking will be permitted only if there is a legible marking located on either side of it. The sequential number shall be readily visible on both ends of the cablo when the cable is on the shipping reel. Mutual capacitance of any pair shall not eyceed .083+ .007 mf per mile. Cable shall meet REA specification PE-39. Cable shall be totally filled with a waterproofing compound of petrolatum and polyethylene. Cable shall be Anaconda Type Alpeth-TF, Whitney Blake Type Alpeth-TF, or ap- proved equal. Ends of the conductors shall be tinned prior to termina- ting each conductor and the area of each conductor not tinned shall be coated with urethane spray or silicone jelly. Intercorrrunication system wiring shall be furnished and installed with the intercom system, and shall be as described elsewhere in :his section. END OF ITEM 502-3 1TtM 503 -_MOTOR.. CONTROL-CENTERS t?rat the ~ontrctor furnish and install ner this A. i resGeneral: The equipment to b~i furnished under low contract re- voltage motor control centers as specified and detailed on the plans. Enclosures shall be NEMA lA with ga,keced doors for indoor control centers. Out- door enclosures shall be NEMA 3R non-walk-in. Units shall be front accessible. Wiring shall be NEMA Class 11 B. Control accessories such as timing relays, elapsed time meters, lighting contactors, etc. shall be as specified in the Electrical Equipment section of these specifica- tions. Motor Control Centers shall be General Electric 7700 Line, Allen Bradley Centerline, or approved equal. B. New Motor Control Centers: 1. Structure Units: Motor control centers shall c?nslst of one or more ve,r ica sections bolted together to farm a rigid, free standing assembly and shell be designed to permit future additions, changes or regrouping of units by the purchaser. Structural steel base channels and lifting angles shall be provided. Each section shall be apprbxi- mately 901 high ekcluding.lifting angles and base channels, pepth of units shall, be 20 inches. Motor control centers shall meet the minimum reggirements of the latest published standards of NEMA and ANSI. Motor, CQQ trol,Centers shall be suitable for operation (in 480 volts, 3 phase, 6~ hertz service. Horizontal and vertical fbus or bars shall be braced for 22,000 rms symmtrical amperes, except MCC-3 at the Return Sludge Pump Station which shall be braced for 42,000 rms syrgme- trical amperes, Maine horizontal bus bars sized as shown on the plans,, bqi; not less tt 'n $00 amperes, shall be prgVised ,tear, the top of the, cdpg9l center and extend its entire length.' Vertical bys bars shall he rated not less 'than,'300 amperes. Busses shall be alufiirn+art~,,; ' Insulated horizontal and vertical bus barriers shall be.,furnished try redu e, the haz'arg of„dc4idertal contact.' Small, separate openings in 'tke b~rridrs shall'permit unit stab=in contacts to pass, through and engage, the verti- cal bus bars. Bottom bus covers shall be provided below the vertical bus to protect the bus from fish tapes or other items entering the bottom of the motor control center. A ground bus shall run th? full length of the motor control center. r:able entry into motor control centers shall be from the bottom with main breaker connection from the bottom. Pullbox compartments for hori- zontal wiring shall be provided at the top and bottom of the control center. incoming-line compartment shall be front accessible but iso- lated from the strain but and other compartments. A vertical wiring compartment with separate hinged front door shall be provided in each controller section. All painted parts shall undergo a phosphatizing prepainting treatment. All painting shall be with enamel which shall be baked for a durable, hard finish. Color shall be ANSI-61 light gray. 503-1 2. Circuit Breaker and Line Starter Units: Starter units Sizes 1 and 2 and molded case branch breakers through 215 ampere frame shall be completely drawout so that units may be withdrawn witloat disconnecting any wiring. Starter uniC_ Sizes 3 and 4 shall be drawout type after disconnecting power leads only. Units over three spa-:e units high may be bolt-in type. A positive guidance system shall be provided to assure proper alignment of wedge-shaped power stabs in dead-front openings in vertical power tus. The screw racking mechanism shall serve as a mechanical advantage to the operator during unit insertion or removal. Stab-in power terminals shall be of a type that will increase contact pressure on,short circuits. Each unit compartment shall be provided with an individual front door. Starters and feeder-unit doors shall be interlocked mechanically with the unit disconnect device to prevent unintentional opening of the door while energized a~d unintentional application pf power white door is open. Means shall be 'provided for releasing the interlock for inten- tonal access to the interior at any time and intentional'applip tion of power, if desire, while door'is open. Padlocking arrangements'sball permit' iocking`the disconnect device OFF with at least three padlocks, with door closed or open. Unit 'disconnect 'operating handte' sha 1 be mounted on the disconnect,, not on the unit door, and shall indi~ate ON and OFF with door open or closed.'' Means' shall be provided for pa'dlocking' the unit in the partially withdrawn posi,tion. Qverload relays shall bP reset from.outtide the enclosure by Meads`of an.insutated'bar or button. r. Line :tartars' shall 6 circuit breaker combination magnetic type.'`'Unless otherwise indicated, starter; shall be for full voltage starting.Starterrs shall 66 for operation on 4811 V., .3 phaase, 60 hertz. All devices shown cospecifically designated as bein elsew,he're sha,11 on the schematic and no,, be installed, 'with the rresponding ,starter, J. `h ttot~r contt6l center,; Where centrol switches, pusk-ktb'ns, or indicating' Nht's and nolr s fically indicated `as 'beiilg`elsewtere , they 'shall 'be installed on the unit to aJoid `any necessity, for ''across'-'the-*nge" wiring'.; All control's an,d lights `shall be ,heavyduty toil=tight construction. The circuit breakers shall be manually operated, trip-free: from the handle, and magnetic trip. The operating handle shall clearly indicate whether the breaker is "ON", "OFF", or "TRIPPED". Means shall be pro- vided to lock each circuit breaker in the "OFF" position and to close the cover. All feeder breakers and breakerstarter combinations shall have a minimum interruptin(j rating of 22,000 amperes rms, except for MCC- J at the Return Sludge Pump Station which shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 42,000 amperes rms. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with 120-volt electric shunt trip operators where shown on the plans. Each circuit breaker or linestarter shall be provided with an individual terminal board,, completely accessible from the front. The control wiring 50,3-2 1 shall be NEMA Type 116. Where control transfo-mers are Indicated and unless shown otherwise, each starter shall contain a 480 to 120 volt fused control transformer with sufficient capacity for all the devices shown in the schematic. Also where indicated, the starter shall have three external manual-reset thermal overload relays. I.ightina panels and transformers located in motor control centers shall Le of the same type as specified hereinafter for individually mounted transformers and lighting panels. A control center identification number nameplate shall be fastened on the vertical wire trough door of every section. Each control center unit shall have its own identification number nameplate fastened to the unit saddle. Each control center unit shall also have an engraved bake- lite nameplate fastened to the outside of the unit door, Wiring diagrams shall be provided on each cubicle door and shall be protected such that they shall remain attached and legible for the service life of the equipment. 3 'Miscellaneous~Requirements: (a) Ground Sensin~Relsy: Time delay ground sensing relay protectign (51 5 'shaI be furnished and installed on the incoming main breakers as shown on the Plans. This protection supplements the overload`protectibn`for delayed` tripping for ground currents in the 200-1200,'6djustableampe 6 ranger Monitor panel with push-to-test, button for 'test sha11 indicate tripping due to around fault6 Ground ` sensin system shall be General Electric Ground Break System, Westing- house ?equal model), or approved equal, with adjustable 0-1.0 second time delay. Suitable zero sequence current transformers shall be part of this scheme. (b) Instrument Current Transformers: Each instrument current transformer shall be substantial a d W01-built. Insulation shall be equal to that necessary to meet the requirements of the Standards of ANSI. At normal rated amperes, under usual service con&;tions, no part of the transformer shall exceed the heating limits specified in the standards of ANSI. Each current transformer shall be capable of carrying continuously its rated primary amperes, under conditions of accidental open secondary circuit, without damage to the primary insulation. Sizes and ratio shall be as detailed on plans. Burden capacity shall be adequate to supply the connected relays, meters and accessories. 503-3 (c) Instrument_ Potential Transformers: Each potential trans- former shall be substan±al and well built. 'Insulation shall be equal to that necessary to :^cet the requirements of the standards cf ANS1, At normal ratings under usual service conditions, no part of the transformer shall exceed the heating limits specified in the standards of ANSI when serving its connect;ry load. (d) Voltage Unbalance Relay: A three-phase voltage unbalance relay (60) shall be furnished and installed on each incoming main line as shown on the Plans. This relay shall operate in conjunction with the Undervoltage Relay described below to operate the shunt trip on the main breaker in the event of undervoltage, phase failure, or phase reversal. The relay shall be switchboard type, General Electric Type IAV, Westing- house (equal model), or approved equal. (e) Undervolta a Rela : A time-delay undervoltage relay (27) shall be furnisKe-d and install a on each incoming main line as shown on the Plans, This relay shall operate in conjunction with the Voltage Irr,- balance Relay described above to operate the shunt trip on the main breaker in the event of undervoltage, phase failure, or phase reversal. Th,e relay shall be switchboard type, Ge,.eral Electric Type N$V with 60 Hertz harmonic filter, Westinghouse k'equal model), or approved equal. (f) Ca acitor Tri Unit: A stored energy capaCitor trip unit shall be furnis a ,an nsta ed with each ,undervo,ltage, pphase fajlur,e, phase reversal scheme.,a& described above i 1 Th s-unit:shali be,4aplble, of providing-sufficient power to shunt tripp,tp the main breaker,up,to 24 hours after loss of:power. °Unit shall, be for operation on 120 VAC. ENO OF ITEM i I 503-4 ITEM 504 = ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Electrical Connections to Special Equipment: The Contractor shall make M eTcctr-fcal~-connections to equ-ipment__urnistied by the (hiner and/or furnished ender other contracts, and furnistF wiring, conduit, outlet boxes, etc., as required for same. fie shall check the Plans and Specifications and inform himsi'f as to the amount and type of such wiring that may be required and include same in his bid. B. Lid htiny Transformers: Lighting transformers shall be Acme Elec- tric DryyType, SorgeT or equal. Lighting transformers shall be for operation on 480 volt primary, 120/240 volt secondary with primary taps 2 - 2-1/2% above and 2 - 2-1/2% below normal. In all cases transformers shall be sizes as shown an the plans. C. Lijh_t_iinPaPanells Panels shall be General Electric Type NLAB, Square 0 NQOB,,or eq- ual, with bolted-in circuit breakers. All multipole breakers shall have an internal common trip. All panels indoors shall be of NEMA 1A construction. All panels outdoors sha11 be NEMA 3R. Panels sha l have a complete detailed directory, :s Lighting paneils L,K1, LK and GK,3 in,ihe Administration Building shall havo a miniTum,,short circuit interrupting rating of 42,000 rms, syviymetriical amF, Peres. fq,addition, Panel LK3 shall be factory equipped and U/L apprQVed for service entrance equipment. :D Se aratel me tor.. tar rs. Motor, starters rwt ,loc,atgd,in inotor c-10 tro 4enters. s.nera flect►^ic 200-Line, Allen Bradl.e~, Bulletin 713;,or,equal, comb nation circuit breaker type magnetic motor . starters: All starters shall„be of NEMA 4 construction. Each unit st4lill.. have an engraved bakelite nameplate attached :..o the front door,: . Starters shall be for full voltage staring unless otherwise indicated. i The startgr,s.hallj have three pxterna.l manual-reset overload relays where shown,,Wogra cgntrpl,circuit,transformers are indicated,,each;starrter shall contain a 00 to 140 volt fused control trapsforoer with suffi+ cient capacity for all the ,devices ,shown in the schematip. Whgre,a de, vice is shown An-the schemati: and is not specifically designated as being elsewhere, the device shall be installed in the corresponding starter. Where control switches, pushbuttons, or indicating lights are not specifically designated as being elsewhere, the device shall be installed on the door of the starter. Wiring diagrams shall be pro- vided on each cubicle door and shall be protected such that thn-y shall remain attached and legible for the service life of the equipment. Con- trol accessories shall be as further specified in this section: of the specifications. E. Control StptiQns ~wit~hes and Pushbuttons: where remote from the starter s- w~tcNes, pNs uttons, and control stations shall be heavy duty, oil tight. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4 construction. In general, con- trol stations, switches, and pushbuttons shall be, General Electric CR 2940, Square D Class 9001 Type K, or approved equal. 504-1 F. Timis R_ela s: Timing relays where indicated shall have the capa- bility tote han7_set by an external dial. Terminals shall be front mounted and readily accessible. Ranges shall be as shown on the plans. The timing relays shall have both normally open and normally closed con- tacts. Timing relays where shown on the plans shall be Agastat 7000 Series time delay relay, Eagle Signal Co. (equal model), or equal, for operation on 120 VAC, 60 hertz. G. Repeat Cycle Timers: Repeat cycle timers shall be of a type that repeats it contact closing and opening at intervals which can be pre- set. The repeat cycle timers shall be synchronous motor driven, cam type for operation on 12D Y.A.C., 60 hertz. Ranges shall be as shown on the plans. Timers shall have snap action contacts vith a minimum of 10 amp rating. If required for long off or on times, holding relay shall be factory wired and furnished with the timer. Repeat cycle timer3 shall be Eagle Signal Model HG100 Series, Automatic Timing and controls (equal model), or equal. H. Photocells: Photocell:, shall be furnished and installed as shown on thePlans for control of outdoor lighting. Photocells shall be field ad,ustable fr6'-2 to'50 footo'ndles, With SPST'tonttcts `reted'15WWatts' at 120 VAC. Photocells shaII,have a built- in 5 ,sdtdhd timn'del ay, and- shall be`suitable for 'operation on 120 VAC; 60 he'rt'z. Photocells shall be Tork Model 2100, Fisher Pierce 63304 DA2, or approved equal. 1. ,ghtin C htact6es': ' Li > ting contactors' shall 66 of the electrically g held type.' A co~ltacts shall be double' break'silver alloy protected by arcing c6tacts. Contacts sh'all''be self aligdi,ng and`reneviabte'front the front of 'the panel. Contactors shall be 2 pole; rated .30 amp at 480 VAC,- and shall be for operation on 120 VAC. Lighting contactors shall be of open construction for mounting in rotor control centers. J. Manual Motor' tarters:" Manual motor starters 'shall` be single pole, tcggle:'operfed comp ete'W the overload heater sized for'the equipment served:' Ma'nual'mot or starterssh'all be General tlecttric CR101 Allen Bradley (q ual model), or apprbved'equa,l,'housed in a' NEMA 1 enclosure or designed 'for 'flush 'mounting for indoor use,' 'or in a NNA 4 enclosure for outdoor use. Manual motor starters shall be equipped with a line voltage pilot light where indicated. K. Cable Reel: The cable reel shall be roll up type ree', with four conductor cab~1 e N12 .AWG size conductors. The reel shall be completely weatherproof and made of aluminum. Cable length shall be as stated below at Lhe locations listed. Reel shall be Appleton RL 10 Series, General Electric (equal model), or equal. Location Cable Length _(F Raw Sewage Pump $ta.' 45 504-2 L. Level Controllers: Level controllers for each of the Scum Wells, the Recycle Pump Station, the Flotation Thickener Sludge Pump Station, and tho_ trying Beds Pump Station shall consist of shielded bronze electrodes suspended inside a liquid-filled steel support pipe. Support pipe shall have a flexible, chemical resistant bulb on the 10wEr end to prevent contact of electrodes with the process liquid. Each level controller shall I,e furnished with a wall bracket or mounting flange as shown on the Plans. A control box containing relays for operation of the pump stater shall be furnished with each controller and, except for the Drying Beds Level Controller, shall be suitable for mounting in the motor control center. The Drying Beds Level Controller shall be housed in a NERA 4 enclosure. Control box shall be for operation on 120 VAC. Level Controllers for Scum Wells and the Thickener Sludge Pump Station shall be designed for single pump control, with two electrodes. Level controller for the Recycle Pump Station and the Drying Beds Pump Station shall be designed for two pump control, with 3 electrodes, one for each of the pump start points and one for common stop. M. Pull Boxes: Un4erground pull boxes shall be installed at the loca- tions s- h on the Plans,') nd at other locations to fad litate'the'instal- lation of underground conduit and wire:` Pull box s shall be of pre-Cast, concrete construction with minimum dimensiO of " x 36"'x 24" deep, with 4" walls, and galvanized parkway cover. Pull boxes shall be Brooks Products Nor 100 Seriest Dalworth (equal model), or approved eqqal. N. Clarifier Alarm Horni ' Alarm horns' 'shall°be'of the outdoor wbather- proof type or operation'on l2o VAC: Horn output shall be at least 95 decibels at 10 feet. Horn shall be Edwards No. 374A, Federal (equal model), or approved equal. 0. Time Clock: Time clock shall be heavy duty synchronous motor, 24-hour astronom~' ceT+dial', and reserve power feature to maintain' time on dial for up to 16 hoL'rs aft& ppower failure. 'Contacts shall e'DPST rated 40'am s at 277 volts. Time clock shall be housed in a'NEMA 7 enclosure, and sh~11 be Tork Model' 7200ZL, Sangams (equal model), or approved equal. P. Disconnect Switches: Furnish and install non-fused safety switches as indicated on file plans and specifications. All safety switches shall be NEMA Heavy Duty Type HD and Underwriters' Laboratories listed. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the OFF position when the door is open. Switches shall be of dead front construc- tion with permanently attached arc suppressors hinged or otherwise atiached to permit easy access to line-side lugs without removal of the arc suppres- sor. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper and/or aluminum cables and front removable. All current carrying parts shall be plated by electrolytic process6.1 Switches shall have a quick-made and quick-break operating handle and me- chanism which shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover. Switches shall have a dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the 504-3 switch door in the ON position or closing of the switch mechanism with the door open. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 250 volts AC or DC or 600 volts AC as indicated by the plans. Switches shall be furnished ina NW 1 enclosure for use indoors Switches installed outdoors shall be NIMA ?R. Disconnect switches shall be Square D VeLlvy Duty type, Electric ((qual Trodel), or approved equal. Q. Teriiiinal Cabinets,: Terminal cabinets shall consist of a steel en- closure vrifh panel mounted terminal strips as specified herein. Enclosures located indoors shall be NEMA 12, dustight, and enclosures located outdoors NEMA 4 watertight. Enclosures shall be furnished with an interior panel for mounting of terminal strips. Terminal strips shall be furnished and installed in each terminal cabi- net as required for instrumentation and control. terminal strips shall have pressure gable connectors of the tubular clamp type with min'ature sectional terminal strips with nylon see-through covers. A minimum of 20% spire terminals shall be provided in all terminal.strips or in adjacent, spare terminal:strips, Terminal strips shall be Buchanan 300V, Cat. No. 125, Square 0 (equal modei),,or approved equal. R. Circuit Breatt s: Circuit breakers shall be sized as shown on,the plans an4_sFT `5e ederal Pacific Type NB, General Electric (equal model) or approved o,qual.. All multipole breakers shall have an internal common trip.. CirWit breakers mounted in individual enclosures strall be housgd in NikA 4s;304 stainless steel enclosures.. S. Final Clarifier ScuT Spray Limit Switches: Limit switches for use with the final Clarifier Scum-Way system slral.l,be heavy-duty, oil tight with SPDT pnt;acts rated 10 amPsaw 12(l VAC., Limit switches shall be watertight, for outdoor use, and sha0, include, a. wobble stick wire extension turret hf'ad. Wobble stick shall be approximately 10-inches in length. Limit switches shall be square D Class 5007 Type 054K, Micro Switch (equal model), or approved equal. T. ElectEical Heating nape: Electrical seating tape shall be a strip para -el circuit construr,tion consisting of a continuous of seT TTmitirn9, _ inner core of conductive muterial betweer, two parallel copper bus wires, Chemelex Cat, No. 10 PTV, or approved equal. During installation the strip shall be cut-to-length at the job sits to match as built pipe re- quirements. It shall be wrapped and overlapped on valves according to manufacturer's reci>mmendations. Thermal insulation shall be properly applied,.sealed, and weatherproofed as described elsewhere in these specifications. A "weatherproof thermostat, Chemelex Cat. No. E014 shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations to supply power to the heating tape circuit when the ambient temperature falls below 40° F, 504-4 U. Instrumentation Pull Boxes: Pull boxes shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Plans to facilitate the installation of underground low volt- age instrumentation cables in conduit. Pull boxes shall be of pre-cast con- crete construction, with minimum iris Ede dimensions of 12" x 22" x 13" deep, and bolt-on concrete cover. Pull boxes shall be Brooks Products No. 5 with extension, Dalworth (equal model), or approved equr,l. V. Reset Timers: Reset timers shall be Eagle Signal Bulletin 125 Cycl- Flex Reset_iimer, Automatic Timing and Controls Series 305 Reset Timer, or equal. The reset timers shall operate at 120 volts, 60 Hertz, and have an adjustable range as shown on the Plans. END OF ITEM 504-5 11114 50rz - LIGHTING FIXTURES, SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. l.tghtiiig Fixtures: The Contractor shall furnish and install all IOJO in; fixtures throughout, complete with lamps, sockets, wiring, hrnL)vrs, etc., as required. Types of fixtures shall be as follows: IM A: Two lamp, 96" Slimline Fluorescent fixture with porcelain reflector and high power factor ballast for oper.,tioj on 120 VAC.. Fixtures shall be aenjanin Cat. No. FL-1021-3ll, Columbia (equal model), or approved equal. TYPE B: Vented porcelain dome fixture with quick-disconnect feature and 150 watt incandescent lamp. Fixture shall be Appleton Cat. No. 53514V, Benjamin (equal ;model? or approved equal. TYPE C: Same as Type B, except .uO watt incandescent lamp, Appleton Cat. No. 53518, Benjamin (equal model), or approved equal. TYPE D: Recessed incandescent fixture with regressed square drop opal lens, satin white frame, and 100 watt lamp, Halo H1-16, Prescolite (equal model), or approved equal. TYPE E: Wall mounted incandescent fixture with anodized aluminum wall pan, prismatic glass lens, and 2 - 75 watt lamps, Art Metal Cat, No. 3549 AA, McPhilben (equal model), or approved equal. TYPE F: Wall mounted fixture with prismatic refractor, weatherproof housing, and 200 watt incandescent lamp. Fixture shall be Holophane Wallpack Cat. No. 408, Benjamin OWW-300-120, or approved equal. TYPE G: Two lamp, 40 watt rapid start fluorescent fixture with porcelain reflector and high power facto, ballast for operation on 120 VAC, Benja- min Cat. No. FL-1024-4U, Columbia, :(equal model), vi approved equal. TYPE H: Two lamp, 96" fluorescent fixture with gasketed, weathertight housing and lens assembly, and 2 - 1500 ma lamps 11cPhilben Cat. No. 97-8082800, Art Metal (equal model), or approved equal, TYPE I: Not used. T0F •J: Not used. TYPE K: Outdoor area light with cast aluminum base and cover, a(-rylic borosilicate glass refractor, and 300 watt incandescent lamp. Fixture shall be mounted on a 9' x 2-112" O,D. galvanized pole with weatherproof switch and receptecle. Fixture shall be Spaulding Fti.-400, Sylvania (equal model), or approved equal. 505-1 l TYPE L: Luminaire shall consist of a c,st aluminum housing. ballast access door, refractor holder and latch, adjustable slipfitter, an Alzak finished reflector, and an adjustable socket capable of producing an IES Type IV distribution. Luminaira shall be furnished complete with 250 watt mercury lamp, and shall be for operation on 480 VAC, 60 Hertz. Luminaires shall be General Electric Cat. No. C728G009, McGraw- Edison (equal model), or approved equal. Luminaires shall be mounted on 25' seamless aluminum poles with single or twin 6' mast arms as shown on the Plans. Poles shall be round, ta- pered, one piece shaft of Alloy 6063-T6 with satin ground finish. Poles shall have a transformer base with door opening of arproximately 9" x 13". Poles shall be General Electric Cat No. C899H244 (single mast arm), Cat. No. C899HO33 (double mast arms), McGraw-Edison (equal model), or approve] equal. TYPE M: Same as TYPE L, except 400 watt mercury lamp, General Electric Cat. No. C724GO04, McCraw-Edison (equal model), or approved equal. Lu- minaires shall be mouiited on 25' aluminum poles as described under TYPE L. TYPE .4: Vaportight aluminum fixture complete with globe,.guard, and 100 watt incandescent lamp, suitable for ceiling mounting on a round base unilet: Fixture shall be Appleton Cat. No. JB10G-A, Hubbell (equal model), or approved dqual TYPE 0: Not used. TYPE P: Heavy4uty,' keyluss,-porcelain', lampholder, Pass and Seymore: No. 110, Leviton (equal (model approved equal, with ;100 iaatt incan- descent lamp. TYPE Q. Oufdoor,t wail mounted; ihcahdescent fixture with'catt aluminum body and prismatiz glass' reflector',' completely enclosed'and gasketed.! Fixture shall be McPhilben Cat. No. 9-21V', Art Metal (equal model), or approved equal, with 2.60 watt lamps. ' , , TYPE R: Outdoor area light with cast aluminum base and cover, acrylic prismatic reflector, constant-wattage autotransformer ballast and 250 wnit mercury lamp for operaton on 480 VAC. Fixture shall be mounted on a 14' round extruded, non-tapered aluminum pole. Fixtures shall oe McGraw-Edison TS1114, Sylvania (equal model), or approved equal, ,Pales shall be MCGra,i-Edison PA1010-0, Sylvania (equdl model), or approved equal TYPE S1: Recessed 2' x 4' lay-in troffAr with '4 - 40 watt r% id start lamps and lew'brightness vi►jin acrylic lens, Fixtui-e shall ~a Rehj& ~ min Cut. No. AGR-1244-4, Columbia (equal model), or approved equals i 505-2 j i TYPE T; Recessed 1' x 4' lay-in troffer with 3 - 40 watt rapid start lamps and low brightness virgin acrylic lens. Fixture shall be Benja- min Cat. No. AGR-2234-4, Columbia (equal oodel), or approved equal. TYPE U:. Square, semi-recessed incandescent downlight suitable for, outdoor installation, with medium bronze D-uranodic finish, specular gold inner cone, and 100 watt R-40 lamp. Fixture shall be Moldcast C-2837-MGC, McPhilben (equal model), or approved equal. TYPE V: Square, wall mounted incandescent downlight suitable for outdoor installation with medium bronze Duranodic finish, specular geld inner cone, and,150 watt R-40 lamp, Fixture sh311 be Moldcast 1216-MGC, McPhilben (equal model), or approved equal. TYPE W Decorative area light with one piece aluminum housing► 400 watt,. CWA, HPF ballast, for operation on 480 VAC, IES type V round borosilicate glass refractor,and 400 watt mercury lamp. Fixture shall be designed for side mounting on a 20' pole. Fixture and pole shall be finished in Tahi- tian Bronze. Fixture shall be Spaulding No. 8204-400-480, McGraw Edison (equal model), or approved equal. Pole shall be Spaulding No. 988-20, McGraw-Edison (equal model), or approved equal. B. Wall Switches: Wall switches for general use shall be of the total- ly enclosed Industrial type, specification grade, Arrow Hart, Hubbell, or equal, as shown below. Where 30 ampere circuits are shown, the switches shall also be 30 ampere. Type Arrow Hart No. Single Pole, 20 a. 1991 - 1991-I Double Pole, 20 a. 1992 - ly;:-I Three Way, 20 a. 1993 - 1993-I Single Pole, 30 a. 3991 3991-1 Install switches to accomplish the control as shown on the plans, using single pole, double pole or 3-way as required. Use gang mounting where two or more switches occur at the same location. C. Convenience Outlets: Convenience outlets for general use shall be Underwr ei; s approve33uplex grounding type, 15 ampere, 125 volts, Arrow Hart No. 5262-52621, Hubbell or equal. Convenience outlets shown to have integral ground fault protection shall be Pass and Sey- more Model 1591, Square D Model GFSR-120R, or approved equal. Outlets for operation on 240 VAC shall be rated 30 amps, 250 volts, and shall be Pass and Seymore Model 5744, Hubbell Model 5744, or approved equal. D. Switch and Receptacle Plates: Switch and receptacle plates shall be Arrow }iarf, Nub_Fell, or equal, ar.d shall be specification grade, stain- less steel throughout. 505.3 E. tiIeather~roof Convenience Outlets: Weatherproof convenience outlets shall be cast oxes fitted with a single receptacle. Recepta,.le shall be Crouse Hinds CC719 Arrow Hart 5260, or equal with Type DS threaded cap. F. . Weatherproof Switches: Weatherproof switches shall be cast boxes fitted with a sing a sw tch and Type DS spring door cover. Switchet shall be as specified above in this Section, Arrow Hart, Hubbell or equal. G. W~eatherProof 480 Volt Outlet: The weatherproof 48'0 volt outlet for ins- TaTlation as s awn on the Plans for the portable Dewatering Primp shall be 3 pole, 4 wire, rated 30 amps at 600 VAC, Pass and Seymore Model 25250, Hubbell (equal model), or equal, mounted on a cast box. The Contractor shall also furnish one (1) matching plug, Pass and Sey- more Model 20415, Hubbell (equal mode. or approved equal. END OF ITEM b05-a ITEM 506 - INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM The system shall be a low voltage, 2 channel telephone type intercom- munication in conjunction with a complete paging system. The work shall be performed by workmen experienced and specialized in the installa " ;,n of telephone and intercommunication equipment. Full shop drawings shall be provided showing all pares, voltages, di- mensions, et.., pertaining to the system as a whole, together with manufacturers data on all individual components. Advertising sales sheets shall not be considered as engineering data. The equipment shall be as manufacturered by Du Kane Corporation, Execu- tone, or approved equal. The system shall consist of a group of telephone instruments, each com olete with channel selectors and general paging button. In addition, a power amplifier and speaker network in conjunction with the paging buttons shall serve as the call origination from one party to another rdth2r than'the'standard bell or.butrer. The equipment shall Wso designed that all speakers and telephone unit shall operate in parallel off a common cable v ste.n. The additionjof future telephone stations or speakers shall require only an extension of the'ooiginal.fdeder line from the closest' telephone: i t,: All talk pairs shall be balanced above ground and common to no other circuit, Al1'keying circOlts•shall be balanced aboYe,ground, and common „tt to no 'other Circuit, "In Use" channel IIght4 shall have a common return4 All voltages shall be CC including "In UsO flight1circuits and paging:, ;r," relay circuits. The paging system shall use the sta'ndard'70'Volt line matching. The telephone system shall use standard telephone type (public utilities) power supplies and retard networks to afford a minimum of 60 db channel separation. The operation of the system shall be by lifting the handset, selecting an unused channel, pushing the "page button" and calling for the party desired. The called party goes to the nearest available telephone and depresses the illuminated channel button and intercommunication is established between the called and the calling party. The power amplifier shall be activated only when the page button is depressed. No intercommunication conversation shall appear on the output of the paging amplified. Hanging up handsets shall return the system to normal and extinguish channel lights on all telephones. 506.1 r ya i. r S. Wall mounted telephone stations shall be DuKane Mode M 95B, Execu- tone (equal model), or approved equal, with 2 channel indicating lights, selector switch and paging button on the handset. The base shall con- tain a 3" sp;>aker which shall be automatically disconnected from the system when the handset is off the cradle. All speakers in the same room or Waticn with a telephone shall be disconnected when that par- ticular phone is in use. Desk mounted telephones shall be Du Kane Model 7A200B, Executone (equal model), or approved equal, and shall be as described above for the wall phone. There shall be furnished a communication type self-standing cabinet, Du Kane 13A210/438151, Executone (equal model), or approved equal, which shall contain the telephone power supply and paging amplifier. The power supply for the talk circuits, relay switching and paging i,i- put3 shall be Du Kane No. 9A420B, Ixecutone (equal model), or approved equal. The paging amplifier shall be DuKane 1A803,.Executone (equal model), or. approved equal. The amplifier shill be equippe:+ with a telephone line bO dging transformer. Transformde,and amplifier. shall be activdted,only when a paging button is depressed,at a remote telephone.location, , Speakers shall be Du Kane No: 6A296 Executone.(equal model), horn type,,, complete with tapped line matching transformer. The tnLerco+h paging Conductors hall: be Belden, Alpha, or:equal, +~16;;, gauge tinned copper,.polyoropylene,insula*,ed, cabled, with vinyl Jacket, suitable for direct burial in,+O th ~ -i ~i,END,OF ITM END OVSECTION i ~oa'~z